Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2014

Registration No. 333-193438

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

SABRE CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware		7370		20-8647322
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

3150 Sabre Drive

Southlake, TX 76092

Telephone: (682) 605-1000

(Address including zip code, telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Sterling L. Miller, Esq.

General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

Sabre Corporation

3150 Sabre Drive

Southlake, TX 76092

Telephone: (682) 605-1000

Telecopy: (682) 605-7523

(Name, address including zip code, telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies To:

 

David Lopez, Esq. Pamela L. Marcogliese, Esq. Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP One Liberty Plaza New York, NY 10006 (212) 225-2000		Julie H. Jones, Esq. Craig E. Marcus, Esq. Ropes & Gray LLP Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street Boston, MA 02199 (617) 951-7000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨		Accelerated filer  ¨		Non-accelerated filer  x		Smaller reporting company  ¨
				(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Prospectus (Subject to Completion)

Dated March 26, 2014

 

             Shares

 

Sabre Corporation

Common Stock

 

 

This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our common stock. Sabre Corporation is offering              shares of common stock. After this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of the common stock is expected to be between $         and $         per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “SABR.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22.

 

 

Price $             A Share

 

 

 

		Per Share				Total
Initial public offering price			$				$
Underwriting discounts			$				$
Proceeds to us (before expenses)(1)			$				$

 

(1)	See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” on page 261 for additional information regarding underwriter compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock at the offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters can exercise this right at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, within 30 days after the offering.

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                     , 2014.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY		GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.		BofA MERRILL LYNCH		DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES

 

Evercore		Jefferies		TPG Capital BD, LLC
Cowen and Company		Sanford C. Bernstein		William Blair
Mizuho Securities		Natixis		The Williams Capital Group, L.P.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2014.

---

Table of Contents

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus we may prepare or authorize to be delivered to you. We have not authorized anyone to give you any other information, and we take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock.

The information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website will not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

 

i

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

 

12

---

Table of Contents

 

13

---

Table of Contents

 

14

---

Table of Contents

 

15

---

Table of Contents

 

16

---

Table of Contents

 

17

---

Table of Contents

 

18

---

Table of Contents

 

19

---

Table of Contents

 

20

---

Table of Contents

 

21

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. We have disclosed all known, material risks associated with an investment in our common stock in the risk factors described below. If any of the risks described below actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an investment decision.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our revenue is highly dependent on transaction volumes in the global travel industry, particularly air travel transaction volumes.

Although for the year ended December 31, 2013, 94% and 84% of our Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions revenue, respectively, was Recurring Revenue in that it is largely tied to travel suppliers’ transaction volumes rather than to their unit pricing for an airplane ticket, hotel room or other travel product (see “Method of Calculation”), this revenue is generally not contractually committed to recur annually under our agreements with our travel suppliers. As a result, our revenue is highly dependent on the global travel industry, particularly air travel from which we derive a substantial amount of our revenue, and directly correlates with global travel, tourism and transportation transaction volumes. For example, the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, the most recent global economic downturn and the U.S. government sequestration that began in 2013 significantly affected and may continue to affect travel volumes worldwide and had a significant impact on our business during the relevant reporting periods. Our revenue is therefore highly susceptible to declines in or disruptions to leisure and business travel that may be caused by factors entirely out of our control, and therefore may not recur if these declines or disruptions occur.

Various factors may cause temporary or sustained disruption to leisure and business travel. The impact such disruptions would have on our business depends on the magnitude and duration of such disruption. These factors include, among others:

 

•

financial instability of travel suppliers and the impact of any fundamental corporate changes to such travel suppliers, such as airline bankruptcies or consolidations, on the cost and availability of travel content;

 

•

factors that affect demand for travel such as increases in fuel prices, changing attitudes towards the environmental costs of travel, safety concerns and outbreaks of contagious diseases;

 

•

inclement weather, natural or man-made disasters or political events like acts or threats of terrorism, hostilities and war;

 

•

factors that affect supply of travel such as changes to regulations governing airlines and the travel industry, like government sanctions that do or would prohibit doing business with certain state-owned travel suppliers, work stoppages or labor unrest at any of the major airlines, hotels or airports; and

 

•

general economic conditions.

Our Travel Network business and our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business depend on maintaining and renewing contracts with their customers and other counterparties.

In our Travel Network business, we enter into participating carrier distribution and services agreements with airlines. Our contracts with major carriers typically last for three to five year terms and are generally subject to automatic renewal at the end of the term, unless terminated by either party with the required advance notice. Our contracts with smaller airlines generally last for one year and are also subject to automatic renewal at the end of

 

22

---

Table of Contents

the term, unless terminated by either party with the required advance notice. Airlines are not contractually obligated to distribute exclusively through our GDS during the contract term and may terminate their agreements with us upon providing the required advance notice after the expiration of the initial term. We have 28 planned renewals in 2014 (representing approximately 22% of our Travel Network revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013) and 24 planned renewals in 2015 (representing approximately 5% of our Travel Network revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013), assuming we reach multi-year agreements for the contracts expected to be renewed in 2014. Although we renewed 24 out of 24 planned renewals in 2013 (representing approximately 25% of Travel Network revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013), we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our airline contracts in the future on favorable economic terms or at all.

We also enter into contracts with travel buyers. Although most of our travel buyer contracts have terms of one to three years, we typically have non-exclusive, five to ten year contracts with our major travel agency customers. We also typically have three to five year contracts with corporate travel departments, which generally renew automatically unless terminated with the required advance notice. A meaningful portion of our travel buyer agreements, typically representing approximately 15% to 20% of our bookings, are up for renewal in any given year. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our travel buyer agreements in the future on favorable economic terms or at all.

Similarly, our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business is based on contracts with travel suppliers for a typical duration of three to seven years for airlines and one to five years for hotels. As of December 31, 2013, we had contracts with approximately 225 airlines for the provision of one or more of our airline solutions. Although airline reservations contracts representing less than 5% of Airline Solutions’ 2013 revenue are scheduled for renewal in each of 2014 and 2015, airline reservations contracts representing approximately 10% of Airline Solutions’ 2013 revenue are scheduled for renewal in each of 2016 and 2017. Hospitality Solutions contract renewals are relatively evenly spaced, with approximately one-third of contracts representing approximately one-third of Hospitality Solutions’ 2013 revenue coming up for renewal in any given year. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our solutions contracts in the future on favorable economic terms or at all.

Additionally, we use several third-party distributor partners and joint ventures to extend our GDS services in APAC and EMEA. The termination of our contractual arrangements with any such third-party distributor partners and joint ventures could adversely impact our Travel Network business in the relevant markets. See “Business—Our Businesses—Travel Network—Geographic Scope” and “—We rely on third-party distributor partners and joint ventures to extend our GDS services to certain regions, which exposes us to risks associated with lack of direct management control and potential conflicts of interest” for more information on our relationships with our third-party distributor partners and joint ventures.

Our failure to renew some or all of these agreements on economically favorable terms or at all, or the early termination of these existing contracts, would adversely affect the value of our Travel Network business as a marketplace due to our limited content and distribution reach, which could cause some of our subscribers to move to a competing GDS or use other travel technology providers for the solutions we provide and would materially harm our business, reputation and brand. Our business therefore relies on our ability to renew our agreements with our travel buyers, travel suppliers, third-party distributor partners and joint ventures or developing relationships with new travel buyers and travel suppliers to offset any customer losses.

We are subject to a certain degree of revenue concentration among a portion of our customer base. Our top five Travel Network customers were responsible for 32% and 36% of our Travel Network revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Over the same period, our top five Airline and Hospitality Solutions customers represented 22% and 20% of our Airline and Hospitality Solutions revenues, respectively. Because of this concentration among a small number of customers, if an event were to adversely affect one of these customers, it would have a material impact on our business.

 

23

---

Table of Contents

Our Travel Network business is exposed to pricing pressure from travel suppliers.

Travel suppliers continue to look for ways to decrease their costs and to increase their control over distribution. For example, the consolidation in the airline industry and the recent economic downturn, among other factors, have driven some airlines to negotiate for lower fees during contract renegotiations, thereby exerting increased pricing pressure on our Travel Network business, which, in turn, negatively affects our revenues and margins. In addition, travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution channels, such as direct distribution through supplier-operated websites, may also adversely affect our contract renegotiations with these suppliers and negatively impact our transaction fee revenue. For example, as we attempt to renegotiate new agreements with our travel suppliers, they may withhold some or all of their content (fares and associated economic terms) for distribution exclusively through their direct distribution channels (for example, the relevant airline’s website) or offer travelers more attractive terms for content available through those direct channels after their contracts expire. As a result of these sources of negotiating pressure, we may have to decrease our prices to retain their business. If we are unable to renew our contracts with these travel suppliers on similar economic terms or at all, or if our ability to provide such content is similarly impeded, this would also adversely affect the value of our Travel Network business as a marketplace due to our more limited content. See “—Travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution models, such as direct distribution models, could adversely affect our Travel Network and Travelocity businesses.”

Our Travel Network business depends on relationships with travel buyers.

Our Travel Network business relies on relationships with several large travel buyers, including TMCs and online travel agencies (“OTAs”), to generate a large portion of its revenue through bookings made by these travel companies. Although no individual travel buyer accounts for more than 10% of our Travel Network revenue, the five largest travel buyers of our Travel Network business were responsible for bookings that represented approximately 32% and 36% of our Travel Network revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Such revenue concentration in a relatively small number of travel buyers makes us particularly dependent on factors affecting those companies. For example, if demand for their services decreases, or if a key supplier pulls its content from us, travel buyers may stop utilizing our services or move all or some of their business to competitors or competing channels. Furthermore, one of our major TMC customers, American Express, recently announced that it has signed an agreement with an investor group to create a joint venture relating to its global travel division. American Express expects this transaction to close in the second quarter of 2014. In 2013, we derived less than 10% of our Travel Network revenue from bookings made by American Express. Our contracts with American Express remain in effect, and we are evaluating what effects, if any, this transaction may have on our future relationship with American Express and this new joint venture. 

Although our contracts with larger travel agencies often increase the incentive consideration when the travel agency processes a certain volume or percentage of its bookings through our GDS, travel buyers are not contractually required to book exclusively through our GDS during the contract term. Travel buyers may shift bookings to other distribution intermediaries for many reasons, including to avoid becoming overly dependent on a single source of travel content or to increase their bargaining power with GDS providers. For example, Expedia shifted a significant portion of its business from Travel Network to a competitor GDS in late 2012, resulting in a year-over-year decline in our transaction volumes and revenue in 2013. Additionally, some regulations allow travel buyers to terminate their contracts earlier. For example, according to European GDS regulations, small travel buyers may terminate a contract with a GDS vendor on three months’ notice after the first year of the contract.

These risks are exacerbated by increased consolidation among travel agencies and TMCs, which may ultimately reduce the pool of travel agencies that subscribe to GDSs. We must compete with other GDSs and other competitors for their business by offering competitive upfront incentive consideration, which, due to the strong bargaining power of these large travel buyers, tend to increase in each round of contract renewals. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting our Results—Increasing travel agency incentive consideration” for more information about our incentive

 

24

---

Table of Contents

consideration. However, any reduction in transaction fees from travel suppliers due to supplier consolidation or other market forces could limit our ability to increase incentive consideration to travel agencies in a cost-effective manner or otherwise affect our margins.

Our travel supplier customers may experience financial instability or consolidation, pursue cost reductions, change their distribution model or undergo other changes.

We generate the majority of our revenue and accounts receivable from airlines, with approximately 66% and 65%, respectively, of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and 58% of our trade accounts receivable attributable to these customers as of both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. We also derive revenue from hotels, car rental brands, rail carriers, cruise lines, tour operators and other suppliers in the travel and tourism industries. Adverse changes in any of these relationships or the inability to enter into new relationships could negatively impact the demand for and competitiveness of our travel products and services. For example, a lack of liquidity in the capital markets or weak economic performance may cause our travel suppliers to increase the time they take to pay or to default on their payment obligations, which could lead to a higher level of bad debt expense and negatively affect our results. We regularly monitor the financial condition of the air transportation industry and have noted the financial difficulties faced by several air carriers. Any large-scale bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding of an airline or hospitality supplier could subject our agreements with that customer to rejection or early termination. Because we generally do not require security or collateral from our customers as a condition of sale, our revenues may be subject to credit risk more generally.

Furthermore, supplier consolidation, particularly in the airline industry, could harm our business. Our Travel Network business depends on a relatively small number of U.S.-based airlines for a substantial portion of its revenue, and all of our businesses are highly dependent on airline ticket volumes. Consolidation among airlines, including the recent consolidation of Southwest Airlines with AirTran Airways and American Airlines with US Airways, could result in the loss of an existing customer and the related fee revenue, decreased airline ticket volumes due to capacity restrictions implemented concurrently with the consolidation, and increased airline concentration and bargaining power to negotiate lower transaction fees. For example, the consolidation of American Airlines with US Airways could adversely affect our business if future contract negotiations with the merged entity result in adverse changes compared to our existing relationships with these two airlines. These adverse changes may include, but are not limited to, renegotiated distribution or solutions contracts that contain less favorable terms to us or the loss of such contracts entirely. In addition, consolidation among travel suppliers may result in one or more suppliers refusing to provide certain content to Sabre but rather making it exclusively available on the suppliers’ proprietary websites, hurting the competitive position of our GDS relative to those websites. See “—Travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution models, such as direct distribution models, could adversely affect our Travel Network and Travelocity businesses.”

Our business could be harmed by adverse global and regional economic and political conditions.

Travel expenditures are sensitive to personal and business discretionary spending levels and grow more slowly or decline during economic downturns. We derive the majority of our revenue from the United States and Europe, approximately 58% and 16%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013, and 62% and 16%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our geographic concentration in the United States and Europe makes our business particularly vulnerable to economic and political conditions that adversely affect business and leisure travel originating in or traveling to these countries.

For example, beginning in December 2007, there was a rapid deterioration of the U.S. economy and several countries in Europe began experiencing worsening credit and economic conditions. The U.S. and certain European governments are still operating at large financial deficits, which has contributed to the challenging macroeconomic conditions and the struggling economic recovery. This resulted in a significant decline in travel to the extent that these challenging macroeconomic conditions affect personal and business discretionary spending on travel. Most recently, the shutdown of the U.S. government and the continued U.S. government

 

25

---

Table of Contents

sequestration affected, and in the case of the U.S. governmental sequestration continues to affect, government and government-related travel throughout the United States. Because a large number of our travel buyer subscribers book travel on behalf of the U.S. government, our Travel Network business has been more negatively impacted than that of our competitors. Moreover, the increase in the Transportation Security Agency security charge in the recent U.S. federal budget deal will likely increase airline ticket prices, which may result in decreased travel volumes and may negatively affect our business.

Despite signs of gradual recovery, there is still weakness in parts of the global economy, including increased unemployment, reduced financial capacity of both business and leisure travelers, diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence and discretionary income and general uncertainty about economic stability. We cannot predict the magnitude, length or recurrence of recessionary economic patterns, which have impacted, and may continue to impact, demand for travel and lead to reduced spending on the services we provide.

We derive the remainder of our revenues primarily from APAC, Latin America and MEA, where political instability and regulatory uncertainty is significantly higher than in Europe and the United States. Any unfavorable economic, political or regulatory developments in those regions could negatively affect our business, such as delays in payment or non-payment of contracts, delays in contract implementation or signing, carrier control issues and increased costs from regulatory changes particularly as parts of our growth strategy involve expanding our presence in these emerging markets.

For example, Venezuela has imposed currency controls, including volume restrictions on the conversion of bolivars to U.S. dollars, which impact the ability of certain of our airline customers operating in the country to obtain U.S. dollars to make timely payments to us. Consequently, the collection of accounts receivable due to us can be, and has been, delayed. Due to the nature of this delay, we have recorded specific reserves against all outstanding balances due to us and are deferring the recognition of any future revenues effective January 1, 2014 until cash is collected in accordance with our policies. Accordingly, our accounts receivable are subject to a general collection risk, as there can be no assurance that we will be paid from such customers in a timely manner, if at all. In addition, in January 2014, Venezuela announced a dual-foreign exchange rate system, which has effectively devalued the local currency and subjected airlines to an exchange rate for U.S. dollars available at auctions that has been significantly higher than the official exchange rate. Certain airlines have scaled back operations in response to these currency controls, including a decrease in the number of seats being offered by 38% compared to 2013 and capacity cuts of between 10% to 70% by some airlines over the same period. Civil unrest has also led one airline to suspend flights to Caracas due to operational safety concerns. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we derived 1% of our total revenue from our airline customers operating in Venezuela. As a result of the issues impacting our airline customers in Venezuela, we expect our revenues derived from our Venezuelan operations in 2014 to be reduced as compared to our revenues for 2013.

Travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution models, such as direct distribution models, could adversely affect our Travel Network and Travelocity businesses.

Some travel suppliers that provide content to Travel Network and Travelocity, including some of Travel Network’s largest airline customers, have sought to increase usage of direct distribution channels. For example, these travel suppliers are trying to move more consumer traffic to their proprietary websites, and some travel suppliers have explored direct connect initiatives linking their internal reservations systems directly with travel agencies or TMCs, thereby bypassing the GDSs. This direct distribution trend enables them to apply pricing pressure on intermediaries and negotiate travel distribution arrangements that are less favorable to intermediaries. With travel suppliers’ adoption of certain technology solutions over the last decade, including those offered by our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, air travel suppliers have increased the proportion of direct bookings relative to indirect bookings. Although we believe the rate at which bookings are shifting from indirect to direct distribution channels in the United States has stabilized at very low levels in 2012 and 2013, we cannot predict whether this low rate of shift will continue. In the future, airlines may increase their use of direct distribution, which may cause a material decrease in their use of our GDS. Travel suppliers may also offer

 

26

---

Table of Contents

travelers advantages through their websites such as special fares and bonus miles, which could make their offerings more attractive than those available through our GDS platform. For example, in 2010 American Airlines announced its “Boarding and Flexibility” package which, according to American Airlines, provided additional benefits to travelers who book their airline tickets directly through their website.

In addition, with respect to ancillary products, travel suppliers may choose not to comply with the technical standards that would allow ancillary products to be immediately distributed via intermediaries, thus resulting in a delay before these products become available through our GDS relative to availability through direct distribution. For example, airlines have been “unbundling” from base airfares various ancillary products such as food and beverage, checked baggage and pre-reserved seats, and the recent SITA Survey shows that the vast majority of ancillary revenues are earned through direct sales channels, such as the airline website. In addition, if enough travel suppliers choose not to develop ancillary products in a standardized way with respect to technical standards our investment in adapting our various systems to enable the sale of ancillary products may not be successful. Similarly, some airlines have also further limited the type of fare content information that is distributed through OTAs, including Travelocity.

Companies with close relationships with end consumers, like Facebook, as well as new entrants introducing new paradigms into the travel industry, such as metasearch engines, may promote alternative distribution channels to our GDS by diverting consumer traffic away from intermediaries. For example, Google acquired ITA Software, a flight information software company that provides air shopping capabilities, and launched Google Flights and Google Hotel Finder in 2011. If Google Hotel Finder changes its model to bypass GDS and OTA intermediaries by referring consumers to direct hotel distribution channels or if Google Flights, which already refers customers directly to airline websites, becomes a more popular way to shop and book travel, our GDS and OTA businesses may be adversely affected.

Additionally, technological advancements may allow airlines and hotels to facilitate broader connectivity to and integration with large travel buyers, such that certain airline and hotel offerings could be made available directly to such travel buyers without the involvement of intermediaries such as Travel Network and its competitors.

We rely on third-party distributor partners and joint ventures to extend our GDS services to certain regions, which exposes us to risks associated with lack of direct management control and potential conflicts of interest.

Our Travel Network business utilizes third-party distributor partners and joint ventures to extend our GDS services in APAC and EMEA. We work with these partners to establish and maintain commercial and customer service relationships with both travel suppliers and travel buyers. Since we do not exercise management control over their day-to-day operations, the success of their marketing efforts and the quality of the services they provide are beyond our control. If these partners do not meet our standards for distribution, our reputation may suffer materially, and sales in those regions could decline significantly. Any interruption in these third-party services, deterioration in their performance or termination of our contractual arrangements with them could negatively impact our ability to extend our GDS services in the relevant markets.

In addition, our business may be harmed due to potential conflicts of interest with our joint venture partners. Large regional airlines collectively control a majority of the outstanding equity interests in our Abacus joint venture, a Singapore-based distribution provider that serves the APAC region. As travel suppliers, these airlines’ interests differ from our Travel Network business’ interests as a distribution intermediary. For example, the airline owners may not agree to provide incentive consideration to travel agencies at the same rate as our GDS competitors. Subject to some exceptions, we are also prohibited from competing with Abacus by directly or indirectly engaging in the GDS business in Asia, Australia, New Zealand and certain Pacific islands.

 

27

---

Table of Contents

The travel distribution market is highly competitive, and we are subject to competition from other GDS providers, direct distribution by travel suppliers and new entrants or technologies that may challenge the GDS business model.

The evolution of the global travel and tourism industry, the introduction of new technologies and standards and the expansion of existing technologies in key markets, among other factors, could contribute to an intensification of competition in the business areas and regions in which we operate. Increased competition could require us to increase spending on marketing activities or product development, to decrease our booking or transaction fees and other charges (or defer planned increases in such fees and charges), to increase incentive consideration or take other actions that could harm our business. A GDS has two broad categories of customers: (i) travel suppliers, such as airlines, hotels, car rental brands, rail carriers, cruise lines and tour operators, and (ii) travel buyers, such as online and offline travel agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments. The competitive positioning of a GDS depends on the success it achieves with both customer categories. Other factors that may affect the competitive success of a GDS include the comprehensiveness, timeliness and accuracy of the travel content offered, the reliability, ease of use and innovativeness of the technology, the incentive consideration provided to travel agencies, the transaction fees charged to travel suppliers and the range of products and services available to travel suppliers and travel buyers. Our GDS competitors could seek to capture market share by offering more differentiated content, products or services, increasing the incentive consideration to travel agencies, or decreasing the transaction fees charged to travel suppliers, which would harm our business to the extent they gain market share from us or force us to respond by lowering our prices or increasing the incentive consideration we provide.

Our Travel Network business principally faces competition from:

 

•

other GDSs, principally Amadeus, which operates the Amadeus GDS, and Travelport, which owns the Galileo, Apollo and Worldspan GDS platforms;

 

•

local distribution systems and travel marketplace providers that are primarily owned by airlines or government entities and operate primarily in their home countries, including TravelSky in China and Sirena in Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States;

 

•

direct distribution and other alternative forms of distribution by travel suppliers (see “—Travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution models, such as direct distribution models, could adversely affect our Travel Network and Travelocity businesses”);

 

•

third-party providers of corporate travel booking tools; and

 

•

new entrants or technologies such as third-party aggregators or metasearch sites.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors in the travel distribution market, some of which may achieve greater brand recognition than us, have greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources or be able to secure services and products from travel suppliers on more favorable terms. If we fail to overcome these competitive pressures, we may lose market share and our business may otherwise be negatively affected.

Our ability to maintain and grow our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business may be negatively affected by competition from other third-party solutions providers and new participants that seek to enter the solutions market.

Our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business principally faces competition from existing third-party solutions providers. For our Airline Solutions business, these competitors include (i) Amadeus, our closest competitor in terms of size and breadth, (ii) traditional technology companies, such as Hewlett-Packard (“HP”), Unisys and Navitaire (a division of Accenture), and (iii) airline industry participants, such as Jeppesen (a division of Boeing), Lufthansa Systems, and SITA. We also compete with various point solutions providers, such as PROS, ITA Software, Datalex and Travelport, on a more limited basis in several discrete functional areas. For

 

28

---

Table of Contents

our Hospitality Solutions business, we face competition across many aspects of our business but our primary competitors are in the hospitality CRS and Property Management Systems (“PMSs”) fields, including MICROS, TravelClick, Pegasus and Trust, among others. Although new entrants specializing in a particular type of software occasionally enter the solutions market, they typically focus on emerging or evolving business problems, niche solutions or small regional customers.

Factors that may affect the competitive success of our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business include our pricing structure, our ability to keep pace with technological developments, the effectiveness and reliability of our implementation and system migration processes, our ability to meet a variety of customer specifications, the effectiveness and reliability of our systems, the cost and efficiency of our system upgrades and our customer support services. Our failure to compete effectively on these and other factors could decrease our market share and negatively affect our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business.

The recently signed strategic marketing agreement with Expedia may not be successfully implemented or may not result in the benefits anticipated by the parties.

In August 2013, Travelocity entered into an exclusive, long-term strategic marketing agreement with Expedia, which was recently amended and restated in March 2014 to reflect changed commercial terms. Under the Expedia SMA, Expedia will power the technology platforms for Travelocity’s U.S. and Canadian websites as well as provide Travelocity with access to Expedia’s supply and customer service platforms. Both parties began development and implementation of this arrangement after signing the Expedia SMA. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of the online hotel and air offering has been migrated to the Expedia platform, and a launch of the majority of the remainder is expected in mid-2014. See “Business—Our Businesses—Travelocity.” If we do not implement the Expedia SMA on the expected schedule, we are subject to a number of risks:

 

•

our financial performance could be negatively affected;

 

•

we may lose customers and revenue if there are implementation problems that cause website errors, outages or other malfunctions or if the expected improvements in customer conversion rates do not materialize; and

 

•

if we fail to successfully implement the Expedia SMA, our ability to negotiate a similar arrangement with another party in which bookings are processed through the Travel Network will be severely curtailed.

Moreover, we are still subject to a number of post-implementation risks. Our success is dependent on many factors, including:

 

•

improved conversion through better site performance and user experience using the Expedia platform and technology;

 

•

reliability and availability of Expedia’s platform and technology;

 

•

Expedia’s ability to provide attractive content through its platform;

 

•

improved cost structure by reducing operational complexity; and

 

•

profitable results from our marketing efforts.

The Expedia SMA requires us to guarantee Travelocity’s indemnification obligations for liabilities that may arise out of certain litigation matters, which may materially adversely affect our cash flows. Our financial condition may also be harmed if Expedia does not pay us in a timely manner for our share of the performance-based marketing fee.

Expedia is required to use our GDS for shopping and booking of the air travel booked through Travelocity.com and Travelocity.ca until 2019, at which time it may choose to use another intermediary for a portion or all of such air travel, subject to earlier termination under certain circumstances. We do not expect that Expedia will use Travel Network for shopping and booking of a portion of non-air travel for Travelocity.com and Travelocity.ca after the launch of the Expedia SMA.

 

29

---

Table of Contents

Although the term of the amended and restated Expedia SMA is nine years and automatically renews under certain conditions, the agreement may be terminated by Expedia upon the occurrence of certain events, some of which are outside our control, including, among others, (i) failure to meet minimum revenue amounts, (ii) the occurrence of a material adverse effect, and (iii) force majeure. The early termination of this agreement may result in a significant impact on our earnings.

As part of our negotiations to amend and restate the Expedia SMA, we also agreed to a separate put/call agreement with Expedia that supersedes the previous put/call arrangement (the new put/call agreement, the “Expedia Put/Call”), whereby Expedia may acquire, or we may sell to Expedia, certain assets relating to the Travelocity business. Our put right may be exercised during the first 24 months of the Expedia Put/Call only upon the occurrence of certain triggering events primarily relating to implementation, which are outside of our control. The occurrence of such events is not considered probable. During this period, the amount of the put right is fixed. After the 24 month period, the put right is only exercisable for a limited period of time in 2016 and 2017 at a discount to fair market value. The call right held by Expedia is exercisable at any time during the term of the Expedia Put/Call. If the call right is exercised, although we expect the amount paid will be fair value, the call right provides for a floor for a limited time that may be higher than fair value and a ceiling for the duration of the Expedia Put/Call that may be lower than fair value. In any case, we would no longer benefit from the financial performance of Travelocity in future periods.

Implementation of software solutions often involves a significant commitment of resources, and any failure to deliver as promised on a significant implementation could adversely affect our business.

In our Travel Network business and our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, the implementation of software solutions often involves a significant commitment of resources and is subject to a number of significant risks over which we may or may not have control. These risks include:

 

•

the features of the implemented software may not meet the expectations or fit the business model of the customer;

 

•

our limited pool of trained experts for implementations cannot quickly and easily be augmented for complex implementation projects, such that resources issues, if not planned and managed effectively, could lead to costly project delays;

 

•

customer-specific factors, such as the stability, functionality, interconnection and scalability of the customer’s pre-existing information technology infrastructure, as well as financial or other circumstances could destabilize, delay or prevent the completion of the implementation process, which, for airline reservations systems, typically takes 12 to 18 months; and

 

•

customers and their partners may not fully or timely perform the actions required to be performed by them to ensure successful implementation, including measures we recommend to safeguard against technical and business risks.

As a result of these and other risks, some of our customers may incur large, unplanned costs in connection with the purchase and installation of our software products. Also, implementation projects could take longer than planned or fail. We may not be able to reduce or eliminate protracted installation or significant additional costs. Significant delays or unsuccessful customer implementation projects could result in claims from customers, harm our reputation and negatively impact our operating results.

We use open source software in our solutions that may subject our software solutions to general release or require us to re-engineer our solutions.

We use open source software in our solutions and may use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims by companies claiming ownership of software that was previously thought to be open source and that was incorporated by other companies into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we

 

30

---

Table of Contents

create based upon the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. If we combine or, in some cases, link our proprietary software solutions with or to open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software solutions or license such proprietary solutions under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on origin of the software. In addition, open source license terms may be ambiguous and many of the risks associated with usage of open source cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business. If we were found to have inappropriately used open source software, we may be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our software, to re-engineer our solutions, to discontinue the sale of our solutions in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We rely on the availability and performance of information technology services provided by third parties, including HP, which manages a significant portion of our systems.

Our businesses are largely dependent on the computer data centers and network systems operated for us by HP. We also rely on other developers and service providers to maintain and support our global telecommunications infrastructure, including to connect our computer data center and call centers to end-users.

Our success is dependent on our ability to maintain effective relationships with these third-party technology and service providers. Some of our agreements with third-party technology and service providers are terminable for cause on short notice and often provide limited recourse for service interruptions. For example, our agreement with HP provides us with limited indemnification rights. We could face significant additional cost or business disruption if:

 

•

Any such providers fail to enable us to provide our customers and suppliers with reliable, real-time access to our systems. For example, in August 2013, we experienced a significant outage of the Sabre platform due to a failure on the part of one of our service providers. This outage, which affected both our Travel Network business and our Airline Solutions business, lasted several hours and caused significant problems for our customers. Any such future outages could cause damage to our reputation, customer loss and require us to pay compensation to affected customers for which we may not be indemnified or compensated.

 

•

Our arrangements with such providers are terminated or impaired and we cannot find alternative sources of technology or systems support on commercially reasonable terms or on a timely basis. For example, our substantial dependence on HP for many of our systems makes it difficult for us to switch vendors and makes us more sensitive to changes in HP’s pricing for its services.

Our OTAs are subject to a number of risks specific to their activities.

Our OTAs are subject to certain risks inherent in the consumer-facing OTA industry. Notwithstanding the Expedia SMA, Travelocity will continue to be exposed to these risks because its revenue stream is largely dependent upon Expedia’s performance. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

•

Competition. The OTA industry is an increasingly competitive global environment with a number of established and emerging online and traditional sellers of travel-related services, including other OTAs, offline travel agents, travel suppliers, large online portal and search companies, travel metasearch engines and increasingly, mobile platform travel apps and social apps. Recently, we have seen increasing consolidation among our competitors, including Priceline’s acquisition of Kayak in November 2012 and Expedia’s acquisition of trivago in March 2013. These players compete on price,

 

31

---

Table of Contents

travel inventory availability and breadth, technological sophistication, ability to meet rapidly evolving consumer trends and demands, brand recognition, search engine rankings, ease of use and accessibility, customer service and reliability. If we cannot adequately address these trends and provide travelers with the content they seek at acceptable prices, our OTAs may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

 

•

Content. OTAs use their website content and ability to comparison shop to attract and convert visitors into booking customers and repeat users. The success of our OTAs in attracting users depends, in part, upon our continued ability to collect, create and distribute high-quality, commercially valuable content that meets customers’ specific needs in a cost-effective manner. For Travelocity.com and Travelocity.ca, we are dependent on Expedia to make relevant travel content available to customers. Failing to meet the specific needs of consumers could make our OTAs less competitive. Changes in the cost structure by which our OTAs currently obtain their content, or changes in travelers’ relative appreciation of that content, could negatively impact our OTAs’ business and financial performance.

 

•

Relationships with travel suppliers and travel distribution partners. OTAs depend on travel suppliers and distribution partners for access to inventory and derive a substantial portion of their revenue from these suppliers and distribution partners in the form of compensation for bookings. Many travel suppliers have reduced or eliminated and may continue to reduce or eliminate, commissions and fees paid to travel agencies, and our OTA business could be harmed if this trend continues. Also, if travel suppliers or GDSs attempt to implement multiple costly direct connections or charge travel agencies for or otherwise restrict access to content, our OTAs’ ability to offer competitive inventory and pricing may be adversely affected, leading to decreased revenues and margins.

 

•

Changes in search engine algorithms and other traffic sources. We increasingly utilize internet search engines to generate traffic to our OTAs, principally through the purchase of travel-related keywords. Search engines, including Google, frequently update and change the algorithm that determines the placement and display of search results such that our links could be placed lower on the page or displayed less prominently. We also depend on pay-per-click and display advertising campaigns on search and shopping providers like Google, Kayak, and TripAdvisor to direct a significant amount of traffic to our OTAs. Our business may be harmed if we cannot keep pace with the rapidly changing pricing and operating dynamics for these traffic sources.

 

•

Media. Our OTAs receive fees from companies and organizations, such as those in the travel industry, for display and referral advertising products. If a significant portion of our advertisers feel that our OTAs are no longer attracting or referring relevant customers, and accordingly reduce their advertising with our OTAs, our revenues could decline.

 

•

License requirements. In some of the jurisdictions where we provide travel services through our OTAs, we are required to obtain certain licenses and approvals from the relevant regulatory authorities. These regulatory authorities generally have broad discretion to grant, renew and revoke such licenses and approvals. Any of these regulatory authorities could permanently or temporarily suspend the necessary licenses and approvals in respect of some or all of our travel agency and related activities in such jurisdictions, which would adversely impact the activities of the affected OTA.

We rely on the value of our brands, which may be damaged by a number of factors, some of which are out of our control.

We believe that maintaining and expanding our portfolio of product and service brands are important aspects of our efforts to attract and expand our customer base, particularly for our OTA business. Our brands may be negatively impacted by, among other things, unreliable service levels from third-party providers, customers’ inability to properly interface their applications with our technology, the loss or unauthorized disclosure of personal data or other bad publicity due to litigation, regulatory concerns or otherwise relating to our business. Any inability to maintain or enhance awareness of our brands among our existing and target customers could negatively affect our current and future business prospects.

 

32

---

Table of Contents

For example, awareness, perceived quality and perceived differentiated attributes of our OTA brands, especially Travelocity, are important aspects of our efforts to attract and expand the number of travelers who use our OTA websites and mobile apps. We are responsible for marketing and retailing capabilities for our OTAs, such as building brand awareness and customer relationships and working on customer acquisition and customer analytics. There is an inherent level of risk associated with our marketing investments such that we could fail to attract new or repeat travelers to our websites or mobile apps in a cost-effective manner and may not be able to convert a sufficient portion of these visitors into booking customers.

Any inability or failure to adapt to technological developments or the evolving competitive landscape could harm our business operations and competitiveness.

We depend upon the use of sophisticated information technology and systems. See “Business—Research, Development and Technology.” Our competitiveness and future results depend on our ability to maintain and make timely and cost-effective enhancements, upgrades and additions to our products, services, technologies and systems in response to new technological developments, industry standards and trends and customer demands. For example, we currently utilize mainframe infrastructure technology for certain of our enterprise applications and platforms due to its ability to provide the reliability and scalability we require for our complex technological operations. Although we believe that IBM, currently the only provider of this technology, is committed to investing in mainframes, the number of users and programmers able to service this technology is decreasing. We may eventually have to migrate to another business environment, which could cause us to incur substantial costs, result in instability and business interruptions and materially harm our business.

Adapting to new technological and marketplace developments, such as IATA’s proposed new distribution capability (“NDC”), may require substantial expenditures and lead time and we cannot guarantee that projected future increases in business volume will actually materialize. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, marketing and implementation of enhancements, upgrades and additions. Moreover, we may fail to maintain, upgrade or introduce new products, services, technologies and systems as quickly as our competitors or in a cost-effective manner. For example, we must constantly update our GDS with new capabilities to adapt to the changing technological environment and customer needs. However, this process can be costly and time-consuming, and our efforts may not be successful as compared to our competitors in the travel distribution market. Those that we do develop may not achieve acceptance in the marketplace sufficient to generate material revenue or may be rendered obsolete or non-competitive by our competitors’ offerings. For example, Microsoft is currently developing Travel 2015, a trip-planning tool that uses predictive modeling to anticipate travelers’ preferred flight options, which may become a significant competitor to our TripCase mobile app. Also, Concur Technologies’ TripLink, which captures travel reservations information regardless of the channel on which bookings were made, has the potential to evolve and pose a significant risk to our Travel Network business.

In addition, our competitors are constantly increasing their product and service offerings through organic research and development or through strategic acquisitions. For example, Amadeus recently acquired Hitit Computer Services, an airline customer relationship management (“CRM”) and loyalty solutions provider. This allows Amadeus to maintain a relationship with Etihad Airways and Virgin Australia, customers that have recently migrated to our Sabre reservations platform. More recently, Amadeus also acquired Newmarket International, a hotel IT solutions provider, which will allow Amadeus to broaden its portfolio of supplier solutions. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in research and development in order to continually improve the speed, accuracy and comprehensiveness of our services and we may be required to make changes to our technology platforms or increase our investment in technology, increase marketing, adjust prices or business models and take other actions, which could affect our financial performance and liquidity.

Our success depends on maintaining the integrity of our systems and infrastructure, which may suffer from failures, capacity constraints, business interruptions and forces outside of our control.

We may be unable to maintain and improve the efficiency, reliability and integrity of our systems. Unexpected increases in the volume of our business could exceed system capacity, resulting in service

 

33

---

Table of Contents

interruptions, outages and delays. Such constraints can also lead to the deterioration of our services or impair our ability to process transactions. We occasionally experience system interruptions that make certain of our systems unavailable including, but not limited to, our GDS and the services that our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business provides to airlines and hotels. For example, in August 2013, we experienced a significant outage of the Sabre platform due to a failure on the part of one of our service providers. This outage lasted a number of hours and caused significant problems for our customers. System interruptions may prevent us from efficiently providing services to customers or other third parties, which could cause damage to our reputation and result in our losing customers and revenues or cause us to incur litigation and liabilities. Although we have contractually limited our liability for damages caused by outages of our GDS (other than damages caused by our gross negligence or willful misconduct), we cannot guarantee that we will not be subject to lawsuits or other claims for compensation from our customers in connection with such outages for which we may not be indemnified or compensated.

Our systems may also be susceptible to external damage or disruption. Much of the computer and communications hardware upon which we depend is located across multiple data center facilities in a single geographic region. Our systems could be damaged or disrupted by power, hardware, software or telecommunication failures, human errors, natural events including floods, hurricanes, fires, winter storms, earthquakes and tornadoes, terrorism, break-ins, hostilities, war or similar events. Computer viruses, denial of service attacks, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions affecting the Internet, telecommunication services or our systems could cause service interruptions or the loss of critical data, and could prevent us from providing timely services. Failure to efficiently provide services to customers or other third parties could cause damage to our reputation and result in the loss of customers and revenues, significant recovery costs or litigation and liabilities. Moreover, such risks are likely to increase as we expand our business and as the tools and techniques involved become more sophisticated.

Although we have implemented measures intended to protect certain systems and critical data and provide comprehensive disaster recovery and contingency plans for certain customers that purchase this additional protection, these protections and plans are not in place for all systems. Furthermore, several of our existing critical backup systems are located in the same metropolitan area as our primary systems and we may not have sufficient disaster recovery tools or resources available, depending on the type or size of the disruption. Disasters affecting our facilities, systems or personnel might be expensive to remedy and could significantly diminish our reputation and our brands, and we may not have adequate insurance to cover such costs.

Customers and other end-users who rely on our software products and services, including our SaaS and hosted offerings, for applications that are integral to their businesses may have a greater sensitivity to product errors and security vulnerabilities than customers for software products generally. Additionally, security breaches that affect third parties upon which we rely, such as travel suppliers, may further expose us to negative publicity, possible liability or regulatory penalties. Events outside our control could cause interruptions in our IT systems, which could have a material adverse effect on our business operations and harm our reputation.

Security breaches could expose us to liability and damage our reputation and our business.

We process, store, and transmit large amounts of data, including personal information of our customers, and it is critical to our business strategy that our facilities and infrastructure, including those provided by HP or other vendors, remain secure and are perceived by the marketplace to be secure. Our infrastructure may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers or nefarious actors or similar disruptive problems. Any physical or electronic break-in or other security breach or compromise of the information handled by us or our service providers may jeopardize the security or integrity of information in our computer systems and networks or those of our customers and cause significant interruptions in our and our customers’ operations. Consumer-facing e-commerce websites are frequently subject to cybersecurity attacks due to the public nature of such websites and the personal information they collect and store. From time to time, we have experienced certain immaterial security breaches relating to our Travelocity business.

 

34

---

Table of Contents

Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect customer information and prevent data loss and other security breaches, such measures cannot provide absolute security. In addition, we may not successfully implement remediation plans to address all potential exposures. It is possible that we may have to expend additional financial and other resources to address such problems. Failure to prevent or mitigate data loss or other security breaches could expose us or our customers to a risk of loss or misuse of such information, cause customers to lose confidence in our data protection measures, damage our reputation, adversely affect our operating results or result in litigation or potential liability for us. While we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all our losses.

Our ability to recruit, train and retain technical employees is critical to our results of operations and future growth.

Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to recruit new employees and retain and motivate existing employees, particularly professionals with experience in our industry, information technology and systems. The specialized skills we require can be difficult and time-consuming to acquire and are often in short supply. There is high demand and competition for well-qualified employees, such as software engineers, developers and other technology professionals with specialized knowledge in software development, especially expertise in certain programming languages. This competition affects both our ability to retain key employees and to hire new ones. Any of our employees may choose to terminate their employment with us at any time, and a lengthy period of time is required to hire and train replacement employees when such skilled individuals leave the company. If we fail to attract well-qualified employees or to retain or motivate existing employees, our business could be materially hindered by, for example, a delay in our ability to deliver products and services under contract, bring new products and services to market or respond swiftly to customer demands or new offerings from competitors. Even if we are able to maintain our employee base, the resources needed to recruit and retain such employees may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate a global business that exposes us to risks associated with international activities.

Our international operations involve risks that are not generally encountered when doing business in the United States. These risks include, but are not limited to:

 

•

changes in foreign currency exchange rates and financial risk arising from transactions in multiple currencies;

 

•

difficulty in developing, managing and staffing international operations because of distance, language and cultural differences;

 

•

disruptions to or delays in the development of communication and transportation services and infrastructure;

 

•

consumer attitudes, including the preference of customers for local providers;

 

•

increasing labor costs due to high wage inflation in foreign locations, differences in general employment conditions and the degree of employee unionization and activism;

 

•

business, political and economic instability in foreign locations, including actual or threatened terrorist activities, and military action;

 

•

adverse laws and regulatory requirements, including more comprehensive regulation in the European Union (“EU”);

 

•

export or trade restrictions or currency controls;

 

•

more restrictive data privacy requirements;

 

•

governmental policies or actions, such as consumer, labor and trade protection measures;

 

•

taxes, restrictions on foreign investment and limits on the repatriation of funds;

 

35

---

Table of Contents

•

diminished ability to legally enforce our contractual rights; and

 

•

decreased protection for intellectual property.

Any of the foregoing risks may adversely affect our ability to conduct and grow our business internationally.

We are exposed to risks associated with acquiring or divesting businesses or business operations.

We have acquired, and, as part of our growth strategy, may in the future acquire, businesses or business operations. Since 2010, we have acquired FlightLine Data Services, Inc., Calidris ehf, f:wz, PRISM Group Inc. and PRISM Technologies LLC (collectively “PRISM”), SoftHotel and Zenon N.D.C., Limited. We may not be able to identify suitable candidates for additional business combinations and strategic investments, obtain financing on acceptable terms for such transactions, obtain necessary regulatory approvals or otherwise consummate such transactions on acceptable terms, or at all. Any acquisitions that we are able to identify and complete may also involve a number of risks, including our inability to successfully or profitably integrate, operate, maintain and manage our newly acquired operations or employees; the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing business to integrate operations and personnel; possible material adverse effects on our results of operations during the integration process; becoming subject to contingent or other liabilities, including liabilities arising from events or conduct predating the acquisition that were not known to us at the time of the acquisition; and our possible inability to achieve the intended objectives of the transaction, including the inability to achieve cost savings and synergies. Acquisitions may also have unanticipated tax, regulatory and accounting ramifications, including recording goodwill and nonamortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges and incurring amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets. To consummate any such transactions, we may need to raise external funds through the sale of equity or debt in the capital markets or through private placements, which may affect our liquidity and may dilute the value of our common stock.

We have also divested, and may in the future divest, businesses or business operations. Since 2012, we have divested D.V. Travels Guru Pvt. Ltd. and Desiya Online Distribution Pvt. Ltd. (collectively “TravelGuru”), Zuji Properties A.V.V. and Zuji Pte Ltd along with its operating subsidiaries, Travelocity Business (“TBiz”), Travelocity Nordics, Holiday Autos, Sabre Pacific, TPN and other businesses. Any divestitures may involve a number of risks, including the diversion of management’s attention, significant costs and expenses, the loss of customer relationships and cash flow, and the disruption of the affected business or business operations. Failure to timely complete or to consummate a divestiture may negatively affect the valuation of the affected business or business operations or result in restructuring charges.

Regulatory and Other Legal Risks

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property effectively, which may allow competitors to duplicate our products and services.

Our success and competitiveness depend, in part, upon our technologies and other intellectual property, including our brands. Among our significant assets are our proprietary and licensed software and other proprietary information and intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and patent laws, laws protecting trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect these assets both in the United States and in foreign countries. The laws of some jurisdictions may provide less protection for our technologies and other intellectual property assets than the laws of the United States.

There is no certainty that our intellectual property rights will provide us with substantial protection or commercial benefit. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, some of our innovations may not be protectable, and our intellectual property rights may offer insufficient protection from competition or unauthorized use, lapse or expire, be challenged, narrowed, invalidated, or misappropriated by third parties, or be deemed unenforceable or abandoned, which, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and the legal remedies available to us may not adequately compensate us. We cannot be certain that others will not independently develop, design around, or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or intellectual property rights.

 

36

---

Table of Contents

•

While we take reasonable steps to protect our brands and trademarks, we may not be successful in maintaining or defending our brands or preventing third parties from adopting similar brands. If our competitors infringe our principal trademarks, our brands may become diluted or if our competitors introduce brands or products that cause confusion with our brands or products in the marketplace, the value that our consumers associate with our brands may become diminished, which could negatively impact revenue.

 

•

Our patent applications may not be granted, and the patents we own could be challenged, invalidated, narrowed or circumvented by others and may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Once our patents expire, or if they are invalidated, narrowed or circumvented, our competitors may be able to utilize the technology protected by our patents which may adversely affect our business.

 

•

Although we rely on copyright laws to protect the works of authorship created by us, we do not generally register the copyrights in our copyrightable works where such registration is permitted. Copyrights of U.S. origin must be registered before the copyright owner may bring an infringement suit in the United States. Accordingly, if one of our unregistered copyrights of U.S. origin is infringed by a third-party, we will need to register the copyright before we can file an infringement suit in the United States, and our remedies in any such infringement suit may be limited.

 

•

We use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets. However, protecting trade secrets can be difficult and our efforts may provide inadequate protection to prevent unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure of our trade secrets, know how, or other proprietary information.

 

•

We also rely on our domain names to conduct our online businesses. While we use reasonable efforts to protect and maintain our domain names, if we fail to do so the domain names may become available to others. Further, the regulatory bodies that oversee domain name registration may change their regulations in a way that adversely affects our ability to register and use certain domain names.

We license software and other intellectual property from third parties. Such licensors may breach or otherwise fail to perform their obligations, or claim that we have breached or otherwise attempt to terminate their license agreements with us. We also rely on license agreements to allow third parties to use our intellectual property rights, including our software, but there is no guarantee that our licensees will abide by the terms of our license agreements or that the terms of our agreements will always be enforceable.

In addition, policing unauthorized use of and enforcing intellectual property can be difficult and expensive. The fact that we have intellectual property rights, including registered intellectual property rights, may not guarantee success in our attempts to enforce these rights against third parties. Besides general litigation risks, changes in, or interpretations of, intellectual property laws may compromise our ability to enforce our rights. We may not be aware of infringement or misappropriation, or elect not to seek to prevent it. Our decisions may be based on a variety of factors, such as costs and benefits of taking action, and contextual business, legal, and other issues. Any inability to adequately protect our intellectual property on a cost-effective basis could harm our business.

Intellectual property infringement actions against us could be costly and time consuming to defend and may result in business harm if we are unsuccessful in our defense.

Third parties may assert, including by means of counterclaims against us as a result of the assertion of our intellectual property rights, that our products, services or technology, or the operation of our business, violate their intellectual property rights. We are currently subject to such assertions, including patent infringement claims, and may be subject to such assertions in the future. Such assertions may also be made against our customers who may seek indemnification from us. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements that contain indemnity obligations whereby we are required to indemnify our customers against such assertions arising from our customers’ usage of our products, services or technology. As the competition in our industry increases and the functionality of technology offerings further overlaps, such claims and counterclaims could become more common. We cannot be certain that we do not or will not infringe third parties’ intellectual property rights.

 

37

---

Table of Contents

Legal proceedings involving intellectual property rights are highly uncertain, and can involve complex legal and scientific questions. Any intellectual property claim against us, regardless of its merit, could result in significant liabilities to our business, and can be expensive and time consuming to defend. Depending on the nature of such claims, our businesses may be disrupted, our management’s attention and other company resources may be diverted and we may be required to redesign, reengineer or rebrand our products and services, if feasible, to stop offering certain products and services or to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the rights to use necessary technologies, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all, and may result in a decrease of our competitive advantage. Our failure to prevail in such matters could result in loss of intellectual property rights, judgments awarding substantial damages, including possible treble damages and attorneys’ fees, and injunctive or other equitable relief against us. If we are held liable, we may be unable to exploit some or all of our intellectual property rights or technology. Even if we are not held liable, we may choose to settle claims by making a monetary payment or by granting a license to intellectual property rights that we otherwise would not license. Further, judgments may result in loss of reputation, may force us to take costly remediation actions, delay selling our products and offering our services, reduce features or functionality in our services or products, or cease such activities altogether. Insurance may not cover or be insufficient for any such claim.

Defects in our products may subject us to significant warranty liabilities or product liability claims and we may have insufficient product liability insurance to pay material uninsured claims.

Our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that are inherent in software development. We may inadvertently create defective software, or supply our customers with defective software or software components that we acquire from third parties, which could result in personal injury or property damage, and may result in warranty or product liability claims brought against us, our travel supplier customers or third parties.

Under our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business’ agreements, we generally must indemnify our customers for liability arising from intellectual property infringement claims with respect to our software. These indemnification obligations could be significant and we may not have adequate insurance coverage to protect us against all claims. We currently rely on a combination of self-insurance and third-party insurance to cover potential product liability exposure. The combination of our insurance coverage, cash flows and reserves may not be adequate to satisfy product liabilities we may incur in the future. Even meritless claims could subject us to adverse publicity, hinder us from securing insurance coverage in the future, require us to incur significant legal fees, decrease demand for any products that we successfully develop, divert management’s attention, and force us to limit or forgo further development and commercialization of these products. The cost of any product liability litigation or other proceedings, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial.

We are involved in various legal proceedings which may cause us to incur significant fees, costs and expenses and may result in unfavorable outcomes.

We are involved in various legal proceedings that involve claims for substantial amounts of money or which involve how we conduct our business. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.” For example, a number of state and local governments have filed lawsuits against us pertaining to sales or occupancy taxes they claim are due on some or all of our fees relating to hotel content distributed and sold via the merchant revenue model. In the merchant revenue model, the customer pays us an amount at the time of booking that includes (i) service fees, which we collect, and (ii) the price of the hotel room and amounts for occupancy or other local taxes, which we pass along to the hotel supplier. The complaints generally allege, among other things, that we have failed to pay to the relevant taxing authority hotel accommodations taxes on the service fees. Pursuant to the Expedia SMA, we will continue to be liable for fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation arising from hotels booked on the Travelocity platform prior to the Expedia SMA. However, fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation from hotels booked subsequent to the Expedia SMA will be shared with Expedia according to the terms of the Expedia SMA. The Expedia SMA also requires us to guarantee Travelocity’s indemnification obligations for liabilities that may arise out of such litigation matters. Even if we are successful in defending

 

38

---

Table of Contents

these types of lawsuits, state and local governments could adopt new ordinances directly taxing hotel booking fees and we may not be able to successfully challenge such ordinances.

Additionally, we are involved in antitrust litigation with US Airways. If we cannot resolve this matter favorably, we could be subject to (i) monetary damages, including treble damages under the antitrust laws and, depending on the amount of any such judgment, if we do not have sufficient cash on hand, we may be required to seek financing through the issuance of additional equity or from private or public financing or (ii) injunctive relief. Other airlines might likewise seek to benefit from any unfavorable outcome by bringing their own claims against us on the same or similar grounds. We are also subject to a U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) antitrust investigation relating to the pricing and conduct of the airline distribution industry. We received a civil investigative demand (“CID”) from the DOJ and we are fully cooperating. The DOJ has also sent CIDs to other companies in the travel industry. Based on its findings in the investigation, the DOJ may (i) close the file, (ii) seek a consent decree to remedy issues it believes violate the antitrust laws, or (iii) file suit against us for violating the antitrust laws, seeking injunctive relief. With respect to both the US Airways and DOJ proceedings, if injunctive relief were to be granted, depending on its scope, it could affect the manner in which our airline distribution business is operated and potentially force changes to the existing airline distribution business model.

In addition, we are involved in a number of antitrust class action lawsuits alleging a conspiracy among OTAs and hotels to fix hotel prices. We are also involved from time to time with patent litigation with non-practicing entities or “patent trolls” that seek quick settlement payments that are often far less than the cost of mounting a defense, regardless of the merits of the patent or whether or not we have actually infringed.

The defense of these actions, as well as any of the other actions described under “Business—Legal Proceedings” and any other actions brought against us in the future, is time consuming and diverts management’s attention. Even if we are ultimately successful in defending ourselves in such matters, we are likely to incur significant fees, costs and expenses as long as they are ongoing. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not have sufficient insurance to cover our liability in pending litigation claims and future claims either due to coverage limits or as a result of insurance carriers seeking to deny coverage of such claims, which in either case could expose us to significant liabilities.

We maintain third-party insurance coverage against various liability risks, including securities, shareholder derivative, ERISA, and product liability claims, as well as other claims that form the basis of litigation matters pending against us. We believe these insurance programs are an effective way to protect our assets against liability risks. However, the potential liabilities associated with litigation matters pending against us, or that could arise in the future, could exceed the coverage provided by such programs. In addition, our insurance carriers have sought or may seek to rescind or deny coverage with respect to pending claims or lawsuits, completed investigations or pending or future investigations and other legal actions against us. See “Business—Legal Proceedings—Insurance Carriers” for more information on our current litigation with our insurance carriers. If we do not have sufficient coverage under our policies, or if the insurance companies are successful in rescinding or denying coverage, we may be required to make material payments in connection with third-party claims.

Any failure to comply with regulations or any changes in such regulations governing our businesses could adversely affect us.

Parts of our business operate in regulated industries and could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or the enactment of new laws, rules or regulations applicable to us, which could decrease demand for our products and services, increase costs or subject us to additional liabilities. Moreover, regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to grant, renew and revoke licenses and approvals and to implement or interpret regulations. Accordingly, such regulatory authorities could prevent or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or otherwise penalize us if our practices were found not to comply with the applicable regulatory or licensing requirements or any interpretation of such requirements by the regulatory authority. Our failure to comply

 

39

---

Table of Contents

with any of these requirements or interpretations could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In particular, after a voluntary disclosure, we received a warning letter from the Bureau of Industry and Security regarding our failure to comply fully with the Export Administration Regulations as to software updates for a few travel agency customers located outside the United States. Although the Bureau of Industry and Security declined to prosecute or sanction us, if we were to violate the Export Administration Regulations again, the matter could be reopened or taken into consideration when investigating future matters and we may be subject to criminal prosecution or administrative sanctions. See “Business—Government Regulation—Office of Foreign Asset Control Regulation” for additional information on economic sanctions with which we must comply.

In Europe, GDS regulations or interpretations thereof may increase our cost of doing business or lower our revenues, limit our ability to sell marketing data, impact relationships with travel buyers, airlines, rail carriers or others, impair the enforceability of existing agreements with travel buyers and other users of our system, prohibit or limit us from offering services or products, or limit our ability to establish or change fees. Although regulations specifically governing GDSs have been lifted in the United States, they remain subject to general regulation regarding unfair trade practices by the U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT”). In addition, continued regulation of GDSs in the EU and elsewhere could also create the operational challenge of supporting different products, services and business practices to conform to the different regulatory regimes. See “Business—Government Regulation—Computer Reservations System Industry Regulation” for additional information. We do not currently maintain a central database of all regulatory requirements affecting our worldwide operations and, as a result, the risk of non-compliance with the laws and regulations described above is heightened. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations may subject us to fines, penalties and potential criminal violations. Any changes to these laws or regulations or any new laws or regulations may make it more difficult for us to operate our business.

Our collection, processing, storage, use and transmission of personal data could give rise to liabilities as a result of governmental regulation, conflicting legal requirements, differing views on data privacy or security breaches.

In our processing of travel transactions, we collect, process, store, use and transmit large amounts of sensitive personal data. This information is increasingly subject to legal restrictions around the world, which may result in conflicting legal requirements in the United States and other jurisdictions. For example, the U.S. Congress and federal agencies, including the Federal Trade Commission, have started to take a more aggressive stance in drafting and enforcing privacy and data protection laws. The EU is also in the process of proposing reforms to its existing data protection legal framework. These legal restrictions are generally intended to protect the privacy and security of personal information, including credit card information that is collected, processed and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. Companies that handle this type of data have also been subject to investigations, lawsuits and adverse publicity due to allegedly improper disclosure or use of sensitive personal information. As privacy and data protection becomes an increasingly politicized issue, we may also become exposed to potential liabilities as a result of conflicting legal requirements, differing views on the privacy of travel data or failure to comply with applicable requirements. Our business could be materially adversely affected if we are unable to comply with legal restrictions on the use of sensitive personal information or if such restrictions are expanded to require changes in our current business practices or are interpreted in ways that conflict with or negatively impact our present or future business practices.

We are exposed to risks associated with payment card industry (“PCI”) compliance.

The PCI Data Security Standard (“PCI DSS”) is a set of comprehensive requirements endorsed by credit card issuers for enhancing payment account data security that includes requirements for security management, policies, procedures, network architecture, software design and other critical protective measures. PCI DSS compliance is required in order to maintain credit card processing facilities. The cost of compliance with the PCI DSS is significant and may increase. Although we are currently in compliance with the PCI DSS, compliance does not guarantee a completely secure environment. Moreover, compliance is an ongoing activity, since the formal requirements evolve as new threats and protective measures are identified. In the event that we were to

 

40

---

Table of Contents

lose PCI DSS compliance (or fail to achieve compliance with a future version of the PCI DSS), we could be exposed to fines and penalties and, in extreme circumstances, may have our credit card processing privileges revoked, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may have higher than anticipated tax liabilities.

We are subject to a variety of taxes in many jurisdictions globally, including income taxes in the United States at the federal, state and local levels, and in many other countries. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We operate in numerous countries where our income tax returns are subject to audit and adjustment by local tax authorities. Because we operate globally, the nature of the uncertain tax positions is often very complex and subject to change, and the amounts at issue can be substantial. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We re-evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Our effective tax rate may change from year to year based on changes in the mix of activities and income allocated or earned among various jurisdictions, tax laws in these jurisdictions, tax treaties between countries, our eligibility for benefits under those tax treaties, and the estimated values of deferred tax assets and liabilities. Such changes could result in an increase in the effective tax rate applicable to all or a portion of our income which would reduce our profitability.

We establish reserves for our potential liability for U.S. and non-U.S. taxes, including sales, occupancy and value-added taxes (“VAT”), consistent with applicable accounting principles and in light of all current facts and circumstances. We have also established reserves relating to the collection of refunds related to value-added taxes, which are subject to audit and collection risks in various regions of Europe. Recently our right to recover certain value-added tax receivables associated with our European businesses has been questioned by tax authorities. These reserves represent our best estimate of our contingent liability for taxes. The interpretation of tax laws and the determination of any potential liability under those laws are complex, and the amount of our liability may exceed our established reserves.

We consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided thereon. As of December 31, 2013, the amount of indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings was approximately $157 million. As of December 31, 2013, $70.8 million of cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities were held by our foreign subsidiaries. If such cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities are needed for our operations in the United States, we would be required to accrue and pay taxes on up to $44 million of these funds to repatriate all such cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. We have not, nor do we anticipate the need to, repatriate funds to the United States to satisfy domestic liquidity needs arising in the ordinary course of business, including liquidity needs associated with our domestic debt service requirements.

New tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time and existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us. These events could require us to pay additional tax amounts on a prospective or retroactive basis, as well as require us to pay fees, penalties or interest for past amounts deemed to be due. For example, there have been proposals to amend U.S. tax laws that would significantly impact how U.S. companies are taxed on foreign earnings. New, changed, modified or newly interpreted or applied laws could also increase our compliance, operating and other costs, as well as the costs of our products and services.

 

41

---

Table of Contents

We will be required to pay our Existing Stockholders 85% of certain tax benefits related to Pre-IPO Tax Assets, and could be required to make substantial cash payments in which the stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will not participate.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a TRA that provides the right to receive future payments by us to our Existing Stockholders of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal income tax that we and our subsidiaries realize as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. Consequently, stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will only be entitled to the economic benefit of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets to the extent of our continuing 15% interest in those assets. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

These payment obligations will be our obligations and not obligations of any of our subsidiaries. The actual utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, as well as the timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future.

We expect that the payments we make under this TRA will be material. Based on current tax laws and assuming that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefits subject to the TRA, we expect that future payments under the TRA relating to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will aggregate to between $330 million and $380 million over the next six years (assuming no changes to current limitations on our ability to utilize our NOLs under Section 382 of the Code), which we estimate will represent approximately 85% to 95% of total payments we will be required to make under the TRA.

Upon the effective date of the TRA, we will recognize a liability of between $310 million and $350 million (after considering the valuation allowance of approximately $72 million recorded against the Pre-IPO Tax Assets) for the payments to be made under the TRA, which will be accounted for as a reduction of additional paid-in capital on our consolidated balance sheet.

Changes in the utility of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will impact the amount of the liability that will be paid to our Existing Stockholders. Changes in the utility of these Pre-IPO Tax Assets are recorded in income tax expense (benefit) and any changes in the obligation under the TRA is recorded in other income (expense).

In addition, the TRA provides that upon certain mergers, stock and asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the TRA will terminate and we will be required to make a payment intended to equal to the present value of future payments under the TRA, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our and our subsidiaries’ future taxable income. In these situations, our obligations under the TRA could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control.

Different timing rules will apply to payments under the TRA to be made to holders that, prior to the completion of the offering, hold stock options and restricted stock units (collectively, the “Award Holders”). Such payments will generally be deemed invested in a notional account rather than made on the scheduled payment dates, and the account will be distributed on the fifth anniversary of the initial public offering, together with an amount equal to the net present value of such Award Holder’s future expected payments, if any, under the TRA. Moreover, payments to holders of stock options that are unvested prior to the completion of this offering will be subject to vesting on the same schedule as such holder’s unvested stock options.

The TRA contains a Change of Control definition that includes, among other things, a change of a majority of the Board of Directors without approval of a majority of the then existing Board members (the “Continuing Directors Provision”). Recent Delaware case law has stressed that such Continuing Directors Provisions could

 

42

---

Table of Contents

have a potential adverse impact on shareholders’ right to elect a company’s directors. In this regard, decisions of the Delaware Chancery Court (not involving us or our securities) have considered change of control provisions and noted that a board of directors may “approve” a dissident shareholders’ nominees solely to avoid triggering the change of control provisions, without supporting their election, if the board determines in good faith that the election of the dissident nominees would not be materially adverse to the interests of the corporation or its stockholders. Further, according to these decisions, the directors’ duty of loyalty to shareholders under Delaware law may, in certain circumstances, require them to give such approval.

Our counterparties under the TRA will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the TRA if such benefits are subsequently disallowed (although future payments would be adjusted to the extent possible to reflect the result of such disallowance). As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the TRA in excess of our cash tax savings.

Certain transactions by the company could cause it to recognize taxable income (possibly material amounts of income) without a current receipt of cash. Payments under the TRA with respect to such taxable income would cause a net reduction in our available cash. For example, transactions giving rise to cancellation of debt income, the accrual of income from original issue discount or deferred payments, a “triggering event” requiring the recapture of dual consolidated losses, or “Subpart F” income would each produce income with no corresponding increase in cash. In these cases, we may use some of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets to offset income from these transaction and, under the TRA, would be required to make a payment to our Existing Stockholders even though we receive no cash from such income.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the TRA is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the TRA for specified reasons, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at a rate of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.00% per annum until paid.

If we did not enter into the TRA, we would be entitled to realize the full economic benefit of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. The TRA is designed with the objective of causing our annual cash costs attributable to federal income taxes (without regard to our continuing 15% interest in the Pre-IPO Tax Assets) to be the same as we would have paid had we not had the Pre-IPO Tax Assets available to offset our federal taxable income. As a result, stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will not be entitled to the economic benefit of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets that would have been available if the TRA were not in effect (except to the extent of our continuing 15% interest in the Pre-IPO Tax Assets).

Our pension plan obligations are currently unfunded, and we may have to make significant cash contributions to our plans, which could reduce the cash available for our business.

Our pension plans in the aggregate are underfunded by approximately $55 million as of December 31, 2013. With approximately 5,300 participants in our pension plans, we incur substantial costs relating to pension benefits, which can vary substantially as a result of changes in healthcare laws and costs, volatility in investment returns on pension plan assets and changes in discount rates used to calculate related liabilities. Our estimates of liabilities and expenses for pensions and other post-retirement healthcare benefits require the use of assumptions, including assumptions relating to the rate used to discount the future estimated liability, the rate of return on plan assets, inflation and several assumptions relating to the employee workforce (medical costs, retirement age and mortality). Actual results may differ, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. Future volatility and disruption in the stock markets could cause a decline in the asset values of our pension plans. In addition, a decrease in the discount rate used to determine minimum funding requirements could result in increased future contributions. If either occurs, we may need to make additional pension contributions above what is currently estimated, which could reduce the cash available for our businesses.

 

43

---

Table of Contents

We may recognize impairments on long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, or recognize impairments on our equity method investments.

Our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013 contained intangible assets, net, including goodwill, of approximately $2,773 million. Our investments in joint ventures on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 includes $93 million of excess basis over our underlying equity in joint ventures. This differential represents goodwill in addition to identifiable intangible assets which are being amortized to joint venture intangible amortization over their estimated lives. Future acquisitions that result in the recognition of additional goodwill and intangible assets would cause an increase in these types of assets. We do not amortize goodwill and intangible assets that are determined to have indefinite useful lives, but we amortize definite-lived intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives, which range from four to thirty years, depending on classification.

We evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or earlier if impairment indicators exist and we evaluate definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of definite-lived intangible assets used in combination to generate cash flows largely independent of other assets may not be recoverable. We record an impairment charge whenever the estimated fair value of our reporting units or of such intangible assets is less than its carrying value. We have also recognized a share of impairment charges recorded by one of our equity method investments, Abacus. As of June 30, 2013, our Travelocity reporting unit had no remaining goodwill.

The fair values used in our impairment evaluation are estimated using a combined approach based upon discounted future cash flow projections and observed market multiples for comparable businesses. Changes in estimates based on changes in risk-adjusted discount rates, future booking and transaction volume levels, future price levels, rates of growth in our consumer and corporate direct booking businesses, rates of increase in operating expenses, cost of revenue and taxes could result in material impairment charges.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and Liquidity

We may require more cash than we generate in our operating activities, and additional funding on reasonable terms or at all may not be available.

We cannot guarantee that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund our capital investment requirements or other liquidity needs. For example, with the migration of our U.S. and Canadian Travelocity businesses to the Expedia platform, our working capital will decrease as we pay travel suppliers for travel booked on our platform, without being offset by new bookings. Moreover, because we are a holding company with no material direct operations, we depend on loans, dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and may be prohibited or restricted from paying dividends or otherwise making funds available to us under certain conditions.

As a result, we may be required to finance our cash needs through public or private equity offerings, bank loans, additional debt financing or otherwise. Our ability to arrange financing and the cost of such financing are dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to:

 

•

general economic and capital market conditions;

 

•

the availability of credit from banks or other lenders;

 

•

investor confidence in us; and

 

•

our results of operations.

There can be no assurance that financing will be available on terms favorable to us or at all, which could force us to delay, reduce or abandon our growth strategy, increase our financing costs, or both. Additional

 

44

---

Table of Contents

funding from debt financings may make it more difficult for us to operate our business because a portion of our cash generated from internal operations would be used to make principal and interest payments on the indebtedness and we may be obligated to abide by restrictive covenants contained in the debt financing agreements, which may, among other things, limit our ability to make business decisions and further limit our ability to pay dividends.

In addition, any downgrade of our debt ratings by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investor Service or similar ratings agencies, increases in general interest rate levels and credit spreads or overall weakening in the credit markets could increase our cost of capital. Furthermore, raising capital through public or private sales of equity to finance acquisitions or expansion could cause earnings or ownership dilution to your shareholding interests in our company.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness, which could adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our business and to fulfill our obligations under our indebtedness.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2013, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” we would have had $         of indebtedness outstanding in addition to $         of availability under the revolving portion of our Credit Facility (as defined in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”), after taking into account the availability reduction of $         for letters of credit issued under the revolving portion. Of this indebtedness, none will be due on or before the end of 2014. Our substantial level of indebtedness will increase the possibility that we may not generate enough cash flow from operations to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of, these obligations. Other risks relating to our long-term indebtedness include:

 

•

increased vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

•

higher interest expense if interest rates increase on our floating rate borrowings and our hedging strategies do not effectively mitigate the effects of these increases;

 

•

need to divert a significant portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of cash to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments and other general corporate purposes;

 

•

limited ability to obtain additional financing, on terms we find acceptable, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, expansion plans and other investments, which may adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy;

 

•

limited flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the markets in which we operate or to take advantage of market opportunities; and

 

•

a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

In addition, it is possible that we may need to incur additional indebtedness in the future in the ordinary course of business. The terms of our Credit Facility, the indentures governing our 2016 Notes and our 2019 Notes (each as defined in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”) allow us to incur additional debt subject to certain limitations. If new debt is added to current debt levels, the risks described above could intensify. In addition, our inability to maintain certain leverage ratios could result in acceleration of a portion of our debt obligations and could cause us to be in default if we are unable to repay the accelerated obligations.

The terms of our debt covenants could limit our discretion in operating our business and any failure to comply with such covenants could result in the default of all of our debt.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain and the agreements governing our future indebtedness will likely contain various covenants, including those that restrict our or our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

•

incur liens on our property, assets and revenue;

 

45

---

Table of Contents

•

borrow money, and guarantee or provide other support for the indebtedness of third parties;

 

•

pay dividends or make other distributions on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

 

•

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain of our indebtedness;

 

•

enter into certain change of control transactions;

 

•

make investments in entities that we do not control, including joint ventures;

 

•

enter into certain asset sale transactions, including divestiture of certain company assets and divestiture of capital stock of wholly-owned subsidiaries;

 

•

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

•

enter into secured financing arrangements;

 

•

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

•

change our fiscal year; and

 

•

enter into substantially different lines of business.

These covenants may limit our ability to effectively operate our businesses or maximize stockholder value. In addition, our Credit Facility requires that we meet certain financial tests, including the maintenance of a leverage ratio and a minimum net worth. Our ability to satisfy these tests may be affected by factors and events beyond our control, and we may be unable to meet such tests in the future.

Any failure to comply with the restrictions of our Credit Facility, the indentures governing our 2016 Notes and our 2019 Notes or any agreement governing our other indebtedness may result in an event of default under those agreements. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt, which may trigger cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions in other debt. In addition, lenders may be able to terminate any commitments they had made to supply us with further funds.

We are exposed to interest rate fluctuations.

Our floating rate indebtedness exposes us to fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. To reduce the impact of large fluctuations in interest rates, we typically hedge a portion of our interest rate risk by entering into derivative agreements with financial institutions. Our exposure to interest rates relates primarily to our borrowings under the Credit Facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

The derivative agreements that we use to manage the risk associated with fluctuations in interest rates may not be able to eliminate the exposure to these changes. Interest rates are sensitive to numerous factors outside of our control, such as government and central bank monetary policy in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Depending on the size of the exposures and the relative movements of interest rates, if we choose not to hedge or fail to effectively hedge our exposure, we could experience a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. As of December 31, 2013, we have entered into floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps that effectively convert $750 million of floating interest rate senior secured debt into a fixed rate obligation. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk.”

We are exposed to exchange rate fluctuations.

We conduct various operations outside the United States, primarily in Canada, South America, Europe, Australia and Asia. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we incurred $682 million and $708 million in foreign currency operating expenses, representing approximately 25% and 23% of our total operating expenses, respectively. Our most significant foreign currency operating expenses are in the Euro, representing

 

46

---

Table of Contents

approximately 9% and 7% of our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. As a result, we face exposure to movements in currency exchange rates. These exposures include but are not limited to:

 

•

re-measurement gains and losses from changes in the value of foreign denominated assets and liabilities;

 

•

translation gains and losses on foreign subsidiary financial results that are translated into U.S. dollars, our functional currency, upon consolidation;

 

•

planning risk related to changes in exchange rates between the time we prepare our annual and quarterly forecasts and when actual results occur; and

 

•

the impact of relative exchange rate movements on cross-border travel, principally travel between Europe and the United States.

Depending on the size of the exposures and the relative movements of exchange rates, if we choose not to hedge or fail to hedge effectively our exposure, we could experience a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. As we have seen in some recent periods, in the event of severe volatility in exchange rates, these exposures can increase, and the impact on our results of operations and financial condition can be more pronounced. In addition, the current environment and the increasingly global nature of our business have made hedging these exposures more complex and costly.

To reduce the impact of this earnings volatility, we hedge approximately 43% of our foreign currency exposure by entering into foreign currency forward contracts on several of our largest foreign currency exposures, including the Euro, the British Pound Sterling, the Polish Zloty and the Indian Rupee. The notional amounts of these forward contracts, totaling $123 million at December 31, 2013, represent obligations to purchase foreign currencies at a predetermined exchange rate to fund a portion of our expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies. Such derivative instruments are short-term in nature and not designed to hedge against currency fluctuation that could impact our foreign currency denominated revenue or gross profit. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Currency Risk” and Note 12, Derivatives, to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Although we have increased and may continue to increase the scope, complexity and duration of our foreign exchange risk management strategy, our current or future hedging activities may not sufficiently protect us from the adverse effects of currency exchange rate movements. Moreover, we make a number of estimates in conducting hedging activities, including in some cases the level of future bookings, cancellations, refunds, customer stay patterns and payments in foreign currencies. In the event those estimates differ significantly from actual results, we could experience greater volatility as a result of our hedging activities.

Risks Related to the Offering and Our Common Stock

An active trading market may not develop or be sustained.

Although we have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ, it is possible that, after this offering, an active trading market will not develop or continue. As a result, shareholders may have difficulty selling their shares or selling their shares at a certain price. In addition, the initial public offering price or future price of our common stock may not reflect our actual financial performance.

The initial public offering price per share of our common stock will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which the shares of our common stock will trade in the public market after this offering.

 

47

---

Table of Contents

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the price at which you purchased them, if at all. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include, but are not limited to, those listed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section and the following, some of which are beyond our control regardless of our actual operating performance:

 

•

actual or anticipated quarterly variations in operational results and reactions to earning releases or other presentations by company executives;

 

•

failure to meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

 

•

rating agency credit rating actions;

 

•

the contents of published research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

•

any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

 

•

actions by institutional stockholders;

 

•

speculation or reports by the press or the investment community with respect to us or our industry in general;

 

•

increases in market interest rates that may lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield;

 

•

changes in our capital structure;

 

•

announcements of dividends;

 

•

future sales of our common stock by us, the Principal Stockholders or members of our management;

 

•

announcements of technological innovations or new services by us or our competitors or new entrants into the industry;

 

•

announcements by us, our competitors or vendors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

•

loss of a major travel supplier or global travel agency subscriber;

 

•

changes in the status of intellectual property rights;

 

•

third-party claims or proceedings against us or adverse developments in pending proceedings;

 

•

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

•

changes in applicable laws and regulations;

 

•

negative publicity for us, our business or our industry;

 

•

changes in expectations or estimates as to our future financial performance or market valuations of competitors, customers or travel suppliers;

 

•

results of operations of our competitors; and

 

•

general market, political and economic conditions, including any such conditions and local conditions in the markets in which our customers are located.

Volatility in our stock price could also make us less attractive to certain investors, and/or invite speculative trading in our common stock or debt instruments.

 

48

---

Table of Contents

In addition, securities exchanges, and in particular the NASDAQ, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Maintaining and improving our financial controls and the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the NASDAQ rules. The requirements of these rules and regulations will significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs, including costs associated with the hiring of additional personnel, making some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and may also place undue strain on our personnel, systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We are in the initial stage of documenting our internal control procedures and have not begun testing these procedures in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”). Section 404 will require that we evaluate our internal control over financial reporting to enable management to report on, and our independent auditors to audit as of the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, the effectiveness of those controls. Both we and our independent registered public accounting firm will be testing our internal controls in connection with the Section 404 requirements and could, as part of that documentation and testing, identify material weaknesses, significant deficiencies or other areas for further attention or improvement. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, require the hiring of additional finance, accounting and other personnel, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. Moreover, adequate internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent fraud. As a result, our failure to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 on a timely basis could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

Various rules and regulations applicable to public companies make it more difficult and more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain coverage. If we are unable to maintain adequate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, our ability to recruit and retain qualified officers and directors, especially those directors who may be deemed independent for purposes of the NASDAQ rules, will be significantly curtailed.

If you invest in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

We expect that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share issued and outstanding immediately after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $             and represents the amount of book value of our total tangible assets minus the book value of our total liabilities, divided by the number of our

 

49

---

Table of Contents

shares of common stock then issued and outstanding. Investors who purchase common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the net tangible book value per share of common stock. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         in the pro forma net tangible book value per share, based upon the initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Investors that purchase common stock in this offering will have purchased     % of the shares issued and outstanding immediately after the offering, but will have paid     % of the total consideration for those shares. See “Dilution.”

Concentration of ownership among our Principal Stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest.

Upon consummation of this offering our Principal Stockholders will own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock and will own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised. Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, at the completion of this offering, the Silver Lake Funds and the TPG Funds will have the right to designate for nomination two directors and three directors, respectively, which collectively will represent a majority of the members of our board of directors. In addition, the Silver Lake Funds and the TPG Funds also jointly have the right to designate for nomination in the future, in connection with the expansion of our board of directors by one member, one additional director, defined herein as the Joint Designee, who must qualify as independent under the NASDAQ rules and must meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act so long as they collectively own at least 10% of their collective Closing Date Shares (as defined in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement”). As a result, the Principal Stockholders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including: the election of directors; approval of mergers or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other significant corporate transactions; and the amendment of our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws (each as defined in “Description of Capital Stock”). This concentration of influence may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other stockholders, who may have interests different from those of our Principal Stockholders. For example, our Principal Stockholders could delay or prevent an acquisition or merger deemed beneficial to other stockholders, or seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment in us, but which might involve risks to our other stockholders or adversely affect us or our other stockholders, including investors in this offering. Our Principal Stockholders may be able to cause or prevent a change in control of us or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. This may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control. In addition, this significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning common stock in companies with Principal Stockholders.

We expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules and, as a result, we will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Because the Principal Stockholders will own a majority of our outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering, we will be considered a “controlled company” as that term is set forth in the NASDAQ rules. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NASDAQ rules regarding corporate governance, including:

 

•

the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

•

the requirement that our governance and nominating committee be composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

50

---

Table of Contents

•

the requirement that our compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

Following this offering, we will qualify for these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors and our governance and nominating committee and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors. See “Management and Board of Directors—Board Composition” and Management and Board of Directors—Committees of the Board of Directors” for a description of the current composition of our board of directors and each of our committees. As a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ rules regarding corporate governance. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

Future issuances of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

After this offering, assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we will have an aggregate of              shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our incentive plans. We may issue all of these shares of common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions.

In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to increase further our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. Future acquisitions could require substantial additional capital in excess of cash from operations. We would expect to finance the capital required for acquisitions through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness, asset-backed acquisition financing and/or cash from operations. In addition, we also expect to issue additional shares in connection with exercise of our stock options under our incentive plans.

Issuing additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity for financing or in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding and              shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised.

All of the              shares of common stock (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) sold in this offering will be, freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the

 

51

---

Table of Contents

Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

We, each of our executive officers, directors, the Principal Stockholders and certain of our other stockholders have agreed with the underwriters not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except for certain limited exceptions. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” Approximately              shares, or                 % of outstanding shares of our common stock or     % of outstanding shares of our common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is fully exercised, are subject to these lock-up agreements.

In addition, pursuant to the Management Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholders’ Agreement”), certain of our stockholders, which group of stockholders excludes our Principal Stockholders, have agreed by contract with us not to transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or encumber any of the shares of common stock then-currently owned by such stockholder, subject to certain limited exceptions, at any time prior to the termination of such Management Stockholders’ Agreement. The Management Stockholders’ Agreement terminates if our common stock is registered and if at least 20% of our total outstanding common stock trades regularly in, on or through the facilities of a securities exchange and/or inter-dealer quotation system or any designated offshore securities market, which conditions are not expected to be met in connection with the completion of this offering.

After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreement and, if applicable to such stockholder, the transfer restrictions under the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, these shares may be sold in the public market, subject to prior registration or qualification for an exemption from registration, including, in the case of shares held by affiliates, compliance with the volume restrictions and other securities laws. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering. To the extent that any of these stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the contractual lock-ups and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the underwriters, may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements prior to expiration of such period. However, any such release by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. would not impact the transfer restrictions in the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, to the extent applicable to such stockholders.

Certain provisions of our Stockholders’ Agreement, our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and Delaware law could hinder, delay or prevent a change in control of us that you might consider favorable, which could also adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Certain provisions under our Stockholders’ Agreement, our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions include:

 

•

a classified board of directors with three classes so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

•

the sole ability of the then-current member of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;

 

52

---

Table of Contents

•

a provision permitting stockholders to act by written consent only until such time as the Principal Stockholders cease to beneficially own, collectively, more than 40% of our outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

•

a provision prohibiting stockholders from calling a special meeting, provided, however, at any time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, collectively, at least 40% of our outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders may be called by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors at the request of either the Silver Lake Funds or the TPG Funds;

 

•

a provision requiring approval of 75% of all outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors in order to amend or repeal certain provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws;

 

•

the requirement that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of our outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, at any time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, collectively, at least 40% of our outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may be removed with or without cause by a vote of a majority of all outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

•

advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at our stockholder meetings;

 

•

the ability of our board of directors to issue new series of, and designate the terms of, preferred stock, without stockholder approval, which could be used to, among other things, institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors;

 

•

our opting to have the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL (as defined in “Description of Capital Stock”), which regulates business combinations with “interested stockholders,” apply to us after the first date on which each of the Principal Stockholders and their affiliates no longer meets the requirements to be an “interested stockholder” as defined by Section 203 of the DGCL, but excluding for purposes thereof, clause (ii) of such definition of “interested stockholder.”

 

•

certain rights of our Principal Stockholders with respect to the designation of directors for nomination and election to our board of directors, including the ability to appoint members to each board committee; and

 

•

provisions prohibiting cumulative voting.

Anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control or change of our management and board of directors and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace current members of our management team. As a result, efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the company may be unsuccessful. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information regarding the provisions included in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws.

Our ability to pay regular dividends to our stockholders is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and may be limited by our holding company structure and applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Following this offering, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. However, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, change the amount or frequency of dividends or discontinue the payment of

 

53

---

Table of Contents

dividends entirely. In addition, because we are a holding company with no material direct operations, we are dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from our operating subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to pay dividends on our common stock. We expect to cause our subsidiaries to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient for us to pay dividends. However, their ability to make such distributions will be subject to their operating results, cash requirements and financial condition, the applicable provisions of Delaware law that may limit the amount of funds available for distribution and our ability to pay cash dividends, compliance with covenants and financial ratios related to existing or future indebtedness, including under our Credit Facility and the 2019 Notes, and other agreements with third parties. Additionally, no dividend or distribution can be declared or paid with respect to the common stock, and we cannot redeem, purchase, acquire or retire for value the common stock, unless and until the full amount of any unpaid dividends accrued on the Series A Preferred Stock has been paid or contemporaneously declared and paid. See “Dividend Policy.” Prior to the closing of this offering, we will exercise our right to redeem all of our Series A Preferred Stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Series A Preferred Stock.” In addition, each of the companies in our corporate chain must manage its assets, liabilities and working capital in order to meet all of its cash obligations, including the payment of dividends or distributions. As a consequence of these various limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our common stock. Any change in the level of our dividends or the suspension of the payment thereof could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Certain of our stockholders have the right to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us.

Our Principal Stockholders have other investments and business activities in addition to their ownership of us. Under our Certificate of Incorporation, the Principal Stockholders have the right, and have no duty to abstain from exercising such right, to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us or which we propose to engage, including those lines of business deemed to be competing with us, do business with any of our clients, customers or suppliers or employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, directors or employees. If the Principal Stockholders or any of their officers, directors or employees acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, they have, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no duty to offer or communicate such corporate opportunity to us, our stockholders or our affiliates even if it is a corporate opportunity that we might reasonably have pursued. This may cause the strategic interests of our Principal Stockholders to differ from, and conflict with, the interests of our company and of our other shareholders in material respects.

Conflicts of interest may exist with respect to certain underwriters of this offering.

Affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., each an underwriter of this offering, are lenders under our $352 million Revolving Facility and our $1,775 million Term B Facility (each as defined in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”). In addition, affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are lenders under our $425 million Term C Facility. In addition, the TPG Funds are affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC, an underwriter in its offering, and, as holders of a portion of our Series A Preferred Stock, we estimate they will receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Therefore, conflicts of interest could exist because underwriters or their affiliates could receive proceeds in this offering in addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions described in this prospectus. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

 

54

---

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts, such as statements regarding our future financial condition or results of operations, our prospects and strategies for future growth, the development and introduction of new products, and the implementation of our marketing and branding strategies. In many cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions and are subject to risks, uncertainties and changes in circumstances that may cause events or our actual activities or results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future events, results, actions, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These factors include, without limitation, economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory conditions and the following:

 

•

factors affecting transaction volumes in the global travel industry, particularly air travel transaction volumes, including global and regional economic and political conditions, financial instability or fundamental corporate changes to travel suppliers, natural or man-made disasters, safety concerns or changes to regulations governing the travel industry;

 

•

our ability to renew existing contracts or to enter into new contracts with travel supplier and buyer customers, third-party distributor partners and joint ventures on economically favorable terms or at all;

 

•

our Travel Network business’ exposure to pricing pressures from travel suppliers and its dependence on relationships with several large travel buyers;

 

•

the fact that travel supplier customers may experience financial instability, consolidate with one another, pursue cost reductions, change their distribution model or experience other changes adverse to us;

 

•

travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution models, such as direct distribution channels, technological incompatibilities between suppliers’ travel content and our GDS, and the diversion of consumer traffic to other channels;

 

•

our reliance on third-party distributors and joint ventures to extend our GDS services to certain regions, which exposes us to risks associated with lack of direct management control and potential conflicts of interest;

 

•

competition in the travel distribution market from other GDS providers, direct distribution by travel suppliers and new entrants or technologies that could challenge the existing GDS business model;

 

•

potential negative impact of competition from other third-party solutions providers and from new participants entering the solutions market on our ability to maintain and grow our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business;

 

•

risks associated with implementing the Expedia SMA and the fact that the benefits anticipated by the parties to the Expedia SMA may not materialize;

 

55

---

Table of Contents

•

potential failure to successfully implement software solutions, which could result in damage to our reputation;

 

•

risks associated with our use of open source software, including the possible future need to acquire licenses from third parties or re-engineer our solutions;

 

•

availability and performance of information technology services provided by third parties, such as HP, which manages a significant portion of our systems;

 

•

our business being harmed by adverse global and regional economic and political conditions, particularly, given our geographic concentration, those that may adversely affect business and leisure travel originating in, or travel to, the United States and Europe;

 

•

risks specific to the operations of our OTAs, including, but not limited to, competition, content, relationships with travel suppliers and travel distributor partners and changes in search engine algorithms and other traffic sources;

 

•

risks associated with the value of our brand, which may be damaged by a number of factors, some of which are out of our control;

 

•

our ability to adapt to technological developments or the evolving competitive landscape by introducing relevant new technologies, products and services;

 

•

systems and infrastructure failures or other unscheduled shutdowns or disruptions, including those due to natural disasters or cybersecurity attacks;

 

•

security breaches occurring at our facilities or with respect to our infrastructure, resulting from physical break-ins; computer viruses, attacks by hackers or similar distributive problems;

 

•

the potential failure to recruit, train and retain key technical employees and senior management;

 

•

risks associated with operating as a global business in multiple countries and in multiple currencies;

 

•

risks associated with acquisitions, divestitures, investments and strategic alliances;

 

•

our ability to protect and maintain our information technology and intellectual property rights, as well as defend against potential infringement claims against us, and the associated costs;

 

•

defects in our products resulting in significant warranty liabilities or product liability claims, for which we may have insufficient product liability insurance to pay material uninsured claims;

 

•

adverse outcomes in our legal proceedings, including our litigation with US Airways or the antitrust investigation by the DOJ, whether in the form of money damages or injunctive relief that could force changes to the way we operate our GDS;

 

•

the possibility that we may have insufficient insurance to cover our liability for pending litigation claims or future claims, which could expose us to significant liabilities;

 

•

our failure to comply with regulations that are applicable to us or any unfavorable changes in, or the enactment of, laws, rules or regulations applicable to us;

 

•

liabilities arising from our collection, processing, storage, use and transmission of personal data resulting from conflicting legal requirements, governmental regulation or security breaches, including compliance with payment card industry regulations;

 

•

the fact that we may have higher than anticipated tax liabilities, our use of NOLs may be subject to limitations on their use in the future and payments under the TRA to our Existing Stockholders;

 

•

the fact that our pension plan is currently underfunded and we may need to make significant cash contributions to our pension plan in the future, which could reduce the cash available for our business;

 

•

our significant amount of long-term indebtedness and the related restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness;

 

56

---

Table of Contents

•

risks associated with maintaining and improving our financial controls and the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members;

 

•

the fact that our Principal Stockholders will, following the completion of the offering, retain significant influence over us and key decisions about our business, which may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions and result in conflicts of interest;

 

•

the fact that we qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules and, therefore we also qualify to be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements; and

 

•

other risks and uncertainties, including those listed in the “Risk Factors” section.

These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and therefore you should not place undue reliance on them. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update them publicly in light of new information or future events.

You should carefully consider the risks specified in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and subsequent public statements or reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), before making any investment decision with respect to our common stock. If any of these trends, risks or uncertainties actually occurs or continues, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected, the trading prices of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

 

57

---

Table of Contents

METHOD OF CALCULATION

The “GDS-processed air bookings” share figures in this prospectus are calculated based on the total number of air bookings processed through the three GDSs, specifically Sabre, Amadeus, and Travelport (including the Worldspan, Galileo and Apollo systems). Measurements of such GDS-processed air bookings are based primarily on Marketing Information Data Tapes and are supplemented with other transaction data and estimates that we believe provide a more accurate measure of GDS-processed air bookings. Because GDSs generally process air bookings for their joint venture partners and/or share in the economics of their joint venture partners’ travel transactions, we include the GDS-processed air booking volumes of each GDS’s joint venture partners in the GDS-processed air bookings share calculations. For example, GDS-processed air bookings from Abacus and INFINI Travel Information, Inc. (“Infini”) are included in our GDS-processed air bookings volume and our estimate of GDS-processed air bookings from Topas, Amadeus’ Korean joint venture partner, is included in the Amadeus GDS-processed air bookings volume.

Based on our internal estimates, we believe GDS-processed air bookings comprise approximately 75% of total air bookings processed through third-party distribution systems in 2013, with the remaining 25% comprised of air bookings processed through regional distribution systems that are not joint venture partners of one of the three GDSs. Due to the lack of available industry information on the number of air bookings processed by such regional distribution systems and through direct distribution channels we use the number of GDS-processed air bookings as a proxy for the number of overall industry air bookings. Similarly, we believe industry air bookings share is a good proxy for overall GDS share in our Travel Network business because air bookings comprise the vast majority of the total bookings of the three GDSs.

The GDS-processed air bookings used for GDS-processed air bookings share calculations do not necessarily correspond to the number of bookings billed by each GDS provider because not all processed bookings are billed due to the fact that each GDS provider has a different policy (often varying by region and supplier) as to which transactions processed through its GDS platform are billed.

The regional air bookings share figures in this prospectus are calculated based on the total number of GDS-processed air bookings in each of the following four regions, with key countries or sub-regions identified:

 

•

North America: United States and Canada;

 

•

Latin America: Mexico, South America, Central America and the Caribbean;

 

•

APAC: India, Australia, South Korea, Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Singapore, Thailand, Malaysia, Pakistan, Philippines, and New Zealand; and

 

•

EMEA: Germany, United Kingdom, France, Italy, Spain, Saudi Arabia, Russian Federation, Sweden, Norway, United Arab Emirates, Netherlands, Greece, Switzerland, South Africa, Denmark, Israel, Finland, Ukraine, and Belgium (a subgroup of which is defined as MEA: Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, South Africa and Israel).

The hospitality CRS hotel room share figures in this prospectus are calculated based on data for hotel rooms serviced by third-party CRS providers and processed through our GDS. We estimate that approximately a quarter of global hotel properties are available through our GDS and believe this data to be the best available representation of the hotel market due to the lack of comprehensive industry data. Using this data, we compute CRS hotel room share based on total hotel room capacity hosted by the various third-party hospitality CRS providers. We believe this to be the most reliable measure of market share available to us. However, this metric is one we have only recently begun to measure and represents a snapshot in time, which prevents it from being able to convey a trend in market share over time. Therefore, we also include information in this prospectus regarding third-party hospitality CRS bookings share of our GDS because that data is more consistently available for historical periods. Using our GDS data, we compute third-party hospitality CRS bookings share based on total bookings by the various third-party hospitality CRS providers over time. Though we believe third-party

 

58

---

Table of Contents

hospitality CRS room share to be a more accurate representation of market share, we believe third-party hospitality CRS bookings share is a reasonable proxy to convey changes in third-party hospitality CRS market share over time.

The “Customer Retention” rate figures in this prospectus are calculated as the aggregate of prior year revenue associated with customers that did not terminate their contract in the given year, as a percentage of the prior year revenue. Customer Retention for Travel Network is calculated based on travel agency contracts, and is measured based on revenue we earn from bookings made by those travel agencies. Customer Retention for Airline Solutions is calculated based on PBs fee-based revenue for our reservation contracts, our principal Airline Solutions offering. Customer Retention for Hospitality Solutions is based on CRS, digital marketing services and call center revenues, which represent over 90% of revenues of our Hospitality Solutions business in each period from 2011 through December 31, 2013. Customer Retention does not measure whether the revenue from any travel agency or reservations customer has increased in the given year compared to the prior year. For example, if ten travel agencies terminated their Travel Network contracts in 2013, and those travel agencies represented a combined 5% of Travel Network revenue in 2012, the Customer Retention for Travel Network in 2013 would be 95%.

The “Recurring Revenue” figures for our:

 

(i)

Travel Network business is comprised of transaction, subscription and other revenue that is of a recurring nature from travel suppliers and travel buyers, and excludes revenue of a non-recurring nature, such as set-up fees and shortfall payments;

 

(ii)

Airline Solutions business is comprised of volume-based and subscription fees and other revenue that is of a recurring nature associated with various solutions, and excludes revenue of a non-recurring nature, such as license fees and consulting fees; and

 

(iii)

Hospitality Solutions business is comprised of volume-based and subscription fees and other revenue that is of a recurring nature associated with various solutions, and excludes revenue of a non-recurring nature, such as set-up fees and website development fees.

Revenues in each of (i), (ii) and (iii) are tied to a travel supplier’s transaction volumes rather than to its unit pricing for an airplane ticket, hotel room or other travel product. However, this revenue is not generally contractually committed to recur annually under our agreements with our travel suppliers. As a result, our Recurring Revenue is highly dependent on the global travel industry and directly correlates with global travel, tourism and transportation transaction volumes. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our revenue is highly dependent on transaction volumes in the global travel industry, particularly air travel transaction volumes.”

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not, imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by, us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ^®, ^TM or ^SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

ClientBase, GetThere, lastminute.com, Sabre, Sabre Holdings, the Sabre logo, Sabre AirCentre, Sabre Airline Solutions, Sabre AirVision, Sabre Hospitality Solutions, Sabre Red, Sabre Travel Network, SabreSonic, Travelocity, Travelocity Partner Network, TripCase, TruTrip and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of Sabre.

 

59

---

Table of Contents

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We have included both financial measures compiled in accordance with GAAP and certain non-GAAP financial measures in this registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, including Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Capital Expenditures, Adjusted Free Cash Flow and ratios based on these financial measures.

We define Adjusted Gross Margin as gross margin adjusted for amortization of upfront incentive consideration and depreciation and amortization.

We define Adjusted Net Income as income (loss) from continuing operations adjusted for impairment, acquisition related amortization expense, loss (gain) on sale of business and assets, loss on extinguishment of debt, other, net, restructuring and other costs, litigation and taxes, including penalties, stock-based compensation, management fees and tax impact of net income adjustments.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as Adjusted Net Income adjusted for depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, amortization of capitalized implementation costs, amortization of upfront incentive consideration, interest expense, and remaining (benefit) provision for income taxes. This Adjusted EBITDA metric differs from (i) the EBITDA metric referenced in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior Secured Credit Facilities”, which is calculated for the purposes of compliance with our debt covenants, and (ii) the Pre-VCP EBITDA and EBITDA metrics referenced in the section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, which are calculated for the purposes of our annual incentive compensation program and performance-based awards, respectively.

We define Adjusted Capital Expenditures as additions to property and equipment and capitalized implementation costs during the period presented.

We define Adjusted Free Cash Flow as cash provided by operating activities less cash used in additions to property and equipment, plus the cash flow effect of restructuring and other costs, litigation settlement and tax payments for certain items, other litigation costs, management fees and the working capital impact from the settlement of travel supplier liabilities associated with certain operations of Travelocity impacted by the Expedia SMA (see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting our Results—Travelocity”).

Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to monitor our ongoing core operations because historical results have been significantly impacted by events that are unrelated to our core operations as a result of changes to our business and the regulatory environment. We believe that Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Capital Expenditures and Adjusted Free Cash Flow are used by investors, analysts and other interested parties as measures of financial performance and to evaluate our ability to service debt obligations, fund capital expenditures and meet working capital requirements. Adjusted Capital Expenditures includes cash flows used in investing activities, for property and equipment, and cash flows used in operating activities, for capitalized implementation costs. Our management uses this combined metric in making product investment decisions and determining development resource requirements. We also believe that Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Capital Expenditures assist investors in company-to-company and period-to-period comparisons by excluding differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense), tax positions and the impact of depreciation and amortization expense. In addition, amounts derived from Adjusted EBITDA are a primary component of certain covenants under our senior secured credit facilities.

Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Capital Expenditures, Adjusted Free Cash Flow and ratios based on these financial measures are not recognized terms under GAAP. Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Capital Expenditures, Adjusted Free Cash

 

60

---

Table of Contents

Flow and ratios based on these financial measures have important limitations as analytical tools, and should not be viewed in isolation and do not purport to be alternatives to net income as indicators of operating performance or cash flows from operating activities as measures of liquidity. Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Free Cash Flow and ratios based on these financial measures exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income or cash flows from operating activities and these measures may vary among companies. Our use of Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Free Cash Flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

•

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect cash requirements for such replacements;

 

•

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;

 

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

 

•

Adjusted Free Cash Flow does not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service the principal payments on our indebtedness;

 

•

Adjusted Free Cash Flow does not reflect payments related to restructuring, litigation, management fees and Travelocity working capital which reduced the cash available to us;

 

•

Adjusted Free Cash Flow removes the impact of accrual-basis accounting on asset accounts and non-debt liability accounts; and

 

•

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA or Adjusted Free Cash Flow differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

See “Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for definitions of non-GAAP financial measures used in this prospectus and reconciliations thereof to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS

This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys, public filings and internal company sources. Statements as to our ranking, market position and market estimates are based on independent industry publications, government publications, third-party forecasts and management’s estimates and assumptions about our markets and our internal research. We have included explanations of certain internal estimates and related methods provided in this prospectus along with these estimates. See “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

The T2RL information quoted or cited herein is the property of T2RL and is sourced from www.t2rl.net, copyright all rights reserved.

The Gartner material quoted or cited herein, (the “Gartner Material”) represent(s) data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc., and are not representations of fact. The Gartner Material speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this filing) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Material are subject to change without notice.

 

61

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock offered by us will be approximately $         million or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full (in each case, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately $         million.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay $         million of our outstanding indebtedness under the Term C Facility portion of our senior secured credit facilities. The Term C Facility matures in December 2017 and, as of December 31, 2013, bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.00% and, as of March 31, 2014, bears interest at a rate of     %. We also intend to redeem $         million aggregate principal amount of our 8.5% senior secured notes due May 2019 at a redemption price of 108.5% of the principal amount of the 2019 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest of $         million through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of             , 2014. We intend to use $         million, the remaining portion of the net proceeds from this offering, to pay a $21 million fee, in the aggregate, to TPG and Silver Lake pursuant to the MSA, which will thereafter be terminated, and $         to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock.

If the underwriters exercise their option to acquire additional shares of common stock, we intend to use any net proceeds we receive to repay additional outstanding indebtedness under our Term C Facility. If the actual net proceeds of the offering increase for reasons other than the exercise of the underwriters’ option or if the actual net proceeds decrease, the cash component of the Redemption Payment made in respect of our Series A Preferred Stock will be adjusted as described below.

By establishing a public market for our common stock, this offering is also intended to facilitate our future access to public markets.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our estimated net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a change in the number of shares of common stock we sell would increase or decrease our net proceeds.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will exercise our right to redeem all of our Series A Preferred Stock. The redemption price will be paid with a mix of cash and stock, which we will deliver pro rata to the holders thereof concurrently with the closing of this offering. Assuming we sell the total number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, we will deliver an estimated aggregate of $         million in cash and          shares of our common stock in payment of the related Redemption Payment as of March 31, 2014. Accordingly, such amounts do not take into account shares of our common stock to be issued in satisfaction of dividends that accrue on or after April 1, 2014 and to, but excluding, the closing date of this offering. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock accumulates dividends at a rate of 6% per annum. See “Description of Capital Stock—Series A Preferred Stock.” Such dividends will accrue at a rate of $         per day in the aggregate and, assuming the shares of common stock are offered at $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), we will deliver approximately         additional shares of our common stock in the Redemption.

A $1.00 increase in the estimated net proceeds of this offering would increase the aggregate cash component of the Redemption Payment by $1.00 and decrease the common stock component by                  shares, which represents a value of $1.00 based on the assumed offering price. Conversely, a $1.00 decrease in the estimated net proceeds of this offering would cause us to decrease the aggregate cash component of the Redemption Payment by $1.00 and to increase the common stock component by         shares, which represents a value of $1.00 based on the assumed offering price. In all cases, the common stock will be valued at the initial public offering price.

 

62

---

Table of Contents

If the net proceeds increase due to a higher initial public offering price, we will use the additional proceeds to increase the cash component of the Redemption. By increasing the cash component of the Redemption, the number of shares of common stock issued in the share component of the Redemption will be reduced. In addition, the number of shares of common stock issued in the Redemption for each share of Series A Preferred Stock in the Redemption will be further reduced because the initial public offering price will be higher, which affects the redemption ratio between a share of Series A Preferred Stock to a share of common stock.

If the net proceeds decrease due to a lower initial public offering price, we will decrease the cash component of the Redemption. By reducing the cash component of the Redemption, the number of shares of common stock issued in the share component of the Redemption will be increased. In addition, the number of common shares issued in the Redemption for each share of Series A Preferred Stock in the Redemption will be further increased because the initial public offering price will be lower, which affects the redemption ratio between a share of Series A Preferred Stock to a share of common stock.

If the number of common shares we issue in this offering increases, we will use the additional proceeds to increase the cash component of the Redemption to the extent that such increase in the number of common shares also increases our aggregate net proceeds. In this case, the issuance of additional common shares in the offering will increase the number of common shares outstanding following this offering. The additional proceeds therefrom will increase the cash component of the Redemption and thereby reduce the number of shares of common stock issued in the share component of the Redemption.

If the number of common shares we issue in this offering decreases, we will decrease the cash component of the Redemption to the extent that such decrease in the number of common shares also decreases our aggregate net proceeds. In this case, the issuance of fewer common shares in the offering will decrease the number of common shares outstanding following this offering. The lower proceeds therefrom will decrease the cash component of the Redemption, and thereby increase the number of shares of common stock issued in the share component of the Redemption.

Certain affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC, an underwriter in this offering, will own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock following this offering. In addition, the TPG Funds are affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC and, as holders of a portion of the Series A Preferred Stock, we estimate will receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering, based upon an assumed initial offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

 

63

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Following this offering, we expect to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock, subject to the sole discretion of our board of directors and the considerations discussed below. We expect that our first dividend will be paid in the third quarter of 2014 (in respect of the second quarter of 2014) and will be              per share of our common stock. We intend to fund our initial dividend, as well as any future dividends, from distributions made by our operating subsidiaries from their available cash generated from operations.

Future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and the amount of cash dividends per share will depend upon, among other things, our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions, number of shares of common stock outstanding and other factors the board of directors may deem relevant. The timing and amount of future dividend payments will be at the discretion of our board of directors. See “Risk Factors—Our ability to pay regular dividends to our stockholders is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and may be limited by our holding company structure and applicable provisions of Delaware law.”

Because we are a holding company with no material direct operations, we are dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from our operating subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to pay dividends on our common stock. Our subsidiaries are currently restricted from paying cash dividends on our common stock in certain circumstances by the covenants in our Credit Facility and in the indenture governing our 2019 Notes and may be further restricted by the terms of future debt or preferred securities. In addition, no dividend or distribution can be declared or paid with respect of the common stock, and we cannot redeem, purchase, acquire, or retire for value the common stock, unless and until the full amount of any unpaid dividends accrued on the Series A Preferred Stock has been paid or contemporaneously declared and paid. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will exercise our right to redeem all of our Series A Preferred Stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Series A Preferred Stock.”

Our dividend policy has certain risks and limitations, particularly with respect to liquidity. Although we expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may not pay dividends according to our policy, or at all, if, among other things, we do not have the cash necessary to pay our intended dividends. By paying cash dividends rather than saving or investing that cash, we risk, among other things, slowing the pace of our growth and having insufficient cash to fund our operations or unanticipated capital expenditures.

For a discussion of the application of withholding taxes on dividends, see “Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders.”

 

64

---

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

 

1.

on an actual basis; and

 

2.

on an as adjusted basis to reflect:

 

•

the sale of              shares of our common stock by us offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses;

 

•

the impact of the TRA, which is a reduction to Additional paid in capital; and

 

•

the application of the net proceeds from this offering as otherwise described under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled “Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		As of December 31, 2013 (in thousands)
		Actual				As Adjusted (4),(5)
						(unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	308,236			$
Long-term debt, including current portion:
2019 Notes		$	799,823			$
2016 Notes			389,321
Credit Facility(1)			2,456,980
Mortgage Facility			83,541
Total Long-term debt			3,729,665
Temporary Equity:
Series A redeemable preferred stock: $0.01 par value; 225,000,000 shares authorized; 87,229,703 shares issued and 87,184,179 shares outstanding on an actual basis and              shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis			634,843
Stockholders’ deficit:
Sabre Corporation Common Stock, $0.01 par value; 450,000,000 shares authorized; 178,633,409 shares issued and 178,491,568 shares outstanding on an actual basis and                           shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis(2),(3),(5)			1,786
Additional paid in capital			880,619
Retained deficit			(1,785,554	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(49,895	)
Non-controlling interest			508
Total stockholders’ deficit			(952,536	)
Total capitalization		$	2,777,129

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $1,747 million, $360 million and $349 million outstanding under the Term B Facility, Term C Facility and Incremental Term Facility, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, we had no drawn amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility and $66 million outstanding under the letter of credit sub-facility, which directly reduces the amount available to be drawn under the Revolving Facility.

 

65

---

Table of Contents

(2)

The outstanding share information set forth above assumes no issuance of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. As of             , an aggregate of              shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under the 2014 Omnibus Plan, which includes              shares of common stock that were available for future issuance under our prior equity plans. Additionally, the outstanding share information set forth above assumes:

 

•

no exercise of performance-based stock options outstanding under our Sovereign MEIP plan. As of March 31, 2014 there were              performance-based stock options outstanding under this plan with a weighted average exercise price of $            ;

 

•

no exercise of time-based stock options outstanding under our Sovereign MEIP plan. As of March 31, 2014 there were              time-based stock options outstanding under this plan with a weighted average exercise price of $            ;

 

•

no exercise of time-based stock options outstanding under our Sovereign 2012 MEIP plan. As of March 31, 2014 there were              time-based stock options outstanding under this plan with a weighted average exercise price of $            ;

 

•

no vesting and settlement of the              performance-based restricted stock units unvested and outstanding as of March 31, 2014 under our Sovereign 2012 MEIP plan;

 

•

no vesting and settlement of time-based restricted stock units outstanding as of March 31, 2014 under the Sovereign RSU Agreement, with a value equal to $            ;

 

•

no vesting and settlement of the              restricted stock unit award, unvested and outstanding as of March 31, 2014; and

 

•

no exercise of time-based stock options or Tandem SARs under our TVL.com SOA or Travelocity Equity 2012 plans, respectively. It is expected that these plans will be terminated in connection and concurrent with the IPO and all awards under these plans will be cancelled.

 

(3)	The outstanding share information set forth above assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock from us.

 

(4)

The number of common shares outstanding assumes the Redemption Payment consists of the amount of cash and number of common shares described in Use of Proceeds, and is based on the accumulated dividends as of March 31, 2014. Accordingly, such amounts do not take into account shares of our common stock to be issued in satisfaction of dividends that accrue on or after April 1, 2014 and to, but excluding, the closing date of this offering. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock accumulates dividends at a rate of 6% per annum. See “Description of Capital Stock—Series A Preferred Stock.” Such dividends will accrue at a rate of $         per day in the aggregate and, assuming the shares of common stock are offered at $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and the offering closes on             , 2014, we will deliver approximately          additional shares of our common stock in the Redemption.

Because the number of shares of common stock issued for each share of our Series A Preferred Stock will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price, a change in the assumed initial public offering price would have a corresponding impact on the number of shares of common stock issued for shares of our Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Redemption upon the closing of this offering and the relative percentage ownership of the investors in this offering and our existing stockholders.

If the initial public offering price is equal to $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, an aggregate of             shares of our common stock would be issued in the share component of the Redemption upon the closing of this offering, assuming that the closing occurs on             , 2014.

 

(5)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our estimated net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a change in the number of shares of common stock we sell would increase or decrease our net proceeds. See “Use of Proceeds” for our expectations regarding the change in our expected use of proceeds depending on the size of this offering.

 

66

---

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to the Redemption and this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of our common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to the existing equity holders. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of temporary equity and stockholders’ equity excluding intangible assets, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at that date.

Our historical net tangible book value as of             , 2014 was $             million, or approximately $             per share of common stock (assuming                      shares of common stock outstanding).

After giving effect to the Redemption, our pro forma net tangible book value as of             , 2014 would have been $             million, or approximately $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of temporary equity and stockholders’ equity excluding intangible assets, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at             , 2014 prior to the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering but assuming the completion of the Redemption.

After giving effect to the Redemption and the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, the estimated effect of the TRA and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of             , 2014 would have been approximately $         million or approximately $         per share of common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share						$
Historical net tangible book value per share as of             , 2014		$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of             , 2014 after giving effect to the Redemption
Increase per share attributable to new investors		$
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of             , 2014 after giving effect to the Redemption and this offering						$
Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors						$

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million or approximately $         per share, and the dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. This pro forma information is illustrative only, and following the completion of this offering, will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

67

---

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of             , 2014, on the pro forma basis described above, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share of our common stock paid by existing stockholders. The calculation with respect to shares purchased by new investors in this offering reflects the issuance by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

Shares Purchased

Total Consideration

Average Price Per Share

Number

Percent

Amount

Percent

Existing stockholders

%

$

%

$

New investors

%

$

%

$

Total

%

$

%

$

If the net proceeds increase due to a higher initial public offering price, we will use the additional proceeds to increase the cash component of the Redemption. By increasing the cash component of the Redemption, the number of shares of common stock issued in the share component of the Redemption will be reduced. In addition, the number of shares of common stock issued in the Redemption for each share of Series A Preferred Stock in the Redemption will be further reduced because the initial public offering price will be higher, which affects the redemption ratio between a share of Series A Preferred Stock to a share of common stock.

If the net proceeds decrease due to a lower initial public offering price, we will decrease the cash component of the Redemption. By reducing the cash component of the Redemption, the number of shares of common stock issued in the share component of the Redemption will be increased. In addition, the number of common shares issued in the Redemption for each share of Series A Preferred Stock in the Redemption will be further increased because the initial public offering price will be lower, which affects the redemption ratio between a share of Series A Preferred Stock to a share of common stock.

If the number of common shares we issue in this offering increases, we will use the additional proceeds to increase the cash component of the Redemption to the extent that such increase in the number of common shares also increases our aggregate net proceeds. In this case, the issuance of additional common shares in the offering will increase the number of common shares outstanding following this offering. The additional proceeds therefrom will increase the cash component of the Redemption and thereby reduce the number of shares of common stock issued in the share component of the Redemption.

If the number of common shares we issue in this offering decreases, we will decrease the cash component of the Redemption to the extent that such decrease in the number of common shares also decreases our aggregate net proceeds. In this case, the issuance of fewer common shares in the offering will decrease the number of common shares outstanding following this offering. The lower proceeds therefrom will decrease the cash component of the Redemption, and thereby increase the number of shares of common stock issued in the share component of the Redemption.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full from us, the number of shares of common stock held by new investors will increase to             , or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering and the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to              , or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

68

---

Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our common stock that would be issued in the Redemption in payment of the related redemption price plus accumulated but unpaid dividends as of March 31, 2014, assuming the initial public offering prices for our common stock shown below:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

$

$

$

$

$

Shares of our common stock issued in the Redemption

Total shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the Redemption

Percentage of shares owned by:

New Investors

Existing Investors

Total

In all cases, the common stock delivered in the Redemption will be valued at the actual initial public offering price and will reflect shares of our common stock to be issued in satisfaction of dividends that accrue on or after April 1, 2014 and to, but excluding, the closing date of this offering.

The discussion and table above assume no issuance of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. As of             , an aggregate of              shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under the 2014 Omnibus Plan, which includes              shares of common stock that were available for future issuance under our prior equity plans. Additionally, the table above assumes:

 

•

no exercise of performance-based stock options outstanding under our Sovereign MEIP plan. As of March 31, 2014 there were              performance-based stock options outstanding under this plan with a weighted average exercise price of $            ;

 

•

no exercise of time-based stock options outstanding under our Sovereign MEIP plan. As of March 31, 2014 there were              time-based stock options outstanding under this plan with a weighted average exercise price of $            ;

 

•

no exercise of time-based stock options outstanding under our Sovereign 2012 MEIP plan. As of March 31, 2014 there were              time-based stock options outstanding under this plan with a weighted average exercise price of $            ;

 

•

no vesting and settlement of the              performance-based restricted stock units unvested and outstanding as of March 31, 2014 under our Sovereign 2012 MEIP plan;

 

•

no vesting and settlement of time-based restricted stock units outstanding as of March 31, 2014 under the Sovereign RSU Agreement, with a value equal to $            ;

 

•

no vesting and settlement of the              restricted stock unit award, unvested and outstanding as of March 31, 2014; and

 

•

no exercise of time-based stock options or Tandem SARs under our TVL.com SOA or Travelocity Equity 2012 plans, respectively. It is expected that these plans will be terminated in connection and concurrent with this offering and all awards under these plans will be cancelled.

 

69

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present selected historical consolidated financial data for our business. You should read these tables along with “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data and consolidated statements of cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data and consolidated statements of cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data.

The historical consolidated results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011				2010				2009
		(Amounts in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data(1):
Revenue		$	3,049,525			$	2,974,364			$	2,855,961			$	2,758,847			$	2,577,391
Gross margin			1,144,675				1,155,129				1,119,920				1,122,715				1,074,068
Selling, general and administrative			792,929				1,188,248				806,435				789,177				805,961
Impairment			138,435				573,180				185,240				401,400				211,612
Restructuring and other costs			36,551				—				—				—				—
Operating income (loss)			176,760				(606,299	)			128,245				(67,862	)			56,486
Net loss attributable to Sabre Corporation			(100,494	)			(611,356	)			(66,074	)			(268,852	)			(158,734	)
Net loss attributable to common shareholders			(137,198	)			(645,939	)			(98,653	)			(299,649	)			(102,441	)
Basic and diluted loss per share attributable
to common shareholders			(0.77	)			(3.65	)			(0.56	)			(1.71	)			(0.59	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic and diluted			178,125				177,206				176,703				175,655				174,535
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:
Cash provided by operating activities		$	157,188			$	312,336			$	356,444			$	380,928			$	284,159
Additions to property and equipment			226,026				193,262				164,638				130,028				106,554
Cash payments for interest			255,620				264,990				184,449				195,550				251,812
Other Financial Data:
Adjusted Gross Margin		$	1,383,809			$	1,389,862			$	1,330,514			$	1,302,705			$	1,228,402
Adjusted Net Income			217,151				150,886				236,166				205,955				195,320
Adjusted EBITDA			791,323				786,629				720,163				691,016				627,179
Adjusted Capital Expenditures			284,840				271,805				223,747				163,694				126,955
Adjusted Free Cash Flow			160,923				285,221				233,586				276,512				208,657

 

70

---

Table of Contents

		As of December 31,
		2013				2012				2011				2010				2009
		(Amounts in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents		$	308,236			$	126,695			$	58,350			$	176,521			$	61,206
Total assets			4,755,708				4,711,245				5,252,780				5,524,279				5,878,388
Long-term debt			3,643,548				3,420,927				3,307,905				3,350,860				3,696,378
Working capital (deficit)			(273,591	)			(428,569	)			(411,485	)			(491,864	)			(331,197	)
Redeemable preferred stock			634,843				598,139				563,557				530,975				500,178
Noncontrolling interest			508				88				(18,693	)			19,831				88,429
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)			(952,536	)			(876,875	)			(196,919	)			(34,738	)			298,251
Key Metrics
Travel Network
Direct Billable Bookings - Air			314,275				326,175				328,200				325,370				301,686
Direct Billable Bookings - Non-Air			53,503				53,669				53,683				49,229				43,084
Total Direct Billable Bookings			367,778				379,844				381,883				374,599				344,770
Airline Solutions Passengers Boarded			478,088				405,420				364,420				313,959				287,591

 

(1)

Certain amounts previously reported in our December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the December 31, 2013 presentation as a result of discontinued operations. In June 2013, we sold certain assets of our Holiday Autos operations to a third party and in November 2013, we completed the closing of the remainder of the Holiday Autos operations such that it represented a discontinued operation. See Note 4, Discontinued Operations and Dispositions, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The impact on our revenue was a reduction of $65 million, $76 million, $74 million and $78 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The impact on our operating income was an increase of $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a reduction of less than $1 million and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and an increase of $44 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Non-GAAP Measures

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss attributable to Sabre Corporation, the most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011				2010				2009
		(Amounts in thousands)
Reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted Net Income and to Adjusted EBITDA:
Loss attributable to Sabre Corporation		$	(100,494	)		$	(611,356	)		$	(66,074	)		$	(268,851	)		$	(158,734	)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax			7,176				48,947				23,461				16,949				56,021
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)			2,863				(59,317	)			(36,681	)			(64,382	)			(7,476	)
Loss from continuing operations			(90,455	)			(621,726	)			(79,294	)			(316,284	)			(110,189	)
Adjustments:
Impairment(2)			138,435				596,980				185,240				401,400				211,612
Acquisition related amortization expense(3a)			143,765				162,517				162,312				163,213				183,850
Loss (gain) on sale of business and assets			—				(25,850	)			—				—				—
Loss on extinguishment of debt			12,181				—				—				—				(31,565	)
Other expense (income), net(4)			6,724				1,385				(1,156	)			(5,871	)			(18,070	)
Restructuring and other costs(5)			59,052				6,776				12,986				17,282				22,387
Litigation and taxes, including penalties(6)			39,431				418,622				21,601				1,600				1,405
Stock–based compensation			9,086				9,834				7,334				5,300				4,108
Management fees(7)			8,761				7,769				7,191				6,730				7,260
Tax impact of net income adjustments			(109,829	)			(405,421	)			(80,048	)			(67,415	)			(75,478	)
Adjusted Net Income from continuing operations			217,151				150,886				236,166				205,955				195,320
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment			131,483				135,561				122,640				110,748				99,326
Amortization of capitalized implementation costs(3c)			35,551				20,855				11,365				8,162				3,035
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration( 8)			36,649				36,527				37,748				26,572				29,554
Interest expense, net			274,689				232,450				174,390				200,945				234,758
Remaining (benefit) provision for income taxes			95,800				210,350				137,854				138,634				65,186
Adjusted EBITDA		$	791,323			$	786,629			$	720,163			$	691,016			$	627,179

 

71

---

Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the reconciliation of Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA by business segment to gross margin, the most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

		Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
		Travel Network				Airline and Hospitality Solutions				Travelocity				Eliminations				Corporate				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Gross Margin		$	773,890			$	187,293			$	345,474			$	(717	)		$	(161,265	)		$	1,144,675
Adjustments:
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration(8)			36,649				—				—				—				—				36,649
Depreciation and amortization(3)			50,254				75,093				8,015				—				69,123				202,485
Adjusted gross margin			860,793				262,386				353,489				(717	)			(92,142	)			1,383,809
Selling, general and administrative			(106,392	)			(51,538	)			(331,334	)			717				(304,382	)			(792,929	)
Joint venture equity income			15,554				—				—				—				—				15,554
Adjustments:																							—
Depreciation and amortization(3)			2,253				2,227				697				—				99,933				105,110
Restructuring and other costs(5)			—				—				—				—				22,501				22,501
Stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				9,086				9,086
Litigation and taxes, including penalties(6)			—				—				—				—				39,431				39,431
Management fees(7)			—				—				—				—				8,761				8,761
Adjusted EBITDA		$	772,208			$	213,075			$	22,852			$	—			$	(216,812	)		$	791,323

 

		Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
		Travel Network				Airline and Hospitality Solutions				Travelocity				Eliminations				Corporate				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Gross Margin		$	772,712			$	167,026			$	377,102			$	(1,010	)		$	(160,701	)		$	1,155,129
Adjustments:
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration(8)			36,527				—				—				—				—				36,527
Depreciation and amortization(3)			34,624				51,395				36,700				—				75,487				198,206
Adjusted gross margin			843,863				218,421				413,802				(1,010	)			(85,214	)			1,389,862
Selling, general and administrative			(101,934	)			(52,754	)			(355,875	)			1,010				(678,695	)			(1,188,248	)
Joint venture equity income			24,487				—				—				—				—				24,487
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization(3)			2,036				615				3,192				—				111,684				117,527
Restructuring and other costs(5)			—				—				—				—				6,776				6,776
Stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				9,834				9,834
Litigation and taxes, including penalties(6)			—				—				—				—				418,622				418,622
Management fees(7)			—				—				—				—				7,769				7,769
Adjusted EBITDA		$	768,452			$	166,282			$	61,119			$	—			$	(209,224	)		$	786,629

 

72

---

Table of Contents

		Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
		Travel Network				Airline and Hospitality Solutions				Travelocity				Eliminations				Corporate				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Gross Margin		$	705,421			$	153,560			$	407,772			$	(1,083	)		$	(145,750	)		$	1,119,920
Adjustments:
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration(8)			37,748																				37,748
Depreciation and amortization(3)			29,584				31,587				40,018				—				71,657				172,846
Adjusted gross margin			772,753				185,147				447,790				(1,083	)			(74,093	)			1,330,514
Selling, general and administrative			(111,003	)			(50,306	)			(374,801	)			1,083				(271,408	)			(806,435	)
Joint venture equity income			26,701				—				—				—				—				26,701
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization(3)			4,120				343				3,480				—				112,328				120,271
Restructuring and other costs(5)			—				—				—				—				12,986				12,986
Stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				7,334				7,334
Litigation and taxes, including penalties(6)			—				—				—				—				21,601				21,601
Management fees(7)			—				—				—				—				7,191				7,191
Adjusted EBITDA		$	692,571			$	135,184			$	76,469			$	—			$	(184,061	)		$	720,163

		Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010
		Travel Network				Airline and Hospitality Solutions				Travelocity				Eliminations				Corporate				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Gross Margin		$	617,257			$	166,520			$	456,600			$	(591	)		$	(117,071	)		$	1,122,715
Adjustments:
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration(8)			26,572				—				—				—				—				26,572
Depreciation and amortization(3)			32,349				19,663				31,995				—				69,411				153,418
Adjusted gross margin			676,178				186,183				488,595				(591	)			(47,660	)			1,302,705
Selling, general and administrative			(71,495	)			(39,417	)			(406,443	)			591				(272,413	)			(789,177	)
Joint venture equity income			21,071				—				—				—				—				21,071
Adjustments:																							—
Depreciation and amortization(3)			4,172				450				8,207				—				112,676				125,505
Restructuring and other costs(5)			—				—				—				—				17,282				17,282
Stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				5,300				5,300
Litigation and taxes, including penalties(6)			—				—				—				—				1,600				1,600
Management fees(7)			—				—				—				—				6,730				6,730
Adjusted EBITDA		$	629,926			$	147,216			$	90,359			$	—			$	(176,485	)		$	691,016

 

73

---

Table of Contents

		Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009
		Travel Network				Airline and Hospitality Solutions				Travelocity				Eliminations				Corporate				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Gross Margin		$	569,975			$	154,018			$	480,017			$	(527	)		$	(129,415	)		$	1,074,068
Adjustments:
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration(8)			29,554																				29,554
Depreciation and amortization(3)			29,968				11,038				27,054				—				56,720				124,780
Adjusted gross margin			629,497				165,056				507,071				(527	)			(72,695	)			1,228,402
Selling, general and administrative			(85,870	)			(41,970	)			(399,005	)			527				(279,643	)			(805,961	)
Joint venture equity income			11,356				—				—				—				—				11,356
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization(3)			1,588				729				11,820				—				144,085				158,222
Restructuring and other costs(5)			—				—				—				—				22,387				22,387
Stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				4,108				4,108
Litigation and taxes, including penalties(6)			—				—				—				—				1,405				1,405
Management fees(7)			—				—				—				—				7,260				7,260
Adjusted EBITDA		$	556,571			$	123,815			$	119,886			$	—			$	(173,093	)		$	627,179

The components of Adjusted Capital Expenditures are presented below:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011				2010				2009
		(Amounts in thousands)
Additions to property and equipment		$	226,026			$	193,262			$	164,638			$	130,028			$	106,554
Capitalized implementation costs			58,814				78,543				59,109				33,666				20,401
Adjusted capital expenditures		$	284,840			$	271,805			$	223,747			$	163,694			$	126,955

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of Adjusted Free Cash Flow to cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011				2010				2009
		(Amounts in thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities		$	157,188			$	312,336			$	356,444			$	380,928			$	284,159
Adjustments:
Additions to property and equipment			(226,026	)			(193,262	)			(164,638	)			(130,028	)			(106,554	)
Restructuring and other costs(5) (10)			29,069				6,776				12,988				17,282				22,387
Litigation settlement and tax payments for certain items(6) (11)			150,584				100,000				—				—				—
Other litigiation costs(6) (10)			17,419				51,602				21,601				1,600				1,405
Management fees(7) (10)			8,761				7,769				7,191				6,730				7,260
Travelocity working capital(9)			23,928				—				—				—				—
Adjusted Free Cash Flow		$	160,923			$	285,221			$	233,586			$	276,512			$	208,657

 

(1)

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests represents an adjustment to include earnings allocated to non-controlling interest held in (i) Sabre Travel Network Middle East of 40% for all periods presented, (ii) Sabre Pacific of 49% through February 24, 2012, the date we sold this business and (iii) Travelocity.com LLC of approximately 9.5% through December 31, 2012, the date we merged this minority interest back into our capital structure. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

Represents impairment charges to assets (see Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) as well as $24 million in 2012, representing our share of impairment charges recorded by one of our equity method investments, Abacus.

 

74

---

Table of Contents

(3)	Depreciation and amortization expenses (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for associated asset lives):

a.

Acquisition related amortization represents amortization of intangible assets from the take-private transaction in 2007 as well as intangibles associated with acquisitions since that date and amortization of the excess basis in our underlying equity in joint ventures.

b.

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment represents depreciation of property and equipment, including software developed for internal use.

c.

Amortization of capitalized implementation costs represents amortization of upfront costs to implement new customer contracts under our SaaS and hosted revenue model.

(4)	Other, net primarily represents foreign exchange gains and losses related to the remeasurement of foreign currency denominated balances included in our consolidated balance sheets into the relevant functional currency.

(5)	Restructuring and other costs represents charges associated with business restructuring and associated changes implemented which resulted in severance benefits related to employee terminations, integration and facility opening or closing costs and other business reorganization costs.

(6)

Represents charges or settlements associated with airline antitrust litigation as well as payments or reserves taken in relation to certain retroactive hotel occupancy and excise tax disputes (see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).

(7)

We have been paying an annual management fee to TPG and Silver Lake in an amount between (i) $5 million and (ii) $7 million, the actual amount of which is calculated based upon 1% of Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the MSA, earned by the company in such fiscal year up to a maximum of $7 million. In addition, the MSA provides for the reimbursement of certain costs incurred by TPG and Silver Lake, which are included in this line item. In connection with the completion of this offering, we will pay to TPG and Silver Lake, in the aggregate, a $21 million fee pursuant to the MSA and the MSA will be terminated.

(8)

Our Travel Network business at times provides upfront incentive consideration to travel agency subscribers at the inception or modification of a service contract, which are capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over an average expected life of the service contract, generally over three to five years. Such consideration is made with the objective of increasing the number of clients or to ensure or improve customer loyalty. Such service contract terms are established such that the supplier and other fees generated over the life of the contract will exceed the cost of the incentive consideration provided upfront. Such service contracts with travel agency subscribers require that the customer commit to achieving certain economic objectives and generally have terms requiring repayment of the upfront incentive consideration if those objectives are not met.

(9)

Represents the estimated impact on our cash provided by operating activities due to the migration of bookings from our technology platform to Expedia’s platform in connection with the Expedia SMA (see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting our Results—Travelocity”).

(10)	The adjustments to reconcile cash provided by operating activities to Adjusted Free Cash Flow reflect the amounts expensed in our statements of operations in the respective periods adjusted for non-cash portions in instances where material.

(11)

Includes payment credits totaling $16 million used by American Airlines to pay for purchases of our technology services in 2013. The payment credits were provided by us as part of our litigation settlement with American Airlines (see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).

 

75

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements about trends, uncertainties and our plans and expectations of what may happen in the future. Forward-looking statements are based on a number of assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to significant risks and uncertainties and our results could differ materially from the results anticipated by our forward-looking statements as a result of many known or unknown factors, including, but not limited to, those factors discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus under the captions “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Business.”

Overview

We are a leading technology solutions provider to the global travel and tourism industry. We span the breadth of a highly complex $6.6 trillion global travel ecosystem through three business segments: (i) Travel Network, our global B2B travel marketplace for travel suppliers and travel buyers, (ii) Airline and Hospitality Solutions, an extensive suite of leading software solutions primarily for airlines and hotel properties, and (iii) Travelocity, our portfolio of online consumer travel e-commerce businesses through which we provide travel content and booking functionality primarily for leisure travelers. Collectively, these offerings enable travel suppliers to better serve their customers across the entire travel lifecycle, from route planning to post-trip business intelligence and analysis. Items that are not allocated to our business segments are identified as corporate and include primarily certain shared technology costs as well as stock-based compensation expense, litigation costs related to occupancy or other taxes and other items that are not identifiable with one of our segments.

Through our Travel Network business, we process hundreds of millions of transactions annually, connecting the world’s leading travel suppliers, including airlines, hotels, car rental brands, rail carriers, cruise lines and tour operators, with travel buyers in a comprehensive travel marketplace. We offer efficient, global distribution of travel content from approximately 125,000 travel suppliers to approximately 400,000 online and offline travel agents. To those agents, we offer a platform to shop, price, book and ticket comprehensive travel content in a transparent and efficient workflow. We also offer value-added solutions that enable our customers to better manage and analyze their businesses. Through our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, we offer travel suppliers an extensive suite of leading software solutions, ranging from airline and hotel reservations systems to high-value marketing and operations solutions, such as planning airline crew schedules, re-accommodating passengers during irregular flight operations and managing day-to-day hotel operations. These solutions allow our customers to market, distribute and sell their products more efficiently, manage their core operations, and deliver an enhanced travel experience. Through our complementary Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions businesses, we believe we offer the broadest, end-to-end portfolio of technology solutions to the travel industry.

Our portfolio of technology solutions has enabled us to become the leading end-to-end technology provider in the travel industry. For example, we are one of the largest GDS providers in the world, with a 36% share of GDS-processed air bookings in 2013. More specifically, we are the #1 GDS provider in North America and also in higher growth markets such as Latin America and APAC, in each case based on GDS-processed air bookings in 2013. In those three markets, our GDS-processed air bookings share was approximately 50% on a combined basis in 2013. In Airline and Hospitality Solutions, we believe we have the most comprehensive portfolio of solutions. In 2013, we had the largest hospitality CRS room share based on our approximately 27% share of third-party hospitality CRS hotel rooms distributed through our GDS, and, according to T2RL PSS data for 2012, we had the second largest airline reservations system globally. We also believe that we have the leading portfolio of airline marketing and operations products across the solutions that we provide. In addition, we operate Travelocity, one of the world’s most recognizable brands in the online consumer travel e-commerce industry, which provides us with business insights into our broader customer base.

 

76

---

Table of Contents

A significant portion of our revenue is generated through transaction based fees that we charge to our customers. For Travel Network, this fee is in the form of a transaction fee for bookings on our GDS; for Airline and Hospitality Solutions, this fee is a recurring usage-based fee for the use of our SaaS and hosted systems, as well as implementation fees and consulting fees. We recorded revenue of $3,050 million and $2,974 million, net loss attributable to Sabre Corporation of $100 million and $611 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $791 million and $787 million, reflecting a 3% and 21% net loss margin and a 26% and 26% Adjusted EBITDA margin, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. For additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, including a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Measures.” For the year ended December 31, 2013, Travel Network contributed 58%, Airline and Hospitality Solutions contributed 23%, and Travelocity contributed 19% of our revenue (excluding intersegment eliminations). During this period, shares of Adjusted EBITDA were approximately 77%, 21% and 2% for Travel Network, Airline and Hospitality Solutions and Travelocity, respectively (excluding corporate overhead allocations such as finance, legal, human resources and certain information technology shared services). For the year ended December 31, 2012, Travel Network contributed 59% and 77%, Airline and Hospitality Solutions contributed 20% and 17%, and Travelocity contributed 21% and 6% of our revenue (excluding intersegment eliminations) and Adjusted EBITDA (excluding corporate overhead allocations), respectively.

Factors Affecting our Results

The following is a discussion of trends that we believe are the most significant opportunities and challenges currently impacting our business and industry. The discussion also includes management’s assessment of the effects these trends have had and are expected to have on our results of continuing operations. This information is not an exhaustive list of all of the factors that could affect our results and should be read in conjunction with the factors referred to in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Travel volumes and the travel industry

Our business and results of operations are dependent upon travel volumes and the overall health of the travel industry, particularly in North America. The travel industry has shown strong and resilient expansion with growth rates typically outperforming general macroeconomic performance. For example, based on 40 years of IATA Traffic data, air traffic has historically grown at an average rate of approximately 1.5x the rate of global GDP growth. Although the global economic downturn significantly impacted the travel industry, conditions have generally improved in the last several years. For example, although hotel sales are still hampered by an economic environment characterized by austerity and consumer caution, other less expensive suppliers, including LCC/hybrids, are benefiting. Tourism flows and travel spending have returned to growth as developed markets, particularly in the United States, Japan and Europe, recover from the global economic downturn. According to Euromonitor Report, business-related travel by U.S. residents has increased since the global economic downturn, reaching 228 million trips in 2012. According to IATA Traffic, global airline passenger volume has grown at a 6% CAGR from 2009 to 2012. Looking forward, air travel and hotel spending is expected to grow at a 4% CAGR from 2013 to 2017, as growing consumer confidence and increasing connectivity continue to expand the opportunities for travel and tourism, according to Euromonitor Database. However, in recent years, several airlines, especially in the United States, have implemented capacity reductions in response to slowing customer demand following the global economic downturn and in order to improve pricing power. These capacity reductions have resulted in lower inventory and higher ticket prices, amid increased airline industry consolidation.

Geographic mix

We have a leading share of GDS-processed air bookings in the largest travel market, North America (55%), as well as in two large growth markets, Latin America (57%) and APAC (39%) in 2013. See “Method of

 

77

---

Table of Contents

Calculation” for an explanation of the methodology underlying our GDS-processed air bookings share calculation. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we derived approximately 58% of our revenue from the United States, 16% from Europe and 26% from the rest of the world. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived approximately 62% of our revenue from the United States, 16% from Europe and 22% from the rest of the world.

There are structural differences between the geographies in which we operate. Due to our geographic concentration, our results of operations are particularly sensitive to factors affecting North America. For example, booking fees per transaction in North America have traditionally been lower than those in Europe. By growing internationally with our TMC and OTA customers and expanding the travel content available on our GDS to target regional traveler preferences, we anticipate that we will maintain share in North America and grow share in Europe, APAC and Latin America.

Continued focus by travel suppliers on cost-cutting and exerting influence over distribution

Travel suppliers continue to look for ways to decrease their costs and to increase their control over distribution. Airline consolidations, pricing pressure during contract renegotiations and the use of direct distribution may continue to subject our business to challenges.

The shift from indirect distribution channels, such as our GDS and Travelocity, to direct distribution channels, may result from increased content availability on supplier-operated websites or from increased participation of meta-search engines, such as Kayak and Google, which direct consumers to supplier-operated websites. This trend may adversely affect our Travel Network contract renegotiations with suppliers that use alternative distribution channels. For example, airlines may withhold part of their content for distribution exclusively through their own direct distribution channels or offer more attractive terms for content available through those direct channels. Similarly, some airlines have also limited the fare content information they distribute through OTAs, including Travelocity.

However, since 2010, we believe the rate at which bookings are shifting from indirect to direct distribution channels has slowed for a number of reasons, including the increased participation of LCC/hybrids in indirect channels. Over the last several years, notable carriers that previously only distributed directly, including JetBlue and Norwegian, have adopted our GDS. Other carriers such as EVA Airways and Virgin Australia have further increased their participation in a GDS. In 2012 and 2013, we believe the rate of shift away from GDSs in the United States stabilized at very low levels, although we cannot predict whether this low rate of shift will continue.

These trends have impacted the revenue of Travel Network, which recognizes revenue for airline ticket sales based on transaction volumes, the revenue of Airline and Hospitality Solutions, which recognizes a portion of its revenue based on the number of PBs, and the results of Travelocity, the profitability of which is based on both the volume of sales and the amount spent by the traveler, depending upon the applicable revenue model. Simultaneously, this focus on cost-cutting and direct distribution has also presented opportunities for Airline and Hospitality Solutions. Many airlines have turned to outside providers for key systems, process and industry expertise and other products that assist in their cost cutting initiatives in order to focus on their primary revenue-generating activities.

We have 28 planned Travel Network airline contract renewals in 2014, representing 22% of our Travel Network revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 24 planned renewals in 2015 (representing 5% of our Travel Network revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013). Although we renewed 24 out of 24 planned renewals in 2013 (representing approximately 25% of Travel Network revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013), we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our airline contracts in the future on favorable economic terms or at all.

 

78

---

Table of Contents

Shift to SaaS and hosted solutions by airlines and hotels to manage their daily operations

Initially, large travel suppliers built custom in-house software and applications for their business process needs. In response to a desire for more flexible systems given increasingly complex and constantly changing technological requirements, reduced IT budgets and increased focus on cost efficiency, many travel suppliers turned to third-party solutions providers for many of their key technologies and began to license software from software providers. We believe that significant revenue opportunity remains in this outsourcing trend, as legacy in-house systems continue to migrate and upgrade to third-party systems. By moving away from one-time license fees to recurring monthly fees associated with our SaaS and hosted solutions, our revenue stream has become more predictable and sustainable. The SaaS and hosted models’ centralized deployment also allows us to save time and money by reducing maintenance and implementation tasks and lowering operating costs.

Increasing importance of LCC/hybrids in Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions

Hybrid and LCCs have become a significant segment of the air travel market, stimulating demand for air travel through low fares. LCC/hybrids have traditionally relied on direct distribution for the majority of their bookings. However, as these LCC/hybrids are evolving, many are increasing their distribution through indirect channels to expand their offering into higher-yield markets and to higher-yield customers, such as business and international travelers. Other LCC/hybrids, especially start-up carriers, may choose not to distribute through the GDS until wider distribution is desired.

Over the last four years, we have added airline customers representing over 110 million PBs, including many innovative, fast-growing LCC/hybrids. According to Airbus, LCCs’ share of global air travel volume is expected to increase from 17% of revenue passenger kilometers in 2012 to 21% of revenue passenger kilometers by 2032. In our airline reservations products, our travel supplier customer base is weighted towards faster-growing LCC/hybrids, which represented approximately 45% of our 2012 PBs, and we expect to continue to take advantage of this growth opportunity. Furthermore, because of the breadth of our solution set and our proportion of LCC/hybrid customers, we expect to be able to sell more of our solutions to our existing customers as they grow. As our growing LCC/hybrid customers demand additional solutions and capabilities, we expect Airline and Hospitality Solutions revenue to continue benefiting from the higher growth in these types of airlines.

Travel buyers can shift their bookings to or from our Travel Network business

Our Travel Network business relies on relationships with several large travel buyers, including TMCs and OTAs, to drive a large portion of its revenue. Although no individual travel buyer accounts for more than 10% of our Travel Network revenue, the five largest travel buyers of Travel Network were responsible for bookings that represent approximately 32% and 36% of our Travel Network revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Although our contracts with larger travel agencies often increase the amount of the incentive consideration when the travel agency processes a certain volume or percentage of its bookings through our GDS, travel buyers are not contractually required to book exclusively through our GDS during the contract term. Travel buyers may shift bookings to other distribution intermediaries for many reasons, including to avoid becoming overly dependent on a single source of travel content and increase their bargaining power with the GDS providers. For example, in late 2012, Expedia adopted a dual GDS provider strategy and shifted a sizeable portion of its business from our GDS to a competitor GDS, resulting in a year-over-year decline in our transaction volumes in 2013. Conversely, certain European OTAs including Unister, eTravel and Bravofly that did not previously use our GDS shifted a portion of their business to our GDS.

Increasing travel agency incentive consideration

Travel agency incentive consideration is a large portion of Travel Network expenses. The vast majority of incentive consideration is tied to absolute booking volumes based on transactions such as flight segments booked. Incentive consideration, which often increases once a certain volume or percentage of bookings is met,

 

79

---

Table of Contents

is provided in two ways, according to the terms of the agreement: (i) on a periodic basis over the term of the contract and (ii) in some instances, up front at the inception or modification of contracts, which is capitalized and amortized over the expected life of the contract. Although this consideration has been increasing in real terms, it has been relatively stable as a percentage of Travel Network revenue over the last four years, partially due to our focus on managing incentive consideration. We believe we have been effective in mitigating the trend towards increasing incentive consideration by offering value-added products and content, such as Sabre Red Workspace, a SaaS product available to our travel buyers that provides an easy to use interface along with many travel agency workflow and productivity tools.

Growing demand for continued technology improvements in the fragmented hotel market

Most of the hotel market is highly fragmented. Independent hotels and small- to medium-sized chains (groups of less than 300 properties) comprise a majority of hotel properties and available hotel rooms, with global and regional chains comprising the balance. Hotels use a number of different technology systems to distribute and market their products and operate efficiently. We offer technology solutions to all segments of the hospitality market, particularly independent hotels and small- to medium-sized chains. As these markets continue to grow, we believe independent hotel owners and operators will continue to seek increased connectivity and integrated solutions to ensure access to global travelers. Gartner estimates that technology spending by the hospitality industry is expected to reach $32 billion in 2017 (Gartner Enterprise), and we believe we will be well-positioned to meet this increased demand by continuing to provide affordable, web-based distribution technology. For example, we believe our innovative PMS, which is used by more than 4,500 properties globally, is one of the leading third-party web-based PMSs. Our PMS platform complements our industry-leading CRS platform and we expect to launch an integrated hospitality management suite that will centralize all distribution, operations and marketing aspects to facilitate increased accuracy, elimination of redundancies, and increased revenue and cost savings. We anticipate that this will contribute to the continued growth of Airline and Hospitality Solutions, which is ultimately dependent upon these hoteliers accepting and utilizing our products and services.

Travelocity

Travelocity’s results have been adversely impacted by several factors in recent years, including margin pressure from suppliers and reduced bookings on our websites. For the three years ended December 31, 2013, Travelocity experienced an approximately 9% compound annual revenue decline due to intense competition within the travel industry, including from supplier direct websites, online agencies and other suppliers of travel products and services. The increased level of competition has led to declines in fees paid to us pursuant to new long-term supplier agreements with several large North American airlines in 2011 as well as lower transaction volumes. In 2012, transaction revenues were impacted by the loss of a key TPN customer late in the third quarter as a result of this customer’s contract ending without renewal. This loss was partially offset by the addition of a new TPN customer, which signed a multi-year agreement.

Lower transaction volumes on our websites have also impacted our media revenue. Due to the reduction in site traffic associated with lower hotel transaction volumes and the change in customer demographics associated with the loss of a key TPN customer in 2012, Travelocity’s relevance as an advertising platform and the media revenues we derive from advertising have been negatively affected. In 2012, these challenges have contributed to a significant decline year over year. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we experienced a $5 million decline in media revenue compared to 2012.

Intense competition in the travel industry has historically led OTAs and travel suppliers to spend aggressively on online marketing. The amount we spent on online marketing declined in 2011 and was less effective at driving transaction revenue than it was in 2010. In response, we modified our customer acquisition strategy in 2012, refocusing on more efficient marketing channels and refreshing the approach to the brand, while reducing the amount spent on marketing. If our online marketing strategy is not successful, it could lead to continued declines in Travelocity revenue.

 

80

---

Table of Contents

As a result of these and other factors, we initiated plans in the third quarter of 2013 to shift our Travelocity business in the United States and Canada away from a high fixed-cost model to a lower-cost, performance-based revenue structure. On August 22, 2013, Travelocity entered into an exclusive, long-term strategic marketing agreement with Expedia, which was recently amended and restated in March 2014 to reflect changed commercial terms. Under the Expedia SMA, Expedia will power the technology platforms for Travelocity’s existing U.S. and Canadian websites as well as provide Travelocity with access to Expedia’s supply and customer service platforms. The Expedia SMA represents a strategic decision to reduce direct costs associated with Travelocity and to provide our customers with the benefit of Expedia’s long-term investment in its technology platform as well as its supply and customer service platforms, which we expect to increase conversion and operational efficiency and allows us to shift our focus to Travelocity’s marketing strengths. Both parties began development and implementation of this arrangement after signing the Expedia SMA. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of the online hotel and air offering has been migrated to the Expedia platform, and a launch of the majority of the remainder is expected in mid-2014. See “Business—Our Businesses—Travelocity.”

Under the terms of the Expedia SMA, Expedia will pay us a performance-based marketing fee that will vary based on the amount of travel booked through Travelocity-branded websites powered by Expedia. The marketing fee we receive will be recorded as marketing fee revenue and the cost we incur to promote the Travelocity brand and for marketing will be recorded as selling, general and administrative expense in our results of operations. As a result of transactions being processed through Expedia’s platform instead of the Travelocity platform, the revenue we derive from the merchant, agency and media revenue models will decline. In connection with this migration, we will no longer be considered the merchant of record for merchant transactions, and therefore we will no longer collect cash from consumers, receive transaction fees and commissions directly from travel suppliers, receive service fees or insurance related revenue directly from customers or directly market or receive media revenue from advertisers on our websites. We will instead collect the marketing fee revenue from Expedia, which is net of costs incurred by Expedia in connection with these activities. Additionally, Travelocity will no longer receive incentive consideration from Travel Network as intersegment revenue, and we do not expect that Expedia will use Travel Network for shopping and booking of a portion of non-air travel for Travelocity.com and Travelocity.ca after the launch of the Expedia SMA. In addition, Expedia may choose to use another intermediary for shopping and booking of a portion or all of the air travel booked through Travelocity.com and Travelocity.ca beginning in 2019, subject to earlier termination under certain circumstances.

As a result of the factors described above, we expect our revenue to decline in connection with the Expedia SMA; we expect the revenue contribution from Travelocity-branded websites to be in the range of 50% to 60% of current levels. Due to the elimination of the intersegment revenue between Travelocity and Travel Network, we expect intersegment eliminations to substantially decrease in connection with the Expedia SMA. See “—Components of Revenues and Expenses—Intersegment Transactions.”

Correspondingly, we will wind down certain internal processes, including back office functions, as transactions move from our technology platforms to those of Expedia. We therefore expect our costs to significantly decrease and to be in the range of 40% to 50% of current levels once the transition to the Expedia SMA and restructuring is complete. Ongoing costs will primarily consist of marketing the Travelocity website, marketing staff and support staff. Under the Expedia SMA, we have committed to continue investing in the marketing of the Travelocity-branded websites in a manner that is consistent with past practice.

As a result, we expect our plan to result in improved margins and profitability for our Travelocity segment.

Our success is dependent on many factors, including:

 

•

improved conversion through better site performance and user experience using the Expedia platform and technology;

 

•

improved cost structure by reducing operational complexity; and

 

•

profitable results from our marketing efforts.

 

81

---

Table of Contents

We cannot be certain that this plan will be successful.

The implementation of the Expedia SMA will result in various restructuring costs, including asset impairments, exit charges including employee termination benefits and contract termination fees, and other related costs such as consulting and legal fees. As a result of this restructuring plan, we recorded $22 million in restructuring charges in our results of operations during the year ended December 31, 2013, which included $4 million of asset impairments, $12 million of employee termination benefits, and $6 million of other related costs. We estimate that we will incur additional charges of approximately $11 million in 2014 consisting of $6 million in contract termination costs, $2 million in employee termination benefits, and $3 million of other related costs. Contract termination costs represent an estimate of costs we may incur as we negotiate with our vendors to terminate contracts and costs for contracts we are unable to renegotiate and receive no future benefit. The actual amount incurred may differ significantly from this estimate.

We also expect our working capital to be impacted in connection with the Expedia SMA and the sale of TPN. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $129 million recorded as a liability to travel suppliers in the United States and Canada. This liability will decline materially as a result of the sale of TPN and as we continue to pay travel suppliers for travel consumed that originated on our technology platforms; however, we will no longer receive cash directly from consumers and will not incur a payable to travel suppliers for new bookings on our balance sheets. Going forward, our Travelocity-related working capital will primarily consist of amounts attributable to lastminute.com balances as well as amounts due from Expedia offset by payables for marketing and labor related costs, which we expect to reduce the quarterly volatility that exists today. As described in “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facilities,” we have used a portion of the proceeds from our Incremental Term Facility for such working capital purposes.

As part of our negotiations to amend and restate the Expedia SMA, we also agreed to a separate Expedia Put/Call agreement that supersedes the previous put/call arrangement, whereby Expedia may acquire, or we may sell to Expedia, certain assets relating to the Travelocity business. Our put right may be exercised during the first 24 months of the Expedia Put/Call only upon the occurrence of certain triggering events primarily relating to implementation, which are outside of our control. The occurrence of such events is not considered probable. During this period, the amount of the put right is fixed. After the 24 month period, the put right is only exercisable for a limited period of time in 2016 and 2017 at a discount to fair market value. The call right held by Expedia is exercisable at any time during the term of the Expedia Put/Call. If the call right is exercised, although we expect the amount paid will be fair value, the call right provides for a floor for a limited time that may be higher than fair value and a ceiling for the duration of the Expedia Put/Call that may be lower than fair value.

The term of the amended and restated Expedia SMA is nine years and automatically renews under certain conditions.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we continued our restructuring of Travelocity by implementing a plan to restructure lastminute.com, the European portion of the Travelocity business, in order to allow lastminute.com to operate independently, although from time to time we may evaluate our strategic options regarding lastminute.com. Travelocity will continue to be managed as one reportable segment. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded $6 million in restructuring charges associated with employee termination benefits related to this restructuring plan. Additionally, Travelocity recently sold its TPN business, a B2B loyalty and private label website offering, to Orbitz.

See “Business—Our Businesses—Travelocity.”

Litigation and related costs

We are involved in various claims, legal proceedings and governmental inquiries related to contract disputes, business practices, intellectual property and other commercial, employment and tax matters. We believe we have adequately accrued for such matters, and for the costs of defending against such matters, which have been and may continue to be expensive. However, litigation is inherently unpredictable and although we believe

 

82

---

Table of Contents

that our accruals are adequate and we have valid defenses in these matters, unfavorable resolutions could occur, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular reporting period. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Pursuant to the Expedia SMA, we will continue to be liable for fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation arising from hotels booked on the Travelocity platform prior to the Expedia SMA. However, fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation from hotels booked subsequent to the Expedia SMA will be shared with Expedia according to the terms of the Expedia SMA.

On October 30, 2012, we entered into a settlement agreement to resolve the outstanding state and federal lawsuits with American Airlines filed in 2011 and, as a result of the terms of the settlement, among other things renewed our distribution agreement with American Airlines. The settlement and distribution agreement was approved by the court presiding over the restructuring proceedings for AMR Corporation, American Airlines’ parent company, pursuant to an order made final on December 20, 2012. We expensed $347 million in 2012 related to this settlement agreement. On April 21, 2011, US Airways sued us in federal court in the Southern District of New York alleging federal antitrust claims. We are also involved in an antitrust investigation by the DOJ relating to pricing and the conduct of our GDS business and in antitrust litigation involving hotel room prices. See Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings—US Airways Antitrust Litigation, Department of Justice Investigation and Hotel Related Antitrust Proceedings, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Customer Mix

We believe we have a broadly diversified customer mix which supports our stable revenue base. We serve two principal types of customers: travel suppliers, which we serve in both our Travel Network business and Airline and Hospitality Solutions business; and travel buyers, which we serve in our Travel Network business and who purchase a wide variety of travel content in our marketplace. Today, our Travel Network marketplace includes a diversified group of travel suppliers, including approximately 400 airlines, 125,000 hotel properties, 30 car rental brands, 50 rail carriers, 16 cruise lines and 200 tour operators. We connect these travel suppliers via our GDS platform to approximately 400,000 travel agents, spread globally across 145 countries. Importantly, none of our travel buyers or travel suppliers represented more than 10% of our total Travel Network revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Additionally, our Airline and Hospitality Solutions segment represented approximately 225 airlines, 17,500 hotel properties, and more than 700 other customers, including airports, corporate aviation fleets, governments and tourism boards. Within our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, no single customer represented more than 10% of total Airline and Hospitality Solutions revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Due to the quality of our products and services, we have experienced a high level of historical Customer Retention in both our Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions businesses. In general, our business is characterized by non-exclusive multi-year agency and supplier contracts, with durations that typically range from three to five years for our major airline suppliers and five to ten years for our major travel agency customers in our Travel Network business, and in our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, three to seven years among our airline customers and one to five years among our hospitality customers. Furthermore, our Travel Network airline supplier contracts expire at different times, with 28 and 24 planned renewals for fiscal years 2014 and 2015, respectively. We renewed 24 out of 24 planned renewals in 2013. A meaningful portion of our travel buyer agreements, typically representing approximately 15% to 20% of our bookings, are up for renewal in any given year. With respect to our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, airline reservations contracts representing less than 5% of our Airline Solutions’ 2013 revenue are scheduled for renewal in each of 2014 and 2015, and in each of 2016 and 2017, airline reservations contracts representing approximately 10% of Airline Solutions’ 2013 revenue are scheduled for renewal in each of 2016 and 2017. Hospitality Solutions contract renewals are relatively evenly spaced, with approximately one-third of contracts representing approximately one-third of Hospitality Solutions’ 2013 revenue coming up for renewal in any given year. For the year 2013, our

 

83

---

Table of Contents

Customer Retention rate was approximately 99% for Travel Network, 98% for Airline Solutions and 96% for Hospitality Solutions. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our travel supplier or travel buyer agreements in the future on favorable economic terms or at all.

Our revenue base is broadly diversified, with no single customer comprising more than 10% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 or the year ended December 31, 2012. We are subject to a certain degree of revenue concentration among a portion of our customer base. Our top five Travel Network customers were responsible for 32% and 36% of our Travel Network revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Over the same period, our top five Airline and Hospitality Solutions customers represented 22% and 20% of our Airline and Hospitality Solutions revenues, respectively. Historical consolidation in the global airline industry, including the mergers of American Airlines and US Airways, Delta and Northwest Airlines, United Airlines and Continental Airlines, as well as Southwest Airlines and AirTran, have generally increased our revenue concentration. If additional consolidation in the airline industry were to occur in the future, our levels of revenue concentration may further increase.

Revenue Models

We employ several revenue models across our businesses with some revenue models employed in multiple businesses. Travel Network primarily employs the transaction revenue model. Airline and Hospitality Solutions primarily employs the SaaS and hosted and consulting revenue models, as well as the software licensing fee model to a lesser extent. Travelocity primarily employed two revenue models: (i) the merchant revenue model or our “Net Rate Program” (applicable to a majority of our hotel net rate revenues) and (ii) the agency revenue model (applicable to most of our airline, car and cruise commission revenues and a small portion of hotel commission revenues). In connection with the Expedia SMA, Travelocity has begun to employ the marketing fee revenue model (applicable to revenue generated through Travelocity-branded websites operated by Expedia). Travel Network and, historically, Travelocity also, employ the media revenue model (applicable to advertising revenues). We report revenue net of any revenue-based taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue-producing transactions.

Transaction Revenue Model—This model accounts for substantially all of Travel Network’s revenue. We define a “Direct Billable Booking” as any booking that generates a fee directly to Travel Network. These include bookings made through our GDS (e.g., air, car and hotel bookings) and through our joint venture partners in cases where we are paid directly by the travel supplier. Under this model, a transaction occurs when a travel agency or corporate travel department books, or reserves, a travel supplier’s product on our GDS, for which we receive a fee. Transaction fees include, but are not limited to, transaction fees paid by travel suppliers for selling their inventory through our GDS and transaction fees paid by travel agency subscribers related to their use of our GDS. We receive revenue from the travel supplier and the travel agency according to the commercial arrangement with each.

Transaction revenue for airline travel reservations is recognized at the time of the booking of the reservation, net of transaction fee reserves for estimated future cancellations. Our transaction fee cancellation reserve was $8 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Transaction revenue for car rental, hotel bookings and other travel services is recognized at the time the reservation is used by the customer.

SaaS and Hosted Revenue Model—The SaaS and hosted revenue model is the primary revenue model employed by Airline and Hospitality Solutions. This revenue model applies to situations where we host software solutions on our own secure platforms or deploy it through our SaaS solutions, and we maintain the software as well as the infrastructure it employs. Our customers pay us an implementation fee and a recurring usage-based fee for the use of such software pursuant to contracts with terms that typically range between three and ten years and generally include minimum annual volume requirements. This usage-based fee arrangement allows our customers to pay for software normally on a monthly basis to the extent that it is used. Similar contracts with the

 

84

---

Table of Contents

same customer which are entered into at or around the same period are analyzed for revenue recognition purposes on a combined basis. Revenue from implementation fees is generally recognized over the term of the agreement. The amount of periodic usage fees is typically based on a metric relevant to the software purchased. We recognize revenue from recurring usage-based fees in the period earned. Over the last several years, our customers have shifted toward the SaaS and hosted revenue model as license fee contracts expire, and we expect to continue to facilitate the shift from license fee contracts to the SaaS and hosted revenue model going forward.

Consulting Revenue Model—Airline and Hospitality Solutions offerings that utilize the SaaS and hosted revenue model are sometimes sold as part of multiple-element agreements for which we also provide consulting services. Our consulting services are primarily focused on helping customers achieve better utilization of and return on their software investment. Often, we provide consulting services during the implementation phase of our SaaS solutions. We account for consulting service revenue separately from implementation and recurring usage-based fees, with value assigned to each element based on its relative selling price to the total selling price. We perform a market analysis on a periodic basis to determine the range of selling prices for each product and service. The revenue for consulting services is generally recognized over the period the consulting services are performed.

Software Licensing Fee Revenue Model—The software licensing fee revenue model is also utilized by Airline and Hospitality Solutions. Under this model, we generate revenue by charging customers for the installation and use of our software products. Some contracts under this model generate additional revenue for the maintenance of the software product. When software is sold without associated customization or implementation services, revenue from software licensing fees is recognized when all of the following are met: (i) the software is delivered, (ii) fees are fixed or determinable, (iii) no undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of delivered software, and (iv) collection is probable. When software is sold with customization or implementation services, revenue from software licensing fees is recognized based on the percentage of completion of the customization and implementation services. Fees for software maintenance are recognized ratably over the life of the contract. We are unable to determine vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for software maintenance fees. Therefore, when fees for software maintenance are included in software license agreements, revenue from the software license, customization, implementation and the maintenance are recognized ratably over the related contract term.

Marketing Fee Revenue Model—With the implementation of Expedia’s technology for our U.S. and Canadian websites beginning late in 2013, Expedia is required to pay us a performance-based marketing fee that will vary based on the amount of travel booked through Travelocity-branded websites powered by Expedia. The marketing fee we receive will be recorded as revenue and the costs we incur for marketing and to promote the Travelocity brand will be recorded as selling, general and administrative expense in our results of operations. The revenue recognized under this model was not material to our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. See “—Factors Affecting our Results—Travelocity.”

Merchant Revenue Model—The merchant revenue model or the “Net Rate Program” is utilized by Travelocity, except to the extent the marketing fee revenue model applies. We primarily use this model for revenue from hotel reservations and dynamically packaged combinations of travel components. Pursuant to this model, we are the merchant of record for credit card processing for travel accommodations. Even though we are the merchant of record for these transactions, we do not purchase and resell travel accommodations, and we do not have any obligations with respect to the travel accommodations we offer online that we do not sell. Instead, we act as an intermediary by entering into agreements with travel suppliers for the right to market their products, services and other offerings at pre-determined net rates. We market net rate offerings to travelers at prices that include an amount sufficient to pay the travel supplier for providing the travel accommodations and any occupancy and other local taxes, as well as additional amounts representing our service fees, which is how we generate revenue under this model. Under this revenue model, we require prepayment by the traveler at the time of booking.

Travelocity recognizes net rate revenue for stand-alone air travel at the time the travel is booked with a reserve for estimated future canceled bookings. Revenues from vacation packages and car rentals as well as hotel net rate revenues are recognized at the time the reservation is used by the consumer.

 

85

---

Table of Contents

For net rate and dynamically packaged combinations sold through Travelocity, we record net rate revenues based on the total amount paid by the customer for products and services, net of our payment to the travel supplier. At the time a customer makes and prepays a reservation, we accrue a supplier liability based on the amount we expect to be billed by our travel suppliers. In some cases, a portion of Travelocity’s prepaid net rate and travel package transactions goes unused by the traveler. In such circumstances, Travelocity may not be billed the full amount of the accrued supplier liability. Therefore, we reduce the accrued supplier liability for amounts aged more than six months after the reservation goes unused and record the aged amount as revenue if certain conditions are met. Our process for determining when aged amounts may be recognized as revenue includes consideration of key factors such as the age of the supplier liability, historical billing and payment information, among others.

See “—Factors Affecting our Results—Travelocity.”

Agency Revenue Model—This model is employed by Travelocity, except to the extent the marketing fee revenue model applies, and applies to revenues generated via commissions from travel suppliers for reservations made by travelers through our websites. Under this model, we act as an agent in the transaction by passing reservations booked by travelers to the relevant airline, hotel, car rental company, cruise line or other travel supplier, while the travel supplier serves as merchant of record and processes the payment from the traveler.

Under the agency revenue model, Travelocity recognizes commission revenue for stand-alone air travel at the time the travel is booked with a reserve for estimated future canceled bookings. Commissions from car and hotel travel suppliers are recognized upon the scheduled date of travel consumption. We record car and hotel commission revenue net of an estimated reserve for cancellations, no-shows and uncollectable commissions. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, our reserve was approximately $2 million and $3 million, respectively.

See “—Factors Affecting our Results—Travelocity.”

Media Revenue Model—The media revenue model is used to record advertising revenue from entities that advertise products on Travelocity’s websites, except to the extent the marketing fee revenue model applies, and, to a lesser extent, on our GDS. Advertisers use two types of advertising metrics: (i) display advertising and (ii) action advertising. In display advertising, advertisers usually pay based on the number of customers who view the advertisement, and are charged based on cost per thousand impressions. In action advertising, advertisers usually pay based on the number of customers who perform a specific action, such as click on the advertisement, and are charged based on the cost per action. Advertising revenues are recognized in the period that the advertising impressions are delivered or the click-through or other specific action occurs.

See “—Factors Affecting our Results—Travelocity.”

Components of Revenues and Expenses

Revenues

Travel Network

Travel Network primarily generates revenues from the transaction revenue model, as well as revenue from certain services we provide our joint ventures and the sale of aggregated bookings data to carriers. See “—Revenue Models.”

Airline and Hospitality Solutions

Airline and Hospitality Solutions primarily generates revenue from the SaaS and hosted revenue model, the consulting revenue model, as well as the software licensing fee model to a lesser extent. Over the last several years, our customers have shifted toward the SaaS and hosted revenue model as license fee contracts expire, and we expect to continue to facilitate the shift from license fee contracts to the SaaS and hosted revenue model going forward. See “—Revenue Models.”

 

86

---

Table of Contents

Travelocity

Travelocity generates transaction revenue through the merchant revenue model and the agency revenue model, and non-transaction revenue, in each case, except to the extent the marketing fee model applies. See “—Factors Affecting our Results—Travelocity.” Transaction revenue is comprised of (i) stand-alone air transaction revenue (i.e., revenue from the sale of air travel without any other products) and (ii) other transaction revenue (i.e., revenue from hotel suppliers, packages which include multiple travel products, lifestyle products such as theatre tickets and services). Both are accounted for under either the merchant or agency revenue models.

Except to the extent the marketing fee model applies, Travelocity also generates revenues from fees from offline (e.g., call center agent transacted) bookings for air and packages and insurance revenues from third-party insurance providers whose air, total trip and cruise insurance we offer on our websites.

Additionally, Travelocity generates intersegment transaction revenue from Travel Network, consisting of incentive consideration earned for Travelocity transactions processed through our GDS and fees paid by Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions for corporate trips booked through the Travelocity online booking technology. We expect intersegment revenue to substantially decrease in connection with the Expedia SMA. Intersegment transaction revenue is eliminated in consolidation.

Non-transaction revenue consists of advertising revenue from the media revenue model, paper ticket fees and services, and change and reissue fees.

Cost of Revenue

Travel Network

Travel Network cost of revenues consists primarily of:

 

•

Incentive Consideration—payments or other consideration to travel agencies for reservations made on our GDS which have accrued on a monthly basis. Incentive consideration is provided in two ways, according to the terms of the contract: (i) on a periodic basis over the term of the contract and (ii) in some cases, upfront at the inception or modification of contracts, which is capitalized and amortized over the expected life of the contract. The amortized portion of the upfront incentive consideration is recorded to cost of revenue. Travel Network provides incentive consideration to Travelocity for Travelocity transactions processed through our GDS, although we expect intersegment revenue to substantially decrease in connection with the Expedia SMA. Intersegment expense is eliminated in consolidation. See “—Components of Revenues and Expenses—Intersegment Transactions.”

 

•

Technology Expenses—data processing, data center management, application hosting, applications development and maintenance and related charges.

 

•

Labor Expenses—salaries and benefits paid to employees supporting the operations of the business.

 

•

Other Expenses—includes services purchased, facilities and corporate overhead.

Airline and Hospitality Solutions

Airline and Hospitality Solutions cost of revenues consists primarily of:

 

•

Labor Expenses—salaries and benefits paid to employees for the development, delivery and implementation of software.

 

•

Technology Expenses—data processing, data center management, application hosting, applications development and maintenance and related charges resulting from the hosting of our solutions.

 

•

Other Expenses—includes services purchased, facilities and other costs.

 

87

---

Table of Contents

Travelocity

Except as described below, Travelocity cost of revenue has consisted primarily of:

 

•

Volume Related Expenses—customer service costs; credit card fees and technology fees; charges related to fraudulent bookings and compensation to customers, i.e., for service related issues.

 

•

Technology Expenses—data processing, data center management, applications development, maintenance and related charges.

 

•

Labor Expenses—salaries and benefits paid to employees supporting the operations of the business.

 

•

Other Expenses—includes services purchased, facilities and other costs.

In connection with the Expedia SMA, Travelocity will not incur significant cost of revenues with respect to Travelocity’s existing websites in the United States and Canada.

Corporate

Corporate cost of revenue includes certain shared technology costs as well as stock-based compensation expense, litigation expenses associated with occupancy or other taxes and other items that are not identifiable with one of our segments.

Depreciation and amortization

Cost of revenue includes depreciation and amortization associated with property and equipment and software developed for internal use that supports our revenue, businesses and systems. Depreciation and amortization also includes amortization of contract implementation costs and intangible assets for technology purchased through acquisitions or established with our take-private transaction.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related expenses for employees that sell our services to new customers and administratively support the business, commission payments made to travel agency and distribution partners of Travelocity, advertising and promotional costs primarily for Travelocity, certain settlement costs and costs to defend legal disputes, bad debt expense, depreciation and amortization and other costs. In connection with the Expedia SMA, Travelocity will no longer incur non-marketing related expenses; instead, the marketing fee we will receive under the Expedia SMA will be net of costs incurred by Expedia in connection with these activities. However, the marketing costs we incur to promote the Travelocity brand will be recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses.

Intersegment Transactions

We account for significant intersegment transactions as if the transactions were with third parties, that is, at estimated current market prices. The majority of the intersegment revenues and cost of revenues are between Travelocity and Travel Network, consisting mainly of accruals for incentive consideration, net of data processing fees incurred, by Travel Network to Travelocity for transactions processed through our GDS, transaction fees paid by Travelocity to Travel Network for transactions facilitated through our GDS in which the travel supplier pays Travelocity directly, and fees paid by Travel Network to Travelocity for corporate trips booked through the Travelocity online booking technology. In addition, Airline and Hospitality Solutions pays fees to Travel Network for airline trips booked through our GDS. Due to the elimination of the intersegment revenue between Travelocity.com and Travel Network with the Expedia SMA, we expect intersegment eliminations to substantially decrease in 2014 from current levels. See Note 21, Segment Information, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

88

---

Table of Contents

Matters Affecting Comparability

Mergers and Acquisitions

Our results of operations have been affected by mergers and acquisitions as summarized below.

Mergers and Acquisitions in 2013

We had no acquisitions in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Mergers and Acquisitions in 2012

In the third quarter of 2012, we acquired all of the outstanding stock and ownership interests of PRISM, a leading provider of end-to-end airline contract business intelligence and decision support software. The acquisition, which adds to our portfolio of products within the Airline and Hospitality Solutions, allows for new relationships with airlines and adds to our existing business intelligence capabilities.

Mergers and Acquisitions in 2011

In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the acquisition of Zenon N.D.C., Limited, a provider of GDS services to travel agents in Cyprus. This acquisition further expands Travel Network within Europe.

In the second quarter of 2011, we completed the acquisition of SoftHotel, Inc., a provider of web-based property management solutions for the hospitality industry. This acquisition brings Airline and Hospitality Solutions closer to a fully integrated web-based solution that combines distribution, marketing and operations into a single platform for hotel customers.

Dispositions Impacting Results from Continuing Operations

Dispositions in 2013

Certain Assets of Travelocity—On June 18, 2013, we completed the sale of certain assets of TBiz operations to a third-party, which resulted in reduced revenue and expenses for Travelocity in 2013 compared to 2012. TBiz provides managed corporate travel services for corporate customers. We recorded a loss on the sale of $3 million, net of tax, including the write-off of $9 million of goodwill attributed to TBiz based on the relative fair value to the Travelocity North America reporting unit, in our consolidated statement of operations.

Dispositions in 2012

Sabre Pacific—On February 24, 2012, we completed the sale of our 51% stake in Sabre Pacific, an entity jointly owned by a subsidiary of Sabre (51%) and Abacus (49%), to Abacus for $46 million of proceeds, which resulted in reduced revenue and expense for Travel Network in 2013 compared to 2012, and to a greater extent, in 2012 compared to 2011. Of the proceeds received, $9 million was for the sale of stock, $18 million represented the repayment of an intercompany note receivable from Sabre Pacific, which was entered into when the joint venture was originally established, and the remaining $19 million represented the settlement of operational intercompany receivable balances with Sabre Pacific and associated amounts we owed to Abacus. We recorded $25 million as gain on sale of business in our consolidated statements of operations. We have also entered into a license and distribution agreement with Sabre Pacific, under which it will market, sub-license, distribute, provide access to and support for our GDS in Australia, New Zealand and surrounding territories. Sabre Pacific is required to pay us an ongoing transaction fee based on booking volumes under this agreement. As of December 31, 2011, the assets and liabilities of Sabre Pacific were classified as held for sale on our consolidated balance sheet. For the year ended December 31, 2012, joint venture equity income included a $24 million impairment of goodwill recorded by Abacus associated with its acquisition of Sabre Pacific.

 

89

---

Table of Contents

Dispositions in 2011 

During 2011, we completed no significant dispositions impacting our results of continuing operations.

For a complete list of dispositions, including dispositions classified as discontinued operations, see Note 4, Discontinued Operations and Dispositions, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Seasonality

The travel industry is seasonal in nature. Travel bookings for Travel Network, and the revenue we derive from those bookings, decrease significantly each year in the fourth quarter, primarily in December. We recognize air-related revenue at the date of booking and, because customers generally book their November and December holiday leisure-related travel earlier in the year, and business-related travel declines during the holiday season, revenue resulting from bookings is typically lower in the fourth quarter. Travelocity revenues are also impacted by the seasonality of travel bookings, but to a lesser extent since commissions from car and hotel travel suppliers and net rate revenue for hotel stays and vacation packages are recognized at the date of travel. There is a slight increase in Travelocity revenues for the second and third quarters compared to the first and fourth quarters due to European travel patterns. Airline and Hospitality Solutions does not experience any significant seasonality patterns in revenue.

Other Items Impacting Comparability

Reduction of insurance sales fees

On January 24, 2012, the U.S. Department of Transportation implemented new regulations that prohibit carriers and ticket agents from including additional optional services in connection with air transportation, a tour or tour component if the optional service is automatically added to the consumer’s purchase if the consumer takes no other action (i.e., if the consumer does not “opt-out”). Prior to the effectiveness of this regulation, we pre-checked the “Yes” box on Travelocity’s websites for certain optional services such as travel insurance, while at the same time providing clear and conspicuous disclosure of the inclusion of such services, itemized pricing thereof and the option to remove such services prior to payment and check-out. The implementation of this regulation resulted in significantly fewer customers electing to purchase such services. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we experienced an $11 million, or 38%, decrease in revenue from insurance sales compared with the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

90

---

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The table below sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods presented. Certain amounts previously reported in our December 31, 2012 and 2011 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the December 31, 2013 presentation as a result of discontinued operations. In June 2013, we sold certain assets of our Holiday Autos operations to a third party and in November 2013, we completed the closing of the remainder of the Holiday Autos operations such that it represented a discontinued operation. See Note 4, Discontinued Operations and Dispositions, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The impact on our revenue was a reduction of $65 million and $76 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The impact on our operating income was an increase of $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and a reduction of less than $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Revenue		$	3,049,525			$	2,974,364			$	2,855,961
Cost of revenue			1,904,850				1,819,235				1,736,041
Gross margin			1,144,675				1,155,129				1,119,920
Selling, general and administrative			792,929				1,188,248				806,435
Impairment			138,435				573,180				185,240
Restructuring charges			36,551				—				—
Operating income (loss)			176,760				(606,299	)			128,245
Interest expense, net			(274,689	)			(232,450	)			(174,390	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt			(12,181	)			—				—
Gain on sale of business			—				25,850				—
Joint venture equity income			15,554				24,487				26,701
Joint venture goodwill impairment and intangible amortization			(3,204	)			(27,000	)			(3,200	)
Other expenses (income), net			(6,724	)			(1,385	)			1,156
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes			(104,484	)			(816,797	)			(21,488	)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes			(14,029	)			(195,071	)			57,806
Loss from continuing operations		$	(90,455	)		$	(621,726	)		$	(79,294	)

Revenue

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Revenue by Segment
Travel Network		$	1,821,498			$	1,795,127			$	1,740,007			$	26,371				1	%		$	55,120				3	%
Airline and Hospitality Solutions			711,745				597,649				522,692				114,096				19	%			74,957				14	%
Travelocity			585,989				659,472				699,604				(73,483	)			(11	)%			(40,132	)			(6	)%
Total segment revenue			3,119,232				3,052,248				2,962,303				66,984				2	%			89,945				3	%
Eliminations			(69,707	)			(77,884	)			(106,342	)			8,177				10	%			28,458				27	%
Total revenue		$	3,049,525			$	2,974,364			$	2,855,961			$	75,161				3	%		$	118,403				4	%

2013 compared to 2012

Revenue increased $75 million, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

91

---

Table of Contents

Travel Network—Revenue increased $26 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was driven by a $25 million increase in other revenue primarily from payments in connection with certain services provided to our joint ventures. Transaction-based revenue was flat at $1,590 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. We processed 368 million Direct Billable Bookings in 2013, representing a decrease of 12 million Direct Billable Bookings, or 3%, compared to 2012. This decrease was offset by a 3% increase in the average booking fee.

Airline and Hospitality Solutions—Revenue increased $114 million, or 19%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012.

This $114 million increase in revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

a $48 million increase in Airline Solutions’ SabreSonic Customer Sales and Service (“SabreSonic CSS”) revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. The increase in revenue was due to an increase of 73 million, or 18%, in processed reservations for PBs to 478 million in 2013. The increase in PBs was primarily due to new customers;

 

•

a $54 million increase in Airline Solutions’ commercial and operations solutions revenue primarily the result of $25 million generated from our 2012 acquisition of PRISM and a $29 million increase in other airline software solutions, consulting and professional services; and

 

•

a $12 million increase in Hospitality Solutions revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to prior year due to an increase in CRS transactions in 2013.

Travelocity—Revenue decreased $73 million, or 11%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease in revenue primarily resulted from a $59 million decrease resulting from a 5% decline in transaction volumes and a 6% decline in average transaction value, primarily driven by the loss of a large TPN customer in 2012, and a $11 million decrease in revenue related to the disposition of TBiz during 2013. Media and advertising revenues also declined by $5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year.

2012 compared to 2011

Revenue increased $118 million, or 4%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011.

Travel Network—Revenue increased $55 million, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011.

This $55 million increase in revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

a $41 million increase in revenue for certain services provided to our joint ventures; and

 

•

an increase of $12 million in transaction-based revenue due to a 1% increase in the average booking fee partially offset by a decrease of 2 million, or less than 1%, on Direct Billable Bookings to 380 million in 2013.

Airline and Hospitality Solutions—Revenue increased $75 million, or 14%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011.

This $75 million increase in revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

a $36 million increase in Airline Solutions’ SabreSonic CSS revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year due primarily to an increase of 41 million, or 11%, in PBs to 405 million in 2012. The increase in PB volume was from existing and new customers;

 

92

---

Table of Contents

•

a $28 million increase in Airline Solutions’ commercial and operations solutions revenue as a result of $12 million of revenue growth generated from our 2012 acquisition of PRISM and a $16 million increase in other airline software solutions, consulting and professional services; and

 

•

a $11 million increase in Hospitality Solutions revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year as a result of an increase in CRS transactions in 2012.

Travelocity—Revenue decreased $40 million, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011.

This $40 million decrease in revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

a decline of $22 million in transaction revenue driven by a 2% decline in transaction volumes and a 13% decline in average transaction value in North America. The decline in transaction volumes was primarily driven by the loss of a large TPN customer in 2012 and the decline in average transaction value was primarily due to the reduction of air insurance revenue as a result of changing the purchase of trip insurance on our website from opt-out to opt-in in early 2012 and the loss of a large TPN customer in 2012. These declines in North America were partially offset by a 6% increase in transaction volumes and an 8% increase in average transaction value in Europe;

 

•

a decline of $11 million in media revenue in North America and Europe; and

 

•

an $8 million decline in intersegment revenue primarily associated with incentive consideration received from Travel Network due to a loss of a large TPN customer during 2012. Intersegment revenue is eliminated in consolidation.

Gross Margin

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Adjusted Gross Margin by Segment
Travel Network		$	860,793			$	843,863			$	772,753			$	16,930				2	%		$	71,110				9	%
Airline and Hospitality Solutions			262,386				218,421				185,147				43,965				20	%			33,274				18	%
Travelocity			353,489				413,802				447,790				(60,313	)			(15	)%			(33,988	)			(8	)%
Eliminations			(717	)			(1,010	)			(1,083	)			293				(29	)%			73				(7	)%
Corporate			(92,142	)			(85,214	)			(74,093	)			(6,928	)			(8	)%			(11,121	)			(15	)%
Total adjusted gross margin			1,383,809				1,389,862				1,330,514				(6,053	)			—	%			59,348				4	%
Depreciation and amortization			(202,485	)			(198,206	)			(172,846	)			(4,279	)			(2	)%			(25,360	)			(15	)%
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration			(36,649	)			(36,527	)			(37,748	)			(122	)			—	%			1,221				3	%
Total gross margin		$	1,144,675			$	1,155,129			$	1,119,920			$	(10,454	)			(1	)%		$	35,209				3	%

2013 compared to 2012

Total gross margin decreased by $10 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012.

Travel Network—Adjusted gross margin increased $17 million, or 2%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase reflects a $26 million increase in revenue, as described above, partially offset by a $9 million increase in the cost of revenue.

 

93

---

Table of Contents

The $9 million increase in cost of revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

a $18 million increase in incentive consideration in line with higher Direct Billable Bookings in regions with favorable booking fee rates; partially offset by

 

•

a $5 million decrease in other operating expenses primarily related to the disposition of Sabre Pacific in February of 2012; and

 

•

labor costs remaining relatively flat, decreasing $2 million to $173 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $175 million in the prior year.

Airline and Hospitality Solutions—Adjusted Gross Margin increased $44 million, or 20%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase is on account of the net effect of a $114 million increase in revenue, as described above, partially offset by a $70 million increase in cost of revenue.

The $70 million increase in cost of revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

a $48 million increase in labor costs to $273 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $228 million in the prior year. The increase was attributed to increased headcount to support 2013 implementations, increased customer support and maintenance, additional headcount associated with the acquisition of PRISM in August of 2012 and minor enhancements to our SaaS and hosted systems; and

 

•

an increase of $12 million in technology-related expenses, driven by higher transaction volumes.

Travelocity—Adjusted Gross Margin decreased $60 million, or 15%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease is on account of the net effect of a $73 million decrease in revenue, as described above, partially offset by a $13 million decrease in cost of revenue.

The $13 million decrease in cost of revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

a $10 million decline in services purchased due to lower call center costs related to the loss of a large TPN customer;

 

•

a decline of $8 million in transaction-related fees as a result of lower transaction volumes; and

 

•

a decline of $8 million in labor costs due to reductions in headcount; partially offset by

 

•

a $12 million increase in other operating expenses primarily related to other fraud-related expenses and credit card chargebacks.

Corporate—Adjusted Gross Margin associated with corporate unallocated costs decreased by $7 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily the result of an increase of $8 million in labor costs to $20 million in 2013.

Depreciation and amortization—Depreciation and amortization increased $4 million, or 2%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to an additional $19 million in depreciation and amortization associated with the completion and amortization of software developed for internal use as well as capitalized implementation costs. We also incurred a $3 million increase in amortization due to the full year effect of amortization of intangible assets related to the PRISM acquisition in August 2012. The increase was partially offset by a $19 million reduction in depreciation and amortization resulting from impairments of certain property and equipment and intangible assets related to Travelocity at the end of 2012.

2012 compared to 2011

Total gross margin increased by $35 million, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

94

---

Table of Contents

Travel Network—Adjusted Gross Margin increased $71 million, or 9%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase reflects a $55 million increase in revenue, as described above, and a $16 million decrease in the cost of revenue.

The $16 million decrease in cost of revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

a $27 million decrease in incentive consideration related to the sale of Sabre Pacific;

 

•

a decrease in labor costs of $2 million to $175 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $177 million in the prior year; partially offset by

 

•

an $11 million increase in forward contract expenses.

Airline and Hospitality Solutions—Adjusted Gross Margin increased $33 million, or 18%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase is on account of the net effect of a $75 million increase in revenue, as described above, offset by a $42 million increase in cost of revenue.

The $42 million increase in cost of revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

an increase in labor costs of $34 million to $228 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $194 million in the prior year, attributable to increased headcount to support 2012 customer implementations, pending 2013 implementations, increased customer support, and labor costs for minor enhancement and maintenance to our SaaS and hosted systems;

 

•

technology-related expenses increased $4 million, driven by higher transaction volumes, which were partially offset by lower rates resulting from a renegotiation of our contract with our primary technology provider, and

 

•

a $3 million increase in other expenses driven by increased outside services purchased to support new customer implementations.

Travelocity—Adjusted Gross Margin decreased $34 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease is on account of the net effect of a $40 million decrease in revenue, as described above, partially offset by a $6 million decrease in cost of revenue.

The $6 million decrease in cost of revenue primarily resulted from:

 

•

a decrease of $11 million in labor costs to $75 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $87 million in the prior year, as a result of the completion of a customer implementation in the prior year; and

 

•

a decrease of $15 million of other operating expenses primarily related to reduced bank service charges and service compensation expenses due to lower merchant volumes; partially offset by

 

•

$18 million in increased call center costs to provide overall customer support for new TPN customers added in 2011; and

 

•

$5 million in increased data processing charges during the period.

Corporate—Adjusted Gross Margin associated with corporate unallocated costs decreased by $11 million, or 15%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily the result of $25 million in back excise taxes, penalties and interest in 2012 mainly in connection with general excise tax litigation with the State of Hawaii (see Note 20, Commitment and Contingencies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) and a $9 million increase in shared technology-related expenses. These increases were offset by a $24 million decrease in labor costs to $13 million compared to $37 million in the prior year.

 

95

---

Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization—Depreciation and amortization increased $25 million, or 15%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily driven by Airline and Hospitality Solutions’ (i) completion and amortization of various projects to develop software for internal use, (ii) new customer implementation projects and (iii) the scheduled amortization of intangible assets related to recent acquisitions.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Personnel		$	278,019			$	261,560			$	239,267			$	16,459				6	%		$	22,293				9	%
Advertising and promotion			151,589				160,837				187,492				(9,248	)			(6	)%			(26,655	)			(14	)%
Commission payments to affiliates			72,002				85,143				97,141				(13,141	)			(15	)%			(11,998	)			(12	)%
Litigation charges			—				346,515				—				(346,515	)			*	*			346,515				*	*
Allowance for bad debt			9,030				4,465				3,670				4,565				102	%			795				22	%
Other			177,179				212,201				158,595				(35,022	)			(17	)%			53,606				34	%
Depreciation and amortization			105,110				117,527				120,270				(12,417	)			(11	)%			(2,743	)			(2	)%
Total selling, general and administrative		$	792,929			$	1,188,248			$	806,435			$	(395,319	)			(33	)%		$	381,813				47	%

 

**	not meaningful

2013 compared to 2012

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $395 million, or 33%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012.

This decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by a $347 million litigation charge recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012 for the settlement of the state and federal cases with American Airlines, which did not reoccur in the year ended December 31, 2013. Additionally, legal fees within other expenses decreased $33 million as a result of the settlement of our dispute with American Airlines in 2012. These reductions within other expenses are offset by $7 million of costs incurred by Travelocity to enhance its offering and pursue a new TPN customer, which did not materialize.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we also had a decline of $13 million in commission payments to affiliates due to the loss of a large TPN partner in 2012. These declines are offset by increases in personnel-related expenses including $16 million in higher salaries and benefits attributed to increased corporate headcount to support the growth of the business and an increase in compensation costs in Travel Network attributed to higher variable compensation awards for employees as a result of improved overall performance.

Depreciation and amortization decreased $12 million, or 11%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. The decrease was the result of the impairment of intangible assets related to Travelocity in the fourth quarter of 2012.

2012 compared to 2011

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $382 million, or 47%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily driven by $347 million of expenses related to the litigation settlement with American Airlines that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2012. Within other expenses is $47 million of increased legal fees and other costs associated with various legal disputes throughout 2012 and $3 million in increased services purchased to facilitate the move of a Travelocity call center to Poland. Personnel-related expenses increased $22 million as a result of $10 million in increased corporate headcount and variable compensation awards as well as $10 million of higher labor costs

 

96

---

Table of Contents

to support Travelocity. Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease of $12 million in commission payments to affiliates due to the loss of a large TPN partner in 2012 by Travelocity. Advertising and promotional costs declined due to reductions taken by Travelocity. Travelocity had a $27 million reduction in advertising spend driven by fewer purchases of non-brand search engine key words and other promotions.

Impairment

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Impairment		$	138,435			$	573,180			$	185,240			$	(434,745	)			(76	)%		$	387,940				209	%

2013 compared to 2012

Impairment expense was $138 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. In the second quarter of 2013, we allocated $9 million and $36 million in goodwill to TBiz and Holiday Autos, which are assets within the Travelocity—North America and Travelocity—Europe reporting units, respectively. We therefore initiated an impairment analysis on the remainder of the goodwill associated with these reporting units. Further declines in our current projections of the discounted future cash flows of these reporting units and current market participant considerations led to a $96 million impairment in Travelocity—North America and a $40 million impairment in Travelocity—Europe which have been recorded in our results of operations. As of December 31, 2013, Travelocity had no remaining goodwill.

2012 compared to 2011

Impairment expense was $573 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with $185 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Travelocity goodwill was impaired by $63 million as a result of one of its competitors announcing plans to move towards offering hotel customers a choice of payment options which could adversely affect hotel margins over time. We therefore initiated an impairment analysis of Travelocity as of September 30, 2012. The expected change in the competitive business environment and the resulting impact on our current projections of the discounted future cash flows led to a $58 million impairment in Travelocity—North America and a $5 million impairment in Travelocity—Europe. In the fourth quarter of 2012, we continued to see further weakness in Travelocity’s business performance resulting in lower projected revenues and declining margins for Travelocity—North America and Travelocity—Europe thus requiring an impairment assessment of Travelocity as of December 31, 2012. As a result, we recorded impairments on long-lived assets of $281 million for Travelocity—North America, of which $30 million pertained to software developed for internal use, $7 million pertained to computer equipment $6 million related to capitalized implementation costs and the remainder related to definite-lived intangible assets. We also recorded impairments of $154 million for Travelocity—Europe, of which $11 million pertained to software developed for internal use, $4 million pertained to computer equipment and the remainder related to definite lived intangible assets. We also recorded an additional goodwill impairment charge for Travelocity Europe for $65 million as a result of our updated analysis. In 2012, we further recorded $20 million of impairment related to leasehold improvements associated with a corporate building that is not occupied and for which we no longer anticipate being able to sublease to a third-party before the end of the lease term. During 2011, we recorded $185 million of impairment as Travelocity was impacted by a continuing decline in margins due to pressure from competitive pricing, reduced bookings and the resulting impact on our projections of the discounted future cash flows, as well as a still weak economic environment.

 

97

---

Table of Contents

Restructuring Charges

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Restructuring charges		$	36,551			$	—			$	—			$	36,551				**	%		$	—				**	%

 

**	not meaningful

In the third quarter of 2013, we initiated plans to restructure our Travelocity business in connection with which we recorded restructuring charges totaling $28 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which included $18 million of employee termination benefits, $4 million of asset impairments and $6 million of other related costs. $22 million of these restructuring charges was attributable to the restructuring of our Travelocity businesses in the United States and Canada in connection with the Expedia SMA and the remaining $6 million was attributable to employee termination benefits in connection with the restructuring of lastminute.com, the European portion of our Travelocity business. See “—Factors Affecting Our Results—Travelocity.”

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we also initiated a restructuring plan to simplify our technology organization, better align costs with our current business, reduce our spend on third-party resources, and to increase focus on product development. The majority of this plan will be completed in 2014. As a part of this restructuring plan, we will reduce our employee base by approximately 350 employees. We recorded a charge of $8 million associated with employee termination benefits in the fourth quarter of 2013 and do not expect to record material charges in 2014 related to this action. See Note 5, Restructuring Charges, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Interest expense, net

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Interest expense, net		$	274,689			$	232,450			$	174,390			$	42,239				18	%		$	58,060				33	%

2013 compared to 2012

Interest expense, net, increased $42 million, or 18%, for year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. We entered into multiple debt transactions during 2012 and 2013 that increased our overall effective interest rate and increased our debt levels which resulted in additional interest expense of $40 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. See Note 11, Debt—Senior Secured Credit Facility, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additionally, debt modification expenses and original issue discount amortization increased by $8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. We also incurred $17 million of imputed interest related to a litigation settlement payable during the year ended December 31, 2013. Offsetting these increases was a $16 million reduction associated with accelerating the amortization of our debt issuance cost in 2012 as well as a $9 million increase in interest savings as a result of the maturity of certain of our interest rates swaps in 2012. See Note 12, Derivatives, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

2012 compared to 2011

Interest expense, net, increased $58 million, or 33%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. The change was due to an increase in the interest rate spread on $2 billion of our term loan as a result of amendments to our credit agreements on February 28, 2012, May 9, 2012 and August 15, 2012, made in connection with the maturity dates of certain loans, as well as the issuance of $800 million of 8.5% senior secured notes due in 2019. In the first half of 2012, we extended the maturity of

 

98

---

Table of Contents

$284 million, or 57%, of our revolving credit facility to 2016 and also extended the maturity of $1,854 million, or 65%, of our term loan outstanding to 2017, with an increase in interest rate spread from the LIBOR plus 2.00% to LIBOR plus 5.75%. In the second quarter we issued $400 million of 8.5% senior secured notes due in 2019. In the third quarter of 2012, we paid down $773 million of our non-extended term loans maturing 2014 through the issuance of $375 million non-extended term loans maturing in 2017, which bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 6.00%, and $400 million of 8.5% senior secured notes due in 2019.

The increase in interest rates reflected current market pricing for similarly rated debt offerings and resulted in a $49 million increase in interest expense. Additionally, we incurred $22 million of expense due to our issuance of senior secured notes in May and September 2012 at a rate of 8.5%. The increase was partially offset by a $14 million decrease as a result of paying down $324 million of senior secured notes on August 1, 2011.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Loss on extinguishment of debt		$	12,181			$	—			$	—			$	12,181				*	*%		$	—				*	*%

 

**	not meaningful

Loss on extinguishment of debt was $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of our debt restructuring transaction in the first quarter of 2013. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

Gain on sale of business

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Gain on sale of business		$	—			$	25,850			$	—			$	(25,850	)			*	*%		$	25,850				*	*%

 

**	not meaningful

Gain on sale of business for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $26 million and primarily related to the sale of our 51% stake in Sabre Pacific to Abacus for $46 million of proceeds. See “—Matters Affecting Comparability—Dispositions.”

Joint venture equity income, goodwill impairment and intangible amortization

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Joint venture equity income		$	15,554			$	24,487			$	26,701			$	(8,933	)			(36	)%		$	(2,214	)			(8	)%
Joint venture goodwill impairment and intangible amortization			(3,204	)			(27,000	)			(3,200	)			23,796				*	*%			(23,800	)			**	%

 

**	not meaningful

2013 compared to 2012

Joint venture equity income decreased $9 million, or 36%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. This change was driven by decreased performance of our joint ventures in 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. Joint venture intangible amortization was flat

 

99

---

Table of Contents

compared to the prior year. In the year ended December 31, 2012, Abacus recognized an impairment of goodwill. We recognized our share of this impairment at $24 million.

2012 compared to 2011

Joint venture equity income decreased $2 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. This change was driven by decreased performance of our joint ventures in 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. Joint venture intangible amortization was flat compared to the prior year. In the year ended December 31, 2012, Abacus recognized an impairment of goodwill. We recognized our share of this impairment at $24 million.

Other expenses (income), net

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs . 2012								2012 vs . 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Other expenses (income), net		$	6,724			$	1,385				$(1,156)				$5,339				*	*%		$	2,541				**	%

 

**	not meaningful

2013 compared to 2012

Other expenses, net, increased $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was driven primarily by realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange losses.

2012 compared to 2011

Other expenses, net, increased $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was driven primarily by realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange losses.

(Benefit) Provision for income taxes

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012								2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes		$	(14,029	)		$	(195,071	)		$	57,806			$	181,042				**	%		$	(252,877	)			**	%

 

**	not meaningful

2013 compared to 2012

We recognized a benefit for income taxes of $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a benefit of $195 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in the benefit for income taxes was primarily the result of the decrease in pre-tax loss from continuing operations. The effective tax rates were 13% and 24% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Excluding the impacts of (i) impairment charges, (ii) acquisition related amortization expense, (iii) restructuring and other costs, (iv) litigation and taxes, including penalties, (v) sales of businesses and assets, (vi) changes in valuation allowances, and (vii) other tax and non-tax adjustments, our effective tax rates would have been 39% and 37% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

100

---

Table of Contents

2012 compared to 2011

We recognized a benefit for income taxes of $195 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to a provision for income taxes of $58 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. The change was driven primarily by the increase in pre-tax loss from continuing operations. The effective tax rates were 24% and (269)% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Excluding the impacts of (i) impairment charges, (ii) acquisition related amortization expense, (iii) restructuring and other costs, (iv) litigation and taxes, (v) sale of business and assets, (vi) changes in valuation allowances, (vii) increases in tax losses for non-controlling interest, and (viii) other tax and non-tax adjustments, our effective tax rates would have been 37% and 35% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table presents our historical consolidated financial data for our business for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2013. The unaudited quarterly statement of operations data have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. The historical consolidated data presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		Three Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2013				Sep. 30, 2013				Jun. 30, 2013				Mar. 31, 2013				Dec. 31, 2012				Sep. 30, 2012				Jun. 30, 2012				Mar. 31, 2012
		(Unaudited, amounts in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenue		$	746,126			$	775,823			$	768,232			$	759,344			$	699,606			$	756,740			$	748,726			$	769,292
Gross margin			264,518				301,733				300,867				277,557				221,791				319,716				314,146				299,476
Selling, general and administrative			172,703				208,033				212,364				199,829				292,926				469,278				213,656				212,388
Impairment			—				2,837				135,598				—				496,351				76,829				—				—
Restructuring charges			20,662				15,889				—				—				—				—				—				—
Operating income (loss)			71,153				74,974				(47,095	)			77,728				(567,486	)			(226,391	)			100,490				87,088
Net income (loss) attributable to Sabre Corporation			26,760				5,372				(116,862	)			(15,764	)			(505,613	)			(186,647	)			21,357				59,547
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders			17,275				(3,870	)			(125,867	)			(24,736	)			(514,551	)			(195,354	)			12,872				51,094
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities		$	(94,869	)		$	81,005			$	78,669			$	92,383			$	(87,238	)		$	118,255			$	131,451			$	149,868
Additions to property and equipment			57,282				57,257				58,786				52,701				55,596				50,217				44,989				42,460
Other Financial Data:
Adjusted Gross Margin(a)		$	324,528			$	360,539			$	359,127			$	339,615			$	286,205			$	377,347			$	371,077			$	355,233
Adjusted Net Income (Loss) from continuing operations(b)			69,456				51,737				51,953				44,005				(51,922	)			60,247				70,239				72,318
Adjusted EBITDA(c)			207,363				201,349				190,058				192,553				157,172				220,051				213,988				195,414
Adjusted capital expenditures(d)			67,410				67,280				75,420				74,730				78,294				70,863				65,212				57,436
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents		$	308,236			$	491,588			$	186,012			$	150,233			$	126,695			$	302,383			$	285,755			$	93,177
Long-term debt			3,643,548				3,664,942				3,338,653				3,357,751				3,420,927				3,418,987				3,415,628				3,301,291
Working capital (deficit)			(273,590	)			(265,601	)			(539,295	)			(517,591	)			(428,568	)			(232,419	)			(174,034	)			(328,236	)

 

101

---

Table of Contents

 

(a)	The following table presents a reconciliation of Gross Margin to Adjusted Gross Margin:

 

		Three Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2013				Sep. 30, 2013				Jun. 30, 2013				Mar. 31, 2013				Dec. 31, 2012				Sep. 30, 2012				Jun. 30, 2012				Mar. 31, 2012
		(Unaudited, amounts in thousands)
Gross Margin		$	264,518			$	301,733			$	300,867			$	277,557			$	221,791			$	319,716			$	314,146			$	299,476
Depreciation and amortization			52,097				49,421				48,508				52,459				55,319				49,007				47,436				46,444
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration			7,913				9,385				9,752				9,599				9,095				8,624				9,495				9,313
Adjusted Gross Margin		$	324,528			$	360,539			$	359,127			$	339,615			$	286,205			$	377,347			$	371,077			$	355,233

 

(b)	The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and to Adjusted EBITDA to net loss attributable to Sabre Corporation, the most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

		Three Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2013				Sep. 30, 2013				Jun. 30, 2013				Mar. 31, 2013				Dec. 31, 2012				Sep. 30, 2012				Jun. 30, 2012				Mar. 31, 2012
		(Unaudited, amounts in thousands)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted Net Income and to Adjusted EBITDA:
Net income (loss) attributable to Sabre Corporation		$	26,760			$	5,372			$	(116,862	)		$	(15,764	)		$	(505,613	)		$	(186,647	)		$	21,357			$	59,547
(Loss) income from disc ops, net of tax			(13,719	)			(3,015	)			12,893				11,017				40,492				(9,282	)			6,355				11,382
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)			728				714				837				584				(49,842	)			(4,673	)			(717	)			(4,085	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations			13,769				3,071				(103,132	)			(4,163	)			(514,963	)			(200,602	)			26,995				66,844
Adjustments:
Impairment(2)			—				2,837				135,598				—				520,151				76,829				—				—
Acquisition related amortization(3)			35,811				35,794				36,209				35,951				41,749				40,815				39,745				40,208
Gain on sale of business and assets			—				—				—				—				—				(785	)			—				(25,065	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt			—				—				—				12,181				—				—				—				—
Other expense (income), net(4)			5,624				2,429				3,796				(5,125	)			1,613				3,535				2,923				(6,686	)
Restructuring and other costs(5)			32,756				21,754				2,376				2,166				3,104				952				1,113				1,607
Litigation and taxes, including penalties(6)			7,887				8,579				8,327				14,638				122,901				270,923				15,868				8,930
Stock-based compensation			3,640				2,686				36				2,724				1,214				1,106				5,184				2,330
Management fees(7)			1,414				2,126				2,499				2,722				1,512				2,476				1,905				1,876
Tax impact of net income adjustments			(31,448	)			(27,539	)			(33,703	)			(17,139	)			(229,199	)			(135,002	)			(23,494	)			(17,726	)
Adjusted Net Income (Loss)			69,453				51,737				52,006				43,955				(51,918	)			60,247				70,239				72,318
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment(3)			33,796				32,936				31,404				33,347				36,525				33,976				32,591				32,469
Amortization of capitalized implementation costs(3)			8,513				8,437				7,720				10,881				6,537				5,325				4,855				4,138
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration(8)			7,913				9,385				9,752				9,599				9,094				8,624				9,496				9,313
Interest expense, net			65,036				63,454				63,669				82,530				61,191				64,973				58,870				47,416
Remaining (benefit) provision for income taxes			22,649				35,400				25,560				12,191				95,747				46,906				37,937				29,760
Adjusted EBITDA		$	207,360			$	201,349			$	190,111			$	192,503			$	157,176			$	220,051			$	213,988			$	195,414

 

(1)

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests represents an adjustment to include earnings allocated to non-controlling interest held in (i) Sabre Travel Network Middle East of 40% for all periods presented, (ii) Sabre Pacific of 49% through February 24, 2012, the date we sold this business and (iii) Travelocity.com LLC of approximately 9.5% through December 31, 2012, the date we merged this minority interest back into our capital structure. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

102

---

Table of Contents

(2)

Represents impairment charges to assets (see Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) as well as $24 million in 2012, representing our share of impairment charges recorded by one of our equity method investments, Abacus.

(3)

Depreciation and amortization expenses (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for associated asset lives):

a.

Acquisition related amortization represents amortization of intangible assets from the take-private transaction in 2007 as well as intangibles associated with acquisitions since that date and amortization of the excess basis in our underlying equity in joint ventures.

b.

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment represents depreciation of property and equipment, including software developed for internal use.

c.

Amortization of capitalized implementation costs represents amortization of up-front costs to implement new customer contracts under our SaaS and hosted revenue model.

(4)

Other, net primarily represents foreign exchange gains and losses related to the remeasurement of foreign currency denominated balances included in our consolidated balance sheets into the relevant functional currency.

(5)

Restructuring and other costs represents charges associated with business restructuring and associated changes implemented which resulted in severance benefits related to employee terminations, integration and facility opening or closing costs and other business reorganization costs.

(6)

Represents charges or settlements associated with airline antitrust litigation as well as payments or reserves taken in relation to certain retroactive hotel occupancy and excise tax disputes (see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies, to our annual audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).

(7)

We have been paying an annual management fee to TPG and Silver Lake in an amount equal to between (i) $5 million and (ii) $7 million, the actual amount of which is calculated based on 1% of Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the MSA, earned by the company in such fiscal year up to a maximum of $7 million. In addition, the MSA provides for the reimbursement of certain costs incurred by TPG and Silver Lake, which are included in this line item. In connection with the completion of the offering, we will pay to TPG and Silver Lake, in the aggregate; an $21.0 million fee pursuant to the MSA and the MSA will be terminated.

(8)

Our Travel Network business at times provides upfront incentive consideration to travel agency subscribers at inception or modification of a service contract, which are capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over an average expected life of the service contract, generally over three to five years. Such consideration is made with the objective of increasing the number of clients, or to ensure or improve customer loyalty. Such service contract terms are established such that the supplier and other fees generated over the life of the contract will exceed the cost of the incentive consideration provided upfront. Such service contracts with travel agency subscribers require that the customer commit to achieving certain economic objectives and generally have terms requiring repayment of the upfront incentive consideration if those objectives are not met.

 

(c)	Includes capital expenditures and capitalized implementation costs as summarized below:

 

		Three Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2013				Sep. 30, 2013				Jun. 30, 2013				Mar. 31, 2013				Dec. 31, 2012				Sep. 30, 2012				Jun. 30, 2012				Mar. 31, 2012
		(Unaudited, amounts in thousands)
Additions to property and equipment		$	57,282			$	57,257			$	58,786			$	52,701			$	55,596			$	50,217			$	44,989			$	42,460
Capitalized implementation costs			10,128				10,023				16,634				22,029				22,698				20,646				20,223				14,976
Adjusted capital expenditures		$	67,410			$	67,280			$	75,420			$	74,730			$	78,294			$	70,863			$	65,212			$	57,436

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are: (i) cash flows from operations, (ii) cash and cash equivalents and (iii) borrowings under our $352 million Revolving Facility. Borrowing availability under our Revolving Facility is reduced by our outstanding letters of credit and restricted cash collateral. At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, Revolving Facility, outstanding letters of credit and restricted cash collateral were as follows:

 

		As of December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	308,236			$	126,695			$	58,350
Restricted cash			2,359				4,440				8,786
Revolving facility outstanding balance			—				—				82,000
Outstanding letters of credit			67,139				113,529				120,101
Restricted cash collateral			810				2,075				2,038
Available balance under the revolving facility			285,671				388,546				299,937

 

103

---

Table of Contents

Utilization

We utilize cash and cash equivalents primarily to pay our operating expenses, make capital expenditures, invest in our products and offerings, and service our debt and other long-term liabilities. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we also used a portion of our cash and cash equivalents to pay our litigation settlement with American Airlines including a $100 million payment made in the fourth quarter of 2013. We will also use a portion of our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 to pay travel suppliers as described above under “—Factors Affecting Our Results—Travelocity” and $30 million of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of PRISM due in August 2014.

Ability to Generate Cash in the Future

Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt service obligations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, and to fund working capital needs, planned capital expenditures and dividends will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Indebtedness and Liquidity—We may require more cash than we generate in our operating activities, and additional funding on reasonable terms or at all may not be available.”

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On February 19, 2013, Sabre GLBL entered into an agreement that amended and restated its existing senior secured credit facilities. The agreement replaced (i) the existing term loans with new classes of term loans of $1,775 million (Term B Facility) and $425 million (Term C Facility) and (ii) the existing revolving credit facility with a new revolving credit facility of $352 million (Revolving Facility). The Term B Facility matures on February 19, 2019 and amortizes in equal quarterly installments of 0.25%. The Term C Facility matures on December 31, 2017 and amortizes in equal quarterly installments of 3.75% in 2013 and 2014, increasing to equal quarterly installments of 4.375%, 5.625% and 7.5% in 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. A portion of the Revolving Facility matures on February 19, 2018. On September 30, 2013, Sabre GLBL entered into an agreement to amend its amended and restated credit agreement to add a new class of term loans in the amount of $350 million (Incremental Term Facility). Sabre GLBL has used a portion, and intends to use the remainder of the proceeds of the Incremental Term Facility, for working capital and ongoing and future strategic actions related to Travelocity, including the payment of travel suppliers for travel consumed that originated on our existing websites as described above under “—Factors Affecting Our Results—Travelocity.” The Incremental Term Facility matures on February 19, 2019 and amortizes in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% commencing with the last business day of December 2013. We are scheduled to make $85 million in principal payments on our senior secured credit facilities over the next twelve months. On February 20, 2014, we entered into an agreement to amend our amended and restated credit agreement to, among other things, (i) reduce the interest rate margin applicable to the Term B Facility to (x) between 3.00% to 3.25% per annum for Eurocurrency rate loans and (y) between 2.00% to 2.25% per annum for base rate loans and (ii) reduce the Eurocurrency rate floor to 1.00% and the base rate floor to 2.00%. In addition, on February 20, 2014, we entered into (i) an agreement to amend our amended and restated credit agreement to extend the maturity date of $317 million of the Revolving Facility to February 19, 2019 and (ii) an agreement to amend our amended and restated credit agreement to provide for an revolving commitment increase of $53 million under the extended portion of the Revolving Facility, increasing total commitments under the Revolving Facility to $405 million. The extended portion of the Revolving Facility includes an accelerated maturity of November 19, 2018 if on November 19, 2018, the Term B Facility (or permitted refinancings thereof) remains outstanding with a maturity date occurring less than one year after the maturity date of the extended portion of the Revolving Facility.

Under the credit agreement that governs our senior secured credit facilities, the loan parties are subject to certain customary non-financial covenants, including restrictions on incurring certain types of indebtedness, creation of liens on certain assets, making of certain investments, and payment of dividends, as well as a maximum senior secured leverage ratio, which applies if our revolver utilization exceeds certain thresholds. This

 

104

---

Table of Contents

ratio is calculated as senior secured debt (net of cash) to EBITDA, as defined by the credit agreement. This ratio was 5.5 to 1.0 for 2013 and is 5.0 to 1.0 for 2014. The definition of EBITDA is based on a trailing twelve months EBITDA adjusted for certain items including non-recurring expenses and the pro forma impact of cost saving initiatives. This EBITDA is calculated for the purposes of compliance with our debt covenants and differs from the Adjusted EBITDA metric used elsewhere in this prospectus. See Note 11, Debt—Senior Secured Credit Facilities, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are also required to pay down the term loans by an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement that governs the senior secured credit facilities, each fiscal year end after our audited consolidated financial statements are delivered, if we achieve certain leverage ratios. This percentage

requirement may decrease or be eliminated if certain leverage ratios are achieved. We are further required to pay down the term loan with proceeds from certain asset sales or borrowings as defined in the credit agreement that governs the senior secured credit facilities.

We believe that cash flows from operations, cash and cash equivalents on hand and the revolving credit facility provide adequate liquidity for our operational and capital expenditures and other obligations over the next twelve months. From a long-term perspective, we may need to supplement our current liquidity through debt or equity offerings to support future strategic investments or to pay down our unsecured notes due in 2016, if we decide not to refinance this indebtedness. See Note 11, Debt, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Indebtedness and Liquidity—We may require more cash than we generate in our operating activities, and additional funding on reasonable terms or at all may not be available.”

Litigation Settlement Agreement

As a result of our litigation settlement agreement with American Airlines in 2012, we have accrued a settlement liability which consists of several elements, including cash to be paid directly to American Airlines, payment credits to pay for future technology services that we provide, as defined in the settlement agreements, and the estimated fair value of other service agreements entered into concurrently with the settlement agreement. As of December 31, 2013, our remaining settlement liability under the settlement agreement was $137 million, of which the current portion of $39 million is recorded in litigation settlement liability and related deferred revenue and the noncurrent portion of $98 million is recorded in other noncurrent liabilities. In accordance with the settlement agreement, we paid $100 million during the fourth quarter of 2013 and $100 million during the fourth quarter of 2012. We expect to realize cash tax benefits over the next one to four years and payment credits are expected to be used from 2014 through 2017, depending on the level of services we provide to American Airlines. As of December 31, 2012, we recorded the estimated settlement charge of $347 million, or $222 million, net of tax, into our results of operations. See Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Contingent Consideration on PRISM Acquisition

On August 1, 2012, we acquired PRISM for a purchase price of approximately $116 million. Included in the purchase price are future payments totaling $60 million, due 12 and 24 months following the acquisition date. The first installment of $30 million was paid in August 2013. The second installment of $30 million, due in August 2014, is contingent primarily on contractual performance measures which have been met. See Note 3, Acquisitions, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Accumulated Dividends on Preferred Stock

Each share of our Series A Preferred Stock accumulates dividends at an annual rate of 6%. Accumulated but unpaid dividends totaled $134 million and $97 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will exercise our right to redeem all of our Series A Preferred Stock. Following an amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation, the redemption price will be paid

 

105

---

Table of Contents

with a mix of cash and stock, which we will deliver pro rata to the holders thereof concurrently with the closing of this offering. See “Summary—Redemption of Preferred Stock.”

Tax Receivable Agreement

Based on current tax laws and assuming that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefits subject to the TRA, (i) we expect that future payments under the TRA relating to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will aggregate to between $330 million and $380 million over the next six years (assuming no changes to current limitations on our ability to utilize our NOLs under Section 382 of the Code), which we estimate will represent approximately 85% to 95% of the total payments we will be required to make under the TRA and (ii) we do not expect material payments to occur before 2016. Payments under the TRA are not conditioned upon the parties’ continued ownership of the company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Venezuelan Currency Controls

Venezuela has imposed currency controls, including volume restrictions on the conversion of bolivars to U.S. dollars, which impact the ability of certain of our airline customers operating in the country to obtain U.S. dollars to make timely payments to us. Consequently, the collection of accounts receivable due to us can be, and has been, delayed. Due to the nature of this delay, we have recorded specific reserves against all outstanding balances due to us and are deferring the recognition of any future revenues effective January 1, 2014 until cash is collected in accordance with our policies. Accordingly, our accounts receivable are subject to a general collection risk, as there can be no assurance that we will be paid from such customers in a timely manner, if at all. In addition, in January 2014, Venezuela announced a dual-foreign exchange rate system, which has effectively devalued the local currency and subjected airlines to an exchange rate for U.S. dollars available at auctions that has been significantly higher than the official exchange rate. Certain airlines have scaled back operations in response to these currency controls, including a decrease in the number of seats being offered by 38% compared to 2013 and capacity cuts of between 10% to 70% by some airlines over the same period. Civil unrest has also led one airline to suspend flights to Caracas due to operational safety concerns. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we derived 1% of our total revenue from our airline customers operating in Venezuela. As a result of the issues impacting our airline customers in Venezuela, we expect our revenues derived from our Venezuelan operations in 2014 to be reduced as compared to our revenues for 2013.

 

106

---

Table of Contents

Working Capital

 

		As of December 31,												Change
		2013				2012				2011				2013 vs. 2012				2012 vs. 2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	308,236			$	126,695			$	58,351			$	181,541			$	68,344
Restricted cash			2,359				4,440				8,786				(2,081	)			(4,346	)
Accounts receivable, net			434,288				417,240				380,729				17,048				36,511
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			53,378				46,020				38,960				7,358				7,060
Current deferred income taxes			41,431				32,938				31,629				8,493				1,309
Other receivables, net			29,511				42,334				77,783				(12,823	)			(35,449	)
Current assets held for sale			—				—				27,624				—				(27,624	)
Assets of discontinued operations			13,624				87,003				144,386				(73,379	)			(57,385	)
Total current assets			882,827				756,670				768,248				126,157				(11,578	)
Current liabilities
Accounts payable		$	111,386			$	124,893			$	168,307			$	(13,507	)		$	(43,414	)
Travel supplier liabilities and related deferred revenue			213,504				218,023				203,615				(4,519	)			14,408
Accrued compensation and related benefits			117,689				89,439				49,320				28,250				40,119
Accrued incentive consideration			142,767				127,099				114,404				15,668				12,695
Deferred revenues			136,380				137,614				96,936				(1,234	)			40,678
Litigation settlement and related deferred revenue			38,920				117,873				—				(78,953	)			117,873
Other accrued liabilities			267,867				245,633				303,018				22,234				(57,385	)
Current portion of debt			86,117				23,232				30,150				62,885				(6,918	)
Revolving credit facility			—				—				82,000				—				(82,000	)
Current liabilities held for sale			—				—				34,952				—				(34,952	)
Liabilities of discontinued operations			41,788				101,433				97,028				(59,645	)			4,405
Total current liabilities			1,156,418				1,185,239				1,179,733				(28,821	)			5,506
Working Capital Deficit		$	(273,591	)		$	(428,569	)		$	(411,485	)		$	154,978			$	(17,084	)

As of December 31, 2013, we had a deficit in our working capital of $274 million, compared to a deficit of $429 million as of December 31, 2012. The decrease in working capital deficit is largely attributable to a $182 million increase in cash as a result of the Incremental Term Facility and a $79 million decrease in other accrued liabilities due to a decrease in litigation settlement payable in connection with our settlement agreement with American Airlines, offset by a $63 million increase in the current portion of debt due to refinancing of our existing senior secured credit facilities in February 2013.

As of December 31, 2012, we had a deficit in our working capital of $429 million, compared to a deficit of $411 million as of December 31, 2011. The increase in working capital deficit is primarily attributable to the recognition of the current portion of litigation charges related to our settlement with American Airlines, partially offset by an increase in cash from bond issuances in May and September 2012 and by the paydown of our Revolving Facility.

 

107

---

Table of Contents

Based on the business environment in which we operate, we consider it a normal circumstance for us to operate with a negative working capital. A summary by segment is as follows:

 

		As of December 31, 2013
		Accounts Receivable				DSO(1)
		(Amounts in thousands)
Travel Network		$	200,454				40
Airline and Hospitality Solutions			153,286				79
Travelocity			79,751				50
Total segment value			433,491				51
Corporate			797
Total Company		$	434,288

 

(1)	Calculated as accounts receivable divided by average daily revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

		As of December 31, 2013
		Accounts Payable				Travel Supplier Liabilities				Accrued Incentive Consideration				Other Accrued Liabilities				Total Operating Liabilities
		(Amounts in thousands)
Travel Network		$	59,091			$	—			$	142,767			$	77,587			$	279,445
Airline and Hospitality Solutions			4,937				—				—				49,947				54,884
Travelocity(1)			29,973				213,504				—				71,647				315,124
Total segments			94,001				213,504				142,767				199,181				649,453
Corporate			17,385				—				—				68,686				86,071
Total Company		$	111,386			$	213,504			$	142,767			$	267,867			$	735,524

 

(1)	$224 million of the total operating liability for Travelocity relates to our operations in North America which will be significantly reduced in 2014 as a result of the transaction with Expedia.

Travel Network exhibits seasonal fluctuations in transaction volumes and working capital. Transactions are weighted towards the first nine months of the year, resulting in receivables growth outpacing payables and driving negative cash flows related to working capital. Transactions decrease significantly each year in the fourth quarter, primarily in December. We record a receivable at the date of booking and, because customers generally book their November and December holiday leisure-related travel earlier in the year and business-related travel also declines during the holiday season, receivables are typically lower in the fourth quarter. This results in receivables declining faster than payables and positive cash flows related to working capital during the fourth quarter.

We collect a portion of the receivables from airlines through the Airline Clearing House (“ACH”) and other similar clearing houses. ACH requires participants to deposit certain balances into their demand deposit accounts by certain deadlines which facilitates a timely settlement process. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, approximately 50%, 48% and 46%, respectively, of outstanding receivables for Travel Network were due from customers using ACH. Due in part to the proportion of receivables processed through ACH for Travel Network, such receivables are collected on average in 40 days.

Our Airline and Hospitality Solutions has a lower proportion of its receivables due from customers using ACH. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, approximately 20%, 41% and 30%, respectively, of outstanding receivables for Airline and Hospitality Solutions were due from customers who use ACH. Receivables for Airline and Hospitality Solutions are collected on average in 79 days.

 

108

---

Table of Contents

Airline and Hospitality Solution days sales outstanding can also be impacted by large upfront billings to new customers which are generally due at the initiation of a contract and result in deferred revenue. The timing of these billings is dependent on individual contractual terms.

Travelocity’s working capital includes receivables from credit card transactions with customers, which are short in days sales outstanding, and receivables from advertisers on the Travelocity websites which have a longer days sales outstanding. Travelocity’s payables primarily include travel supplier liabilities, where we are the merchant of record for credit card processing for travel accommodations. We record the payable to the travel supplier and associated deferred revenue at the time the related travel is booked and paid by the consumer. This liability is not settled until the travel is consumed. In connection with the Expedia SMA and with the migration of bookings from our technology platform to Expedia’s platform, this travel supplier liability will impact our working capital in the near term as we pay travel suppliers for the consumption of travel that was booked on our existing websites. However, because we will no longer receive cash directly from consumers and will not incur a payable to travel suppliers for new bookings in our balance sheets, we expect this liability to have less of an impact on our working capital. See “—Factors Affecting our Results—Travelocity.”

The table below, which is derived from our consolidated statements of cash flows, shows the changes in our operating assets and liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. For a detailed discussion of these changes, see “—Operating Activities” below.

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Accounts and other receivables		$	(29,150	)		$	(2,691	)		$	(49,220	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			(4,480	)			(3,374	)			8,680
Capitalized implementation costs			(58,814	)			(78,543	)			(59,109	)
Other assets			(64,259	)			(8,704	)			(52,817	)
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities			(31,064	)			13,022				93,735
Pensions and other postretirement benefits			(2,579	)			(20,236	)			(9,306	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities		$	(190,346	)		$	(100,526	)		$	(68,037	)

Capital Expenditures and Development Projects

Our Adjusted Capital Expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Additions to property and equipment		$	226,026			$	193,262			$	164,638
Capitalized implementation costs			58,814				78,543				59,109
Adjusted Capital Expenditures		$	284,840			$	271,805			$	223,747
As a percentage of revenue:
Additions to property and equipment			7.4	%			6.5	%			5.8	%
Capitalized implementation costs			1.9	%			2.6	%			2.1	%
Adjusted Capital Expenditures			9.3	%			9.1	%			7.8	%

Capitalized costs associated with software developed for internal use represent a significant portion of additions to property and equipment, as we have focused our development resources on developing and enhancing our GDS and our SaaS and hosted systems. Software developed for internal use includes costs incurred to develop or obtain applications, infrastructure and graphics development for our GDS, our SaaS and

 

109

---

Table of Contents

hosted systems and our websites. Capitalized implementation costs are upfront costs we incur related to the implementation of new customer contracts under our SaaS and hosted revenue model. In our financial statements, additions to property and equipment are included in Cash flows from investing activities while Capitalized implementation costs are included in Cash flows from operating activities. Development-related costs that were expensed as incurred totaled $284 million, $258 million and $250 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Research and development costs approximated $6 million, $4 million and $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Undistributed Earnings from Foreign Subsidiaries

We consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided thereon. As of December 31, 2013, the amount of indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings was approximately $157 million. As of December 31, 2013, $70.8 million of cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities were held by our foreign subsidiaries. If such cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities are needed for our operations in the United States, we would be required to accrue and pay taxes on up to $44 million of these funds to repatriate all such cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. We have not, nor do we anticipate the need to, repatriate funds to the United States to satisfy domestic liquidity needs arising in the ordinary course of business, including liquidity needs associated with our domestic debt service requirements.

Future Minimum Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2013, future minimum payments required under our senior secured credit facilities, 2016 Notes and 2019 Notes and other indebtedness, the Mortgage Facility (as defined in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”), operating lease agreements with terms in excess of one year for facilities, equipment and software licenses and other significant contractual cash obligations were as follows:

 

		Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations		2014				2015				2016				2017				2018				Thereafter				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Total debt(1)		$	320,662			$	315,929			$	726,845			$	360,459			$	244,391			$	2,855,934			$	4,824,220
Mortgage Facility(2)			5,984				5,984				5,984				80,895				—				—				98,847
Operating lease obligations(3)			31,450				27,217				23,363				15,435				9,668				25,789				132,922
IT outsourcing agreement(4)			165,983				156,492				135,307				99,305				—				—				557,087
Purchase orders(5)			137,456				2,146				1,565				—				—				—				141,167
Letters of credit(6)			65,238				128				1,621				—				—				151				67,138
WNS agreement(7)			23,777				24,910				—				—				—				—				48,687
Other purchase obligations(8)			39,175				—				—				—				—				—				39,175
Unrecognized tax benefits(9)			—				—				—				—				—				—				66,620
Total contractual cash obligations(10)		$	789,725			$	532,806			$	894,685			$	556,094			$	254,059			$	2,881,874			$	5,975,863

 

(1)

Includes all interest and principal related to the 2016 Notes and 2019 Notes. Also includes all interest and principal related to borrowings under the term loan facility, the Term C Facility portion of which will mature in 2018 and the Term B Facility portion of which will mature in 2019 and Incremental Term Facility, a portion of which will mature in 2019. Under certain circumstances, we are required to pay a percentage of the excess cash flow, if any, generated each year to our lenders which obligation is not reflected in the table above. Interest on the term loan is based on the LIBOR rate plus a base margin and includes the effect of interest rate swaps. For purposes of this table, we have used projected LIBOR rates for all future periods. See Note 11, Debt, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay $         million of our outstanding indebtedness under the Term C Facility and to redeem $         million aggregate principal

 

110

---

Table of Contents

amount of our 2019 Notes at a redemption price of 108.5% of the principal amount of the 2019 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest of $         million through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of                     , 2014.

(2)	Includes all interest and principal related to our $85 million Mortgage Facility, which matures on March 1, 2017. See Note 11, Debt, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

We lease approximately two million square feet of office space in 97 locations in 47 countries. Lease payment escalations are based on fixed annual increases, local consumer price index changes or market rental reviews. We have renewal options of various term lengths at 65 locations, and we have no purchase options and no restrictions imposed by our leases concerning dividends or additional debt.

(4)	Represents minimum amounts due to HP under the terms of an outsourcing agreement through which HP manages a significant portion of our information technology systems.

(5)

Purchase obligations represent an estimate of all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business for which we have not received the goods or services as of December 31, 2013. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services.

(6)

Our letters of credit consist of stand-by letters of credit, underwritten by a group of lenders, which we primarily issue for certain regulatory purposes as well as to certain hotel properties to secure our payment for hotel room transactions. The contractual expiration dates of these letters of credit are shown in the table above. There were no claims made against any stand-by letters of credit during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

(7)

Represents expected payments to WNS Global Services, an entity to which we outsource a portion of our Travelocity contact center operations and back-office fulfillment though 2015. The expected payments are based upon current and historical transactions. We anticipate the 2015 volumes will be reduced as a result of our agreement with Expedia.

(8)	Consists primarily of minimum payments due under various marketing agreements, management services monitoring fees and media strategy, planning and placement agreements.

(9)	Unrecognized tax benefits include associated interest and penalties. The timing of related cash payments for substantially all of these liabilities is inherently uncertain because the ultimate amount and timing of such liabilities is affected by factors which are variable and outside our control.

(10)	Excludes pension obligations (see Note 9, Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus), the Redemption and payments to the Existing Stockholders under the TRA.

Cash Investments

We consider cash equivalents to be highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash. Securities with contractual maturities of three months or less, when purchased, are considered cash equivalents. We record changes in a book overdraft position, in which our bank account is not overdrawn but recently issued and outstanding checks result in a negative general ledger balance, as cash flows from financing activities.

We invest in a money market fund which is classified as cash and cash equivalents in our consolidated balance sheets and statements of cash flows.

We held no short-term investments as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

111

---

Table of Contents

Financing Arrangements

Our financing arrangements include our senior secured credit facilities, senior secured notes due 2019, unsecured notes due 2016 and a mortgage facility. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the outstanding balances for our financing arrangements were as stated below.

 

						December 31,
		Rate*		Maturity		2013				2012				2011
						(Amounts in thousands)
Senior secured credit facility:
Term B facility		L+4.00%(1)		February 2019		$	1,747,378			$	—			$	—
Incremental term loan facility		L+3.50%		February 2019			349,125				—				—
Term C facility		L+3.00%		December 2017			360,477				—				—
Revolving facility		L+3.75%		February 2018(1)			—				—				82,000
Initial term loan facility		L+5.75%		September 2014			—				—				800,000
Initial term loan facility		L+2.00%		September 2014			—				238,335				2,071,788
First extended term loan facility		L+5.75%		September 2017			—				1,162,622				—
Second extended term loan facility		L+5.75%		December 2017			—				401,515				—
Incremental term facility		L+6.00%		December 2017			—				370,536				—
Senior unsecured notes due 2016		8.350%		March 2016			389,321				385,099				381,267
Senior secured notes due 2019		8.500%		May 2019			799,823				801,712				—
Mortgage facility		5.800%		March 2017			83,541				84,340				85,000
Total debt						$	3,729,665			$	3,444,159			$	3,420,055
Current portion of debt						$	86,117			$	23,232			$	112,150
Long-term debt							3,643,548				3,420,927				3,307,905
Total debt						$	3,729,665			$	3,444,159			$	3,420,055

 

*	“L” refers to LIBOR.

(1)	Effective February 20, 2014, the applicable margin to the Term B Facility was reduced to L+3.25% and the maturity of $317 million of the Revolving Facility was extended to February 2019. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

Cash Flows

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities		$	157,188			$	312,336			$	356,444
Cash used in investing activities			(246,502	)			(236,034	)			(176,260	)
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities			262,172				(25,120	)			(271,540	)
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations			6,400				12,845				(29,791	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			2,283				4,318				2,976
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		$	181,541			$	68,345			$	(118,171	)

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $157 million and consisted of net loss of $98 million, adjustments for non-cash and other items of $445 million and a decrease in cash from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $190 million. The adjustments for non-cash and other items consist primarily of $308 million of depreciation and amortization, $138 million of impairment charges and $4 million in restructuring charges, partially offset by $65 million of deferred income taxes and $16 million of joint venture

 

112

---

Table of Contents

equity income. The decrease in cash from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $190 million was primarily the result of a $64 million increase in other assets due to increases in deferred customer discounts and deferred upfront incentive consideration, $59 million used for capitalized implementation costs, a $31 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to a $100 million litigation settlement payment that was partially offset by an increase in restructuring related accruals and other accrued liabilities, and a $29 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of collections.

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $312 million and consisted of net loss of $671 million, adjustments for non-cash and other items of $1,083 million and a decrease in cash of $101 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. The adjustments for non-cash and other items consist primarily of $573 million of impairment charges, $345 million of litigation charges, $316 million of depreciation and amortization, and $49 million of losses from discontinued operations, partially offset by $232 million of deferred taxes. The decrease in cash of $101 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of $79 million used for capitalized implementation costs and $20 million used for pension and other postretirement benefits. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $13 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $356 million and consisted of net loss of $103 million, adjustments for non-cash and other items of $527 million and a decrease in cash of $68 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities. The adjustments for non-cash and other items consist primarily of $293 million of depreciation and amortization, $185 million of impairment charges, and $34 million of deferred taxes, partially offset by $27 million of joint venture equity income. The decrease in cash of $68 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of $59 million used for capitalized implementation costs and a $49 million increase in accounts receivable due to higher revenue and the timing of collections, partially offset by an increase of $94 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities which was primarily the due to the timing of vendor payments.

Investing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we used cash of $247 million for investing activities. Significant highlights of our investing activities included:

 

•

we spent $226 million on capital expenditures, including $192 million related to software developed for internal use and $34 million related to purchases of property, plant and equipment;

 

•

we spent $27 million on holdback payments related to the 2012 PRISM acquisition; and

 

•

we received $10 million in proceeds on the sale of TBiz.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we used cash of $236 million for investing activities. Significant highlights of our investing activities included:

 

•

we spent $193 million on capital expenditures, including $153 million related to software developed for internal use and $40 million related to purchases of property, plant and equipment;

 

•

we spent $66 million, net of cash acquired, to acquire PRISM for Airline and Hospitality Solutions; and

 

•

we received $27 million in proceeds on the sale of Sabre Pacific.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we used cash of $176 million for investing activities. Significant highlights of our investing activities included:

 

•

we spent $165 million on capital expenditures, including $118 million related to software developed for internal use and $47 million related to purchases of property, plant and equipment; and

 

113

---

Table of Contents

•

we spent $11 million, net of cash acquired, to acquire SoftHotel for Airline and Hospitality Solutions and Zenon N.D.C., Limited in Cyprus for Travel Network.

Financing Activities

Immediately prior to the completion of this offer, we will enter into the TRA, which provides the right to receive future payments from us to our Existing Stockholders of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal income tax that we realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of a change of control or certain other transactions) as a result of the utilization of our and our subsidiaries’ Pre-IPO Tax Assets. Based on current tax law and our current expectations regarding our taxable income, (i) we expect that future payments under the TRA related to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will aggregate to between $330 million and $380 million over the next six years (assuming no changes in current limitations on our ability to utilize our NOLs under Section 382 of the Code), which we estimate will represent approximately 85% to 95% of the total payments we will be required to make under the TRA and (ii) we do not expect material payments to occur before 2016. Upon the effective date of the TRA, we will recognize a liability of between $310 million and $350 million (after considering the valuation allowance of approximately $72 million recorded against the Pre-IPO Tax Assets) for the payments to be made under the TRA, which will be accounted for as a reduction of additional paid-in capital on our consolidated balance sheet.

Different timing rules will apply to payments under the TRA to be made to Award Holders. Such payments will generally be deemed invested in a notional account rather than made on the scheduled payment dates, and the account will be distributed on the fifth anniversary of the initial public offering, together with an amount equal to the net present value of such Award Holder’s future expected payments, if any, under the TRA. Moreover, payments to holders of stock options that are unvested prior to the completion of this offering will be subject to vesting on the same schedule as such holder’s unvested stock options.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had a $262 million cash inflow for financing activities. Significant highlights of our financing activities included:

 

•

we raised $2,190 million through the issuance of the Term B Facility and Term C Facility loans;

 

•

we raised $350 million through the issuance of the Incremental Term Facility;

 

•

we utilized $2,178 million of the Term B Facility and Term C Facility proceeds to pay down the initial, extended and incremental term loans;

 

•

we incurred $19 million in debt issuance and third-party debt modification costs; and

 

•

we paid down $82 million of the term loan outstanding as part of quarterly mandatory prepayments.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we used $25 million for financing activities. Significant highlights of our financing activities included:

 

•

on a net basis, we repaid $82 million under the Revolving Facility;

 

•

we raised $400 million through the issuance of 8.5% senior secured notes due in 2019 and utilized $272 million of the proceeds to pay down a portion of the extended term loan;

 

•

we paid off $15 million of the term loan outstanding as part of quarterly mandatory prepayments over the first half of 2012;

 

•

we paid down $773 million of our Initial Term Loan maturing 2014 through the issuance of $375 million Incremental Term Loan maturing 2017 and $400 million of 8.5% senior secured notes due 2019;

 

•

we paid $43 million for debt modification costs; and

 

•

we made a $6 million payment on outstanding term loans.

 

114

---

Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we used $272 million for financing activities. We paid down $324 million of principal on our unsecured notes which matured on August 1, 2011, we repaid $30 million under the senior secured notes and on a net basis, and we borrowed $82 million under the Revolving Facility.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no off balance sheet arrangements during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance regarding the reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”) to net income. The standard requires companies to disclose the individual income statement line items in which the accumulated other comprehensive income amounts have been reclassified. Additionally, a tabular reconciliation of amounts recorded to other comprehensive income for the period is required. We have incorporated the new disclosure guidance on the reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive income into the footnotes to our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance on when it is appropriate to reclassify currency translation adjustments (“CTA”) into earnings. This guidance is intended to reduce the diversity in practice in accounting for CTA when an entity ceases to have a controlling interest in a subsidiary group or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity and when there is a loss of a controlling financial interest in a foreign entity or a step acquisition. The standard is effective for annual and interim reporting periods for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013. We do not believe that the adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued guidance enhancing the disclosure requirements about the nature of an entity’s right to offset and related arrangements associated with its financial and derivative instruments. The new guidance requires the disclosure of the gross amounts subject to rights of set-off, amounts offset in accordance with the accounting standards followed, and related net exposure. In January 2013, the FASB issued revised guidance clarifying that the scope of this guidance applies to derivatives, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions that are either offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement, or similar arrangement. Our adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and other financial information. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates, and our reported financial condition and results of operations could vary under different assumptions and conditions. In addition, our reported financial condition and results of operations could vary due to a change in the application of a particular accounting standard.

Our accounting policies that include significant estimates and assumptions include: (i) estimation of the revenue recognition for software development, (ii) collectability of accounts receivable, (iii) amounts for future cancellations of bookings processed through our GDS, (iv) determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination, (v) determination of the fair value of derivatives, (vi) determination of the fair value of our stock and related stock compensation expense, (vii) the evaluation of the recoverability of the carrying value of intangible assets and goodwill, (viii) assumptions utilized in the determination of pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities, (ix) assumptions made in the calculation of restructuring liabilities and

 

115

---

Table of Contents

(x) the evaluation of uncertainties surrounding the calculation of our tax assets and liabilities. We regard an accounting estimate underlying our financial statements as a “critical accounting estimate” if the accounting estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters that are uncertain at the time of estimation and if changes in the estimate are reasonably likely to occur and could have a material effect on the presentation of financial condition, changes in financial condition, or results of operations.

We have included below a discussion of the accounting policies involving material estimates and assumptions that we believe are most critical to the preparation of our financial statements, how we apply such policies and how results differing from our estimates and assumptions would affect the amounts presented in our financial statements. We have discussed the development, selection and disclosure of these accounting policies with our audit committee. Although we believe these policies to be the most critical, other accounting policies also have a significant effect on our financial statements and certain of these policies also require the use of estimates and assumptions. For further information about our significant accounting policies, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

SaaS and Hosted Revenue Model

Our revenue recognition for Airline and Hospitality Solutions includes SaaS and hosted transactions which are sometimes sold as part of agreements which also require us to provide consulting and implementation services. Due to the multiple element arrangement, revenue recognition sometimes involves judgment, including estimates of the selling prices of goods and services, assessments of the likelihood of nonpayment and estimates of total costs and costs to complete a project.

The consulting and implementation services are generally performed in the early stages of the agreements. We evaluate revenue recognition for agreements with customers which generally are represented by individual contracts but could include groups of contracts if the contracts are executed at or near the same time. Typically, our consulting services are separated from the implementation and software hosting services. We account for separable elements on an individual basis with value assigned to each element based on its relative selling price. A comprehensive market analysis is performed on an annual basis to determine the range of selling prices for each product and service. In making these judgments we analyze various factors, including competitive landscapes, value differentiators, continuous monitoring of market prices, customer segmentation and overall market and economic conditions. Based on these results, estimated selling prices are set for each product and service delivered to customers. Changes in judgments related to these items, or deterioration in industry or general economic conditions, could materially impact the timing and amount of revenue and costs recognized. The revenue for consulting services is generally recognized as the services are performed, and the revenue for the implementation and the SaaS and hosted services is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.

Accounts Receivable and Air Booking Cancellation Reserve

We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us (e.g., bankruptcy filings, failure to pay amounts due to us or others), we record a specific reserve for bad debts against amounts due to reduce the net recorded receivable to the amount we reasonably believe will be collected. For all other customers, we record reserves for bad debts based on past write-off history (average percentage of receivables written off historically) and the length of time the receivables are past due.

Transaction revenue for airline travel reservations is recognized by Travel Network at the time of the booking of the reservation, net of estimated future cancellations. Cancellations prior to the day of departure are estimated based on the historical level of cancellations rates, adjusted to take into account any recent factors which could cause a change in those rates. In circumstances where expected cancellation rates or booking behavior changes, our estimates are revised, and in these circumstances, future cancellation rates could vary materially, with a corresponding variation in revenue net of estimated future cancellations. Factors that could

 

116

---

Table of Contents

have a significant effect on our estimates include global security issues, epidemics or pandemics, natural disasters, general economic conditions, the financial condition of travel suppliers, and travel related accidents.

Business Combinations

Authoritative guidance for business combinations requires us to recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates.

Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date including our estimates for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed, pre-acquisition contingencies and contingent consideration, where applicable. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain.

Examples of critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired include, but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from software sales through the SaaS model, support agreements, consulting contracts, other customer contracts, acquired developed technologies and patents; the acquired company’s brand and competitive position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the acquired brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio; and discount rates. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

For a given acquisition, we may identify certain pre-acquisition contingencies as of the acquisition date and may extend our review and evaluation of these pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period in order to obtain sufficient information to assess whether we include these contingencies as a part of the fair value estimates of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and, if so, to determine their estimated amounts. If we cannot reasonably determine the fair value of a pre-acquisition contingency (non-income tax related) by the end of the measurement period, which is generally the case given the nature of such matters, we will recognize an asset or a liability for such pre-acquisition contingency if: (i) it is probable that an asset existed or a liability had been incurred at the acquisition date and (ii) the amount of the asset or liability can be reasonably estimated. Subsequent to the measurement period, changes in our estimates of such contingencies will affect earnings and could have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Depending on the circumstances, the fair value of contingent consideration is determined based on management’s best estimate of fair value given the specific facts and circumstances of the contractual arrangement, considering the likelihood of payment, payment terms and management’s best estimates of future performance results on the acquisition date, if applicable.

In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. We reevaluate these items quarterly based upon facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date with any adjustments to our preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill if identified within the measurement period. Subsequent to the measurement period or our final determination of the tax allowance’s or contingency’s estimated value, whichever comes first, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances will affect our provision for income taxes in our consolidated statement of operations and could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.

 

117

---

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or when impairment indicators exist. We begin our evaluation with a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value before applying the two-step goodwill impairment model described below. If it is determined through the qualitative assessment that a reporting unit’s fair value is more likely than not greater than its carrying value, the remaining impairment steps are unnecessary. Otherwise, we perform a comparison of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill has been assigned to the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of that unit. If the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of a reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value of that reporting unit, the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is reduced to its implied fair value through an adjustment to the goodwill balance, resulting in an impairment charge. Goodwill was assigned to each reporting unit based on that reporting unit’s percentage of enterprise value as of the date of the acquisition of Sabre Corporation (formerly known as Sovereign Holdings, Inc.) by TPG and Silver Lake plus goodwill associated with acquisitions since that time. We have identified six reporting units which include Travelocity—North America, Travelocity—Europe, Travelocity—Asia Pacific, Travel Network, Airline Solutions and Hospitality Solutions. The Travelocity—Asia Pacific reporting unit was sold in 2012.

The fair values used in our evaluation are estimated using a combined approach based upon discounted future cash flow projections and observed market multiples for comparable businesses. The cash flow projections are based upon a number of assumptions, including risk-adjusted discount rates, future booking and transaction volume levels, future price levels, rates of growth in our consumer and corporate direct booking businesses and rates of increase in operating expenses, cost of revenue and taxes. Additionally, in accordance with authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, we made a number of assumptions, including assumptions related to market participants, the principal markets and highest and best use of the reporting units. We have recognized goodwill impairment charges of $136 million, $129 million, and $185 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The goodwill impairment charges were associated with Travelocity which has no remaining goodwill as of December 31, 2013. Goodwill related to our other reporting units was $2,138 million as of December 31, 2013. Changes in the assumptions used in our impairment testing may result in future impairment losses which could have a material impact on our results of operations. A change of 10% in the future cash flow projections, risk-adjusted discount rates, and rates of growth used in our fair value calculations would not result in impairment of the remaining goodwill for any of our reporting units.

Definite-lived intangible assets are assigned depreciable lives of four to thirty years, depending on classification, and are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of definite-lived intangible assets used in combination to generate cash flows largely independent of other assets may not be recoverable. If impairment indicators exist for definite-lived intangible assets, the undiscounted future cash flows associated with the expected service potential of the assets are compared to the carrying value of the assets. If our projection of undiscounted future cash flows is in excess of the carrying value of the intangible assets, no impairment charge is recorded. If our projection of undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the intangible assets, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the intangible assets to fair value. We also evaluate the need for additional impairment disclosures based on our Level 3 inputs. For fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we disclose the valuation processes used by the reporting entity.

The most significant assumptions used in the discounted cash flows calculation to determine the fair value of our reporting units in connection with impairment testing include: (i) the discount rate, (ii) the expected long-term growth rate and (iii) annual cash flow projections. See Note 13, Fair Value Measurements, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. 

 

118

---

Table of Contents

Equity-Based Compensation

We account for our stock awards and options by recognizing compensation expense, measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the award vesting period.

Stock Options

We measure the value of stock-option awards at the grant date fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If these assumptions change and different factors are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These estimates will not be necessary to determine the fair value of new awards once the underlying shares begin trading publicly. These assumptions are as follows:

 

•

Fair value of our common stock. As our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuation” below.

 

•

Expected term. The expected term was estimated using the simplified method. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time to vesting and the contractual life of the option.

 

•

Volatility. As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average of the median historic price volatility and the median implied volatility of traded stock options for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

 

•

Risk-free rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities appropriate for the term of employee options.

 

•

Dividend yield. We do not currently pay cash dividends. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation expense may differ materially in the future from that recorded in the current period. The fair value of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

Implied volatility			30.75	%
Expected life (in years)			6.11
Risk free interest rate			1.53	%
Dividend yield			0.00	%

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock is measured based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of the grant. Shares of Sabre Corporation common stock are delivered on the vesting dates with the applicable statutory tax withholding requirements to be satisfied per the terms of the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Grant Agreement.

 

119

---

Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuation

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined by the audit committee of our board of directors, with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that the audit committee of our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. As described below, the exercise price of our share-based awards was determined by the audit committee of our board of directors based on input from management and the most recent contemporaneous third-party valuation as of the grant date.

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide: Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, the audit committee of our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

 

•

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by an unrelated third-party valuation specialist;

 

•

our historical and projected operating and financial results, including capital expenditures;

 

•

current business conditions and performance, including dispositions and discontinued operations;

 

•

the market performance and financial results of comparable publicly-traded companies;

 

•

amounts of indebtedness;

 

•

the rights, preferences and privileges of our outstanding preferred stock and accumulated dividends;

 

•

industry or company-specific considerations;

 

•

likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of the company;

 

•

lack of marketability of our common stock; and

 

•

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

The nature of the material assumptions and estimates considered, to determine the fair market value of our common stock are highly complex and subjective.

In valuing our common stock through December 31, 2013, the audit committee of our board of directors determined the business enterprise value (“BEV”) of our business generally using the income approach and the market approach using the market comparable method.

The income approach estimates fair value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate such as cash earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and the proceeds from disposition of assets. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate which reflects the risks inherent in our cash flows. This approach requires significant judgment in estimating projected growth rates and cost trends and in determining a discount rate adjusted for the risks associated with our business.

The market comparable method estimates fair value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in similar lines of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined which is applied to the subject company’s operating results to estimate the value of the subject company. In our valuations, the multiple of the comparable companies was determined using a ratio of the market value of invested capital to projected revenue and/or earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization for the current and following year. Our peer group of companies included a number of market leaders in transaction processing, travel distribution, SaaS and software and internet related businesses similar to, or adjacent to our own business. The market comparable method requires judgment in

 

120

---

Table of Contents

selecting the public companies that are most similar to our business and in the application of the relevant market multiples to our financial performance metrics. We have from time to time updated the set of comparable companies utilized as new or more relevant information became available, including changes in the market and our business models and input from third party market experts.

Once we determine our BEV under each approach, we apply a weighting to the income approach and the market approach primarily based on the relevance of the peer companies chosen for the market approach analysis as well as other relevant factors. We then reduce the BEV by our total net debt and total redeemable preferred stock value to arrive at the estimated fair value of our common stock. Based on this information, the audit committee of our board of directors makes the final determination of the estimated fair value of our equity and common stock.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

We sponsor the Sabre Inc. Legacy Pension Plan (“LPP”), which is a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan for employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. The LPP was amended to freeze pension benefit accruals as of December 31, 2005, so that no additional pension benefits are accrued after that date. We also sponsor a defined benefit pension plan for certain employees in Canada.

Pension and other postretirement benefits for defined benefit plans are actuarially determined and affected by assumptions which include, among other factors, the discount rate and the estimated future return on plan assets. In conjunction with outside actuaries, we evaluate the assumptions on a periodic basis and make adjustments as necessary.

The discount rate used in the measurement of our benefit obligations as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

		Pension Benefits December 31,								Other Benefits December 31,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
Weighted-average discount rate			5.10	%			4.19	%			0.55	%			2.07	%

The LPP plan is valued annually as of the beginning of each fiscal year. The principal assumptions used in the measurement of our net benefit costs for the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

		Pension Benefits												Other Benefits
		2013				2012				2011				2013				2012				2011
Discount rate			4.19	%			5.32	%			5.88	%			1.16	%			2.32	%			2.69	%
Expected return on plan assets			7.75	%			7.75	%			7.75	%			—				—				—

Our discount rate is determined based upon the review of year-end high quality corporate bond rates. Lowering the discount rate by 50 bps as of December 31, 2013 would increase our pension and postretirement benefits obligations by approximately $21 million and a nominal amount, respectively, and decrease 2014 pension expense and estimated postretirement benefits expense by nominal amounts.

The expected return on plan assets is based upon an evaluation of our historical trends and experience taking into account current and expected market conditions and our target asset allocation of 25% U.S. equities, 25% non-U.S. equities, 43% long duration fixed income, 5% real estate and 2% cash equivalents. The expected return on plan assets component of our net periodic benefit cost is calculated based on the fair value of plan assets and our target asset allocation. We monitor our actual asset allocation and believe that our long-term asset allocation will continue to approximate the target allocation. Lowering the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets by 50 bps as of December 31, 2013 would increase 2014 pension expense by approximately $2 million.

 

121

---

Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments

We use derivative instruments as part of our overall strategy to manage our exposure to market risks primarily associated with fluctuations in foreign currency and interest rates. As a matter of policy, we do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. We determine the fair value of our derivative instruments using pricing models that use inputs from actively quoted markets for similar instruments and other inputs which require judgment. These amounts include fair value adjustments related to our own credit risk and counterparty credit risk. Subsequent to initial recognition, we adjust the initial fair value position of the derivative instruments for the creditworthiness of the banking counterparty (if the derivative is an asset) or for our own creditworthiness (if the derivative is a liability). This adjustment is calculated based on the default probability of the banking counterparty and on our default probability, as applicable, and is obtained from active credit default swap markets and is then applied to the projected cash flows.

Restructuring Activities

Restructuring charges are typically comprised of employee severance costs, costs of consolidating duplicate facilities and contract termination costs. Restructuring charges are based upon plans that have been committed to by our management, but may be refined in subsequent periods. A liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity is recognized and measured at its fair value in our consolidated statement of operations in the period in which the liability is incurred. When estimating the fair value of facility restructuring activities, assumptions are applied regarding estimated sub-lease payments to be received, which can differ materially from actual results. This may require us to revise our initial estimates which may materially affect our results of operations and financial position in the period the revision is made.

Income and Non-Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. We regularly review deferred tax assets by jurisdiction to assess their potential realization and establish a valuation allowance for portions of such assets that we believe will not be ultimately realized. In performing this review, we make estimates and assumptions regarding projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the implementation of tax planning strategies. A change in these assumptions could cause an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance resulting in an increase or decrease in the effective tax rate, which could materially impact our results of operations. At year end, we had a valuation allowance on certain loss carryforwards based on our assessment that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We believe that our estimates for the valuation allowances against deferred tax assets are appropriate based on current facts and circumstances.

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $632 million of NOLs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, approximately $17 million of which are subject to an annual limitation on their ability to be utilized under Section 382 of the Code. These NOLs are Pre-IPO Tax Assets under the TRA, which provides for the payment by us to our Existing Stockholders of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal income tax that we and our subsidiaries are deemed to realize as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain U.S. and non-U.S. deferred tax assets will not be realized. As a result, we established a valuation allowance of approximately $86 million against our U.S. deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013, which includes our U.S. federal income tax NOL. In addition, we have an allowance on the U.S. deferred tax assets of TVL Common, Inc. that was merged into our capital structure on December 31, 2012 of $5 million and on the non-U.S. deferred tax assets of our lastminute.com subsidiaries of $163 million and $177 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We reassess these assumptions regularly, which could cause an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance resulting in an increase or decrease in the effective tax rate, and could materially impact our results of operations.

 

122

---

Table of Contents

We operate in numerous countries where our income tax returns are subject to audit and adjustment by local tax authorities. Because we operate globally, the nature of the uncertain tax positions is often very complex and subject to change, and the amounts at issue can be substantial. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We re-evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had a liability, including interest and penalty, of $67 million and $58 million, respectively, for unrecognized tax benefits, which would affect our effective tax rate if recognized. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.

With respect to value-added taxes, we have established reserves regarding the collection of refunds which are subject to audit and collection risks in various regions of Europe. Our reserves are based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Changes in any of these factors could significantly impact our reserves and materially impact our results of operations. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we carried reserves of approximately $4 million and $37 million, respectively, associated with these risks.

Occupancy Taxes

Over the past nine years, various state and local governments in the United States have filed approximately 70 lawsuits against us pertaining primarily to whether Travelocity (and other OTAs) owes sales or occupancy taxes on some or all of the revenues it earns from facilitating hotel reservations using the merchant revenue model. In addition to the lawsuits, there are a number of administrative proceedings pending against us which could result in an assessment of sales or occupancy taxes on fees. See “Business—Legal Proceedings—Litigation and Administrative Audit Proceedings Relating to Hotel Occupancy Taxes.”

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the potential loss from adverse changes in: (i) prevailing interest rates, (ii) foreign exchange rates, (iii) credit risk and (iv) inflation. Our exposure to market risk relates to interest payments due on our long-term debt, revolving credit facility, derivative instruments, income on cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable and travel supplier liabilities and related deferred revenue. We manage our exposure to these risks through established policies and procedures. We do not engage in trading, market making or other speculative activities in the derivatives markets. Our objective is to mitigate potential income statement, cash flow and fair value exposures resulting from possible future adverse fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2013, our exposure to interest rates relates primarily to our interest rate swaps, our senior secured debt and our borrowings on the revolving credit agreement. Offsetting some of this exposure is interest income received from our money market funds. The objectives of our investment in money market funds are (i) preservation of principal, (ii) liquidity and (iii) yield. If future short-term interest rates averaged 10% lower than they were during the year ended December 31, 2013, our interest income from money market funds would have decreased by a negligible amount. This amount was determined by applying the hypothetical interest rate change to our average money market funds invested.

 

123

---

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the outstanding carrying values of our financing obligations were as stated below.

 

						December 31,
		Rate*		Maturity		2013				2012				2011
						(Amounts in thousands)
Senior secured credit facility:
Term B facility		L+4.00%(1)		February 2019		$	1,747,378			$	—			$	—
Incremental term facility		L+3.50%		February 2019			349,125				—				—
Term C facility		L+3.00%		December 2017			360,477				—				—
Revolving facility		L+3.75%		February 2018(1)			—				—				82,000
Initial term loan facility		L+5.75%		September 2014			—				—				800,000
Initial term loan facility		L+2.00%		September 2014			—				238,335				2,071,788
First extended term loan facility		L+5.75%		September 2017			—				1,162,622				—
Second extended term loan facility		L+5.75%		December 2017			—				401,515				—
Incremental term facility		L+6.00%		December 2017			—				370,536				—
Senior unsecured notes due 2016		8.350%		March 2016			389,321				385,099				381,267
Senior secured notes due 2019		8.500%		May 2019			799,823				801,712				—
Mortgage facility		5.800%		March 2017			83,541				84,340				85,000
Total debt						$	3,729,665			$	3,444,159			$	3,420,055
Current portion of debt							86,117				23,232				112,150
Long-term debt							3,643,548				3,420,927				3,307,905
Total debt						$	3,729,665			$	3,444,159			$	3,420,055

 

*	“L” refers to LIBOR.

(1)	Effective February 20, 2014, the applicable margin to the Term B Facility was reduced to L+3.25% and the maturity of $317 million of the Revolving Facility was extended to February 2019. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

We have entered into interest rate swaps that effectively convert $750 million of floating interest rate senior secured debt into a fixed rate obligation. The terms of the outstanding and matured interest rate swaps relevant to the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

National amount

Interest Rate Received

Interest Rate Paid

Effective Date

Maturity Date

Outstanding:

$

400 million

1 month LIBOR

2.03

%

July 29, 2011

September 30, 2014

$

350 million

1 month LIBOR

2.51

%

April 30, 2012

September 30, 2014

$

750 million

Matured:

$

800 million

3 month LIBOR

5.04

%

April 30, 2007

April 30, 2012

$

350 million

3 month LIBOR

4.99

%

April 30, 2007

April 30, 2011

$

125 million

3 month LIBOR

5.04

%

April 30, 2007

April 28, 2011

$

125 million

3 month LIBOR

5.03

%

April 30, 2007

April 28, 2011

$

1,400 million

 

124

---

Table of Contents

Since outstanding balances under our senior secured credit facilities incur interest at rates based on LIBOR, subject to a 1.00% floor, increases in short-term interest rates would not impact our interest expense until LIBOR exceeded 1.00%. If our mix of interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities changes significantly, we may enter into additional derivative transactions to manage our net interest rate exposure.

Foreign Currency Risk

We have operations outside of the United States, primarily in Canada, South America, Europe, Australia and Asia. We are exposed to foreign currency fluctuations whenever we enter into purchase or sale transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the operations. The principal foreign currencies involved include the Euro, the British Pound Sterling, the Polish Zloty, the Canadian Dollar, the Indian Rupee, and the Australian Dollar. Our most significant foreign currency denominated operating expenses is in the Euro, which comprised approximately 9%, 7% and 9% of our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In recent years, exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar have fluctuated significantly and may continue to do so in the future. During times of volatile currency movements, this risk can materially impact our earnings. To reduce the impact of this earnings volatility, we hedged approximately 43% of our foreign currency exposure by entering into foreign currency forward contracts on several of our largest foreign currency exposures. The notional amounts of these forward contracts totaled $123 million, $126 million and $94 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The forward contracts represent obligations to purchase foreign currencies at a predetermined exchange rate to fund a portion of our expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies. The fair value of these forward contracts recognized as an asset in our consolidated balance sheets was $5 million and $3 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

We are also exposed to foreign currency fluctuations through the translation of the financial condition and results of operations of our foreign operations into U.S. dollars in consolidation. Such gains and losses are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is included in stockholders’ equity (deficit). Translation gains (losses) recognized as other comprehensive income (loss) were $13 million, $(2) million and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Credit Risk

Our customers are primarily located in the United States, Canada, Europe, Latin America and Asia, and are concentrated in the travel industry.

We generate a significant portion of our revenues and corresponding accounts receivable from services provided to the commercial air travel industry. As of December 31, 2013, and 2012, approximately $178 million or 58% and $189 million or 58%, respectively, of our trade accounts receivable were attributable to commercial air travel industry customers. Our other accounts receivable are generally due from other participants in the travel and transportation industry. We generally do not require security or collateral from our customers as a condition of sale. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our travel supplier customers may experience financial instability or consolidation, pursue cost reductions, change their distribution model or undergo other changes.”

We regularly monitor the financial condition of the air transportation industry and have noted the financial difficulties faced by several air carriers. We believe the credit risk related to the air carriers’ difficulties is mitigated somewhat by the fact that we collect a significant portion of the receivables from these carriers through the ACH and other similar clearing houses.

As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, approximately 57%, 58%, and 55%, respectively, of our air customers make payments through the ACH which accounts for approximately 94%, 95% and 95%, respectively, of our air billings. ACH requires participants to deposit certain balances into their demand deposit accounts by

 

125

---

Table of Contents

certain deadlines, which facilitates a timely settlement process. For these carriers, we believe the use of ACH mitigates our credit risk with respect to airline bankruptcies. For those carriers from whom we do not collect payments through the ACH or other similar clearing houses, our credit risk is higher. However, we monitor these carriers and account for the related credit risk through our normal reserve policies.

Inflation

Competitive market conditions and the general economic environment have minimized inflation’s impact on our results of operations in recent periods. There can be no assurance, however, that our operating results will not be affected by inflation in the future.

 

126

---

Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

Travel Industry Overview

The travel and tourism industry is one of the world’s largest industry segments, contributing $6.6 trillion to global GDP in 2012, according to the WTTC. The industry encompasses travel suppliers, including airlines, hotels, car rental brands, rail carriers, cruise lines and tour operators around the world, as well as travel buyers, including online and offline travel agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments.

The travel and tourism industry has been a growing area of the broader economy. For example, based on 40 years of IATA Traffic data, air traffic has historically grown at an average rate of approximately 1.5x the rate of global GDP growth. According to Euromonitor Database, travel volumes have benefited and are expected to continue to benefit from GDP growth and corresponding rising income levels, particularly in growth markets such as APAC, Latin America and MEA. According to IATA Traffic, global airline passenger volume has grown at a 6% CAGR from 2009 to 2012. Looking forward, air travel and hotel spending is expected to grow at a 4% CAGR from 2013 to 2017, as growing consumer confidence and increasing connectivity continue to expand the opportunities for travel and tourism, according to Euromonitor Database. Air traffic in developing markets such as APAC, Latin America and the Middle East is expected to grow at even faster rates—6%, 6%, and 7%, respectively, from 2012 to 2032, according to Airbus. This emerging market growth is relevant for all our businesses but especially our Travel Network business, which had leading GDS-processed air bookings shares in both APAC and Latin America in 2013. Certain segments of the travel market are also growing faster than average. For example, LCC/hybrids, which represented approximately 45% of our 2012 PBs served by our Airline Solutions reservations products, have continued to grow. According to Airbus, LCCs’ share of global air travel volume is expected to increase from 17% of revenue passenger kilometers in 2012 to 21% of revenue passenger kilometers by 2032. Finally, according to Euromonitor Report, business-related travel by U.S. residents, which is primarily served through GDS channels, has increased since the global economic downturn, reaching 228 million trips in 2012. According to IATA’s Airline Industry Forecast 2013-2017, overall air travel is expected to sustain a growth rate approaching the historical 5% to 6% growth trend at least through 2017, and Boeing’s Current Market Outlook projects a 5% CAGR in global passenger traffic growth from 2013 to 2032, measured in revenue passenger kilometers.

Travel Industry Technology

The travel industry is highly fragmented and complex, with approximately 800 airlines serving 3 billion passengers (T2RL), 470,000 hotel properties (Euromonitor Database), over 35,000 car rental outlets (PhoCusWright December 2013 (“PhoCusWright”)), and numerous rail, cruise, tour and other operators around the world. Each of these types of travel suppliers requires technology to solve their complex and key marketing, sales, service and operational needs. In addition, there are tens of thousands of commercial buyers of travel including online and offline travel agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments that serve both business and leisure travelers. These travel buyers rely on highly sophisticated shopping technology to filter the universe of travel options to identify desired itineraries that fit travelers’ personal preferences and comply with corporate policies. For example, there are billions of itinerary and fare options from New York to London on any given day, but only a small subset of those with available seats, on the preferred airline, with the optimal routing and at the desired time. The GDS search technology narrows the options down to the lowest fares that meet the traveler’s criteria so the informed agency can help the traveler make the best choice quickly. For these flights, air carriers need to set prices, manage inventory and distribute their seats as well as plan, staff and operate their routes and aircraft, all while carefully analyzing their financial and operational results. Hotels face similar challenges, as millions of customers check in and check out of their properties daily. There is a significant amount of technology required to enable this ecosystem.

To operate successfully, travel suppliers as well as travel buyers must solve this broad range of challenges from planning to distribution to operations. Historically, technology solutions were built in-house by travel suppliers and travel buyers. Over time, third-party providers emerged to offer more cost-effective and advanced solutions, and the market has increasingly shifted to an outsourced model. We believe that significant outsourcing will continue as legacy in-house systems continue to migrate and upgrade to third-party systems.

 

127

---

Table of Contents

A broad set of technology solutions has evolved to manage this complex, high-frequency and highly-orchestrated travel lifecycle. In addition, these travel technology solutions must keep pace with constantly evolving customer needs. Travel suppliers and travel buyers leverage technology solutions to optimize how travel products are marketed and sold, how end-customers are served, and how operations are managed. As illustrated by the following graphic, the technology required to enable the travel ecosystem includes comprehensive, global travel marketplaces like our Travel Network business, which processed more than 1.1 trillion system messages in 2013, with nearly 100,000 per second at peak times, as well as advanced reservation, planning, marketing and operations systems provided by solutions providers like our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, which manages everything from hotel room inventory to crew scheduling on flights. Given the nature of these solutions, they generally represent integral elements of a travel supplier’s and travel buyer’s day-to-day business. This reliance on technology drove spending by the air transportation and hospitality industries to $60 billion in 2013 with expenditures expected to exceed $70 billion in 2017, according to Gartner.

 

We believe that technology providers with deep domain expertise have become critical for the industry. As the demands of the industry continue to rapidly evolve, they will be presented with significant additional opportunities. For example, the combination of rapid developments in consumer electronics and the proliferation of customers carrying one or more digital devices is driving innovation ranging from mobile shopping to remote check-in and trip management. Similarly, intense competition has driven suppliers to explore new ways of merchandising their products, including the sale of ancillary products like preferred seating and checked baggage. This requires technology companies to create solutions to facilitate that product lifecycle from selling ancillary products and distribution management to inventory control. Technology providers are also helping travel suppliers and travel buyers to derive increasing value from advanced data analytics and business intelligence solutions, driving better operations, enhanced customer experiences and the personalization of travel products. In addition, the travel industry is focusing on streamlining operations, developing creative solutions such as the fully electronic, mobile flight bag for pilots, which eliminates the need for expensive and cumbersome printed flight manuals and documentation. Some recent trends in the travel industry which we expect to further technology innovation and spending include:

Outsourcing: Historically, technology solutions were built in-house by travel suppliers and travel buyers. As complexity and the pace of innovation have increased, third-party providers have emerged to

 

128

---

Table of Contents

offer more cost-effective and advanced solutions. Additionally, the travel technology industry has shifted to a more flexible and scalable technology delivery model including SaaS and hosted implementations that allow for shared development, reduced deployment costs, increased scalability and a “pay-as-you-go” cost model.

Airline Ancillary Revenue: The sale of ancillary products is now a major source of revenue for many airlines worldwide, and has grown to comprise as much as 20% of total revenues for some carriers and more than $36 billion in the aggregate across the travel industry in 2012, according to IdeaWorks. Enabling the sale of ancillary products is technologically complex and requires coordinated changes to multiple interdependent systems including reservations platforms, inventory systems, point of sale locations, revenue accounting, merchandising, shopping, analytics and other systems. Technology providers such as Sabre have already significantly enhanced their systems to provide these capabilities and we expect these providers to take further advantage of this significant opportunity going forward.

Mobile: Mobile platforms have created new ways for customers to research, book and experience travel, and are expected to account for over 30% of online travel sales by 2017, according to Euromonitor. Accordingly, travel suppliers, including airlines and hospitality providers, are upgrading their systems to allow for delivery of services via mobile platforms from booking to check-in to travel management. The recent SITA Survey found that 97% of airlines are investing in mobile channels with the intention of increasing mobile access across the entire travel experience. This mobile trend also extends to the use of tablets and wireless connectivity by the airline workforce, such as automating cabin crew services and providing flight crews with electronic flight bags. Travel technology companies like Sabre are enabling and benefitting from this trend as travel suppliers upgrade their systems and travel buyers look for new sources of client connectivity.

Personalization: Concurrently with the rise of ancillary products and mobile devices as a customer service tool, travel suppliers have an opportunity to provide increased personalization across the customer travel experience, from seat selection and on-board entertainment to loyalty program management and mobile concierge services. Data-driven business intelligence products can help travel companies use available customer data to identify the types of products, add-ons and upgrades customers are more likely to purchase and market these products effectively to various customer segments according to their needs and preferences. In addition to providing the technology platform to facilitate these services, we believe technology providers like Sabre can leverage their data-rich platforms and travel technology domain expertise to offer analytics and business intelligence to support travel suppliers in delivering more personalized service offerings.

Increasing Use of Data and Analytics: The use of data has always been an asset in the travel industry. Airlines were pioneers in the use of data to optimize seat pricing, crew scheduling and flight routing. Similarly, hotels employed data to manage room inventory and optimize pricing. The travel industry was also one of the first to capitalize on the value of customer data by developing products such as customer loyalty programs. Historically, this data has largely been transaction-based, such as booking reservations, recording account balances, and tracking points in loyalty programs. Today, analytics-driven business intelligence products are evolving to further and better utilize available data to help travel companies make decisions, serve customers, optimize their operations and analyze their competitive landscape. Technology providers like Sabre have developed and continue to develop large-scale, data-rich platforms that include these business intelligence and data analytics tools that can identify new business opportunities and global, integrated and high-value solutions for travel suppliers.

With the increasing complexity created by the large, fragmented and global nature of the travel industry, we believe reliance on technology will only increase. Technology spending by the air transportation and hospitality industries totaled $60 billion in 2013, with expenditures expected to exceed $70 billion in 2017, according to Gartner Enterprise.

We offer a broad portfolio of sophisticated and comprehensive technology solutions and services on scalable platforms to travel suppliers, travel buyers and other industry participants that range from planning to

 

129

---

Table of Contents

distribution to operations. We organize our business in three segments: (i) Travel Network, our global B2B travel marketplace for travel suppliers and travel buyers, (ii) Airline and Hospitality Solutions, an extensive suite of leading software solutions primarily for airlines and hotel properties, and (iii) Travelocity, our portfolio of online consumer travel e-commerce businesses through which we provide travel content and booking functionality primarily for leisure travelers. Collectively, our integrated business enables the entire travel lifecycle, from route planning to post-trip business intelligence and analysis.

Global Distribution System and Travel Marketplace

Sabre developed the first airline CRS. As the industry and technology evolved and Sabre’s and other CRS providers’ systems expanded globally to accommodate a large variety of travel suppliers and attract a broad set of travel buyers, these systems became known as GDSs, or global distribution systems. In recent years, certain GDS providers, including Sabre, have significantly broadened their product offering and value proposition to include a range of integrated technologies and solutions for travel suppliers and travel buyers. Combinations of the GDSs and these solutions offerings have increasingly become known as global travel marketplaces.

GDS providers facilitate the operation of the travel industry in several ways. First, these travel marketplaces have an extensive network of travel buyers, including online and offline travel agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments, as well as travel suppliers, including airlines, hotels, car rental brands, rail carriers, cruise lines and tour operators. GDSs efficiently bring together travel content such as inventory, prices and availability from travel suppliers and allow travel buyers to purchase that content through a transparent, searchable and consistently presented marketplace platform. A fundamental value proposition to the travel buyer is access to comprehensive and competitive travel content, including core content such as inventory and pricing equivalent to that directly available through a travel supplier’s own website or sales office. For travel suppliers, these marketplaces provide efficient and cost-effective distribution of the travel supplier’s services to a diverse customer base and also provide many OTAs with access to the travel content displayed on their websites. Based on our internal estimates and Marketing Information Data Tapes data, there were over one billion GDS-processed air bookings in 2013, representing more than $250 billion in global travel sales.

In addition, some GDS providers augment their distribution offering with advanced merchandising and other capabilities. For example, workflow management solutions, like Sabre Red Workspace; automation tools that assist travel agencies in serving their customers before, during and after the trip; and web-based products are integral components of travel agents’ technology systems that help them market their services effectively and operate more efficiently. The graphic below illustrates the potential value of the GDS and related solutions to both travel suppliers and travel buyers:

 

 

130

---

Table of Contents

Buyers can purchase travel inventory (e.g., booking reservations for air or hotel) in two primary ways. They can purchase directly from the travel supplier, which we refer to as “direct distribution,” or they can purchase through a travel agency or other intermediary that typically uses a GDS. We refer to this as “indirect distribution.”

With travel suppliers’ adoption of certain technology solutions over the last decade, including those offered by our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, air travel suppliers have increased the proportion of direct bookings relative to indirect bookings. However, we believe that the rate at which bookings are shifting from indirect to direct distribution channels has slowed for a number of reasons, and that the rate of shift in the United States stabilized at very low levels in 2012 and 2013, although we cannot predict whether this low rate of shift will continue. Reasons for this include the increased participation of LCC/hybrids in indirect distribution channels as well as other airlines increasing their participation in GDSs in recent years. We believe this is due to the effectiveness and efficiency of the GDS as a global travel marketplace for travel suppliers to market and sell their travel content, particularly for TMCs, corporate travel departments and OTAs. In addition, travel suppliers using the GDS incur a booking fee which is, on average, only approximately 2% of the value of the booking. Therefore, the revenue generated through the GDS leads to a return on investment that is attractive compared to the incremental cost, in part because many of the tickets sold on the GDS platform are more expensive long-haul and business travel tickets (particularly those originating outside the home country of the airline) as well as tickets with additional booking complexity (e.g., multiple airline itineraries). These platforms also offer a particularly cost-effective means of accessing markets where a travel supplier’s brand is less recognized by using local travel agencies to reach end consumers.

As evidence of the value of the GDS platform, we estimate that Representative Airlines have an approximately 90% participation rate in a GDS (weighted by PB volume), as of December 31, 2013. We define “Representative Airlines” as all IATA member airlines as of December 2013, as well as Air Asia, Allegiant, Lion Air, Ryanair, Tiger Airways and Wizz Air, which, based on T2RL, collectively carried approximately three-quarters of PBs globally in 2012. Over the last several years, notable carriers that previously only distributed directly, including JetBlue and Norwegian, have adopted our GDS. Other carriers such as EVA Airways and Virgin Australia have further increased their participation in a GDS. On the hotel side, a recent TravelClick study shows that travel agents’ use of GDSs for hotel booking is growing faster than their use of any other distribution channel for hotel bookings.

There are other technology initiatives that could impact the use of GDSs. For example, over the past ten years, several travel suppliers have proposed direct distribution initiatives. We believe that the direct distribution initiatives offered to date lack key functionality provided by the GDS, and would require each travel agency to implement a direct connection to each airline or other travel supplier, requiring significant and redundant IT expenditures. To date, we believe that direct distribution initiatives have not and will not have significant adoption by travel agents since their cost and lack of features currently make them less competitive than GDS offerings. In 2012, IATA proposed NDC, a new distribution capability, for adoption by airlines and travel distribution companies. As originally proposed, NDC is a combination of technical standards and business model, similar to some direct distribution initiatives, and we believe it suffers from many of the same problems noted above. We are not aware of any GDS industry participant or major travel agency that has committed the necessary investment for NDC. That said, we are committed to working with IATA to develop uniform technical standards that would incorporate NDC capabilities in a manner that integrates with the GDS for the benefit of travel buyers and travel suppliers.

Travel buyers, such as online and offline travel agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments continue to utilize GDS platforms to provide travel content to their customers. Such customers continue to demand the broadest possible offerings at the best available prices in a single comparable format that we believe can most effectively be offered by GDSs at present. Additionally, travel buyers demand functionalities that provide near real-time results and allow flexible search parameters. Such enhanced functionalities have not typically been available via direct distribution channels, which have historically had less sophisticated search engines and have been limited to a single travel supplier’s inventory. In addition, we believe that travel agencies value other attributes of the GDS, including incentive consideration that supplements their income, tools that facilitate

 

131

---

Table of Contents

booking data integration within their mid-and back-office systems, and consistent user interfaces across all travel content shopped and sold. In particular, we believe that the wide variety of functionalities provided by GDSs is attractive to corporate travel departments due to their complex travel requirements and corporate travel contracts. For these reasons, we expect that travel buyers will continue to use GDSs to provide travel content in order to meet the needs of their customers and remain competitive.

Business Model

The distribution platform component of a GDS plays the role of a transaction processor for the travel industry, while the value-added integrated solutions make the GDS a true B2B travel marketplace. Generally, GDSs collect a transaction fee from the travel suppliers for each reservation they process, with no charge to travel suppliers for listing or shopping of their content. These travel marketplaces often implement a revenue sharing arrangement with travel agencies to incentivize them to consolidate demand and use the system efficiently. In such arrangements, GDS providers pay travel agencies a booking incentive for each booking that generates revenue for the GDS provider, sometimes after certain minimum booking levels are met. The following diagram presents an overview of the key financial flows for this two-sided transaction-based business model:

 

Because GDS revenue is directly dependent upon travel-related transaction activity, GDS revenue growth has historically correlated with growth in the overall travel market. Based on 40 years of IATA Traffic data, air traffic has historically grown at an average rate of approximately 1.5x the rate of global GDP growth. According to Marketing Information Data Tapes data and our internal estimates, GDS-processed bookings, for example, have already surpassed pre-recession levels, growing 3% per year from 2009 through 2013, and is expected to grow over the next four years. In addition to general economic conditions, certain factors, such as the increasing propensity of LCC/hybrids to expand their distribution through these global travel marketplaces in order to attract new customers beyond their home markets, may aid growth, while the U.S. government budget sequestration and shutdown may negatively impact this growth. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry—Our business could be harmed by adverse global and regional economic and political conditions” and “—Our revenue is highly dependent on transaction volumes in the global travel industry, particularly air travel transaction volumes.”

Competitive Environment

Travel marketplace participants include:

 

•

GDSs such as Sabre, Amadeus and Travelport;

 

132

---

Table of Contents

•

local distribution systems and travel marketplace providers that are primarily owned by airlines or government entities and operate primarily in their home countries, including Abacus in APAC (100% of Abacus transactions processed by Sabre), TravelSky in China and Sirena in Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States;

 

•

travel suppliers that use direct distribution to sell their services directly to travelers;

 

•

corporate travel booking tools, including GetThere, Concur Technologies, Deem, KDS, eTravel LLC and Egencia; and

 

•

other market participants in the travel space, including Kayak, TripAdvisor, Yahoo! and Google, which have launched consumer travel search tools that direct shoppers to travel suppliers’ direct distribution channels and OTAs.

We believe that travel marketplace participants strive to differentiate themselves by providing travel buyers with some or all of the following services and functionality: reliable, easy to use and innovative technology; comprehensive, accurate and timely travel content or services; global coverage or regional expertise; booking incentives to travel agencies; and comprehensive solutions for business productivity, revenue maximization or cost savings. In addition, we believe that travel marketplace participants that serve travel suppliers strive to maintain an extensive network of travel buyer customers to provide a comprehensive global or regional offering of sales channels while offering low transaction fees. Some of these market participants also offer capabilities for travel suppliers to advertise, merchandise and personalize their products and services through the GDS.

Compared to other types of participants, global travel marketplaces such as Travel Network tend to offer more of these attributes to both travel buyers and travel suppliers.

In the United States, full deregulation of the GDS industry occurred in 2004. GDSs and airline carriers in Europe are still subject to rules aimed at preventing anti-competitive behavior and ensuring the supply of neutral information to consumers. Airlines that have decisive influence over a GDS, such as Air France, Iberia and the parent company of Lufthansa, all of which partially own Amadeus, must abide by specific rules prohibiting discrimination by an airline against another GDS that is competing with the airline-owned GDS. The Chinese travel marketplace is heavily regulated to provide the state-controlled GDS, TravelSky, with monopoly control, which has largely kept other GDS providers out of the Chinese market. However, China has recently agreed to a phased, selective easing of some of these regulations, though progress has been slow, according to PhoCusWright. Canada still has some GDS regulations as well, primarily around the display of air carriers’ services.

Travel Technology Solutions

Travel technology companies provide travel suppliers with solutions that address a myriad of business processes, including commercial planning, revenue management, inventory management, customer acquisition and merchandising, sales and e-commerce, operations planning and management, business intelligence, and market intelligence. These solutions are typically comprised of SaaS solutions, hosted solutions and locally deployed solutions. Some of these solutions are developed by travel suppliers in-house and others are developed by third parties such as travel technology companies.

Historically, large travel suppliers built custom in-house software and applications for their business process needs. In response to a desire for more flexible systems given increasingly complex technological requirements, reduced IT budgets and increased pricing pressure, many travel suppliers turned to third-party solutions providers for many of their key technologies and began to license software from software providers.

Business Model

In addition to the continuing technology outsourcing trend, the industry has also seen a shift to more flexible and scalable technology delivery models. Although traditional software licensing remains an important part of

 

133

---

Table of Contents

the industry, leading technology providers like Sabre have been at the forefront of a shift to SaaS and hosted implementations that allow for shared development, reduced deployment costs, increased scalability and a “pay-as-you-go” pricing model. This model also allows customers to benefit from constantly evolving platforms in a highly dynamic environment. By amortizing the cost of the solution over a customer’s transactions (e.g., PBs or room reservations made), solutions providers can often help customers reduce upfront technology costs and convert them to variable costs linked to company growth. Given the capital intensive nature of many travel suppliers’ businesses, we believe that this pricing flexibility is attractive to travel suppliers.

Competitive Environment

Participants in the travel technology solutions market include both third-party solutions providers and travel suppliers with in-house systems. As the technology outsourcing trend continues, third-party solutions providers compete for business based on a number of factors, including: the breadth of solutions offered, scope and complexity of business needs addressed, ability to meet a variety of customer specifications, proven effectiveness and reliability, implementation and system migration processes, flexibility, scalability and ease of use, pricing, level of integration with customers’ existing technology, global footprint, industry and technology expertise, cost and efficiency of system upgrades and customer support services. We believe that competitors who offer solutions that meet a range of complex needs and supplement those solutions with reliable support and a deep understanding of industry processes are more attractive to potential customers because they are able to solve more complex problems while reducing the total number of solutions providers that the customer needs.

Developing effective solutions requires complex and specific travel industry expertise. Also, most travel suppliers generally favor solutions providers that already serve other large travel suppliers in a given region. Airlines in particular are focused on the proven reliability of technology that is integral to operational efficiency and passenger safety, and hotels generally desire the technological sophistication and capabilities used by the larger and more prestigious hotel brands. Furthermore, due to the large size of many airline and hotel customers, solutions providers that can provide the scale to accommodate large volumes and deliver a broad portfolio of solutions have a competitive advantage. We believe that currently only a few SaaS and hosted technology solutions providers have the breadth, industry knowledge and technology expertise to effectively compete on a large scale. Although new entrants specializing in a particular type of software occasionally enter the solutions market, they typically focus on emerging or evolving business problems, niche solutions or small regional customers.

Airline Supplier Technology

Gartner estimates that technology spending by the air transportation industry totaled approximately $33 billion in 2013 (Gartner Enterprise). According to our internal estimates and T2RL passenger data, more than 600 airlines, representing over 95% of global passenger volumes, use a variety of software solutions to manage and integrate complex business processes. SITA estimates that airlines currently spend approximately 1.5% of global airline revenue on operational IT (SITA Survey). These systems include functionalities that support core capabilities of the air carrier, including reservations booking and related processes, merchandising and points of sale, CRS, check-in and boarding. According to T2RL PSS, the world market for such passenger sales and service systems is now worth more than $2 billion per year. Although the number of new reservations opportunities varies materially by year, in 2013 T2RL estimated that contracts representing over 1.3 billion PBs will come up for renewal between 2014 and 2017.

In addition to passenger sales and service solutions, certain technology providers, such as Sabre, offer other value-added software solutions. These solutions range in functionality from commercial planning to airline enterprise operations management, including software that manages flight operations, crew scheduling, route planning, pricing optimization, contract management and compliance and a host of other key airline functionalities. Based on our industry experience and internal data, we believe that a similar amount is spent each year on other industry-specific, software-enabled solutions.

 

134

---

Table of Contents

Hotel Supplier Technology

Hotels use a number of different technology systems to distribute and market their products and improve their operational efficiency. According to Gartner Enterprise, technology spending by the hospitality industry totaled approximately $27 billion in 2013. Most of the hotel market is highly fragmented. Independent hotels and small- to medium-sized chains (groups of less than 300 properties) comprise a substantial majority of hotel properties and available hotel rooms, while global and regional chains comprise the balance. These independent hotels and small-to medium-sized chains rely heavily on external web-based CRSs to distribute their inventory across a variety of channels. CRS platforms provide GDS access, connectivity to major OTAs, internet booking capabilities, call center booking platforms, channel management and access to other distribution services on a shared platform. CRS providers may also differentiate themselves with value-added services such as digital marketing services, call center outsourcing services, and marketing consulting that help hotels compete. We expect opportunities for the top CRS providers to expand significantly, as hotels’ migration to external CRS platforms continues, including larger hotel chains now considering outsourcing this service to a third-party platform.

Additionally, hotels are migrating toward web-based PMSs as recent technical advances, availability and lower total cost of ownership are making them increasingly attractive compared to on-site PMSs, which have historically been expensive to maintain. Web-based PMSs also make it possible to create an integrated CRS-PMS web-based solution, which, based on an internal survey that we conducted, is a product that the majority of hotels with ten or more properties would be interested in purchasing when they next upgrade their PMS.

As the hotel industry shifts from offline advertising to online marketing, CRS providers offering marketing capabilities such as website optimization, search engine optimization and online advertising will be more competitive players. We also believe that similar opportunities exist in the areas of revenue management, CRM and other operational functions that integrate with the CRS and PMS.

Online Travel Agencies

An OTA is an e-commerce business that allows travelers to conveniently and efficiently shop, compare and purchase a broad array of travel-related products and services, often sourced in part from GDS platforms. According to Euromonitor Report, global online travel sales will grow at 10% over the next five years.

OTAs compete with traditional offline travel agencies as well as many alternative online travel distribution channels, including travel supplier direct distribution and metasearch companies such as Kayak, trivago and TripAdvisor. These market participants differentiate themselves on the basis of ease of use, price, customer satisfaction, availability of product type or rate, service, amount, accessibility and reliability of information, brand image and breadth of products offered. This requires OTAs to have effective branding and marketing, an efficient website to support shopping and booking capabilities, as well as strong relationships with travel suppliers or third-party aggregators to offer a broad supply of travel content to attract customers and generate transaction and advertising revenue. We believe that customers’ need to trust the provider to fulfill and service their travel purchase often results in brand loyalty to a single site.

 

135

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading technology solutions provider to the global travel and tourism industry. We span the breadth of a highly complex $6.6 trillion global travel ecosystem, providing key software and services to a broad range of travel suppliers and travel buyers. Through our Travel Network business, we process hundreds of millions of transactions annually, connecting the world’s leading travel suppliers, including airlines, hotels, car rental brands, rail carriers, cruise lines and tour operators, with travel buyers in a comprehensive travel marketplace. We offer efficient, global distribution of travel content from approximately 125,000 travel suppliers to approximately 400,000 online and offline travel agents. To those agents, we offer a platform to shop, price, book and ticket comprehensive travel content in a transparent and efficient workflow. We also offer value-added solutions that enable our customers to better manage and analyze their businesses. Through our Airline Hospitality Solutions business, we offer travel suppliers an extensive suite of leading software solutions, ranging from airline and hotel reservations systems to high-value marketing and operations solutions, such as planning airline crew schedules, re-accommodating passengers during irregular flight operations and managing day-to-day hotel operations. These solutions allow our customers to market, distribute and sell their products more efficiently, manage their core operations, and deliver an enhanced travel experience. Through our complementary Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions businesses, we believe we offer the broadest, end-to-end portfolio of technology solutions to the travel industry.

Our portfolio of technology solutions has enabled us to become the leading end-to-end technology provider in the travel industry. For example, we are one of the largest GDS providers in the world, with a 36% share of GDS-processed air bookings in 2013. More specifically, we are the #1 GDS provider in North America and also in higher growth markets such as Latin America and APAC, in each case based on GDS-processed air bookings in 2013. In those three markets, our GDS-processed air bookings share was approximately 50% on a combined basis in 2013. In our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, we believe we have the most comprehensive portfolio of solutions. In 2013, we had the largest third-party hospitality CRS room share based on our approximately 27% share of third-party hospitality CRS hotel rooms distributed through our GDS, and, according to T2RL PSS data for 2012, we had the second largest airline reservations system globally. We also believe that we have the leading portfolio of airline marketing and operations products across the solutions that we provide. In addition, we operate Travelocity, one of the world’s most recognizable brands in the online consumer travel e-commerce industry, which provides us with business insights into our broader customer base.

Through our solutions, which span the breadth of the travel ecosystem, we have developed deep domain expertise. Our success is built on this expertise, combined with our significant technology investment and focus on innovation. This foundation has enabled us to develop highly scalable and technology-rich solutions that directly address the key opportunities and challenges facing our customers. For example, we have invested to scale our GDS platform to meet massive transaction processing requirements. In 2013, our systems processed over $100 billion of estimated travel spending and more than 1.1 trillion system messages, with nearly 100,000 system messages per second at peak times. Our investment in innovation has enabled our Travel Network business to evolve into a dynamic marketplace providing a broad range of highly scalable solutions from distribution to workflow to business intelligence. Our investment in our Airline and Hospitality Solutions offerings has allowed us to create a broad portfolio of value-added products for our travel supplier customers, ranging from reservations platforms to operations solutions typically delivered via highly scalable and flexible SaaS and hosted platforms. We have a long history of engineering innovative travel technology solutions. For example, we believe we were the first GDS to enable airlines to sell ancillary products like premium seats through the GDS, the first third-party provider to automate passenger reaccommodation during large operational disruptions and the first GDS to launch a B2B app marketplace for our travel agency customers that allows them to customize and augment our Travel Network platform. Our innovation has been consistently recognized in the market, with awards including the Business Traveler Innovation Award from the Global Business Travel Association, an unaffiliated entity, in 2011 and 2012, for which we applied and were one of eight award winners chosen by popular vote. We were also recognized by the InformationWeek 500 in 2013 as one of the Most

 

136

---

Table of Contents

Innovative Users of Business Technology for the eleventh consecutive year. These 500 companies are invited to apply and are chosen by InformationWeek, an unaffiliated entity, based on their unconventional approaches and new ways of solving complex business problems with IT.

We continue to improve our existing solutions and expand our offerings to meet the constantly evolving needs of our customers. For example, as demonstrated in the following graphic, we have current or in-development solutions that address five of the six major technology investment priorities highlighted in the recent SITA Survey of major airline carriers:

 

Our SaaS and hosted technology platforms allow us to serve our customers primarily through a recurring, transaction-based revenue model based primarily on travel events such as air segments booked, PBs or other relevant metrics. For the year ended December 31, 2013, 91% of our Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions revenue, on a weighted average basis, was Recurring Revenue. See “Method of Calculation” for a description of Recurring Revenue. This model has benefits for both our customers and for us. For our customers, our delivery model allows otherwise fixed technology investments to be variable, providing flexibility in their cost base and smoothing investment cycles as they grow, while enabling them to benefit from the continuous evolution of our platform. For us, this recurring, transaction-based revenue model allows us to expand with our customers in the travel industry, a segment of the economy which has grown significantly faster than global GDP over the last 40 years. Since our revenues are primarily linked to our customers’ transaction volumes, rather than to airline budget cycles or cyclical end-customer pricing, which we believe are more volatile than transaction volumes, this model facilitates greater stability in our business, particularly during negative economic cycles. In addition, as a technology solutions and transaction processing company, we do not take airline, hotel or other inventory risk, nor are we directly exposed to fuel price volatility or labor unions.

Our recurring, transaction-based revenue model, combined with our high-quality products, reinvestment in our technology, multi-year customer contracts and disciplined operational management, has contributed to our strong growth profile, as demonstrated by our Adjusted EBITDA having increased each year since 2008 despite the global

 

137

---

Table of Contents

economic downturn and resulting travel slowdown. From 2009 through 2013, we grew our revenue and Adjusted EBITDA at 7% and 11% CAGRs, respectively, and increased Adjusted EBITDA margins by 394 bps, in each case, excluding Travelocity and intersegment eliminations. During the same period, net loss attributable to Sabre Corporation decreased 37% and net loss margin decreased by 258 bps. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, including a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

We operate through three business segments: (i) Travel Network, (ii) Airline and Hospitality Solutions, and (iii) Travelocity. Our segments operate with shared infrastructure and technology capabilities, and provide key solutions to our customers. Collectively, our integrated business enables the entire travel lifecycle, from route planning to post-trip business intelligence and analysis. The graphic below provides illustrative examples of the points where Sabre enables the travel lifecycle:

 

Travel Network is our global B2B travel marketplace and consists primarily of our GDS and a broad set of capabilities that integrate with our GDS to add value for travel suppliers and travel buyers. Our GDS offers content from a broad array of travel suppliers, including approximately 400 airlines, 125,000 hotel properties, 30 car rental brands, 50 rail carriers, 16 cruise lines and 200 tour operators, to tens of thousands of travel buyers, including online and offline travel agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments. Our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business offers a broad portfolio of software technology products and solutions, primarily through SaaS and hosted models, to approximately 225 airlines, 17,500 hotel properties and 700 other travel suppliers. Our flexible software and systems applications help automate and optimize our customers’ business processes, including reservations systems, marketing tools, commercial planning solutions and enterprise operations tools. Travelocity is our family of online consumer travel e-commerce businesses through which we provide travel content and booking functionality primarily for leisure travelers. In August 2013, Travelocity entered into an exclusive, long-term strategic marketing agreement with Expedia, which was recently amended and restated in March 2014 to reflect changed commercial terms. Under the Expedia SMA, Expedia will power the technology platforms of Travelocity’s existing U.S. and Canadian websites, as well as provide access to Expedia’s supply and customer service platforms. Additionally, Travelocity recently sold its TPN business, a B2B loyalty and private label website offering, to Orbitz.

 

138

---

Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded revenue of $3,050 million and $2,974 million, respectively, gross margin of $1,145 million and $1,155 million, respectively, net loss attributable to Sabre Corporation of $100 million and $611 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $791 million and $787 million, respectively, reflecting a 3% and 21% net loss margin and a 26% and 26% Adjusted EBITDA margin, respectively. For additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, including a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data.” For the year ended December 31, 2013, Travel Network contributed 58%, Airline and Hospitality Solutions contributed 23%, and Travelocity contributed 19% of our revenue (excluding intersegment eliminations). During this period, shares of Adjusted EBITDA for Travel Network, Airline and Hospitality Solutions, and Travelocity were approximately 77%, 21% and 2%, respectively, (excluding corporate overhead allocations such as finance, legal, human resources and certain information technology shared services).

We are headquartered in Southlake, Texas, and employ approximately 10,000 people in approximately 60 countries around the world. We serve our customers through cutting-edge technology developed in six facilities located across four continents.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following attributes differentiate us from our competitors and have enabled us to become a leading technology solutions provider to the global travel industry.

Broadest Portfolio of Leading Technology Solutions in the Travel Industry

We offer the broadest, most comprehensive technology solutions portfolio available to the travel industry from a single provider, and our solutions are key to the operations of many of our travel supplier and travel agency customers. Travel Network, for example, provides a key technology platform that enables efficient shopping, booking and management of travel itineraries for online and offline travel agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments. In addition to offering these and other advanced functionalities, it is a valuable distribution and merchandising channel for travel suppliers to market to a broad array of customers, particularly outside their home countries and regions. Additionally, we provide SaaS and hosted solutions that run many of the most important operations systems for our travel supplier customers, such as airline and hotel reservations systems, revenue management, crew scheduling and flight operations. We believe that our Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions offerings address customer needs across the entire travel lifecycle, and that we are the only company that provides such a broad portfolio of technology solutions to the travel industry. This breadth affords us significant competitive advantages including the ability to leverage shared infrastructure, a common technology organization and product development. Beyond scale and efficiency, our position spanning the breadth of the travel ecosystem helps us to develop deep domain expertise and to anticipate the needs of our customers. Taken together, the value, quality, and breadth of our technology, software and related customer services contribute to our strong competitive position.

Global Leadership Across Growing End Markets

We operate in areas of the global travel industry that have large and growing addressable customer bases. Each of our businesses is a leader in its respective area. Sabre is the leading GDS provider in North America, Latin America, and APAC, with 55%, 57%, and 39% share of GDS-processed air bookings, respectively, in 2013. Additionally, Airline Solutions is the second largest provider of reservations systems, with an 18% global share of 2012 PBs, according to T2RL PSS. We believe that we have the leading portfolio of airline marketing and operations products across the solutions that we provide. We also believe our Hospitality Solutions business is the leader in hotel reservations, handling 27% of third-party hospitality CRS hotel rooms through our GDS in 2013. See “Method of Calculation” for an explanation of the methodology underlying our GDS-processed air bookings share and third-party hospitality CRS hotel room share calculations.

 

139

---

Table of Contents

Looking forward, we expect to benefit from attractive growth in our end markets. Euromonitor expects a 4% CAGR in air travel and hotel spending from 2013 to 2017 (Euromonitor Database). According to Gartner Enterprise, technology spending by the air transportation and hospitality sectors is expected to grow significantly from $60 billion in 2013 to over $70 billion in 2017. Within our Travel Network business, we also expect our presence in economies with strong GDP growth and regions with faster air traffic growth, such as APAC, Latin America and MEA, will further contribute to the growth of our businesses. Similarly, our Airline Solutions reservations products, customers are weighted toward faster-growing LCC/hybrids, which represented approximately 45% of our 2012 PBs.

Innovative and Scalable Technology

Two pillars underpin our technology strategy: innovation and scalability. To drive innovation in our travel marketplace business, we make significant investments in technology to develop new products and add incremental features and functionality, including advanced algorithms, decision support, data analysis and other valuable intellectual property. This investment is supported by our global technology teams comprising approximately 4,000 employees and contractors. This scale and cross-business technology organization creates efficiency and a flexible environment that allows us to apply knowledge and resources across our broad product portfolio, which in turn fuels innovation. In addition, our investments in technology have created a highly scalable set of solutions across our businesses. For example, we believe our GDS is one of the most heavily utilized SOA environments in the world, processing more than 1.1 trillion system messages in 2013, with nearly 100,000 system messages per second at peak times. Our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business employs highly reliable software technology products and SaaS and hosted infrastructure. Compared to traditional in-house software installations, SaaS and hosted technology offers our customers advantages in terms of cost savings, more robust functionality, increased flexibility and scale, and faster upgrades. As an example of the SaaS and hosted scalability benefit, our delivery model has facilitated an increase in the number of PBs in our Airline Solutions business from 288 million to 478 million from 2009 to 2013. Our investments in technology maintain and extend our technology platform which has supported our industry-leading product innovation. On the scale at which we operate, we believe that the combination of an expanding network and technology investments continues to create a significant competitive advantage for us.

Stable, Resilient, and Diversified Business Models

Travel Network and much of Airline and Hospitality Solutions operate with a transaction-based business model that ties our revenue to a travel supplier’s transaction volumes rather than to its unit pricing for an airplane ticket, hotel room or other travel product. Travel-related businesses with volume-based revenue models have generally shown strong visibility, predictability and resilience across economic cycles because travel suppliers have historically sought to maintain traveler volumes by reducing prices in an economic downturn.

Our resilience is also partially attributable to our non-exclusive multi-year contracts, in our Travel Network business. For example, although most of our contracts have terms of one to three years, contracts with our major travel buyer and travel supplier customers, which represent the majority of Travel Network revenue, have five to ten year terms and three to five year terms, respectively. Similarly, our Airline Solutions business has contracts that typically range from three to seven years in length, and our Hospitality Solutions business has contracts that typically range from one to five years in length. Our Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions businesses also deliver solutions that are integral components of our customers’ businesses, and have historically remained in place once implemented. In our Travel Network business and our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business, 94% and 84% of our revenue was Recurring Revenue, respectively, in 2013.

In addition to being stable, our businesses are also diversified. Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions generate a broad geographic revenue mix, with a combined 43% of revenue generated outside the United States in 2013. None of our travel buyers or travel suppliers accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

140

---

Table of Contents

Strong, Long-Standing Customer Relationships

We have strong, long-standing customer relationships with both travel suppliers and travel buyers. These relationships have allowed us to gain a deep understanding of our customers’ needs, which positions us well to continue introducing new products and services that add value by helping our customers improve their business performance. In our Travel Network business, for example, by providing efficient and quality services, we have developed and maintained strong customer relationships with TMCs, major corporate travel departments and travel suppliers, with some of these relationships dating back over 20 years. Through our Travelocity business, we have gained important insights into what online travel companies need in order to best serve their customers, and we are able to leverage that knowledge to develop products and services to address those needs.

We believe that our strong value proposition is demonstrated by our ability to retain customers in a highly competitive marketplace. For each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, our Customer Retention rate for Travel Network was 99%. For our Airline Solutions business, our Customer Retention rate was 98%, 96% and 96% for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and our Customer Retention rate for our Hospitality Solutions business was 96%, 96% and 98% for the same periods, respectively. See “Method of Calculation” for a description of Customer Retention.

Deep and Experienced Leadership Team with Informed Insight into the Travel Industry

Our management team is highly experienced, with comprehensive expertise in the travel and technology industries. Many of our leaders have more than 20 years of experience in multiple segments of the travel industry and have held positions in more than one of our businesses, which provides them with a holistic and interdisciplinary perspective on our company and the travel industry.

By investing in training, skills development and rotation programs, we seek to develop leaders with broad knowledge of our company, the industry, technology, and specific customer needs. We also hire externally as needed to bring in new expertise. Our blend of experience and new hires across our team provides a solid foundation on which we develop new capabilities, new business models and new solutions to complex industry problems.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we are well-positioned for future growth. First, we expect the continued macroeconomic recovery to generate travel growth, compounded by the continuing trend towards the outsourcing of travel technology. In addition, we are well-positioned in market segments which are growing faster than the overall travel industry, with leading market positions in our Travel Network business in Latin America and APAC. In our Airline Solutions reservations systems, LCC/hybrids, which are growing traffic faster than traditional airlines, accounted for approximately 45% of our PBs in 2012. Supported by these industry trends, we believe both our Travel Network and our Airline and Hospitality Solutions businesses have significant opportunities to expand their customer bases, further penetrate existing customers, extend their geographic footprint and develop new products. By executing on the following strategies and, when appropriate, selective strategically aligned acquisitions, we intend to capitalize on these positive trends:

Leverage our Industry-Leading Technology Platforms

We have made significant investments in our technology platforms and infrastructure to develop robust, scalable software as well as SaaS and hosted solutions. We plan to continue leveraging these investments across our organization, particularly in our Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions businesses, to catalyze product innovation and speed-to-market. We will also continue to shift toward SaaS and hosted infrastructure and solutions as we further develop our product portfolio.

 

141

---

Table of Contents

Expand our Global Travel Marketplace Leadership

Travel Network intends to remain the global B2B travel marketplace of choice for travel suppliers and travel buyers by executing on the following initiatives:

 

•

Targeting Geographic Expansion: From 2009 to 2013, we increased our GDS-processed air bookings share in the Middle East, Russia and Brazil by 744 bps, 327 bps and 267 bps, respectively. We currently have initiatives in place across Europe, APAC and Latin America to further expand in those regions.

 

•

Attracting and Enabling New Marketplace Content: We are actively adding new travel supplier content which generates revenue directly through incremental booking volumes associated with the new content and reinforces the virtuous cycle of our Travel Network business: as we add more supplier content to our marketplace, we experience increased participation from travel buyers, which, in turn, encourages travel suppliers to contribute additional content to our marketplace. We have been successful in converting notable carriers that previously only used direct distribution, such as JetBlue and Norwegian, to join our GDS, and we believe there is a similar opportunity to increase the participation of less-penetrated content types like hotel properties, where we estimate that only approximately one-third participate in a GDS. In addition to attracting new supplier content, we aim to expand the content available for sale from existing travel suppliers, including ancillary revenue—a category of airline revenue worth more than $36 billion in the aggregate across the travel industry in 2012, according to IdeaWorks. We seek additional opportunities to capitalize on this trend, such as by supporting our customers’ branded fare initiatives.

 

•

Continuing to Invest in Innovative Products and Capabilities: The development of cutting-edge products and capabilities has been critical to our success. We plan to continue to invest significant resources in solutions that address key customer needs, including mobility (e.g., TripCase), data analytics and business intelligence (e.g., Sabre Dev Studio, Hotel Heatmaps, Contract Optimization Services), and workflow optimization (e.g., Sabre Red App Centre, TruTrip).

Drive Continued Airline and Hospitality Solutions Growth and Innovation

Our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business has been a key growth engine for us, increasing both revenue and Adjusted EBITDA by 72% from 2009 to 2013. We believe Airline and Hospitality Solutions will continue to drive company growth through a combination of underlying customer and market growth, as well as through the following strategic growth initiatives.

 

•

Invest in Innovative Airline Products and Capabilities: We have a long history of investment in innovation. For example, we believe we were the first technology solutions provider to provide real-time revenue integrity and the first third-party provider to automate passenger reaccommodation during large operational disruptions. We see a continued opportunity to innovate in areas such as retailing solutions, mobile capabilities, data analytics and business intelligence offerings.

 

•

Continue to Add New Airline Reservations Customers: Over the last four years, we have added airline customers representing over 110 million annual PBs from many innovative, fast-growing airlines such as Etihad Airways, Virgin Australia, JetBlue and LAN. Although the number of new reservations opportunities varies materially by year, in 2013, T2RL estimated that contracts representing over 1.3 billion PBs will come up for renewal between 2014 to 2017, of which over 1.1 billion PBs are from airlines that do not pay us PB fees today. As of this filing, airlines won but not yet implemented by Sabre boarded over 220 million PBs in 2012, according to T2RL. This includes a long-term agreement announced in January 2014 with American Airlines for Sabre to be its reservations system provider following its merger with US Airways.

 

142

---

Table of Contents

•

Further Penetrate Existing Airline Solutions Customers: We believe there is an opportunity to sell more of our extensive solution set to our existing customers. Of our 2013 customers in T2RL’s top 100 passenger airlines, 35% had one or two non-reservations solution sets, 36% had three to five and 29% had more than five. Historically, the average revenue would have approximately tripled if a customer moved from the first category to the second, and nearly tripled again if a customer moved to the third category. Leveraging our brand, we intend to continue to promote the adoption of our products within and across our existing customers.

 

•

Invest Behind Rapidly Growing Hospitality Solutions Business: Our Hospitality Solutions business has grown rapidly, with 19% revenue CAGR from 2009 to 2013, and we are focused on continuing that growth going forward. We currently have initiatives to grow in our existing footprint and expand our presence in APAC and EMEA, which collectively accounted for only 32% of our Hospitality Solutions business revenue in 2013. We plan to accomplish this through a combination of cross-selling additional products to our existing customers, expanding our global reseller network and enhancing our product offering.

Continue to Focus on Operational Efficiency Supported by Leading Technology

As an organization, we have a track record of improving operational efficiency and capitalizing on our scalable technology platform and operating leverage in our business model. We have expanded Adjusted EBITDA margins by over 550 bps since 2009 in our Travel Network business while growing the business and introducing new products. We intend to continue to increase our operational efficiency by following a shared capabilities, technology and insights approach across our businesses. For example, through the Expedia SMA we intend to reduce direct costs associated with Travelocity and expect to improve our Adjusted EBITDA by providing our customers with the benefit of Expedia’s long-term investment in its technology platform to increase conversion, improve operational efficiency, and shift our focus to Travelocity’s strengths in marketing and retailing. Additionally, Travelocity recently sold its TPN business, a B2B loyalty and private label website offering, to Orbitz. We will continue to work toward identifying operational and technological efficiencies while continuing to support our investments and strategic priorities to maintain our leadership position in the travel industry.

Our Businesses

Travel Network

Travel Network is our global B2B travel marketplace and consists primarily of our GDS and a broad set of solutions that integrate with our GDS to add value for travel suppliers and travel buyers. The distribution platform component of a GDS serves the role of a transaction processor for the travel industry, while the value-added integrated solutions make the GDS a true marketplace. Our GDS facilitates travel by efficiently bringing together travel content such as inventory, prices, and availability from a broad array of travel suppliers, including airlines, hotels, car rental brands, rail carriers, cruise lines and tour operators, with a large network of travel buyers, including online and offline travel agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments. We deliver value to our travel buyer customers by providing them with comprehensive and competitive travel content. Similarly, we bring value to our travel supplier customers by providing efficient and cost-effective distribution and merchandising services reaching approximately 400,000 travel agents. We are one of the largest GDS providers in the world, with a 36% share of GDS-processed air bookings in 2013. More specifically, we are the #1 GDS provider in North America and also in higher growth markets such as Latin America and APAC. In those three markets, our GDS-processsed air bookings share was approximately 50% on a combined basis in 2013. See

 

143

---

Table of Contents

“Method of Calculation” for an explanation of the methodology underlying our GDS-processed air bookings share calculation. The following chart illustrates our share of GDS-processed air bookings as of December 31, 2013:

 

Source: internal estimates

We expect Travel Network’s market position in economies with robust GDP growth, such as APAC, Latin America and MEA, will drive continued growth for our businesses, while the strength of our GDS in large, developed regions, such as North America and Europe, positions us for stable growth as the recovery from the global economic downturn continues. In addition, we serve a large portion of APAC through our regional joint venture partners, including Abacus and Infini. 100% of the GDS transactions of these joint venture partners are processed and powered by our GDS.

Travel buyers can shop and book approximately 400 airlines, 125,000 hotel properties, 30 car rental brands, 50 rail carriers, 16 cruise lines and 200 tour operators using our GDS. In 2013, our systems processed over $100 billion of estimated travel spending, including sales from our joint venture partners. In addition, we believe that our business benefits from a virtuous cycle. As we add more supplier content to our marketplace, we experience increased participation from travel buyers. This, in turn, encourages travel suppliers to contribute additional content to our marketplace, driving a virtuous cycle.

Our travel marketplace also includes advanced capabilities and automated solutions that, among other things, enable travel suppliers and travel buyers to operate more efficiently, optimize their performance across various metrics and provide insight into customer booking patterns. Through our GetThere products, we offer a suite of tools that tailor these services to corporate travel departments, providing capabilities such as facilitating rate negotiations, simplifying compliance with corporate travel policies and tracking business travel online. We are continually investing to enhance our solutions offering, such as our data analytics and business intelligence capabilities, and to enable emerging travel technologies and innovative apps, including mobile. For example, our product offerings include TripCase, our mobile and web traveler services platform that provides passengers with mobile itinerary management and real-time trip details.

 

144

---

Table of Contents

Relative to our competitors, we believe we are the travel marketplace of choice among many global travel buyers, with:

 

•

over 50% of the GDS-processed air bookings of the four largest global TMCs (American Express, Carlson Wagonlit Travel, BCD Travel, and Hogg Robinson Group) in 2013;

 

•

customers including over 80% of the Business Travel News Corporate Travel 100, which are the corporations with the largest travel expenditures as measured by their 2012 U.S. booked air volume;

 

•

62% GDS-processed air bookings share of Expedia, Priceline and Travelocity in 2013, with bookings from Orbitz anticipated to start in 2015; and

 

•

a Customer Retention rate of 99% in 2013.

Strategy

We are executing on a number of strategies to support our future growth going forward, including:

Targeting Geographic Expansion. We intend to accelerate the growth of our leading technology-enabled solutions by deepening our presence in high-growth geographies. We believe that our strategies will position our solutions to better serve travel suppliers and travel buyers in those geographies as travel consumption grows. With our global content, strength in the corporate segment, and industry-leading search technology, we have a demonstrated ability to rapidly expand our geographic footprint. For example, from 2009 to 2013, we increased our GDS-processed air bookings share in the Middle East, Russia and Brazil by 744 bps, 327 bps and 267 bps, respectively. We are currently pursuing a number of initiatives to continue our geographic expansion, including:

 

•

European growth: Expand our presence in Europe, including high-growth Eastern European markets, by leveraging our global relationships with travel suppliers and travel buyers operating in those markets and by adapting our product capabilities to meet regional needs. For example, we are implementing dynamic schedule updates to additional European airlines to improve scheduling accuracy through the GDS, and we are integrating hotel pricing components in certain markets to improve travel agent workflow.

 

•

APAC growth: Secure our leadership position by optimizing our strategic partnerships, leveraging our corporate relationships and continuing to add APAC-focused travel suppliers. For example, we have recently added Jetstar and PAL Express to our GDS.

 

•

Latin American growth: Add agency customers and enhance travel content in key Latin American countries with differentiated and innovative products. For example, Total Trip, a graphical module that sells prepaid hotels and is integrated with the Sabre Red Workspace, has gained significant popularity among our Latin American customers.

Attracting and Enabling New Marketplace Content. We are actively adding content to reinforce the virtuous cycle of Travel Network as well as generate revenue directly through incremental bookings volumes associated with the new content. We believe there are two broad categories of opportunities to do so:

 

•

Add new supplier segments: Historically, we have grown the number and participation levels of travel suppliers. For example, we have increased the utilization of our GDS by airlines such as JetBlue and Virgin Australia. Beyond air content, we believe there is a significant opportunity to add other types of content, such as hotel properties. We estimate that, as of December 31, 2013, only approximately one-third of hotel properties participate in a GDS, compared to approximately 90% of Representative Airlines, weighted by PB volume. We believe this is an attractive opportunity and we are pursuing innovative strategic options, such as working with hotel aggregators, to access this and other segments. We have also leveraged our product innovation to add new supplier segments. App developers, for example, have used the Sabre Red App Centre to add new content types, such as town car service, to the marketplace.

 

145

---

Table of Contents

•

Add new travel content from existing suppliers: We aim to increase the types of travel content available on our GDS from existing suppliers. Many travel suppliers, especially airlines, are separately monetizing ancillary products that were previously bundled with seat inventory or other core content at no additional charge. Ancillary revenue was worth more than $36 billion in the aggregate across the travel industry in 2012, according to IdeaWorks. Sabre was the first travel solutions provider to enable airlines to sell ancillary products such as seat assignments through the GDS. Suppliers are also seeking to create personalized offers based on individual traveler and shopping information. Sabre’s Custom Offers gives travel suppliers the ability to create personalized offers such as special rates and room upgrades for hotels and premium seating or check-in for airlines. As airlines and other travel suppliers continue to expand ancillary products, personalized offers, and travel products, we intend to deliver solutions to sell these offerings and differentiate ourselves as an effective marketplace.

Continuing to Invest in Innovative Products and Capabilities. In addition to extending our marketplace and technology leadership with our GDS solution, we strive to develop new products to enhance the value of our Travel Network offering. We have focused our investment efforts on addressing travel suppliers’ and travel buyers’ most significant business needs, including:

 

•

Mobile: Mobile platforms have created new ways for customers to research, book and experience travel and are expected to account for over 30% of online travel sales by 2017, according to Euromonitor Report. To address this need, we launched TripCase, a mobile travel app, in 2009. TripCase is a mobile tool that allows travel suppliers, agencies, and corporations to anticipate traveler needs (e.g., the ability to manage, revise, and check their journey itinerary and preferences) in real-time. As a result of adding enhanced capabilities, we have been able to rapidly accelerate user adoption. Since the beginning of 2012 through 2013, we multiplied the TripCase consumer user base six-fold from approximately 400,000 to approximately 2.5 million. Over 15,000 agencies and 26 airlines are now using TripCase for itinerary management and document delivery to their customers. Our mobile success has also won industry-wide recognition. For example, TripCase was named the “Best Mobile Solution” by Eye for Travel, an unaffiliated entity, chosen by a preliminary online vote and an independent panel of judges from a pool of eight applicants based on a number of factors including design, features, usability, technology, innovation, speed and performance. In 2013, Sabre launched TripCase Corporate, the travel industry’s first set of integrated corporate features on mobile, which is designed to improve travel programs for corporations while also simplifying business travel for employees. We intend to continue pursuing mobile innovation with TripCase and other solutions, including new mobile offerings for other key point-of-sale and service tools, such as our recently launched and rapidly growing Sabre Red Mobile Workspace.

 

•

Data analytics and business intelligence: Travel suppliers and travel buyers are increasingly focused on data analytics to inform and enable better decision-making. In fact, according to the SITA Survey, 100% of surveyed airlines are investing in business intelligence solutions. Our data-rich platform contains significant travel-related data such as shopping and purchasing behavior. Our customers can benefit from tools that allow data-driven insights. We are developing products to satisfy this demand. For example, Sabre Dev Studio offers travel and non-travel businesses access to the most comprehensive travel data set in the world; over 3,500 companies rely on Sabre’s application programming interfaces, travel data streams, and notification services to power their applications and websites. Hotel Heatmaps allow hotel suppliers to analyze shopping and conversion volume by customer segment over time. Contract Optimization Services uses sophisticated analytics around booking trends, origin/destination data and other data to help travel management companies and their corporate customers optimize their travel policies. We believe these and several other business intelligence solutions position us well to capitalize on the positive secular trends around data analytics.

 

•

Workflow optimization: We believe that our innovative workflow tools are significant differentiators that encourage TMCs and corporate participants in the travel ecosystem to choose Travel Network. As a result, the development of new and improved workflow tools has long been a tenet of our innovation

 

146

---

Table of Contents

strategy. For example, with Sabre Red Workspace, we created a pioneering, fully graphical interface that is now used by thousands of travel agents. In 2012, we introduced Sabre Red App Centre, becoming the first GDS to provide an online B2B marketplace to connect travel buyers with application providers. With access to over 150 different applications, travel agencies can service a wide range of business needs, from tracking agent productivity to converting currency to building trip plans for clients. As part of our recognition in the InformationWeek 500 in 2012, InformationWeek also chose to highlight Sabre Red App Centre as one of the Top 20 Great Ideas to Steal of 2012. In 2013, we announced our plans to develop TruTrip, which is designed to help corporate travel managers and TMCs manage and track bookings regardless of the channel through which they were booked.

Geographic Scope

As of December 31, 2013, approximately 400,000 travel agents in 145 countries on six continents use our GDS. Additionally, more than half of Travel Network’s employees are located outside North America. We are one of the largest GDS providers in the world, with a 36% share of GDS-processed air bookings in 2013. More specifically, we are the #1 GDS provider in North America and also in higher growth markets such as Latin America and APAC. In those three markets, our GDS-processed air bookings share was approximately 50% on a combined basis in 2013. See “Method of Calculation” for an explanation of the methodology underlying our GDS-processed air bookings share calculation. By growing internationally with our TMC and OTA customers and expanding the travel content available on our GDS to target regional traveler preferences, we anticipate that we will maintain share in key developed markets and grow share in Europe, APAC and Latin America.

Internationally, we market our GDS both directly and through joint venture and distribution arrangements. Our marketing partners principally include airlines that have strong relationships with travel agents in APAC and the Middle East as well as entities that operate regional computer reservations systems or other travel-related network services. With the combined strength of our technology and content as well as our partners’ local commercial skills and market knowledge, these partnerships allow us to gain traction in local markets and grow our share and distribution reach with lower risk. Through these partnerships, we are able to form strong relationships with key airlines and other travel suppliers that we can utilize in our other businesses.

Travel Network’s joint venture and distribution partners include:

 

•

Abacus, a B2B travel e-commerce provider that is based in Singapore and operates in APAC. We own 35% of the joint venture and Abacus International Holdings, a consortium of eleven Asian airlines, owns the remainder. Travel Network provides Abacus with data, transaction processing and product development services. See Note 6, Equity Method Investments, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

•

Travel Network Middle East, which provides technology services, bookable travel products and distribution services for travel agencies, corporations and travel suppliers in the Middle East. We own 60% of the joint venture and Gulf Air Company GSC owns 40%.

 

•

Infini, one of the two largest travel e-commerce providers in Japan. Infini is owned 40% by Abacus International Holdings and 60% by All Nippon Airways and provides booking capability for air, hotel and car rental. Travel Network provides Infini with data and transaction processing and product development services.

 

•

Non-equity marketing arrangements with: (i) Glodis Travel Technology Ltd in the Ukraine, (ii) InterguideAir Ltd in Nigeria, and (iii) Emirates in the UAE and in a number of countries in Africa. Sabre has a 40% investment in ESS Electroniczne Systemy Sprzedazy Sp.Zo.o, a product development and tour distribution business in Poland. Each of these distributes our products and services in selected countries in EMEA.

 

147

---

Table of Contents

Key Metrics

During the year ended December 31, 2013, Travel Network generated 368 million Direct Billable Bookings. Our Recurring Revenue, as a percentage of total Travel Network revenues, was 94% in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. See “Method of Calculation” for an explanation of the methodology underlying our GDS-processed air bookings share calculation. For additional segment information, see Note 21, Segment Information, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Product Offering

In its early years, our B2B travel product offering was comprised of our GDS, which had shopping, booking and fulfillment capabilities for airline seats, and later, hotel and other travel inventory. As our travel buyers’ and travel suppliers’ businesses have become increasingly complex, Travel Network adapted its offerings to include a broad set of products and services that bring additional value to our customers and help them use the marketplace more effectively. Today, Travel Network is a global B2B travel marketplace that offers content from a broad array of travel suppliers, including approximately 400 airlines, 125,000 hotel properties, 30 car rental brands, 50 rail carriers, 16 cruise lines and 200 tour operators, to tens of thousands of travel buyers, including online and offline travel agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments.

In addition to our GDS, which provides shopping, booking and fulfillment services, we provide a wide range of products and services to our four customer segments: (i) travel suppliers, (ii) travel agencies, (iii) corporations and travelers, and (iv) other travel industry participants. The following graphic illustrates the various components of our Travel Network business, including the original capabilities supported by our GDS in addition to the enhanced capabilities now available through our global travel marketplace:

 

 

148

---

Table of Contents

We continue to develop and offer data-driven business intelligence tools that provide all of our customers with decision support and reporting capabilities to manage customer, vendor, agency and competitive performance. For example, we offer customized low fare shopping tools that automate the ticket shopping and exchange process as well as highly differentiated contract and pricing optimization services that allow agencies, TMCs and corporate travel departments to manage the placement of travel content during the shopping process to optimize travel savings and improve compensation from preferred suppliers and fare markups.

We offer solutions for travel suppliers that help them display, promote and differentiate their brands and products globally; generate, maximize and secure revenue; and obtain, analyze and utilize relevant and accurate data for strategic decision-making. Our marketplace supports key travel supplier needs, such as airline codesharing and marketing and optimization capabilities. Our solutions also provide multi-channel merchandising capabilities that allow for distribution of ancillary products as well as dynamic pricing, inventory and revenue management tools. For example, Sabre Custom Offers provides travel suppliers with the ability to create personalized offers such as special rates and room upgrades for hotels and premium seating or check-in for airlines based on known customer characteristics and preferences.

We regularly measure our ability to find low fares, consistently finding that our GDS outperforms competitors in this critical capacity. The most recent third-party evaluation by Fried & Partner found that Sabre finds the lowest fares more often than leading competitors in all regions around the world.

Travel Network also offers many advanced products and capabilities that add value for travel agencies. Our GDS offers an award-winning user-friendly interface and flexible search parameters, including the option to search for hotels that adhere to Global Sustainable Tourism Council standards. It also offers travel agencies post-booking automation providing quality control checks, ticketing and documentation support. More than 200,000 offline travel agents in 143 countries access our GDS using Sabre Red Workspace. Sabre Red Workspace is our primary travel agency point of sale software and includes features such as customizable screen displays to maximize preferred supplier agreements, customizable process automation, integration with travel agency applications, tools and websites, and new mobile tablet access points. OTAs can access our GDS through Sabre Web Services, our primary point of sale for customers that require access to our global travel marketplace through web services.

We also provide travel agencies with integrated solutions that allow them to improve workflow, maximize revenue, reduce costs and improve customer service. For example, our ClientBase solution includes a CRM system that provides complete profile, contact and trip management abilities for developing and maintaining customer relationships and increasing productivity as well as a marketing tool that allows travel agents to select suppliers, create, track and send targeted marketing programs and obtain tracking reports to measure success.

For corporations and the travel agencies and corporate travel departments that serve them, we offer GetThere, a tool that automates the travel shopping and booking process, facilitates rate negotiations with suppliers, simplifies compliance with corporate travel policies, tracks information to safeguard business traveler security, integrates with the customer’s expense reporting system and includes customer loyalty and business performance capabilities.

Our B2B travel business product offerings also reach a variety of other travel customer segments. We serve travelers through TripCase, our mobile and web traveler services platform that keeps travelers informed of their trip itineraries and booking information for all reservations made, regardless of booking origin. For new entrants to the travel industry and Sabre-certified third-party developers, we offer the ability to create and monetize Sabre Red Apps, an array of applications designed to meet travel agency needs made available through the Sabre Red App Centre. Through our Sabre Dev Studio, we provide tools, support and revenue opportunities to these new travel industry players and non-traditional GDS consumers who want access to our travel information and large global network of travel suppliers and travel buyers. Our developer tools include a portfolio of Sabre application programming interfaces travel data streams, software development kits, notification services, documentation and

 

149

---

Table of Contents

sample code. Travel Network also provides data, transaction processing and product development services to our regional joint venture partners, including Abacus and Infini.

Customers

Customers of Travel Network include:

 

•

travel suppliers, including airlines, hotels, car rental brands, rail carriers, cruise lines, tour operators and others;

 

•

corporate travel departments;

 

•

OTAs, offline travel agencies and TMCs;

 

•

travelers; and

 

•

other sellers of travel and consumers of travel information.

As of December 31, 2013, approximately 400,000 travel agents in 145 countries on six continents use our GDS, making reservations with approximately 125,000 travel suppliers around the world. We intend to increase our international presence by expanding the travel content available on our GDS to target regional traveler preferences.

Because of strong products and services, the top ten airline and the top ten travel agency customers of our Travel Network business have been customers for more than a decade with their diverse technology needs supported by our broad range of products and services. Our Recurring Revenue percentage for our Travel Network business was approximately 94% in each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Airlines. Approximately 400 airlines, including full service carriers and LCC/hybrids from all regions of the world, choose to market and sell their inventory through our GDS. Unlike airline direct distribution, our GDS supports codesharing functionality that allows our airline customers to market their services with partner carriers and creates opportunities for low fare value. Our largest Travel Network suppliers include American Airlines, Delta, US Airways, United, Air Canada, Lufthansa, Air France, British Airways and Emirates, but no customer contributed more than 10% to Travel Network’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, or 2011. Over the last several years, notable carriers that previously only distributed directly, including JetBlue and Norwegian, have adopted our GDS. Other carriers such as EVA Airways and Virgin Australia have recently upgraded their technical connections and increased the level of content they market and sell through our GDS.

Our contracts with major carriers typically last for three to five year terms and are generally subject to automatic renewal at the end of the term, unless terminated by either party with the required advance notice. Our contracts with smaller airlines generally last for one year and are also subject to automatic renewal at the end of the term, unless terminated by either party with the required advance notice. We have 28 planned renewals in 2014 (representing approximately 22% of our Travel Network revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013) and 24 planned renewals in 2015 (representing approximately 5% of our Travel Network revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013), assuming we reach multi-year agreements for the contracts expected to be renewed in 2014. Although we renewed 24 out of 24 planned renewals in 2013 (representing approximately 25% of Travel Network revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013), we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our airline contracts in the future on favorable economic terms or at all.

Airlines are not contractually required to distribute their content exclusively through our GDS. To provide our travel buyer customers with the widest possible range of travel content, we seek to secure (and generally have been able to secure, with important exceptions) agreements in which the airline agrees to provide most or all of their publicly available fares for distribution through our GDS. However, to ensure competitiveness between the travel agents using our GDS, these agreements also typically require that the airline does not discriminate against travelers that book using our GDS or impose surcharges on such bookings. So long as the airline abides by its content and

 

150

---

Table of Contents

other commitments, we generally agree to display, load, and process airline data in a non-discriminatory manner on our GDS. We charge transaction-based booking fees for each reservation we process, and pricing depends upon various factors, such as the airline’s size, home market, product offering and price, and the length of its relationship with us. These airline contracts contain standard representations and warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions.

Other travel suppliers. A broad portfolio of other travel suppliers also distribute their inventory through our GDS, including approximately 125,000 hotel properties, 30 car rental brands, 50 rail lines, 16 cruise lines and 200 tour operators. We have enjoyed long-term relationships with our travel suppliers, with some relationships exceeding ten years with respect to cruise lines and thirty years with respect to hotels and car rental companies.

Our largest hotel customers include Hilton, Marriott International, Starwood and Intercontinental. Our contracts with our hotel customers are non-exclusive and generally last from three to five years and typically renew automatically unless terminated by either party with the required advance notice. Our leading car rental brands include Hertz, Avis Budget and Enterprise. Our contracts with car rental companies and cruise lines are non-exclusive and generally last from two to seven years, and typically renew automatically unless terminated by either party with the required advance notice. Hotels, car rental companies and cruise lines pay transaction-based booking fees based on the number of rooms booked, the number of bookings for vehicle pickup and the number of sailed cabins, respectively. These hotel, car rental and cruise line contracts contain standard representations and warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions.

Corporate travel departments. Travel Network serves corporate travel departments through our GDS and other solutions, particularly through our GetThere products. Due to our service and product offerings, we have relationships with corporate travel departments that have been established for over a decade. Illustrative customers include Accenture, Apple, AT&T, BP, GE, Oracle, UBS and UPS. Corporate travelers are more likely to require flexible scheduling and more complex itineraries, with reservations completed much closer to the departure date, and therefore provide significantly higher revenue per trip. As of December 31, 2013, over 80% of the Business Travel News Corporate Travel 100, which are the corporations with the largest travel expenditures, choose to use our global travel marketplace.

Our contracts with major corporate customers typically last three to five years and generally renew automatically for successive one to three year periods unless terminated by either party with the required advance notice. Corporate travel buyers pay a one-time set up fee and monthly fees based on the number of bookings made through the system. These contracts with corporate travel departments contain standard representations and warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions.

Travel agencies. OTAs and TMCs were our two largest global travel agency segments in 2013. Our principal OTA customers are Expedia, Travelocity and Despegar. The four largest global TMCs are American Express Travel, Carlson Wagonlit Travel, BCD Travel, and Hogg Robinson Group, each of which has had a non-exclusive business relationship with us for more than 10 years. We serve large travel agencies and TMCs that process travel for the U.S. government. We also have thousands of other regional travel agency customers that serve business, leisure and/or niche travelers.

We typically have non-exclusive, five to ten year contracts with our major travel agency customers. Our contracts with TMCs and offline travel agencies typically renew automatically, but the vast majority of our contracts with online travel agencies do not automatically renew. Most travel agencies can terminate the contract anytime without cause with the required advance notice. A meaningful portion of our travel agency agreements, typically representing approximately 15% to 20% of our bookings, are up for renewal in any given year.

A travel agency contracts with us for use of our technology, which enables and enhances the agency’s business operations by providing efficient access to broad travel supplier content and the ability to book, reserve and manage such content. We typically provide travel agencies with incentive consideration for each booking

 

151

---

Table of Contents

that generates revenue for us from a travel supplier, sometimes after certain minimum booking levels are met. This revenue-sharing arrangement incentivizes travel agencies to consolidate demand and use our GDS efficiently. Our contracts with larger travel agencies often increase the incentive consideration when the travel agency processes a certain volume or percentage of its bookings through our GDS. Although we generally provide incentive consideration on a periodic basis over the term of the contract, sometimes we provide incentive consideration in advance based on an anticipated level of bookings, and the travel agency must repay or rebate some or all of the incentive consideration if the anticipated level of bookings is not met. Smaller agencies do not typically have volume or share-based incentive consideration of this kind. Our contracts with travel agencies contain standard representations and warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions.

Travelers. Travel Network serves travelers directly through TripCase, our mobile and web traveler services platform, and through GetThere, for business travelers. We are also expanding our offerings to business travelers through initiatives such as enhanced online and mobile access to itinerary and trip planning information.

Other Sellers of Travel and Consumers of Travel Information. We provide travel data, merchandising, transaction processing and product development services to many other customers, including other travel marketplaces, metasearch engines, new entrants to the travel industry, developers and industry analysts.

Competitors

Travel Network competes with several other travel marketplace providers, including both regional and global players. In addition to Sabre, other key global B2B travel marketplace providers include:

 

•

Amadeus, which is headquartered in Spain and operates the Amadeus distribution system. Amadeus is owned in part by Air France, Iberia and the parent company of Lufthansa. Amadeus owns a minority stake in Topas, a Korean regional travel marketplace. Based on Marketing Information Data Tapes data, 33% of its total 2013 GDS-processed air bookings were concentrated in Western Europe, specifically Germany, France, Spain, the United Kingdom, Italy, Norway and Sweden.

 

•

Travelport, which is headquartered in the United Kingdom and owns three separately-operated travel marketplace systems, Galileo, Apollo and Worldspan.

Sabre is one of the largest GDS providers in the world, with a 36% share of GDS-processed air bookings in 2013. More specifically, we are the #1 GDS provider in North America and also in higher growth markets such as Latin America and APAC. In those three markets, our GDS-processed air bookings share was approximately 50% on a combined basis in 2013. We believe GDS-processed air bookings share is a good proxy for overall share in the business because air bookings comprise the vast majority of the total bookings of the three GDSs. See “Method of Calculation” for an explanation of the methodology underlying our GDS-processed air bookings share calculation.

In addition to competing with other GDSs, our GDS competes with local distribution systems and travel marketplace providers primarily owned by airlines or government entities and operate primarily in their home countries, including TravelSky in China and Sirena in Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States.

Our GDS also competes with direct distribution by travel suppliers, in which travel suppliers bypass travel agencies and sell their services directly through their own websites and distribution channels. See “Risk Factors—Travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution models, such as direct distribution models, could adversely affect our Travel Network and Travelocity businesses.” Travel suppliers using the GDS incur a booking fee which is, on average, only approximately 2% of the value of the booking. Therefore, the revenue generated through the GDS leads to a return on investment that is attractive compared to the incremental cost, in part because many of the tickets sold on the GDS platform are more expensive long-haul and business travel tickets (particularly those originating outside the home country of the airline) as well as tickets with additional booking complexity (e.g., multiple airline itineraries). These platforms also offer a particularly cost-effective means of accessing markets where a travel supplier’s brand is less recognized by using local travel agencies to reach end consumers.

 

152

---

Table of Contents

The value of the GDS platform is further reinforced by both the new content that continues to enter the system and by increasing participation rates—we estimate that Representative Airlines have an approximately 90% participation rate in a GDS (weighted by PB volume), as of December 31, 2013. Over the last several years, notable carriers that previously only distributed directly, including JetBlue and Norwegian, have adopted our GDS. Other carriers such as EVA Airways and Virgin Australia have further increased their participation in our GDS. Other studies also underscore the value of the global travel marketplace, including a recent TravelClick study showing that agents’ use of GDSs for hotel booking is growing faster than their use of any other channel.

In addition to other GDSs and direct distributors, there are a number of other competitors in the travel distribution marketplace. New entrants in the travel space, including Google (through Google Hotel Finder and Flight Search), TripAdvisor and Kayak offer metasearch capabilities that direct shoppers to supplier websites and/or OTAs. The impact of these new entrants on the Travel Network business model remains uncertain. See “Risk Factors—Travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution models, such as direct distribution models, could adversely affect our Travel Network and Travelocity businesses.” Third-party aggregators, such as FareLogix, TravelFusion and AgentWare, offer solutions to book travel content from a variety of sources, including options outside of our GDS, though we believe their offerings have not yet been widely adopted by travel agents or travel suppliers due to cost and technology issues. Also, peer-to-peer options for travel services such as accommodations, tours and car sharing that do not distribute through our GDS are becoming increasingly popular among consumers worldwide.

Our corporate travel booking tool, GetThere, competes with similar offerings from travel agencies, airlines and other travel suppliers, including Concur Technologies, Deem, KDS, eTravel and Egencia.

As with other travel marketplace participants, Travel Network strives to provide a variety of attributes to our travel buyer and travel supplier customers. See “Industry—Global Distribution System and Travel Marketplace—Competitive Environment” for a discussion of the factors on which such participants compete.

Airline and Hospitality Solutions

Our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business offers a broad portfolio of software technology products and solutions, through SaaS and hosted delivery model, to approximately 225 airlines, 17,500 hotel properties and 700 other travel suppliers. In 2013, our Airline Solutions business represented 84% of Airline and Hospitality Solutions revenue and our Hospitality Solutions business represented the remaining 16%. We believe our flexible software and systems applications, including reservations systems, marketing tools, commercial planning solutions and enterprise operations tools, help automate and optimize our customers’ business processes and that our deep domain expertise and product capabilities enable our customers to address more complex business problems as they grow.

Compared to traditional in-house software installations, our SaaS and hosted models drive value for our customers in a variety of ways: (i) lower total ownership costs (i.e., acquisition costs and operating costs of a solution) as centralized hosting allows our customers to reduce their in-house software and hardware capital outlay, management and maintenance expenses; (ii) a “pay-as-you-go” cost structure, which allows our customers to spread their costs over time and link their IT expense with their growth; (iii) more robust functionality than would be cost-effective to develop in-house; (iv) scalable delivery that allows us to adapt our services to changes in our customers’ technological systems as they grow; and (v) a platform for faster deployment of upgrades compared to traditional installations.

The SaaS and hosted approach also benefits our business. On the revenue side, by moving away from one-time license fees to recurring monthly fees, our revenue stream has become more predictable. On the cost side, the SaaS and hosted models’ centralized deployment allows us to save time and money by reducing maintenance and implementation tasks and lowering operating costs.

 

153

---

Table of Contents

Strategy

We believe the following strategies will help us continue to grow and realize the potential of Airline and Hospitality Solutions:

Invest in Innovative Airline Products and Capabilities. We plan to continue investing in innovative technology products that solve the travel industry’s most pressing business problems, as illustrated below:

 

•

Retailing: According to IdeaWorks, ancillary airline revenue, such as the sale of checked bags, was worth more than $36 billion in the aggregate across the travel industry in 2012. We have invested and continue to invest to enable airlines to distribute and sell these ancillary products, and we continue to focus on delivering additional retailing innovation, including customer-centric merchandising and enhanced ancillary revenue optimization.

 

•

Mobile: Mobile platforms have created new ways for customers to research, book and experience travel, and are expected to account for over 30% of online travel sales by 2017, according to Euromonitor Report. Accordingly, travel suppliers, including airlines and hospitality providers, are upgrading their systems to allow for delivery of services via mobile platforms from booking to check-in to travel management. The recent SITA Survey found that 97% of airlines are investing in mobile channels with the intention of driving mobile across the entire travel experience. This mobile trend also extends to the use of tablets and wireless connectivity by the airline workforce, for example automating cabin crew services and providing flight crews with electronic flight bags, which we are addressing through our eFlight Manager product family. As airlines increasingly leverage mobile workforce solutions, we are investing in mobile capabilities that enable a connected airline, such as electronic flight management solutions that provide real-time connectivity between the cockpit and the airport operations control center.

 

•

Data analytics and business intelligence: Business intelligence is one of the top two most important airline IT investment areas, according to the SITA Survey. We recently acquired PRISM, a leading provider of innovative business intelligence and decision support software for airlines to maximize the value of their corporate contracts. Looking forward, we are investing in products such as a platform for applications that can support data analytics across multiple systems. Rules can be applied to this aggregated data to influence decision-making, business processes, and forecasts to create innovative solutions in areas such as customer centricity, revenue management, and airline operations.

Continue to Add New Airline Reservations Customers. Over the last four years, we have added airline customers representing over 110 million in annual PBs from many fast-growing airlines such as Etihad Airways, Virgin Australia, JetBlue and LAN. Although the number of new reservations opportunities varies materially by year, in 2013 T2RL estimated that contracts representing over 1.3 billion PBs will come up for renewal between 2014 to 2017, of which over 1.1 billion PBs are from airlines that do not pay us PB fees today. As of this filing, airlines won but not yet implemented by Sabre boarded over 220 million PBs in 2012, according to T2RL. This includes a long-term agreement announced in January 2014 with American Airlines for Sabre to be its reservations system provider following its merger with US Airways.

Further Penetrate Existing Airline Solutions Customers. We believe our solution set is one of the most extensive in the industry and positions us to address the diverse needs of our customers. We have already established commercial relationships with approximately 225 airlines, including 79 of T2RL’s top 100 passenger airlines, which we believe offers the opportunity to sell more of our solutions to our existing customers. For example, of our 2013 customers in T2RL’s top 100 passenger airlines, 35% had one or two non-reservations solution sets, 36% had three to five and 29% had more than five. Historically, the average revenue would have approximately tripled if a customer moved from the first category to the second, and nearly tripled again if a customer moved to the third category. Leveraging our brand, we intend to continue to promote the adoption of our products within and across our existing customers.

 

154

---

Table of Contents

Invest Behind Rapidly Growing Hospitality Solutions Business. Our Hospitality Solutions business has grown rapidly, with 19% revenue CAGR from 2009 to 2013, and we are focused on continuing to drive that growth going forward. We currently have initiatives to grow in our existing footprint and expand our presence in APAC and EMEA, which collectively accounted for only 32% of our Hospitality Solutions business revenue in 2013. We plan to accomplish this through a combination of strategies, including increasing our share of wallet with customers, expanding our global reseller network and providing more integrated products. For example, we are planning to launch an integrated Hospitality Management Solution which combines previously siloed products such as reservations and PMSs. In a recent survey we conducted, a majority of hotels with ten or more properties would be interested in purchasing such an integrated solution when they next upgrade their PMS.

Airline Solutions

Our Airline Solutions business provides industry-leading and comprehensive software solutions that help our airline customers better market, sell, serve and operate. We offer dynamic and customizable reservations software that supports all the essentials of a passenger service system. Our other software solutions help airlines make important decisions around marketing and planning, merchandising offerings and managing network operations. Over the past 25 years, we have built a broad portfolio of solutions that we believe are distinctive in the industry in their ability to collectively solve airlines’ most complex problems.

We believe we offer the airline industry the broadest choices available in the marketplace across reservations systems, marketing and planning solutions and enterprise operations solutions, due to the following attributes:

Broadest portfolio of integrated solutions. In a fragmented competitive landscape, we offer the broadest portfolio in the business, which enables airlines to leverage a single relationship to address increasingly complex and interconnected business problems. Our competitors, most of which specialize in either one solution or a limited functionality set, cannot easily replicate the comprehensiveness we provide in a single relationship. Our wide range of offerings also equips us with multiple strategies to win new customers and further penetrate our existing customers. For example, we can serve airlines that have already developed in-house functionalities or that use other third-party solutions providers by providing solutions that meet needs outside the capabilities of their existing solutions and build on these relationships over time to cross-sell additional solutions.

Flexible capabilities. Unlike other solutions providers, whose offerings are often optimized to serve airlines of a particular scale, our solutions are designed to serve airlines of various sizes and business models, and are able to accommodate change in an airline’s scale and business processes. For example, we believe we are well-positioned to serve LCC/hybrids as they evolve and add new classes of service, aircraft diversity, international flying and codesharing, becoming more complex and requiring more advanced technology solutions. Furthermore, the modular nature of our products allows us to integrate with non-Sabre systems.

Industry expertise. Our deep industry expertise allows us to enhance our solutions, as we understand how our solutions integrate with airlines’ technology and business processes. Many of our team members have roots in the airline industry, having used or developed airline systems and processes as former airline employees.

Scalable SaaS delivery. We offer many of our reservations systems and software applications through SaaS and hosted delivery. Not only do the SaaS and hosted models allow the airline to refocus its resources on revenue-generating and customer-facing services instead of on maintaining technology, it also closely links an airline’s software expenses with business growth, as software usage is typically related to passenger volumes or other relevant operating metrics. Through our SaaS and hosted delivery, we are able to consistently release new functionalities and provide software hosting of higher quality than what a typical airline could afford on its own.

 

155

---

Table of Contents

Key Metrics

Our reservations system, offered through our SabreSonic CSS product line, is our core offering, comprising 55% of overall Airline Solutions revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. We consider the following key metrics for our reservations system to be representative of our overall Airline Solutions business:

 

•

Because of our long-standing relationships with customers, the importance and value of our solutions to an airline’s ability to generate revenue, and the benefits of incumbency, we believe the vast majority of our revenue is recurring and stable based on transaction volumes. Our Recurring Revenue, as a percentage of total Airline Solutions revenue, was 83% in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, and in 2012 and 2011.

 

•

In 2013, our Airline Solutions business processed reservations for 478 million PBs, representing a 14% CAGR from 2009.

For additional segment information, see Note 21, Segment Information, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Product Offering

We offer reservations systems and software applications in three functional suites: SabreSonic CSS, Sabre AirVision Marketing & Planning and Sabre AirCentre Enterprise Operations. Our broad portfolio provides a comprehensive solutions offering that automates key airline processes, from planning to reservations to operations. Our solutions are backed by extensive expertise in passenger sales and service, decision support, optimization, business processes, and operations management. Many of our solutions are available through SaaS and hosted delivery and are complementary with one another as well as in-house and other third-party solutions, allowing customers to bundle components that best suit their needs.

Airlines typically buy our solutions from within our functional suites, but we are increasingly engaging with our customers on cross-portfolio opportunities at the executive level. To address this opportunity, we are offering several new products and services which combine competencies from across our functional suites to provide holistic solutions. For example, we are developing our mobile platform to include features that enable airlines to extend capabilities to their customers and staff, like mobile check-in and itinerary management. We are also investing in a platform for applications that can support data analytics across multiple systems.

As with many software solutions providers, we offer a range of professional services and support services that enable customers to optimize the value of our solutions in the context of their individual business strategies. We also offer business consulting services which draw upon the depth and breadth of our industry expertise to craft solutions that best fit our customers’ specific needs.

Reservations Systems: SabreSonic Customer Sales & Service

Our SabreSonic CSS reservations offerings provide comprehensive capabilities around managing sales and customer service across an airline’s diverse touch points. These capabilities are designed to drive airline revenue, operational efficiency, and customer experience. Our core platform and various add-on solutions are designed to serve airlines of various sizes and business models and are able to accommodate change in an airline’s scale and business processes. For example, we believe we are well-positioned to serve LCC/hybrids as they evolve and add new services, such as new classes of service, aircraft diversity, international flying and codesharing, becoming

 

156

---

Table of Contents

more complex and requiring more advanced technology solutions. SabreSonic CSS includes the following solution families:

 

Solution Family		Description
Sales & reservations		Fully integrated core inventory and reservations platform that supports the various steps of an airline’s sales process. Enables airlines to manage and shop inventory, configure offerings, book seats and ancillaries, generate and manage tickets and process payments across all points of direct and indirect sales. This fully integrated solution powers an airline’s internet booking engine, call center, inventory control, loyalty system, data warehouse, and departure control. Customer profiles ensure customer data availability at all touch points, enabling a consistent customer experience and the ability to provide differentiated service to specific passengers. Supports the various sales and service elements of partnership agreements such as interline, codeshare, and alliance participation, allowing airlines to provide a seamless customer experience across partner carriers. Distributes an airline’s merchandising strategy across all channels and
		enables inventory management through enhanced inventory controls, segmentation, and real-time planning. Ticketing capabilities deliver a robust automated exchange and refunds processing solution, provide comprehensive reporting and reconciliation for monitoring sales activities, and enable multiple forms of local and international payment options including credit cards, PayPal, Bill Me Later and e-Bank.
Airport solutions		Departure control system that manages passenger check-in and aircraft boarding; includes passenger self-service capabilities such as mobile check-in, kiosk check-in, web check-in and gate reader. Enables automated merchandising of ancillaries and accurate collection of ancillary fees to support an airline’s merchandising strategy, reduces staffing costs with self-service solutions, streamlines agent productivity through an intuitive user interface and ensures efficient flight loading and safety with an integrated weight and balance application.
Airline retailing		E-commerce platform that provides fundamental tools for customer acquisition, merchandising, booking and itinerary management. Accessible to consumers via web, mobile, and kiosk. Capabilities include branded fares and ancillary sales, targeted deal management, and self-service exchange and refund management.
B2B distribution		Agency management tool that integrates with the airline retailing e-commerce solution to track bookings for agencies that do not participate in electronic billing and settlement plans, automates the sales reporting process and allows airlines to assess the credit liability of its agency community.
Platform services		Tool that allows airlines to develop their own user-friendly graphical interfaces and automated processes to quickly solve complex business problems across multiple third-party systems; using this tool, airlines can build their own solutions that are easy to develop, customize, maintain, and deploy in multiple environments. Web services allow airlines to control and differentiate their customer touch points by accessing core sales and service capabilities through a robust, efficient programming interface that focuses on the presentation layer, where differentiation is most critical.
Irregular operations (IROPS) reaccommodation		Integrated add-on solution that manages reaccommodation of passengers when flight schedules change, including automatic inventory search, itinerary adjustment and passenger notification, and coordinates other aspects of irregular operations recovery, such as crew reassignment and flight schedule adjustment.
Customer centricity		Loyalty programs and rules engines for effective CRM, enabling an airline to provide a differentiated customer experience that reflects the airline’s unique brand. Enables an airline to leverage data from multiple systems, combined with rules engines, to create a personalized customer experience across different touch points.

 

157

---

Table of Contents

Marketing & Planning: Sabre AirVision

Our Sabre AirVision Marketing & Planning is a set of strategic airline commercial planning solutions that focuses on helping our customers improve profitability and develop their brand. Our Sabre AirVision offerings include:

 

Solution Family		Description
Network planning and scheduling		Solutions that manage and support network planning decisions, such as data analysis to design revenue-maximizing city pairs and network layouts. Includes tools to manage service dates and times, fleet and airport gate assignments and codeshare agreements against different demand levels, operating cost scenarios, and spill/recapture rates. Airlines can optimize departure times in an entire hub to maximize connections and revenue, evaluate potential profitability of different forecasted routes using what-if scenarios, and perform close-in re-fleeting to optimize capacity against demand right up until boarding time.
Pricing and revenue management		Solutions that manage different aspects of revenue flows for passenger and cargo airlines, including cross-channel fares management, yield management and revenue integrity to identify and address fraudulent bookings. A pricing decision support solution helps airline analysts examine relevant market data to make optimal pricing decisions. A group management solution manages airline group traffic and optimizes group pricing and availability decisions based on the booking’s impact on total network revenue. Revenue management solutions leverage customer choice modeling to more accurately forecast future demand. A revenue integrity solution performs real-time reviews of bookings as they are made to identify unintentional and deliberate booking rule violations, and then returns them to inventory so they can be purchased by paying customers.
Sales and revenue analysis		Solutions that manage corporate contracts and include market intelligence tools that leverage our proprietary data set, which provides a complete, aggregated view of true market demand developed by blending 50 input sources from across the industry. Commercial intelligence tools also incorporate data from across an airline’s own network to provide analysis for decision support. A revenue accounting solution ensures fast and accurate settlement by automating the accounting of revenue across multiple airline systems.
Onboard catering and provisioning		Solutions that manage in-flight services to optimize customer experience and brand perception, including provision planning, ordering materials, galley management and business intelligence. This solution reduces labor-intensive tasks with automated planning, decreases overall inventory carrying costs, and integrates with multiple systems to centralize pricing decisions and management of multiple vendors.

 

158

---

Table of Contents

Enterprise Operations: Sabre AirCentre

Our Sabre AirCentre Enterprise Operations is a set of strategic solutions that drive operational effectiveness through holistic planning and management of airline, airport and customer operations. The Sabre AirCentre suite focuses on improving efficiency, controlling costs, and managing change through maximizing operational control. Our Sabre AirCentre offerings include:

 

Solution Family		Description
Flight management		Solutions that manage aircraft flight operations, including developing flight plans and schedules, providing maps and weather information, and tracking aircraft. A flight plan solution determines the optimal route based on airline priorities regarding fuel conservation, time, and revenue, and then it automates the costly routine processes associated with flight plan distribution. An aircraft-to-ground messaging system reduces delays by providing vital information prior to gate arrival and automating data transfer for aircraft initialization at takeoff. A situational display solution provides an integrated display of flight information, weather, and operational data that enables real-time operational decision-making to improve efficiency, productivity, and customer experience. An electronic flight bag transitions the airline from a paperless to an electronic environment for flight operations and it also enhances communications and reduces delays by integrating aircraft into the airline network.
Operations management		Solutions that forecast and fulfill long-range crew needs, optimize crew placement while complying with industry and government regulations and schedule requirements, manage crew movements, ensure accurate payroll, assign aircraft to flight schedule during regular and irregular operations and track aircraft movements on the ground. Enable adjustment of aircraft and crew schedules in response to interference causing irregular operations; early monitoring of impending operational disruptions allows for more efficient resolution, reduced costs and improved customer experience.
Airport management		Solutions that manage airline usage of airport resources, such as gate operations and usage as well as airport staff scheduling, rosters and operations. A gate management solution optimizes on-time performance through demand-driven resourcing, proactively addresses potential issues to reduce operational disruptions, and reduces tarmac waiting times and associated fuel burn. A ground support equipment planning solution uses scenario modeling to forecast ground equipment needs and optimize resource planning across an airport. A hub management solution provides an integrated view of data needed to efficiently plan and manage every aircraft turnaround. A staff management solution enhances airport handling operations through sophisticated planning models, visual alerts, and streamlined information access to help plan and manage optimal daily staff planning and deployment of the associated handling tasks.

Customers

As of December 31, 2013, we served approximately 225 airlines of all sizes and in every region of the world, including LCC/hybrids, global network carriers and regional network carriers. We also served approximately 700 other customers such as airports, corporate aviation fleets, governments and tourism boards. We have a global customer base, serving 79 of T2RL’s top 100 passenger airlines, which represent the majority of PBs worldwide, based on 2012 PBs as reported by T2RL and combined with our own competitive industry insights. We have recently won reservations system contracts from Etihad Airways, LAN, WestJet, Virgin Australia, Virgin America and JetBlue. In January 2014, we reached a long-term agreement with American Airlines to be the provider of the reservations system for the merged American Airlines and US Airways entity.

 

159

---

Table of Contents

We serve the following types of airlines:

LCC/hybrids. LCC/hybrids are typically carriers that have become more operationally complex as they evolve away from a model focused on low-cost and simplified operations. LCC/hybrids also tend to be thought leaders in the industry and grow faster, adding codesharing capabilities and new cabin classes, distributing through more indirect channels and diversifying their fleets. Examples of LCC/hybrids include Virgin America, Lion Air and JetBlue. A number of our recent customer acquisitions have been in this customer segment, with approximately 45% of our PBs represented by LCC/hybrids in 2012. In our airline reservations products, our travel supplier customer base is weighted towards this faster growing customer segment relative to our nearest competitor which has less than 10%. This leading presence among LCC/hybrids provides us with strong organic growth potential, as these carriers have recently grown faster than network carriers. As our growing LCC/hybrid customers demand additional solutions and capabilities, we can take advantage of these built-in opportunities to further increase our penetration of these customers.

Global network carriers. These carriers are typically large full-service airlines with a global presence that tend to participate in major global alliances. Examples of global network carriers include Delta, British Airways and Japan Airlines. We estimate that global network carriers, each of which serves over 25 million PBs per year, together boarded approximately one-third of PBs worldwide, as reported by T2RL in 2012.

Regional network carriers. These network carriers range in size but generally tend to focus primarily on one geographic region. They tend to be more price sensitive and less operationally complex than the global network carriers. Examples of regional network carriers include Virgin Australia and Vietnam Airlines. Mid-size and large regional carriers, which have a moderate level of complexity in their reservations requirements, are more likely than global network carriers to rely on third-party solutions providers for reservations functionality.

Our contracts tend to be non-exclusive multi-year agreements, with our reservations systems contracts generally lasting between five to ten years and software solutions contracts generally lasting between three to five years. We typically price our offerings based on relevant metrics that scale with the customer’s business, such as PBs for reservations or number of aircraft for flight planning. In most cases, airlines commit to annual minimum volumes of such relevant metrics. If actual number of units is less than the annual minimum volume commitment, the airline will pay for any shortfall up to the annual minimum volume commitment. Our fees are generally paid on a monthly basis. Depending on the type of software products purchased, we also charge our customers for consulting fees, software licensing fees and other service fees. These contracts contain standard representations and warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions.

Although airline reservations contracts representing less than 5% of Airline Solutions’ 2013 revenue are scheduled for renewal in each of 2014 and 2015, airline reservations contracts representing approximately 10% of Airline Solutions’ 2013 revenue are scheduled for renewal in each of 2016 and 2017. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our solutions contracts in the future on favorable economic terms or at all.

Competitors

The airline software industry is very competitive and highly fragmented. We are currently aware of over 100 competitors providing many types of reservations systems and software applications solutions.

The closest competitor to us in terms of size and breadth of product offering is Amadeus. We also compete with traditional technology companies such as HP, Unisys and Navitaire (a division of Accenture) and with airline industry participants such as Jeppesen (a division of Boeing), Lufthansa Systems, and SITA. In addition, various point solutions providers such as PROS, ITA Software, Datalex and Travelport compete with us on a more limited basis in several discrete functional areas. We differentiate ourselves by offering the broadest portfolio of software solutions, including reservations, marketing and planning and enterprise operations systems solutions in more than a dozen different areas of expertise. We have a competitive advantage in offering a

comprehensive portfolio through a single relationship as compared to our competitors, most of which specialize in either one solution or a limited functionality set.

 

160

---

Table of Contents

We are the second largest provider of passenger reservations systems, with an 18% share of airline PBs, according to T2RL PSS data for 2012, following closely behind Amadeus, which accounts for 21% share, and leading Navitaire, which accounts for 12% share. Despite facing significant implementation costs involved in switching passenger sales and service systems providers, a number of airlines have recently migrated from Amadeus and Navitaire systems to our SabreSonic CSS system, including Etihad Airways and Virgin Australia. Navitaire focuses on serving ultra low-cost carriers, as their passenger sales and service system is a simplified version of the traditional model of selling airline seats, while our system can accommodate the increased complexity of LCC/hybrids and network carriers.

We also believe that we have the leading portfolio of airline marketing and operations products across the solutions that we provide, based on our internal share estimates calculated based on our market intelligence combined with 2012 T2RL airline data.

There are also airlines that develop their own software applications and reservations systems in-house, some of which use a third-party mainframe in their data center and outsource the operation to a services vendor such as IBM or HP. Some regional carriers buy the spare capacity in a larger airline’s reservations systems, which is often based on a common language or an alliance relationship. As airlines continue to move toward relying on third-party solutions providers for the technology that they currently host in-house, we believe our flexible, scalable and broad portfolio, SaaS and hosted delivery model, strong penetration in the market with a focus on high-growth segments, industry expertise and customer support position us well to continue gaining share in airline software applications and reservations systems.

See “Industry—Travel Technology Solutions—Competitive Environment” for a discussion of the factors on which third-party solutions providers compete.

Hospitality Solutions

Our Hospitality Solutions business provides industry-leading distribution, operations and marketing solutions to approximately 17,500 hotel properties around the world. Our offerings include reservations systems, PMSs, marketing services through our customers’ various distribution channels and consulting services that optimize distribution and marketing. With our comprehensive portfolio of SaaS solutions and value-added services, we believe we are well-positioned to add value in the hotel industry and to address the continued global growth and complexity of operational, distribution and marketing needs.

We are a leading provider of hospitality solutions to hotel suppliers based on the following attributes:

Leader in reservations. Our CRS platform serves approximately 13,000 properties and approximately 80 chains globally. Historically, generating GDS hotel bookings has been the primary reason that hotels use CRS services. Based on our estimates, in 2013, we had the largest hospitality CRS solution based on our approximately 27% market share of third-party hospitality CRS hotel rooms distributed through our GDS, with our next closest competitor at 17%. See “Method of Calculation” for an explanation of the methodology underlying our third-party hospitality CRS hotel room share calculation.

Leading web-based PMS. Our innovative PMS is used by more than 4,500 properties globally and we believe our product is one of the leading third-party web-based PMSs. Our PMS platform complements our industry-leading CRS platform and we expect to launch an integrated hospitality management suite that will centralize all distribution, operations and marketing aspects to facilitate increased accuracy, elimination of redundancies, and increased revenue and cost savings. In a recent internal survey, a majority of hotels with ten or more properties would be interested in purchasing this type of integrated PMS-CRS web-based solution when they next upgrade their PMS. Over time, we expect that this system will change the industry approach to distribution and guest management, as well as drive greater cross-utilization among our customer base.

 

161

---

Table of Contents

Industry expertise. Our deep industry expertise in hotel distribution enhances the value of our solutions, which help hotels manage content across multiple global, regional, and local distribution channels more effectively. Our Hospitality Solutions business leadership team has an average of over 16 years of hospitality industry experience, and our industry expertise stems from relationships with hotels, travel agencies and distribution partners going back over 20 years.

Scalable SaaS delivery. The vast majority of our revenue is generated by solutions delivered as SaaS. This delivery model provides hotels, which previously performed these functions manually, with access to our state-of-the-art technology without prohibitive infrastructure costs. Our SaaS solutions platform is sophisticated enough to accommodate any hotel’s needs, from an independent hotel to a global chain with multiple brands and thousands of properties. We believe this sets us apart from many of our competitors and provides our customers with the scale needed to replace in-house technology and focus their resources to serve travelers.

Key Metrics

Our revenue growth is associated primarily with the product functionality and the scalability of our business due to the economies of scale realized through our SaaS delivery model. Our Recurring Revenue as a percentage of total Hospitality Solutions revenue has remained high for our Hospitality Solutions business at 93%, 95% and 92% for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we processed approximately 14 million room reservations. For additional segment information, see Note 21, Segment Information, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Product Offering

We offer a comprehensive set of SaaS solutions for hoteliers to manage distribution, operations and marketing across multiple channels and segments globally. Customers can bundle components of our modular and integrated software offerings to create a solution that best suits their specifications. Our solutions can also be integrated with other hotel systems; as an active member of Open Travel Alliance and Hotel Technology Next Generation, we work with the most current XML standard interface specifications so that new interfaces can easily and quickly be added as needed.

 

Product Category		Description
Distribution		SynXis CRS: a web-based system that distributes a hotel’s inventory to various channels, including the GDS, our proprietary Guest Connect internet booking engine (which includes mobile booking capabilities), call center (which is offered as an outsourced service and/or an agent booking application called Voice Agent) and direct connections to third-party OTAs. Allows hotels to manage availability, rates and content across these channels and send targeted marketing messages to customers at the point of sale. Includes revenue management tools that integrate with other important property systems to provide a holistic view of a hotel’s revenue streams and help optimize revenue.
Operations		Sabre PMS: a web-based system that helps a hotel manage all aspects of its operations, with functionalities including inventory and reservations management, guest profile management, staffing, cleaning, back office and payment system integration, and a night audit/reporting module. Serves over 4,500 properties, including Red Roof Hotels and nine Wyndham brands.
Marketing		Include a broad portfolio of solutions including website design and hosting, search engine optimization, pay-per-click and online advertising, mobile solutions, social media marketing, content management systems, behavioral targeting and custom flash development. Also include the sale of Sabre GDS media, integration with CRM and loyalty systems and email marketing campaign management.

 

162

---

Table of Contents

Product Category		Description
Other		Consulting services for revenue management, marketing campaign planning and CRM, partnering with our customers to provide education around and maximize the return on investment in our tools and services, identify new revenue opportunities and stay up to date on the latest industry trends.   A Consortia/Request for Proposal (“RFP”) solution targets certain customer segments to generate higher-revenue bookings than those generated through the internet. Comprised of (i) Sabre Hotel RFP, which provides hotels with leads for corporate travel contracts and sends hotel bids to corporations and agencies and (ii) Consortia Management Program, which markets preferred rates to qualified travel agent groups, or consortia, and helps establish strong relationships with major consortia agents for the corporate direct, leisure and general travel agency sectors.

Customers

We have a global customer base with approximately 17,500 hotel properties of all sizes, with 35% of hotel rooms distributed through our GDS for the year ended December 31, 2013 in North America, 9% in Latin America, 34% in EMEA and 22% in APAC. The combination of our functionality, system flexibility, and ease of deployment has enabled significant global growth across all regions and customer segments. We have grown from approximately 10,000 properties in 2008 to approximately 17,500 properties in 2013. The breadth of our customer base provides us with opportunities to cross-sell our many offerings to hotels with which we already have a relationship. The flexibility of our solutions allows us to serve hospitality customers that range from individual hotels to large chains comprised of thousands of properties. For example, we serve strong, stable brands such as Wyndham, Shangri-La Hotels and Resorts, Mandarin Oriental, Peninsula, Rosewood Hotels and Resorts, Preferred Hotel Group, Harrah’s, Kimpton and Red Roof Inns. Our tools help these branded chains manage their brand and distribution mix across multiple properties in multiple regions. In total, we represent approximately 80 different hotel chains and over 8,000 independent hotels. A large part of our strength and success in the independent hotel segment is due to our global reseller network of over 30 partners that allows us to extend our sales presence internationally in a cost-effective manner.

Our contracts usually have one to five year terms, and typically renew automatically for one to three year periods until notice of termination is given by either party prior to the end of the current term. Customers whose contracts allow termination at will may have to pay early termination fees or may only terminate after a certain period of time has passed. We receive configuration and monthly subscription fees from our customers. Monthly transaction fees are comprised of reservations fees per room booking, net of cancellations, in that month. Customers have agreed to annual or periodic reservations fee increases in many of our contracts. These contracts contain standard representations and warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions.

Hospitality Solutions contract renewals are relatively evenly spaced, with approximately one-third of contracts representing approximately one-third of Hospitality Solutions’ 2013 revenue coming up for renewal in any given year. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our solutions contracts in the future on favorable economic terms or at all.

Competitors

We face competition across many aspects of our business but our primary competitors are in the hospitality CRS and PMS fields, including MICROS, TravelClick, Pegasus and Trust, among others. However, in 2013, we had the largest hospitality CRS solution, based on our approximately 27% market share of third-party hospitality CRS hotel rooms distributed through our GDS.

 

163

---

Table of Contents

The chart below reflects the long-term trend of our third-party hospitality CRS market share (compared against certain key competitors) as measured by our GDS bookings. This metric is different from the metric we use elsewhere in this prospectus which is based on share of hotel rooms, and we use it because we believe it accurately reflects the direction of the market over time. See “Method of Calculation” for an explanation of the methodology underlying these two different metrics.

 

There are also hotels that develop their own software applications and CRSs in-house, including global hotel chains. As hotels continue to move toward relying on third-party solutions providers for the technology that they currently host in-house, we believe our flexible, scalable and extensive portfolio, SaaS delivery model, focus on high-growth segments, industry expertise and customer support position us well to continue gaining share in the hospitality solutions industry.

See “Industry—Travel Technology Solutions—Competitive Environment” for a discussion of the factors on which third-party solutions providers compete.

Travelocity

Travelocity is our family of online consumer travel e-commerce businesses that serves primarily leisure travelers. We connect these travelers with travel products and services from well-known global brands. Through our websites, travelers can research, shop and book over 400 airlines, over 150,000 hotels, all major car rental companies, most major cruise lines, numerous vacation and last-minute travel packages as well as access traveler reviews and other travel-related services.

Travelocity is comprised primarily of Travelocity.com, an OTA focusing on the United States and Canada and lastminute.com, an OTA focusing on Europe. Our Travelocity and lastminute.com brands remain well-recognized; for example, in February 2012, Travelocity was named the top travel site by the American Consumer Satisfaction Index, and, according to our internal brand trackers, as of December 2013, we were among the leaders in the United States in terms of brand awareness, as compared with our principal OTA competitors.

 

164

---

Table of Contents

Founded in 1996, Travelocity.com was the first OTA and one of the first online retailers. In 2013, Travelocity was the fourth largest global OTA, generating $7 billion in annual gross travel sales. Travelocity’s results have been adversely impacted by several factors in recent years, including margin pressure and reduced bookings on its websites. For the three years ended December 31, 2013, Travelocity experienced an approximately 9% compound annual revenue decline due to intense competition within the travel industry. This increased level of competition led to declines in fees on new long-term supplier agreements signed with several large North American airlines in 2012 and lower transaction volumes, which also impacted our media revenue. In order to help improve Travelocity results, we initiated plans in the third quarter of 2013 to shift our Travelocity businesses in the United States and Canada away from a high fixed-cost model to a lower-cost, performance-based revenue structure.

On August 22, 2013, Travelocity entered into an exclusive, long-term strategic marketing agreement with Expedia, which was recently amended and restated in March 2014 to reflect changed commercial terms. Under the Expedia SMA, Expedia will power the technology platforms for Travelocity’s existing U.S. and Canadian websites as well as provide Travelocity with access to Expedia’s supply and customer service platforms. The Expedia SMA represents a strategic decision to reduce direct costs associated with Travelocity and to provide our customers with the benefit of Expedia’s long-term investment in its technology platform as well as its supply and customer service platforms, which we expect to increase conversion and operational efficiency and allows us to shift our focus to Travelocity’s marketing strengths.

We believe Travelocity and lastminute.com have strong brand awareness. According to internal surveys, our brand consideration for Travelocity was the second highest among OTAs in North America, and our hotel shopping preference for lastminute.com was the highest among OTAs in the United Kingdom, which is lastminute.com’s primary market. We believe we can use this brand awareness and consideration to drive customer traffic and create opportunities for improving customer conversion. We are focusing our marketing efforts on promoting our brands, increasing brand recognition and customer loyalty, driving customer traffic and optimizing our return on marketing investment through a wide range of advertising channels. These advertising channels include offline advertising, paid search, search engine optimization, personalized traveler communications via our websites and through direct e-mail correspondence with our travelers, affiliate marketing and social media. We intend to continue improving upon Travelocity’s brand messaging and marketing efficiency as well as finding new ways to lead by building deeper connections with customers, investing in differentiated content and engaging customers through social media.

Under the terms of the Expedia SMA, Expedia is required to pay us a performance-based marketing fee that will vary based on the amount of travel booked through Travelocity-branded websites that are powered by Expedia. The marketing fee we receive will be recorded as revenue and the cost we incur to promote the Travelocity brand and for marketing will be recorded as selling, general and administrative expense in our results of operations.

Pursuant to our Expedia SMA, we will continue to be liable for fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation arising from hotels booked on the Travelocity platform prior to the Expedia SMA. However, fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation from hotels booked subsequent to the Expedia SMA will be shared with Expedia according to the terms of the Expedia SMA. The Expedia SMA requires us to guarantee Travelocity’s indemnification obligations for liabilities that may arise out of such litigation matters, which may materially adversely affect our cash flows. Additionally, the Expedia SMA contains standard representations and warranties, covenants and indemnifications.

Expedia will use our GDS for shopping and booking of the air travel booked through Travelocity.com and Travelocity.ca until 2019, at which time it may choose to use another intermediary for a portion or all of such air travel, subject to earlier termination under certain circumstances. We do not expect that Expedia will use Travel Network for shopping and booking of a portion of non-air travel for Travelocity.com and Travelocity.ca after the launch of the Expedia SMA. Both parties began development and implementation after signing the Expedia

 

165

---

Table of Contents

SMA. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of the online hotel and air offering has been migrated to the Expedia platform, and a launch of the majority of the remainder is expected in mid-2014.

As part of our negotiations to amend and restate the Expedia SMA, we also agreed to a separate Expedia Put/Call agreement that supersedes the previous put/call arrangement, whereby Expedia may acquire, or we may sell to Expedia, certain assets relating to the Travelocity business. Our put right may be exercised during the first 24 months of the Expedia Put/Call only upon the occurrence of certain triggering events primarily relating to implementation, which are outside of our control. The occurrence of such events is not considered probable. During this period, the amount of the put right is fixed. After the 24 month period, the put right is only exercisable for a limited period of time in 2016 and 2017 at a discount to fair market value. The call right held by Expedia is exercisable at any time during the term of the Expedia Put/Call. If the call right is exercised, although we expect the amount paid will be fair value, the call right provides for a floor for a limited time that may be higher than fair value and a ceiling for the duration of the Expedia Put/Call that may be lower than fair value.

The term of the amended and restated Expedia SMA is nine years, subject to certain termination provisions, and automatically renews under certain conditions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry—The recently signed strategic marketing agreement with Expedia may not be successfully implemented or may not result in the benefits anticipated by the parties.”

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we continued our restructuring of Travelocity by implementing a plan to restructure lastminute.com, the European portion of the Travelocity business, in order to allow lastminute.com to operate independently, although from time to time we may evaluate our strategic options regarding lastminute.com. Travelocity will continue to be managed as one operating segment. Additionally, Travelocity recently sold its TPN business to Orbitz. TPN is a B2B offering that provides travel content and booking functionality to, and sells products and services through, loyalty and private label websites for suppliers and distribution partners.

Key Metrics

For the year ended December 31, 2013, Travelocity gross travel booked was $7 billion. For additional segment information, see Note 21, Segment Information, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Product Offering

Our product offering includes:

 

•

Travelocity.com (including Travelocity.ca and Travelocity.mx), which is our consumer-facing full-service OTA offering for the Americas that serves primarily leisure travelers. Travelocity.com allows customers to reserve, book, and purchase a variety of airline tickets, hotel rooms, rental cars, cruises, and packaged vacations without the help of a travel agent.

 

•

lastminute.com, which is our European OTA brand that provides online access to over 80,000 hotel properties and approximately 400 airlines worldwide as well as holiday packages, car hire, theater tickets and spa packages.

Competitors

Travelocity’s main competitors include:

 

•

other OTAs, of which the largest global businesses are Expedia, Orbitz and Priceline. These competitors continue to evolve by investing in marketing, international expansion, mobile platforms and new comparison models such as metasearch;

 

•

traditional offline travel agencies;

 

•

suppliers, such as airlines, hotels and car rental companies, many of which have their own branded websites;

 

166

---

Table of Contents

•

search engines that have launched travel-focused initiatives, such as Google Flights and Microsoft Bing Travel. Although these search engines currently do not have the ability to directly fulfill travel bookings, they can direct customer traffic to other sites such as supplier websites where customers can book directly; and

 

•

metasearch companies, which aggregate travel search results from suppliers, OTAs and other travel websites. For example, Kayak may be able to drive new traffic to Priceline, by which it was recently acquired. TripAdvisor, the leading travel research and review website, has recently added metasearch functionality to some of its offerings.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry—Travel suppliers’ use of alternative distribution models, such as direct distribution models, could adversely affect our Travel Network and Travelocity businesses.”

We compete on the basis of ease of use; price; customer satisfaction; availability of product type or rate; service; amount, accessibility and reliability of information; breadth of products offered and customers reached. We expect that the Expedia SMA will help us enhance the quality and breadth of our travel offerings, our competitive pricing and timely promotions, as well as the customer service and quality of our travel planning content and insight.

Research, Development and Technology

Introduction

We invest heavily in software development, delivery and operational support capabilities and strive for best-in-class products that we can provide for our customers. We operate standardized infrastructure in our data center environments across hardware, operating systems, databases, and other key enabling technologies to minimize costs on non-differentiators.

Our architecture has evolved from a mainframe-centric transaction processing environment to a secure processing platform that we believe is one of the world’s most heavily used and resilient SOA environments. In 2013, our platform processed more than 1.1 trillion system messages, with peak volumes of nearly 100,000 system messages per second and an average response time of less than three seconds. This represents approximately a 25% CAGR from the approximately 700 billion system messages processed in 2011. Our data centers have more than 14,000 servers/virtual machines and leverage over 10,000 terabytes of storage.

A variety of products and services run on this technology infrastructure: high-volume air shopping systems; desktop-access applications providing continuous, real-time data access to travel agents; airline operations and decision support systems; an array of customized applications available through the Sabre Red App Centre; and web-based services that provide an automated interface between us and our travel suppliers and customers. The flexibility and scale of our standardized SOA-based technology infrastructure allow us to quickly deliver a broad variety of SaaS and hosted solutions.

Product Development

A technology staff of approximately 4,000 employees and contractors provides varying skill sets to deliver quality and innovation to our customers. This staff is based around the world in six facilities located in Dallas-Fort Worth, Boston, Krakow, Bangalore, Montevideo and Buenos Aires. This global footprint puts us closer to our customers and gives our developers insight into local market needs that benefits our products and services. Additional offices around the world also let us use a “follow the sun” approach, meaning that our development teams are active 24-hours-a-day in order to provide rapid time to market. We also have the flexibility to adapt quickly and re-allocate work across regions and businesses as needed.

Our core product development is complemented by dedicated analytics and operations research staff. This team, which includes individuals with advanced degrees in operations research, computer science, mathematics

 

167

---

Table of Contents

and statistics, applies the latest thinking on advanced algorithms and data analysis to drive continuous improvement in the innovation, efficiency, and performance of our products and services.

Processing and Storage Capacity

Sabre has significant processing and storage capacity to enable efficient processing of business volumes, leveraging multiple data centers around the world for production, certification, integration, and development environments.

The majority of our systems operate in a private cloud environment. This, coupled with a standardized infrastructure stack, enables rapid deployment of capacity and automation across the operational environment. We expect that increasing levels of automation over time will enable us to continue to make better use of our processing and storage capacity and to increase the efficiency and speed with which we can deploy capacity to areas of need across our business.

Operational Reliability and Performance

Our technology strategy is based on achieving company-wide stability and performance at the most efficient price point. Significant investment has gone into building a commoditized, centralized and standardized middleware environment with an emphasis on simplicity, security, and scalability. Teams of developers focus solely on the creation and improvement of core services that are leveraged in product development across our businesses, ensuring consistency and a common foundation for operational stability. In addition, our enterprise technology operations team leverage industry-standard Information Technology Infrastructure Library operational processes.

Disaster Recovery

Our primary data centers are Tier 3 facilities and have been built to provide a high-availability environment. They are designed to withstand most natural events, were placed geographically above flood lines and are in areas with very low probability of earthquakes. This physical design is coupled with operational and site management processes designed to eliminate points of failure and provide availability 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week, 365-days-a-year. They have redundant power, advanced cooling systems, network infrastructure, fire detection, and emergency systems. The data centers are also equipped with comprehensive security systems to mitigate potential physical compromise of the facilities or services. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our success depends on maintaining the integrity of our systems and infrastructure, which may suffer from failures, capacity constraints, business interruptions and forces outside our control.”

Data Security

We employ data protection measures in an effort to safeguard both corporate and customer data. Additionally, many initiatives are planned or are already underway to further strengthen our information security position.

We scan our credit card processing environment regularly, run annual internal and external penetration testing to identify vulnerabilities, and conduct annual risk assessments on applications and processes in order to maintain a high degree of data security awareness. See “Risk Factors—Regulatory and Other Legal Risks—Our collection, processing, storage, use and transmission of personal data could give rise to liabilities as a result of governmental regulation, conflicting legal requirements, differing views on data privacy or security breaches” and “Risk Factors—Regulatory and Other Legal Risks—We are exposed to risks associated with payment card industry (“PCI”) compliance” for more information about the data security related risks and requirements to which we are subject.

 

168

---

Table of Contents

Much of our operational computing environment, including our mainframe systems, is managed by a third-party service provider, which allows us to capitalize on the service provider’s operational and security expertise. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We rely on the availability and performance of information technology services provided by third parties, including HP, which manages a significant portion of our systems” for more information about our relationship with third-party service providers.

Product and Service Quality

We operate several labs that have primary accountability for validating the functional capabilities of application code, confirming code compatibility and integration, and testing code performance for high volume resiliency. These capabilities support institutionalized application engineering best practices and formalized processes that mandate the implementation and use of specific testing environments for development, integration, and certification before code moves to production. Our software development life-cycle emphasis includes the execution of documented, traceable standards and measures from initiation of a product through retirement. These include specific architectural reviews, code inspections, and pre-release readiness reviews.

Operational Efficiency

We leverage SOA to build a standard infrastructure across our business, which has allowed us to obtain efficient, streamlined operational support of our services and applications through enhanced and standardized deployment, discovery and visibility across business segments. Our operational environment has common systems and processes across the business, standardized hardware and software, multi-core and virtualization technologies for efficiency and sustainability, and a data center footprint that allows for expansion and quick integration of any new data centers resulting from acquisition of other companies.

The focus on standardization during our multi-year move to an agile development approach has allowed teams to increase their throughput and reduce rework. Our product development teams are staying more in synch with internal and external customer needs through more frequent touch points, early demonstration of features and functions, and a continuous focus on quality, ensuring more alignment once products are delivered. In addition, the introduction of supporting tool sets that work well with the methodology and technology architecture for component-level testing have further increased productivity at the team level.

Finally, by strategically locating approximately half of our technology staff in various facilities and closely monitoring and adjusting our technology investment, we are able to introduce increasingly more advanced development and operational practices while reducing unnecessary resources and costs.

Intellectual Property

Companies in the travel and travel technology industries increasingly rely on patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets, as well as licenses of the foregoing. Such companies constantly develop new products and innovations, and the travel and travel technology industries are subject to constant and rapid technological change.

We use software, business processes and proprietary information to carry out our business. These assets and related intellectual property rights are significant assets of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, confidentiality procedures, and contractual provisions to protect these assets and we license software and other intellectual property both to and from third parties. We may seek patent protection on technology, software and business processes relating to our business, and our software and related documentation may also be protected under trade secret and copyright laws where applicable. We may also benefit from both statutory and common-law protection of our trademarks. We do not believe that our business is dependent on any single item of intellectual property, or that any single item of intellectual property is material to the operation of our business. Rather, we believe that our intellectual property provides a competitive advantage, and from time to time we have taken steps to enforce our intellectual property rights.

 

169

---

Table of Contents

The scope of such intellectual property protection varies depending on the laws of the local jurisdiction, which, in some jurisdictions, may provide less protection than the laws of the United States. Moreover, the duration of protection varies between different types of intellectual property rights. For instance, in the United States patents generally remain in force for 20 years from the filing of the patent application. Our issued United States patents are expected to expire between 2014 and 2033.

Although we rely heavily on our brands, associated trademarks, and domain names, we do not believe that our business is dependent on any single item of intellectual property, or that any single item of intellectual property is material to the operation of our business. However, since we consider trademarks to be a valuable asset of our business, we maintain our trademark portfolio throughout the world by filing trademark applications with the relevant trademark offices, renewing appropriate registrations and regularly monitoring potential infringement of our trademarks in certain key markets. See “Risk Factors—Regulatory and Other Legal Risks—We may not be able to protect our intellectual property effectively, which may allow competitors to duplicate our products and services” and “Risk Factors—Regulatory and Other Legal Risks—Intellectual property infringement actions against us could be costly and time consuming to defend and may result in business harm if we are unsuccessful in our defense” for more information about our intellectual property.

Insurance

We insure against certain corporate risks, including damage to our property and other material assets and business interruption. Our insurance coverage includes:

 

•

general civil liability and business automobile insurance umbrella and excess liability policies;

 

•

property, damages and business interruption policy;

 

•

director and officer liability policy;

 

•

IT services policies, including a policy for errors and omissions and Internet/cyber liability;

 

•

aviation policy covering third party bodily harm and/or property damage resulting from aircraft incidents;

 

•

workers’ compensation policy;

 

•

employee crime, kidnap and ransom policy;

 

•

fiduciary liability policy; and

 

•

supplemental policies for general liability, automobile liability and workers’ compensation for certain foreign locations, where required by local law.

While we consider that our insurance coverage is consistent with industry standards in light of the activities we conduct, we can provide no assurance that our insurance coverage will adequately protect us from all the risks that may arise or in amounts sufficient to prevent material loss. See “Risk Factors—Regulatory and Other Legal Risks—We may not have sufficient insurance to cover our liability in pending litigation claims and future claims either due to coverage limits or as a result of insurance carriers seeking to deny coverage of such claims, which in either case could expose us to significant liabilities.”

Legal Proceedings

While certain legal proceedings and related indemnification obligations to which we are a party specify the amounts claimed, such claims may not represent reasonably possible losses. Given the inherent uncertainties of litigation, the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be predicted at this time, nor can the amount of possible loss or range of loss, if any, be reasonably estimated, except in circumstances where an aggregate litigation accrual has been recorded for probable and reasonably estimable loss contingencies. A determination of the amount of accrual required, if any, for these contingencies is made after careful analysis of each matter. The

 

170

---

Table of Contents

required accrual may change in the future due to new information or developments in each matter or changes in approach such as a change in settlement strategy in dealing with these matters. See “Risk Factors—Regulatory and Other Legal Risks—We are involved in various legal proceedings which may cause us to incur significant fees, costs and expenses and may result in unfavorable outcomes.”

Litigation and Administrative Audit Proceedings Relating to Hotel Occupancy Taxes

Over the past nine years, various state and local governments in the United States have filed approximately 70 lawsuits against us and other OTAs pertaining primarily to whether Travelocity and other OTAs owe sales or occupancy taxes on some or all of the revenues they earn from facilitating hotel reservations using the merchant revenue model. In the merchant revenue model, the customer pays us an amount at the time of booking that includes (i) service fees, which we collect, and (ii) the price of the hotel room and amounts for occupancy or other local taxes, which we pass along to the hotel supplier. The complaints generally allege, among other things, that the defendants failed to pay to the relevant taxing authority hotel accommodations taxes on the service fees. Courts have dismissed approximately 30 of these lawsuits, some for failure to exhaust administrative remedies and some on the basis that we are not subject to the sales or occupancy tax at issue based on the construction of the language in the ordinance. The Fourth, Sixth and Eleventh Circuits of the United States Courts of Appeals each have ruled in our favor on the merits, as have state appellate courts in Missouri, Alabama, Texas, California, Kentucky, Florida and Pennsylvania, and a number of state and federal trial courts. The remaining lawsuits are in various stages of litigation. We have also settled some cases individually for nuisance value and, with respect to such settlements, have reserved our rights to challenge any effort by the applicable tax authority to impose occupancy taxes in the future.

Among the recent favorable decisions, on January 23, 2013, the California Supreme Court declined to hear the appeals of the City of Anaheim and the City of Santa Monica from lower court decisions in favor of Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether local occupancy taxes apply to the merchant revenue model. We and other OTAs have also prevailed on summary judgment motions in San Francisco and Los Angeles. We believe these decisions should be helpful in resolving any other California cases, which are either currently pending or subsequently brought, in our favor.

Similarly, on January 23, 2013, the Missouri Court of Appeals upheld a lower court decision in favor of Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether local occupancy taxes in the City of Branson apply to the merchant revenue model. On February 28, 2013, the First District Court of Appeals in Florida affirmed a summary judgment ruling in favor of Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether local accommodation taxes levied by Leon County and 18 other counties in Florida apply to the merchant revenue model. The Florida Supreme Court is currently reviewing this decision. Likewise, on March 29, 2013, a federal district court in New Mexico granted summary judgment, ruling that OTAs are not vendors subject to hotel occupancy tax in New Mexico. On December 13, 2013, the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed summary judgment in our favor in a case that had been pending in Rome, Georgia, finding there was no evidence that we collected but failed to remit tax, that the counties could not recover on their common law claims, and that there is no basis in Georgia law (statutory or otherwise) for an award of back taxes. On March 5, 2014, the California Court of Appeals affirmed the trial court’s grant of summary judgment in our favor in the hotel occupancy tax litigation brought against us by the City of San Diego. On March 7, 2014, the trial court in our lawsuit with the Montana Department of Revenue granted our (and the other OTA defendants’) motion for summary judgment.

Although we have prevailed in the majority of these lawsuits and proceedings, there have been several adverse judgments or decisions on the merits, some of which are subject to appeal.

Among the recent adverse decisions, on June 21, 2013, a state trial court in Cook County, Illinois granted summary judgment in favor of the City of Chicago and against Travelocity and other OTAs, ruling that the City’s hotel tax applies to the fees retained by the OTAs because, according to the trial court, OTAs act as hotel “managers” when facilitating hotel reservations. The court did not address damages. After final judgment is entered, Travelocity intends to appeal the court’s decision on the basis that we do not believe that we “manage” hotels.

 

171

---

Table of Contents

On November 21, 2013, the New York State Court of Appeals ruled against Travelocity and other OTAs, holding that New York City’s hotel occupancy tax, which was amended in 2009 to capture revenue from fees charged to customers by third-party travel companies, is constitutional because such fees constitute rent as they are a condition of occupancy. We have been collecting and remitting taxes under the statute, so the ruling does not have any impact on our financial results in that regard.

On April 4, 2013, the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas entered a final judgment against Travelocity and other OTAs in a class action lawsuit filed by the City of San Antonio. The final judgment was based on a jury verdict from October 30, 2009 that the OTAs “control” hotels for purposes of city hotel occupancy taxes. Following that jury verdict, on July 1, 2011, the Western District of Texas concluded that fees charged by the OTAs are subject to city hotel occupancy taxes and that the OTAs have a duty to assess, collect and remit these taxes. We disagree with the jury’s finding that we “control” hotels, and with the Western District of Texas’ conclusions based on the jury finding, and intend to appeal the final judgment to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.

We believe the Fifth Circuit’s resolution of the San Antonio appeal may be affected by a separate Texas state appellate court decision in our favor. On October 26, 2011, the Fourteenth Court of Appeals of Texas affirmed a trial court’s summary judgment ruling in favor of the OTAs in a case brought by the City of Houston and the Harris County-Houston Sports Authority on a similarly worded tax ordinance as the one at issue in the San Antonio case. The Texas Supreme Court denied the City of Houston’s petition to review the case. We believe this decision should provide persuasive authority to the Fifth Circuit in its review of the San Antonio case.

On September 24, 2012, a trial court in Washington D.C. granted summary judgment in favor of the District of Columbia on its claim that the OTAs are subject to hotel occupancy tax. The court has not yet addressed any questions related to damages, but is expected to do so during the first quarter of 2014. After final judgment is entered, Travelocity intends to appeal the court’s decision.

In late 2012, the Tax Appeal Court of the State of Hawaii granted summary judgment in favor of Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether Hawaii’s hotel occupancy tax applies to the merchant revenue model. However, in January 2013, the same court granted summary judgment in favor of the State of Hawaii and against Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether the state’s general excise tax, which is assessed on all business activity in the state, applies to the merchant revenue model for the period from 2002 to 2011.

We expensed $19 million and $25 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which represents the amount we would owe to the State of Hawaii, prior to appealing the Tax Appeal Court’s ruling, in back excise taxes, penalties and interest based on the court’s interpretation of the statute. In 2013, we made payments totaling $35 million and maintained an accrued liability of $9 million. Payment of such amount is not an admission that we believe we are subject to the taxes in question.

Travelocity has appealed the Tax Appeal Court’s determination that we are subject to general excise tax, as we believe the decision is incorrect and inconsistent with the same court’s prior rulings. If any such taxes are in fact owed (which we dispute), we believe the correct amount would be under $10 million. The ultimate resolution of these contingencies may differ from the liabilities recorded. To the extent our appeal is successful in reducing or eliminating the assessed amounts, the State of Hawaii would be required to refund such amounts, plus interest.

On May 20, 2013, the State of Hawaii issued an additional general excise tax assessment for the calendar year 2012. Travelocity has appealed this recent assessment to the Tax Appeal Court, and this assessment has been stayed pending a final appellate decision on the original assessment.

 

172

---

Table of Contents

On December 9, 2013, the State of Hawaii also issued assessments of general excise tax for merchant rental car bookings facilitated by Travelocity and other OTAs for the period 2001 to 2012 for which we recorded a $2 million reserve in the fourth quarter of 2013. Travelocity has appealed the assessment to the Tax Appeal Court and does not believe the excise tax is applicable.

The aggregate impact to our results of operations for all litigation and administrative audit proceedings relating to hotel sales, occupancy or excise taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $27 million, which amount includes all amounts expensed for the State of Hawaii during that period. As of December 31, 2013, we have a remaining reserve of $18 million, included in liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet, for the potential resolution of issues identified related to litigation involving hotel sales, occupancy or excise taxes, which amount includes the $9 million liability for the remaining payments to the State of Hawaii. Our estimated liability is based on our current best estimate but the ultimate resolution of these issues may be greater or less than the amount recorded and, if greater, could adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition to the actions by the tax authorities, four consumer class action lawsuits have been filed against us and other OTAs in which the plaintiffs allege that we made misrepresentations concerning the description of the fees received in relation to facilitating hotel reservations. Generally, the consumer claims relate to whether Travelocity and the other OTAs provided adequate notice to consumers regarding the nature of our fees and the amount of taxes charged or collected. One of these lawsuits was dismissed by the Texas Supreme Court and such dismissal was subsequently affirmed; one was voluntarily dismissed by the plaintiffs; one is pending in Texas state court, where the court is currently considering the plaintiffs’ motion to certify a class action; and the last is pending in federal court, but has been stayed pending the outcome of the Texas state court action. We believe the notice we provided was appropriate.

In addition to the lawsuits, a number of state and local governments have initiated inquiries, audits and other administrative proceedings that could result in an assessment of sales or occupancy taxes on fees. If we do not prevail at the administrative level, those cases could lead to formal litigation proceedings.

Pursuant to our Expedia SMA, we will continue to be liable for fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation arising from hotels booked on the Travelocity platform prior to the Expedia SMA. However, fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation from hotels booked subsequent to the Expedia SMA will be shared with Expedia according to the terms of the Expedia SMA. The Expedia SMA requires us to guarantee Travelocity’s indemnification obligations for liabilities that may arise out of such litigation matters, which could adversely affect our cash flow.

US Airways Antitrust Litigation

In April 2011, US Airways sued us in federal court in the Southern District of New York, alleging violations of the Sherman Act Section 1 (anticompetitive agreements) and Section 2 (monopolization). The complaint was filed two months after we entered into a new distribution agreement with US Airways. In September 2011, the court dismissed all claims relating to Section 2. The claims that were not dismissed are claims brought under Section 1 of the Sherman Act that relate to our contracts with airlines, especially US Airways itself, which US Airways says contain anticompetitive content-related provisions, and an alleged conspiracy with the other GDSs, allegedly to maintain the industry structure and not to implement US Airways’ preferred system of distributing its Choice Seats product. We strongly deny all of the allegations made by US Airways. In September 2013, US Airways issued a report in which it purported to quantify its damages at either $281 million or $425 million, (before trebling) depending on certain assumptions. We believe both estimates are based on faulty assumptions and analysis and therefore are highly overstated. In the event US Airways were to prevail on the merits of its claim, we believe any monetary damages awarded (before trebling) would be significantly less than either of US Airways’ proposed damage amounts.

Document discovery, fact witness discovery and expert witness discovery are complete. Summary judgment motions are scheduled to be filed in April 2014, with full briefing of those motions expected to be completed in

 

173

---

Table of Contents

May 2014. All court settings are subject to change. No trial date has been set and we anticipate the most likely trial date would be in September or October 2014, assuming no delays with the court’s schedule and that we do not prevail completely with our summary judgment motions.

We have and will incur significant fees, costs and expenses for as long as the litigation is ongoing. In addition, litigation by its nature is highly uncertain and fraught with risk, and it is therefore difficult to predict the outcome of any particular matter. If favorable resolution of the matter is not reached, any monetary damages are subject to trebling under the antitrust laws and US Airways would be eligible to be reimbursed by us for its costs and attorneys’ fees. Depending on the amount of any such judgment, if we do not have sufficient cash on hand, we may be required to seek financing through the issuance of additional equity or from private or public financing. Additionally, US Airways can and has sought injunctive relief, though we believe injunctive relief for US Airways is precluded by the settlement agreement we reached with American Airlines in 2012, which covers affiliates, including through merger, of American Airlines. If injunctive relief were granted, depending on its scope, it could affect the manner in which our airline distribution business is operated and potentially force changes to the existing airline distribution business model. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Department of Justice Investigation

On May 19, 2011, we received a CID from the DOJ investigating alleged anticompetitive acts related to the airline distribution component of our business. We are fully cooperating with the DOJ investigation and are unable to make any prediction regarding its outcome. The DOJ is also investigating other companies that own GDSs, and has sent CIDs to other companies in the travel industry. Based on its findings in the investigation, the DOJ may (i) close the file, (ii) seek a consent decree to remedy issues it believes violate the antitrust laws, or (iii) file suit against us for violating the antitrust laws, seeking injunctive relief. If injunctive relief were granted, depending on its scope, it could affect the manner in which our airline distribution business is operated and potentially force changes to the existing airline distribution business model. Any of these consequences would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Insurance Carriers

We have disputes against two of our insurance carriers for failing to reimburse defense costs incurred in the American Airlines antitrust litigation, which we settled in October 2012. For a description of the American Airlines antitrust litigation, see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings—Airline Antitrust Litigation, US Airways Antitrust Litigation, and DOJ Investigation to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Both carriers admitted there is coverage, but reserved their rights not to pay should we be found liable for certain of American Airlines’ allegations. Despite their admission of coverage, the insurers have only reimbursed us for a small portion of our significant defense costs. We filed suit against the entities in New York state court alleging breach of contract and a statutory cause of action for failure to promptly pay claims. If we prevail, we may recover some or all amounts already tendered to the insurance companies for payment within the limits of the policies and would be entitled to 18% interest on such amounts. To date, settlement discussions have been unsuccessful. The court has not scheduled a trial date though we anticipate trial to begin in the latter part of 2014.

Hotel Related Antitrust Proceedings

On August 20, 2012, two individuals alleging to represent a putative class of bookers of online hotel reservations filed a complaint against Sabre Holdings, Travelocity.com LP, and several other online travel companies and hotel chains in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, alleging federal and state antitrust and related claims. The complaint alleges generally that the defendants conspired to enter into illegal agreements relating to the price of hotel rooms. Over 30 copycat suits were filed in various courts in the United States. In December 2012, the Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation centralized these cases in the U.S. District

 

174

---

Table of Contents

Court in the Northern District of Texas, which subsequently consolidated them. The proposed class period is January 1, 2003 through May 1, 2013. On June 15, 2013, the court granted Travelocity’s motion to compel arbitration of claims involving Travelocity bookings made on or after February 4, 2010. While all claims from February 4, 2010 through May 1, 2013 are now excluded from the lawsuit and must be arbitrated if pursued at all, the lawsuit still covers claims from January 1, 2003 through February 3, 2010. Together with the other defendants, Travelocity and Sabre filed a motion to dismiss. On February 18, 2014, the court granted the motion and dismissed the plaintiff’s claims without prejudice. On March 19, 2014, the plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to file an amended complaint seeking to cure the pleading deficiencies described by the judge. We will oppose the motion. We deny any conspiracy or any anti-competitive actions and we intend to aggressively defend against the claims.

Even if we are ultimately successful in defending ourselves in this matter, we are likely to incur significant fees, costs and expenses for as long as it is ongoing. In addition, litigation by its nature is highly uncertain and fraught with risk, and it is difficult to predict the outcome of any particular matter. If favorable resolution of the matter is not reached, we could be subject to monetary damages, including treble damages under the antitrust laws, as well as injunctive relief. If injunctive relief were granted, depending on its scope, it could affect the manner in which our Travelocity business is operated and potentially force changes to the existing business model. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Litigation Relating to Value Added Tax Receivables

In the United Kingdom, Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) asserted that our subsidiary, Secret Hotels2 Limited failed to account for United Kingdom VAT on margins earned from hotels located within the EU. HMRC issued assessments of tax totaling approximately $11 million for the period October 1, 2004 to September 30, 2007. We appealed the assessments and in March 2010 the VAT and Duties Tribunal (the “First Tribunal”) denied the appeal. We then appealed to the Upper Tribunal (Finance and Tax Chamber) and in July 2011 were successful overturning HMRC’s original assessment. HMRC appealed this decision to the Court of Appeal who on December 3, 2012 found against Secret Hotels2 Limited upholding the decision of the First Tribunal in favor of HMRC. Based upon this Court of Appeal judgment and the limited ability to obtain leave to appeal, we accrued $17 million of expense in discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2012, included in liabilities of discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. Secret Hotels2 Limited successfully obtained leave to appeal the Court of Appeal decision to the Supreme Court in 2013, which is the final court of appeal in the United Kingdom, and on March 5, 2014 judgment was given in favor of Secret Hotels2 Limited. We therefore reversed our reserve in 2013 in discontinued operations. Any further opportunities to appeal this decision through the European courts are considered remote.

Additionally, HMRC has begun a review of other parts of our lastminute.com business in the United Kingdom. We believe that we have paid the correct amount of VAT on all relevant transactions as now reinforced by the outcome of Secret Hotels2 case with the Supreme Court and will vigorously defend our position with HMRC or through the courts if necessary.

Litigation Relating to Patent Infringement

In April 2010, CEATS, Inc. (“CEATS”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against several ticketing companies and airlines, including JetBlue, in the Eastern District of Texas. CEATS alleged that the mouse-over seat map that appears on the defendants’ websites infringes certain of its patents. JetBlue’s website is provided by our Airline Solutions business under the SabreSonic Web service. On June 11, 2010, JetBlue requested that we indemnify and defend it for and against the CEATS lawsuit based on the indemnification provision in our agreement with JetBlue, and we agreed to a conditional indemnification. CEATS claimed damages of $0.30 per segment sold on JetBlue’s website during the relevant time period totaling $10 million. A jury trial began on March 12, 2012, which resulted in a jury verdict invalidating the plaintiff’s patents. Final judgment was entered and the plaintiff appealed. The Federal Circuit affirmed the jury’s decision in our favor on April 26, 2013.

 

175

---

Table of Contents

CEATS did not appeal the Federal Circuit’s decision, and its deadline to do so has passed. On June 28, 2013, the Eastern District denied CEATS’ previously filed motion to vacate the judgment based on an alleged conflict of interest with a mediator. CEATS has appealed that decision.

Indian Income Tax Litigation

We are currently a defendant in income tax litigation brought by the Indian Director of Income Tax (“DIT”) in the Supreme Court of India. The dispute arose in 1999 when the DIT asserted that we have a permanent establishment within the meaning of the Income Tax Treaty between the United States and the Republic of India and accordingly issued tax assessments for assessment years ending March 1998 and March 1999, and later issued further tax assessments for assessment years ending March 2000 through March 2006. We appealed the tax assessments and the Indian Commissioner of Income Tax Appeals returned a mixed verdict. We filed further appeals with the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (the “ITAT”). The ITAT ruled in our favor on June 19, 2009 and July 10, 2009, stating that no income would be chargeable to tax for assessment years ending March 1998 and March 1999, and from March 2000 through March 2006. The DIT appealed those decisions to the Delhi High Court, which found in our favor on July 19, 2010. The DIT has appealed the decision to the Supreme Court of India and no trial date has been set.

We intend to continue to aggressively defend against these claims. Although we do not believe that the outcome of the proceedings will result in a material impact on our business or financial condition, litigation is by its nature uncertain. If the DIT were to fully prevail on every claim, we could be subject to taxes, interest and penalties of approximately $25 million, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not believe this outcome is probable and therefore have not made any provisions or recorded any liability for the potential resolution of this matter.

Litigation Relating to Routine Proceedings

We are also engaged from time to time in other routine legal and tax proceedings incidental to our business. We do not believe that any of these routine proceedings will have a material impact on the business or our financial condition.

Property

As a company with global operations, we operate in many countries with a variety of sales, administrative, product development, and customer service roles provided in these offices.

Americas: Our corporate and business unit headquarters and domestic operations are located in a property which we own in Southlake, Texas. Travelocity corporate headquarters is located in Westlake, Texas, with a lease that expires in 2017. There are 16 additional offices across North America and 14 offices across Latin America that serve in various sales, administration, software development and customer service capacities. All of these additional offices are leased.

Europe: Travel Network has its European regional headquarters in London, United Kingdom, with a lease that expires in 2027. lastminute.com also has its regional headquarters in London, with a lease that expires in 2022. There are 27 additional offices across Europe that serve in various sales, administration, software development and customer service capacities. All of these additional offices are leased.

APAC: Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions have the APAC regional operations headquartered in Singapore under a lease that expires in 2017. All of our businesses share a single office. There are 10 additional offices across APAC that serve in various sales, administration, software development and customer service capacities. All of these additional offices are leased.

 

176

---

Table of Contents

The table below provides a summary of our key facilities as of December 31, 2013:

 

Location		Purpose		Employees				Leased or Owned
HEADQUARTERS
Southlake, Texas, USA		Sabre worldwide corporate and domestic headquarters			2,736				Owned
Westlake, Texas, USA		Travelocity corporate headquarters			292				Leased
London, United Kingdom		Travel Network regional headquarters			145				Leased
London, United Kingdom		lastminute.com regional headquarters			225				Leased
Singapore		Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions regional headquarters			62				Leased
DEVELOPMENT CENTERS
Buenos Aires, Argentina		Development Center for Travelocity, Sabre Technology and Travel Network			168				Leased
Bangalore, India		Development Center for Sabre Technology, Travelocity, Sabre			674				Leased
Krakow, Poland		Development Center for Sabre technology and Travel Network			1,315				Leased
CUSTOMER CARE CENTERS
San Antonio, Texas, USA		Travelocity Customer Care Center			133				Leased
Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, USA		Travelocity Customer Care Center			170				Leased
Montevideo, Uruguay		Travel Network and Airline Solutions Customer Care Center			786				Leased

Government Regulation

We are subject to or affected by international, federal, state and local laws, regulations and policies, which are constantly subject to change. The descriptions of the laws, regulations and policies that follow are summaries and should be read in conjunction with the texts of the laws and regulations. The descriptions set out below do not purport to describe all present and proposed laws, regulations and policies that affect our businesses.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we are in material compliance with these laws, regulations and policies. We cannot, however, predict the effect of changes to the existing laws, regulations and policies or of the proposed laws, regulations and policies that are described below. We are not aware of proposed changes or proposed new laws, regulations and policies that will have a material adverse effect on our businesses. See “Risk Factors—Regulatory and Other Legal Risks—Any failure to comply with regulations or any changes in such regulations governing our businesses could adversely affect us.”

Computer Reservations System Industry Regulation

GDS Regulation in the EU

GDS operations are regulated in the EU by Council Regulation (EC) No. 80/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of January 14, 2009 on a Code of Conduct for computerized reservations systems and repealing Council Regulation (EEC) No. 2299/89 (“Code of Conduct”). The previous legislative framework essentially obliged GDS providers to charge the same booking fee for the same service provided to any airline, where the costs associated with the services was the same, and airlines to provide the same fare content to all the GDS providers in which they participated. The revised Code of Conduct substantially simplifies this regime and gives GDS operators, airlines, and other travel suppliers more flexibility in negotiating their commercial arrangements.

 

177

---

Table of Contents

Under the Code of Conduct, particular rules apply to dealings between each GDS, air carriers, and rail transport operators, or participating carriers, and subscribers, which are typically offline or online travel agents. Additional rules apply to air carriers that control or have decisive influence over a GDS (“parent carriers”). As described in an explanatory note of the European Commission, published alongside the Code of Conduct, a participating carrier becomes a parent carrier if it controls a GDS or has sufficient capital or board representation rights to have decisive influence over the GDS. Parent carriers are subject to specific rules, in particular prohibiting discrimination against a GDS competing with the GDS in which they participate, for example, by withholding booking capability or linking incentives or disincentives to the use of a specific GDS. We do not have a parent carrier for purposes of the current EU regulation. The Code of Conduct also seeks to ensure that travel agents’ displays provide a full and neutral selection of the relevant travel information processed by a GDS and that the privacy of end consumers is respected.

Under the Code of Conduct, a GDS may not attach unfair conditions to a contract with a participating carrier or with a subscriber. Additionally, a GDS may not reserve any processing procedure or other distribution facility for one or more participating carriers, including parent carriers, and must keep all participating carriers informed of any changes.

The Code of Conduct provides that small subscribers (employing fewer than 50 persons and with an annual turnover of up to €10 million) may terminate a contract with a GDS vendor on three months’ notice after the first year of the contract.

GDS providers may commercialize marketing, booking and sales data provided that such data is offered with equal timeliness and on a non-discriminatory basis to all participating carriers, including parent carriers. This data is typically provided through Marketing Information Data Tapes.

With regard to the interface with subscribers and end consumers, the GDS must ensure that the principal display of fares corresponding to a particular search is presented to subscribers in a neutral and comprehensive manner, without discrimination for or against any particular participating carrier and without misleading the viewer. From this principal display, the system may thereafter include biased screens; however, the information provided to a consumer must be unbiased unless the consumer specifically requests another display. Also, personal data collected by a GDS in the course of its activities must be processed in a manner compatible with its responsibilities as a data controller under Article 2(d) of Directive 1995/46/EU.

The European Commission monitors the ownership structure and governance model of each GDS, in particular through independent audited reports prepared by each GDS at least every four years.

If the European Commission finds that a GDS provider has, intentionally or negligently, infringed the Code of Conduct, it may require the GDS provider to bring the infringement to an end and impose fines not exceeding 10% of the GDS provider’s total gross turnover in the preceding business year. The Commission may also impose fines for not responding to information requests. These sanctions are civil, not criminal, and may be appealed to the Court of Justice of the European Communities.

We believe that we comply in all aspects with the Code of Conduct. We have no parent carriers and so are not subject to the specific rules in that regard.

GDS Regulation in Canada

There are GDS regulations in Canada issued under the regulatory authority of the Canadian Department of Transportation. On April 27, 2004, a significant number of these regulations were lifted, including the elimination of the “obligated carrier” rule, which required larger airlines in Canada to participate equally in all GDSs, and elimination of the requirement that transaction fees charged by GDSs to airlines be non-discriminatory. Due to the elimination of the obligated carrier rule in Canada, Air Canada, the dominant

 

178

---

Table of Contents

Canadian airline, could choose distribution channels that it owns and controls or distribution through another GDS rather than through our GDS.

GDS Regulation in the United States

As of July 31, 2004, all GDS regulations in the United States (which only covered airline distribution) expired. Nonetheless, the DOT has retained the authority to intervene as it considers necessary under 49 U.S.C. § 41712. To date, the DOT has not intervened in relation to our GDS activities in the United States, but has provided guidance regarding, among other things, any biasing of air carrier GDS displays. This guidance largely tracks our process with respect to any carrier specific bias we may choose to implement in our primary display. To the best of our knowledge, the DOT has not intervened in relation to the GDS activity of any other provider, with the exception of the display of air carrier codeshares by Amadeus. The DOT is currently considering enacting rules that would require airlines choosing to distribute via a GDS to provide the GDS with any core ancillary fares (seats, bags, etc.). No rule has yet been proposed.

GDS Regulation Elsewhere

GDS services have been regulated in Peru since 2000. In July 2010, India enacted GDS regulations. Both sets of regulations are similar to GDS regulation in the EU. The regulations in Peru and India have not caused any material issues for our business.

Data Protection and Privacy Regulation

We are subject to the application of data protection and privacy regulations in many of the countries in which we operate and any breach of such regulations could result in economic sanctions, which could be material and/or harm our reputation.

In our businesses, customers provide us with personally identifiable information (“personal data”) that has been specifically and voluntarily given. Personal data includes information that can identify a customer or a specific individual, such as name, phone number, or e-mail address. We obtain personal data from airlines, hotels, and other travel suppliers and from travel buyers and other travel retailers with which we have a commercial or business relationship. We collect, use, disclose and transfer personal data in conformance with applicable privacy laws and regulations, and implement technical and organizational measures designed to protect against unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification, and destruction of personal data that we collect and maintain.

A primary source of privacy regulations to which our operations are subject is the EU Data Protection Directive 1995/46/EC of the European Parliament and Council (October 24, 1995). Pursuant to this directive, individual countries within the EU have specific regulations related to the transborder flow of personal information (i.e., sending personal information from one country to another). The EU Data Protection Directive requires companies doing business in EU Member States to comply with its standards. It provides for, among other things, specific regulations requiring all non-EU countries doing business with EU Member States to provide adequate data privacy protection when processing personal data from any of the EU Member States. Sabre’s GetThere subsidiary and PRISM subsidiary have self-certified compliance with the U.S.-E.U. Safe Harbor and the U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor frameworks. Our GDS business is covered by the EU GDS Code of Conduct.

Many other countries have adopted data protection regimes. An example is Canada’s Personal Information and Protection of Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”). PIPEDA provides Canadian residents with privacy protections with regard to transactions with businesses and organizations in the private sector.

We believe we are in compliance with all applicable laws in this area.

 

179

---

Table of Contents

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. The United States prohibits U.S. persons from engaging with individuals and entities identified as “Specially Designated Nationals,” such as terrorists and narcotics traffickers. These prohibitions are administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and are typically known as the OFAC rules. The OFAC rules prohibit U.S. persons from engaging in financial transactions with or relating to the prohibited individual, entity or country, require the blocking of assets in which the individual, entity or country has an interest, and prohibit transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons) to such individual, entity or country. Blocked assets (e.g., property or bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. We maintain a global sanctions program designed to ensure compliance with OFAC requirements. Failure to comply with such requirements could subject us to legal and reputational consequences, including criminal penalties.

Other Regulation

We are actively monitoring the status of certain proposed U.S. federal and state legislation related to privacy that may be enacted in the future. It is unclear what effect, if any, the passage of any such U.S. federal or state legislation would have on our businesses.

Our businesses may also be subject to regulations affecting issues such as: trade sanctions, exports of technology, telecommunications, and e-commerce. Any such regulations may vary among jurisdictions. We do not currently maintain a central database of regulatory requirements affecting our worldwide operations and, as a result, the risk of non-compliance with the laws and regulations described above is heightened. However, we believe that we are capable of addressing these regulatory issues as they arise.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we employed approximately 10,000 people. As a global company with significant operations outside the United States, our employee composition reflects the global nature of our business. Approximately 47% of our employees are based in the United States and 53% in the rest of the world.

Our ability to attract and retain highly qualified employees is important to our success in maintaining leadership in our businesses. Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is intense. We have a policy of using equity-based compensation programs to reward and motivate significant contributors among our employees. Our employees are not represented by a labor union in the United States.

We have a Works Council covering some of our operations in several European countries, as required by law. A Works Council is a representative body of the employees of a company elected by the employees. Management of the subsidiary must seek the non-binding advice of the Works Council before taking certain decisions, such as a major restructuring, a change of control or the appointment or dismissal of a member of the board of management. Certain other decisions that directly involve employment matters applicable either to all employees or certain groups of employees require the Works Council’s approval unless approved by the appropriate judicial body.

We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

180

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The following sets forth the name, age, position and description of the business experience as of March 24, 2014 of individuals who serve as executive officers and directors of our company and brief statements of those aspects of our directors’ backgrounds that led us to conclude that they should serve as directors.

 

Name		Age		Position
Thomas Klein		51		Chief Executive Officer, President and Director, Sabre
Richard A. Simonson		55		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Sabre
Gregory T. Webb		47		Executive Vice President, Sabre and President, Travel Network
Hugh W. Jones		50		Executive Vice President, Sabre and President, Sabre Airline Solutions
Carl Sparks		46		Executive Vice President, Sabre and President and CEO, Travelocity
Alexander S. Alt		39		President and General Manager, Sabre Hospitality Solutions
Deborah Kerr		42		Executive Vice President and Chief Product and Technology Officer, Sabre
William G. Robinson		49		Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer, Sabre
Sterling Miller		51		Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Sabre
Lawrence W. Kellner		55		Chairman of the Board of Directors
Timothy Dunn		56		Director
Gary Kusin		62		Director
Greg Mondre		39		Director
Judy Odom		61		Director
Joseph Osnoss		36		Director
Karl Peterson		43		Director

Executive Officers

Thomas Klein is CEO and president of Sabre and has more than 17 years of experience managing large scale, international technology businesses. Before being named CEO and president of Sabre in August 2013, Mr. Klein served as company president since January 2010. His role prior to that was executive vice president, Sabre, and group president of our Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions businesses. Earlier roles included various senior leadership positions within Sabre, both in the United States and in Latin America, and he served as the first director general of Sabre Sociedad Tecnologica, a Mexico-based joint venture company owned by Sabre, Aeromexico and Mexicana. Prior to joining Sabre in 1994, Mr. Klein held a variety of sales, marketing and operations positions at American Airlines and Consolidated Freightways, Inc. In 2010, Mr. Klein was appointed to the Board of Directors for Brand USA by the U.S. Secretary of Commerce and now serves as vice chairman. Mr. Klein serves on the Board of Directors and chairs the compensation committee for Cedar Fair Entertainment. Mr. Klein also serves on the executive committee of the World Travel & Tourism Council and the Dean’s Board of the Villanova School of Business. Mr. Klein holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Villanova University. Mr. Klein’s long service at our company, travel technology industry experience and his leadership experience make him a valuable asset to our management and our board of directors.

 

181

---

Table of Contents

Richard A. Simonson is executive vice president and chief financial officer. He leads the company’s global finance organization and is responsible for all finance and controls, reporting, investor relations and corporate development activities. He brings a combination of experiences with global finance, operations and capital markets focused on technology sectors. Before joining Sabre in March 2013, Mr. Simonson most recently served as CFO and president for business operations at Rearden Commerce, an e-commerce company from March 2011 to May 2012 and as an independent advisor to companies in the telecom, media and technology industry from May 2012 to March 2013 and from July 2010 to May 2011. From September 2001 to July 2010 he worked at Nokia Corporation in several global roles based in locations around the world—in Helsinki, Zurich and New York—including executive vice president and general manager of Nokia’s mobile phones unit and more than five years as executive vice president and CFO. Mr. Simonson’s career includes time with Barclays Capital as managing director in the telecom and media investment banking group. He also spent 16 years with Bank of America Securities, where he held various finance and investment banking positions in San Francisco and Chicago. Mr. Simonson currently serves on the board of directors of Electronic Arts, where he chairs the nominating and governance committee, and Silver Spring Networks, where he chairs the audit committee. He graduated from the Colorado School of Mines and holds an M.B.A. from Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

Gregory T. Webb is executive vice president and president of Travel Network, and before being named to his current role, gained experience with all aspects of the business, from leading the marketing organization to managing our supplier relationships, Travel Network business in Asia and Hospitality Solutions business. Since joining Sabre in 1995, Mr. Webb has held several senior leadership positions including chief marketing officer for both our Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions businesses and senior vice president of global product marketing for Sabre. Early in his career, he served as director of project consulting and risk assessment for American Airlines and Sabre. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Webb was vice president and chief information officer for BellSouth Telecommunications and also served as a senior consultant at Andersen Consulting. Mr. Webb earned a master’s degree in business administration with an emphasis in marketing from Louisiana Tech University and a bachelor’s degree in advertising from Southern Methodist University. He serves on the board of directors for Abacus.

Hugh W. Jones is executive vice president and president of Sabre Airline Solutions and is a 25-year veteran of the travel industry. Immediately prior to being named to his current role in April 2011, Mr. Jones served as Travelocity’s president and CEO beginning in January 2008 and before that, he held a number of executive roles at Sabre including senior vice president and chief operating officer for our Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions businesses, where he oversaw airline supplier initiatives and global customer support. He also led Travel Network in North America and served as senior vice president and controller for Sabre. Mr. Jones began his career with American Airlines in 1988 and held a variety of finance positions including financial controller for the airline’s European and Pacific airport, sales and reservations operations. He earned a master’s degree in business administration from Southern Methodist University and a bachelor’s degree in geology and geophysics from the University of Wisconsin.

Carl Sparks is executive vice president and president and chief executive officer of Travelocity, and oversees a portfolio of travel brands including Travelocity.com, Travelocity.ca and Travelocity.mx in North America and lastminute.com in Europe. Mr. Sparks brings an extensive background in e-commerce, consumer brands and retailing to his role. Before joining Travelocity in April 2011, he served as president of Gilt Groupe from 2010 to 2011 and as chief marketing officer from 2009 to 2010, a leading online fashion and travel retailer in the United States and a pioneer in social and mobile commerce. Prior to that, Mr. Sparks held several senior leadership positions at Expedia Inc. between June 2004 and October 2009 including general manager for Hotels.com North America and chief marketing officer for Expedia.com. Earlier in his career, he served as vice president of direct business and brand at Capital One, and held senior marketing and strategy roles at Guinness, PepsiCo and Boston Consulting Group. Mr. Sparks serves on the board of directors of the Dunkin’ Brands Group Inc. and Vonage Holdings Corporation. Mr. Sparks graduated from Princeton University and received his M.B.A. from Harvard University.

 

182

---

Table of Contents

Alexander S. Alt is president and general manager of Sabre Hospitality Solutions, and oversees one of Sabre’s two SaaS businesses. Prior to being named president, Mr. Alt served in an expanded chief operating officer role at Sabre Hospitality Solutions, where he oversaw customer care, data services, implementations, call center and similar services. As part of the Sabre Hospitality Solutions management team, he also helped drive overall business strategy. Before joining Sabre in 2012, Mr. Alt served as senior vice president of global development and strategy at Rosewood Hotels & Resorts, where he played a key role in the global growth and expansion of the business. Prior to joining Rosewood Hotels in 2006, he was a senior engagement manager at McKinsey & Company. Earlier in his career, he worked in the finance department of Sabre as a manager and senior analyst in the financial planning and analysis group. Mr. Alt is a member of the Dallas Development Board of The Nature Conservancy. He graduated from the University of Texas in Austin and received his M.B.A. from Harvard University.

Deborah Kerr is executive vice president and chief product and technology officer at Sabre, and is responsible for leading the global product and technology organization. Prior to her appointment at Sabre in March 2013, she served as executive vice president, chief product and technology officer at FICO from 2009 to April 2012, a leader in predictive analytics and decision management technology. Prior experience includes senior leadership roles with HP, Peregrine Systems and NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Ms. Kerr is a director of the Davis and Henderson Corporation. She was previously a director of Mitchell International from January 2010 until October 2013. Ms. Kerr holds a master’s degree in Computer Science and a bachelor’s degree in Psychology.

William G. Robinson is executive vice president and chief human resources officer. He is responsible for leading Sabre’s global human resources organization, including talent management, organizational leadership and culture. Prior to joining Sabre in December 2013, Mr. Robinson served as the senior vice president and chief human resources officer at Coventry Health Care, a diversified managed health care company with 14,000 employees, from 2012 to 2013. From 2010 to 2011, Mr. Robinson served as senior vice president for human resources at Outcomes Health Information Solutions, a healthcare analytics and information company specializing in the optimization and acquisition of medical records. Prior to that, from 1990 to 2010, he worked for General Electric, where he held several human resources leadership roles in diverse industries including information technology, healthcare, energy and industrial. Most recently, he was the human resources leader within the GE Enterprise Solutions division where he led a global team in an organization of 20,000 employees in 200 locations worldwide. Mr. Robinson also previously worked with Outcomes Health Information Solutions LLC. He holds a M.A. in Human Resources Development from Bowie State University and a B.S. in Communications from Wake Forest University.

Sterling Miller is executive vice president, general counsel and corporate secretary of Sabre, a position he assumed in 2008. He manages the global legal department and government affairs group that provides legal counsel to all of our lines of business and represents the company before federal and local courts and government agencies. He also serves as the chief compliance officer. Prior to his current role, Mr. Miller served as senior vice president and general counsel for Travelocity. Earlier roles include deputy general counsel for litigation and regulatory affairs for Sabre and an attorney for American Airlines. Before joining American Airlines, he was an attorney with the firm of Gallop, Johnson & Neuman in St. Louis, Missouri. Mr. Miller earned his J.D. degree from Washington University in St. Louis and his bachelor’s degree in political science from Nebraska Wesleyan University. He is a member of the Texas and Missouri Bar Associations.

Our executive officers will serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.

Our Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that our board of directors shall consist of at least five directors but no more than eleven directors; provided, however, prior to the time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, collectively, less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the board of directors shall not

 

183

---

Table of Contents

consist of more than nine directors. Our board of directors is currently comprised of eight directors. The directors are elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director serves until the election and qualification of his or her successor.

Thomas Klein. See executive officer bio above. Mr. Klein’s long service at our company, travel technology industry experience and leadership experience make him a valuable asset to our management and our board of directors.

Lawrence W. Kellner joined the company as non-executive Chairman of our Board of Directors in August 2013. He has served as President of Emerald Creek Group, LLC, a private equity firm, since 2010. He served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Continental Airlines, Inc., an international airline company, from December 2004 through December 2009. He served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Continental Airlines from March 2003 to December 2004, as President from May 2001 to March 2003 and was a member of Continental Airlines’ board of directors from May 2001 to December 2009. Mr. Kellner serves on the board of directors of The Boeing Company, The Chubb Corporation and Marriott International, Inc. He is active in numerous community and civic organizations and currently serves on the Rice University Board of Trustees and the Board of the Greater Houston Partnership. We believe that Mr. Kellner is a valuable asset and well qualified to sit on our board of directors as a result of his significant travel industry experience, significant corporate governance experience and financial expertise.

Timothy Dunn is a TPG Operating Partner and has served on our board of directors since October 2010. Mr. Dunn joined TPG as director of operations in 2005, after serving as CFO for Hotwire Inc. and before that as senior vice president and CFO at Gap, Inc., where he was responsible for domestic and international finance and real estate for the Gap Brand. From 1986 to 1998, Mr. Dunn served in various domestic and international finance roles, most recently as vice president and controller, for PepsiCo Restaurants Intl. Mr. Dunn currently serves as a director of Nordstrom FSB. Mr. Dunn graduated magna cum laude from the University of Southern California, where he earned a bachelor’s degree in finance with an emphasis in accounting. He is a certified public accountant in California (inactive status). Because of Mr. Dunn’s financial expertise and his experience as an executive officer of major corporations, including of a travel technology company, we believe Mr. Dunn is qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Gary Kusin is an independent consultant focused on assisting companies on strategic and operational matters. He has served on our board of directors since March 2007. Among other engagements, Mr. Kusin acts as a TPG senior advisor, pursuant to which he provides his expertise to selected TPG portfolio companies as well as to selected TPG potential investment opportunities. Mr. Kusin previously served as president and CEO of FedEx Kinko’s, today operating as FedEx Office from 2001 to 2006. Prior to joining Kinko’s in 2001, Mr. Kusin served as CEO of HQ Global Workplaces (now part of Regus), which provides offices, meeting rooms and network access at locations around the world. In 1995 he co-founded Laura Mercier Cosmetics, which sold to Neiman Marcus in 1998. He also co-founded Babbage’s Inc. (now GameStop), a leading consumer software specialty chain, in 1983 and served as its president. Earlier in his career, he was vice president and general merchandise manager for the Sanger-Harris division of the Federated Department Store (now Macy’s). An Inc. magazine “Entrepreneur of the Year,” Mr. Kusin serves on the board of directors of Petco, Fleetpride, American Tire Distributor, and Savers. Mr. Kusin earned his Bachelor of Arts degree from The University of Texas at Austin and his M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Kusin should serve on our board of directors because of his substantial expertise in executive management and corporate governance as a result of his extensive experience both as an investor and an executive officer of major corporations.

Greg Mondre is a Managing Partner and Managing Director with Silver Lake and has served on our board of directors since March 2007. Mr. Mondre joined the firm in 1999 and has significant experience in private equity investing and expertise in sectors of the technology and technology-enabled industries. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Mondre was a principal at TPG, where he focused on private equity investments across a wide range of industries, with a particular focus on technology. Earlier in his career, Mr. Mondre worked as an investment banker

 

184

---

Table of Contents

in the Communications, Media and Entertainment Group of Goldman, Sachs & Co. He currently serves as a director of Avaya, Inc., Go Daddy Operating Company, LLC, IPC Systems, Inc. and Vantage Data Centers, and is on the operating committee of SunGard Capital Corp. Mr. Mondre graduated from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania with a bachelor’s degree in economics. Because Mr. Mondre has over seventeen years of private equity investing and banking experience focused on technology companies and tech-enabled businesses, we believe that he would bring to our board of directors specialized knowledge and experience in portfolio management, analyzing potential acquisitions, raising equity, and setting corporate strategy.

Judy Odom joined the company as a director in March 2014. From 1985 until her retirement in 2002, Ms. Odom held numerous positions, most recently chief executive officer and chairman of the board, at Software Spectrum, Inc., a global business to business software services company, which she co-founded in 1983. Prior to founding Software Spectrum, Ms. Odom was a partner with the international accounting firm, Grant Thornton. Ms. Odom currently serves on the board of directors of Harte-Hanks, Inc. and Leggett & Platt, Inc., a diversified manufacturing company. She previously served on the board of Storage Technology Corporation, a provider of data storage hardware and software products and services, from November 2003 to August 2005. Ms. Odom graduated from Texas Tech University, where she earned a B.B.A. in accounting. We believe that Ms. Odom’s qualifications to serve on our board include her board service with several companies allowing her to offer a broad leadership perspective on strategic and operating issues facing companies today. Ms. Odom’s experience co-founding Software Spectrum, growing it to a large public company before selling it to another public company and serving as board chair provides the insight and perspective of a successful entrepreneur and long-serving chief executive officer with international operating experience.

Joseph Osnoss is a Managing Director of Silver Lake, which he joined in 2002. He has served on our board of directors since March 2007. He is currently based in London, where he helps to oversee the firm’s activities in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Mr. Osnoss is a director of Global Blue, Interactive Data Corporation, Mercury Payment Systems, and Virtu Financial, and previously served on the board of directors of Instinet Incorporated. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Osnoss worked in investment banking at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he focused on mergers and financings in technology and related industries. Mr. Osnoss graduated summa cum laude from Harvard College with an A.B. in Applied Mathematics-Economics and a citation in French language. He is a Visiting Professor at the London School of Economics, where he participates in teaching and research activities within the Department of Finance. Mr. Osnoss’ extensive experience investing in private equity and serving on the board of directors of other companies, both domestically and internationally, positions him to contribute meaningfully to our board of directors.

Karl Peterson is a Senior Partner of TPG and Managing Partner of TPG Capital LLP, the firm’s European operations. He has served on our board of directors since March 2007. Since joining TPG in 2004, Mr. Peterson has led investments for the firm in technology, media, financial services and travel sectors. Prior to 2004, he was a co-founder and the president and CEO of Hotwire.com, the internet travel portal. He led the business from its launch in 2000 through its sale to InterActiveCorp in 2003. Before Hotwire, Mr. Peterson was a principal at TPG in San Francisco, and from 1992 to 1995 he was a financial analyst at Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Peterson is currently a director of TES Global, Saxo Bank and Norwegian Cruise Lines, as well as Caesars Acquisition Company. Mr. Peterson graduated with high honors from the University of Notre Dame, where he earned a B.B.A. in finance and business administration. We believe that as a result of his experience as a director of several travel and technology companies, as a former executive of an online travel company, and as a private equity investor, Mr. Peterson will bring a keen strategic understanding of our industry and of the competitive landscape for our company.

Controlled Company

After the completion of this offering, the Principal Stockholders will control a majority of our outstanding common stock. The TPG Funds, the Silver Lake Funds and the Sovereign Co-Invest will own approximately     %,     % and     %, respectively, of our common stock (or approximately     %,     % and     %, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) after the completion of

 

185

---

Table of Contents

this offering. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules. Under the NASDAQ rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NASDAQ corporate governance standards, including: the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors; the requirement that our governance and nominating committee is composed entirely of independent directors; and the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s responsibilities. Following this offering, we will qualify for these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors and our governance and nominating committee and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ rules regarding corporate governance.

The “controlled company” exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the NASDAQ rules. Pursuant to such rules, we are required to have at least one independent director on our audit committee during the 90-day period beginning on the date of effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with this offering. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we are required to have a majority of independent directors on our audit committee. Thereafter, our audit committee is required to be comprised entirely of independent directors.

Board Composition

Our board of directors is currently comprised of eight directors. After the completion of this offering, our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the number of directors on our board of directors shall be not less than five directors nor more than eleven directors, as determined by the affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors then in office. However, prior to the time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, collectively, less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the board of directors shall not consist of more than nine directors. At any meeting of the board of directors prior to the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the completion of this offering, the attendance of a majority of the total number of authorized directors and at least one director nominated (singly or jointly) by each of the Silver Lake Funds and the TPG Funds will constitute a quorum. At any meeting of the board of directors held thereafter and for so long as (i) the Silver Lake Funds or the TPG Funds, as applicable, had the right to designate for nomination (singly or jointly) a Joint Designee at the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders and (ii) the board of directors then currently includes at least one director designated (either singly or jointly) for nomination by the Silver Lake Funds or the TPG Funds, as applicable, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, the attendance of a majority of the total number of authorized directors and at least one director nominated (either singly or jointly) by each entity, to the extent that such entity had nomination rights at the preceding annual meeting of stockholders, will constitute a quorum. Our board of directors has determined that Timothy Dunn, Lawrence Kellner, Gary Kusin, Greg Mondre, Joseph Osnoss, Judy Odom and Karl Peterson are independent as defined under the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ.

After the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each director serving a 3-year term and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Karl Peterson, Judy Odom and Lawrence Kellner will initially serve as Class I directors with an initial term expiring in 2015. Joseph Osnoss, Thomas Klein and Timothy Dunn will initially serve as Class II directors with an initial term expiring in 2016. Greg Mondre and Gary Kusin will initially serve as Class III directors with an initial term expiring in 2017. Upon the expiration of the initial term of office for each class of directors, each director in such class shall be elected for a term of three years and serve until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors or a vacancy may be filled by the directors then in office.

 

186

---

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

The board of directors has established four standing committees to assist it in carrying out its responsibilities: the audit committee, the governance and nominating committee, the compensation committee and the technology committee. Each of the committees operates under its own written charter adopted by the board of directors, each of which will be available on our corporate website at www.sabre.com upon the closing of this offering. In addition, ad hoc committees may be designated under the direction of our board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

Audit Committee

The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

•

reviewing the audit plans and findings of our independent auditor and our internal audit staff, as well as the results of regulatory examinations and compliance with accounting rules, and tracking management’s corrective action plans where necessary;

 

•

reviewing with our management and our independent auditor our overall system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

•

reviewing with our management and independent auditor our financial statements, including any significant financial reporting issues and changes in accounting policies;

 

•

reviewing with our management and independent auditor our major risk exposures, and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures;

 

•

overseeing the implementation and effectiveness of our compliance and ethics program, including our “whistleblowing” procedures;

 

•

reviewing related party transactions; and

 

•

appointing annually our independent auditor, evaluating its independence and performance, and pre-approving all audit and non-audit services provided by any independent auditor to the company.

The members of the audit committee are Judy Odom (Chairman), Timothy Dunn and Joseph Osnoss. Upon effectiveness of the registration statement, Judy Odom will be “independent,” as defined under the NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that each director appointed to the audit committee is financially literate, and the board of directors has determined that each director appointed to the audit committee meets the criteria of the rules and regulations set forth by the SEC for an “audit committee financial expert.”

Governance and Nominating Committee

The governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

•

reviewing the performance of our board of directors and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the selection of candidates, qualification and competency requirements for service on the board of directors and the suitability of proposed nominees as directors;

 

•

advising the board of directors with respect to the corporate governance principles applicable to us; and

 

•

reviewing management’s short- and long-term leadership development and succession plans and processes.

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Lawrence Kellner (Chairman), Gary Kusin, Greg Mondre and Karl Peterson. Upon effectiveness of the registration statement, each of Lawrence Kellner, Gary Kusin, Greg Mondre and Karl Peterson will be “independent,” as defined under the NASDAQ rules. Because we will be a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ rules, our governance and nominating committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the governance and nominating committee accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

 

187

---

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

•

reviewing the operation of our compensation program;

 

•

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our CEO, evaluating his or her performance in light of those goals and objectives, and determining and approving his or her compensation based on that evaluation;

 

•

establishing and reviewing annually any stock ownership guidelines applicable to our directors and management;

 

•

determining and approving the compensation level (including base and incentive compensation) and direct and indirect benefits of executive officers; and

 

•

recommending to the board of directors the establishment and terms of incentive-compensation and equity-based plans, and administering such plans.

The members of the compensation committee are Gary Kusin (Chairman), Lawrence Kellner, Greg Mondre and Karl Peterson. Upon effectiveness of the registration statement, each of Gary Kusin, Lawrence Kellner, Greg Mondre and Karl Peterson will be “independent,” as defined under the NASDAQ rules. Because we will be a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ rules, our compensation committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the nominating and corporate committees accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

Technology Committee

The technology committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

•

appraising major technology-related projects and making recommendations to our board regarding the company’s technology strategies;

 

•

monitoring and discussing with management the quality and effectiveness of the company’s data security, data privacy and disaster recovery capabilities; and

 

•

advising our senior technology management team with respect to existing trends in information technology and new technologies, applications and systems.

The members of the technology committee are Joseph Osnoss (Chairman), Thomas Klein and Greg Mondre.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

In connection with this offering, we intend to revise our Business Ethics Policy, which is the code of conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees. We also intend to adopt a Code of Ethics applicable to our CEO and senior financial officers (the “Senior Officers’ Code”), which will set forth the principles and responsibilities specifically applicable to those officers. The Senior Officers’ Code is designed to be read and applied in conjunction with our Business Ethics Policy. Both the Senior Officers’ Code and the Business Ethics Policy will be available on our website at www.sabre.com. Any change or amendment to the Senior Officers’ Code, and any waivers of the Senior Officers’ Code or the Business Ethics Policy for our directors, CEO or senior financial officers, will be posted to our website at the above location.

 

188

---

Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis addresses the principles underlying our executive compensation program and the policies and practices that contributed to our executive compensation actions and decisions for the year ended December 31, 2013 (“Fiscal 2013”) for the following individuals (i) who served as our principal executive officer at any time during Fiscal 2013, (ii) who served as our principal financial officer at any time during Fiscal 2013, and (iii) who were the three other most highly-compensated executive officers who were serving as our executive officers as of December 31, 2013. During Fiscal 2013, these individuals were:

 

•

Thomas Klein, our CEO and President;

 

•

Richard Simonson, our Executive Vice President and CFO;

 

•

Carl Sparks, our Executive Vice President and the President and CEO of Travelocity;

 

•

Deborah Kerr, our Executive Vice President and Chief Product and Technology Officer;

 

•

William G. Robinson, Jr., our Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer;

 

•

Michael S. Gilliland, our former CEO; and

 

•

Mark Miller, our former Executive Vice President and CFO.

We refer to these executive officers collectively in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the related compensation tables as the “Named Executive Officers.”

Our overall corporate rewards strategy, which is embodied in our executive compensation program, is designed to advance four principal objectives:

 

•

Pay for performance: Link a significant portion of the target total direct compensation opportunities of our executive officers to our annual and long-term business performance and each individual’s contribution to that performance;

 

•

Attract, motivate, and retain: Set compensation at market competitive levels that enable us to hire, incentivize, and retain high-caliber employees throughout the organization and which reinforce our robust succession planning process;

 

•

Long-term equity participation: Provide opportunities, consistent with the interests of our stockholders, for the realization of long-term stock appreciation through the ownership of an equity stake in the organization if we achieve our strategic and growth objectives; and

 

•

Transparency: Ensure an efficient, simple, and transparent process for designing our compensation arrangements, setting performance objectives for annual and long-term incentive compensation opportunities, and making compensation decisions.

Fiscal 2013 Management Changes

Mr. Gilliland stepped down from his position as our CEO on August 15, 2013 and retired effective September 21, 2013. Mr. Klein was promoted to serve as our CEO and President on August 15, 2013. As part of this leadership transition, Mr. Gilliland continued to serve as a member of our board of directors until March 24, 2014.

On March 11, 2013, Mr. Simonson joined us and was appointed as our Executive Vice President and CFO. Mr. Miller terminated his employment effective July 1, 2013.

On March 11, 2013, Ms. Kerr joined us and was appointed as our Executive Vice President and Chief Product and Technology Officer, and on December 16, 2013, Mr. Robinson joined us and was appointed our Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer.

 

189

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2014 Management Changes

In connection with the Expedia SMA becoming operationally complete, Mr. Sparks’ employment with us will terminate on April 28, 2014. At such time, day-to-day operation of the Travelocity business in North America will be managed by Roshan Mendis, currently the President of Travelocity North America. The day-to- day operation of lastminute.com will be managed by Matthew Crummack, currently the CEO of lastminute.com. Mr. Sparks may act in an advisory role to Sabre for some period of time after his departure.

In connection with Mr. Sparks’ resignation, Mr. Sparks will receive a customary separation package, including certain payments and benefits required pursuant to the terms and conditions of his employment agreement.

Specifically, this Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy, the overall objectives of our executive compensation program, and each material element of compensation that we provided to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, in Fiscal 2013. In addition, we explain how and why the Compensation Committee of our board of directors (the “Compensation Committee”) arrived at the specific compensation actions and decisions involving the Named Executive Officers during Fiscal 2013.

Executive Summary

Business Overview

We are a leading technology solutions provider to the global travel and tourism industry. We operate through three business segments:

 

•

Travel Network, our global B2B travel marketplace for travel suppliers and travel buyers;

 

•

Airline and Hospitality Solutions, an extensive suite of leading software solutions primarily for airlines and hotel properties; and

 

•

Travelocity, our portfolio of online consumer travel e-commerce businesses through which we provide travel content and booking functionality primarily for leisure travelers.

In March 2007, we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with or managed by the Principal Stockholders. Prior to that time, we were an independent, publicly-traded company with our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

In connection with the acquisition, the Principal Stockholders appointed Mr. Gilliland to serve as our CEO and entered into employment agreements and other arrangements with the members of our-then senior management. Of the Named Executive Officers, only Messrs. Gilliland, Miller, and Klein were employed with us at that time. In negotiating these initial employment agreements and arrangements with our current Named Executive Officers, our board of directors, whose members then consisted of representatives of the Principal Stockholders, placed significant emphasis on aligning management’s interests with those of the Principal Stockholders. In particular, Messrs. Gilliland and Klein each made a significant equity investment in our common stock in connection with the acquisition and received equity awards that included performance vesting options that would vest upon the Principal Stockholders receiving reasonable rates of return on their invested capital.

The Principal Stockholders directed our senior management to lead an aggressive plan to eliminate organizational inefficiencies, expand the scope of our various businesses and to secure our position as the leading technology provider for the travel and tourism industries. To date, we have been successful in strengthening our business, developing into a global brand, and increasing revenue growth and sustained profitability, in part, through the design of our executive compensation program.

 

190

---

Table of Contents

As we have prepared for this initial public offering, we have focused on attracting and retaining a talented management team with the necessary experience to manage our business as a newly-public company. The Named Executive Officers have strong transformational experience and, collectively, more than 160 years of technology sector experience among them.

While we have begun to review and revise our executive compensation program and related policies and practices in anticipation of this offering, we are still in the process of determining specific details of certain aspects of our executive compensation program that will take effect following the offering. Overall, we anticipate that our executive compensation program following the offering will be based on the same principles and designed to achieve the same objectives as our prior executive compensation program.

Given our recent history, our executive compensation program has been designed by the Compensation Committee consistent with the Principal Stockholders’ objective of incentivizing our executive officers to stabilize and strengthen us as a company, including in the areas of technology consolidation, product quality, and geographic expansion, in an effort to drive sustained financial performance and further our business objectives. Accordingly, our current program has been designed to advance three principal objectives:

 

•

To reward our executive officers for achieving short-term operational objectives, realizing long-term strategic goals, and enhancing stockholder value.

 

•

To reflect our focus on high standards of ethics, quality, and integrity, which we apply to all aspects of our business.

 

•

To enhance the quality and continuity of our executive management team.

Fiscal 2013 Compensation Highlights

We compete with many other companies in seeking to attract and retain a skilled executive team. To meet this challenge, we have embraced a compensation philosophy of offering our executive officers competitive compensation and benefits packages that are focused on long-term value creation and rewarding them for achieving our financial and strategic objectives. In Fiscal 2013, we employed this philosophy to enhance and broaden the strength of our executive team as we began to prepare for this offering and commence the transition to becoming a public reporting company.

Consistent with this philosophy, we took the following actions with respect to the Fiscal 2013 compensation of the Named Executive Officers:

 

•

Entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Klein at the time that he was promoted to serve as our CEO, with a base salary, target annual incentive award opportunity, and long-term incentive award commensurate with an individual serving in this position for a company of our size, business, and growth potential.

 

•

Entered into employment agreements with Mr. Simonson, our new Executive Vice President and CFO, Ms. Kerr, our new Executive Vice President and Chief Product and Technology Officer, and Mr. Robinson, our new Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer.

 

•

Paid annual cash bonuses under our Executive Incentive Plan consistent with our Fiscal 2013 financial results in amounts ranging from 31% to 87% of their target bonus opportunities, as described in more detail under “—Compensation Elements—Annual Incentive Compensation” below; and

 

•

Began developing the 2014 Omnibus Plan, our new omnibus equity incentive compensation plan, which is consistent with the equity incentive compensation plans used by other newly-public companies.

 

191

---

Table of Contents

Pay-for-Performance

Our executive compensation philosophy, which is embodied in the design and operation of our short-term and long-term incentive compensation plans, ensures that a substantial portion of the compensation for our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, is contingent on our ability to meet and exceed our annual and long-term financial plan objectives. Consequently, we believe that our executive compensation program creates commonality of interest between our executive officers and stockholders for long-term value creation. Our commitment to a “pay-for-performance” compensation philosophy includes:

 

•

A substantial portion of our executive officers’ target cash compensation opportunity is performance-based. For Fiscal 2013, approximately 52% of the target cash compensation opportunity of our CEO, and approximately 44%, on average, of the target cash compensation opportunities of the other Named Executive Officers was contingent on our executive team meeting and exceeding the financial objectives set forth in our annual operating plan. For Fiscal 2013, the annual cash bonuses paid to the Named Executive Officers was approximately 73%, on average, of their target cash bonus opportunities.

 

•

While we strive to offer fully-competitive target total direct compensation opportunities to each of our executive officers to recognize the experience, industry expertise, and leadership that he or she brings to us, the actual amounts received or “realized” by each executive officer from his or her incentive compensation opportunities is highly dependent on the ability of our executive team to achieve strong financial results and meet key operational milestones over an extended period of time.

The Compensation Committee monitors our executive compensation program on a continuous basis, and updates and refines our executive compensation policies and practices as appropriate to enhance our compensation philosophy.

Executive Compensation Policies and Practices

We endeavor to maintain sound governance standards consistent with our executive compensation policies and practices. The Compensation Committee evaluates our executive compensation program on an ongoing basis to ensure that it is consistent with our short-term and long-term business objectives given the dynamic nature of the global economy and the market in which we compete for executive talent. The following policies and practices were implemented during Fiscal 2013 and/or were in effect at the time of filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part:

 

•

Independent Compensation Committee Advisors. The Compensation Committee engaged its own compensation consultant to assist with the review and enhancement of our executive compensation program in anticipation of our transition to a public reporting company. This consultant has performed no consulting or other services for us.

 

•

Annual Executive Compensation Review. The Compensation Committee conducts an annual review of our executive compensation program, including a review of the competitive market for executive talent. In Fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee developed a compensation peer group for use during its deliberations when evaluating the competitive market.

 

•

Executive Compensation Policies and Practices. Our compensation philosophy and related corporate governance policies and practices are complemented by several specific compensation practices that are designed to align our executive compensation with long-term stockholder interests, including the following:

 

•

Compensation At-Risk. Our executive compensation program is designed so that a significant portion of compensation is “at risk” based on corporate performance, as well as equity-based to align the interests of our executive officers and stockholders;

 

192

---

Table of Contents

•

No Retirement Plans. Except for the Sabre, Inc. Legacy Pension Plan (which was frozen to further benefit accruals as of December 31, 2005), we do not currently offer, nor do we have plans to provide, pension arrangements, defined benefit retirement plans, or nonqualified deferred compensation plans or arrangements to our executive officers;

 

•

Nominal Perquisites. We provide only limited perquisites and other personal benefits, which consist of financial planning, executive physical examinations, and payment of country club membership dues, to certain of our executive officers;

 

•

No Special Health or Welfare Benefits. Our executive officers participate in broad-based company-sponsored health and welfare benefits programs on the same basis as our other full-time, salaried employees;

 

•

No Tax Reimbursements. We do not provide any tax reimbursement payments (including “gross-ups”) on any perquisites or other personal benefits, other than standard relocation benefits, or on any severance or change-in-control payments or benefits;

 

•

“Double-Trigger” Change-in-Control Arrangements. All change-in-control payments and benefits are based on a “double-trigger” arrangement (that is, they require both a change-in-control plus a qualifying termination of employment before payments and benefits are paid);

 

•

Performance-Based Incentives. We use performance-based short-term and long-term incentives;

 

•

Multi-Year Vesting Requirements. The equity awards granted to our executive officers vest or are earned over multi-year periods, consistent with current market practice and our retention objectives;

 

•

No Stock Option Repricings. We prohibit the repricing of outstanding options to purchase our common stock without prior stockholder approval; and

 

•

Succession Planning. We review the risks associated with key executive officer positions to ensure adequate succession plans are in place.

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the material elements of compensation for the Named Executive Officers as determined by the Compensation Committee for the year prior to the completion of this offering. It also includes some of the key expectations about changes to our executive compensation program going forward.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The philosophy underlying our executive compensation program is to provide an attractive, flexible, and effective total compensation opportunity to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, tied to our corporate performance and aligned with the interests of our stockholders. Our objective is to recruit, motivate, and retain the caliber of executive officers necessary to deliver sustained high performance to our stockholders, customers, and other stakeholders.

Equally important, we view our compensation policies and practices as a means for communicating our goals and standards of conduct and performance and for motivating and rewarding employees in relation to their achievements. Overall, the same principles that govern the compensation of our executive officers also apply to the compensation of all our salaried employees. Within this framework, we observe the following principles:

 

•

Retain and hire top-caliber executive officers: Executive officers should have base salaries and employee benefits that are market competitive and that permit us to hire and retain high-caliber individuals at all levels;

 

193

---

Table of Contents

•

Pay for performance: A significant portion of the target total direct compensation opportunities of our executive officers should vary with annual and long-term business performance and each individual’s contribution to that performance, while the level of “at-risk” compensation should increase as the scope of the executive officer’s responsibility increases;

 

•

Reward long-term growth and profitability: Executive officers should be rewarded for achieving long-term results, and such rewards should be aligned with the interests of our stockholders;

 

•

Tie compensation to performance of our core businesses: A significant portion of each executive officer’s compensation should be tied to measures of performance of the business or businesses over which he or she has the greatest influence;

 

•

Align compensation with stockholder interests: The interests of our executive officers should be linked with those of our stockholders through the risks and rewards of the ownership of shares of our common stock;

 

•

Provide limited personal benefits: Perquisites and other personal benefits for our executive officers should be minimal and limited to items that serve a reasonable business purpose; and

 

•

Reinforce succession planning process: The overall compensation program for our executive officers should reinforce our robust succession planning process.

We believe that our compensation philosophy, as reinforced by these principles, has been very effective in aligning our executive compensation with the creation of sustainable long-term stockholder value.

Compensation Mix

Our executive compensation program has been designed to reward strong performance by focusing a significant portion of each executive officer’s total direct compensation opportunity on annual and long-term incentives that depend upon our performance as a whole, as well as the performance of our individual businesses. Each executive officer, at either the time of the acquisition by the Principal Stockholders, his or her initial employment, or his promotion to a more senior position, has been granted a significant stake in us in the form of an equity award to closely link his or her interests to those of the Principal Stockholders and to focus his or her efforts on the successful execution of our long-term strategic and financial objectives. Consequently, whether viewed on an annual basis or over their entire tenure with us, fixed compensation (in the form of base salary and benefits) has represented substantially less than half of the target total direct compensation opportunity of each executive officer, including each Named Executive Officer, with the remainder delivered in the form of annual and long-term incentive compensation and performance bonuses.

Compensation-Setting Process

Role of the Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing our executive compensation program (including our executive compensation policies and practices), approving the compensation of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, and administering our various employee stock plans.

Pursuant to its charter, the Compensation Committee has sole responsibility for reviewing and determining the compensation of our CEO at least annually, as well as for evaluating our CEO’s performance in light of the corporate goals and objectives applicable to him. In reviewing our CEO’s compensation each year and considering any potential adjustments, the Compensation Committee exercises its business judgment after taking into consideration several factors, including our financial results, his individual performance and strategic leadership, its understanding of competitive market data and practices, and his current total compensation and pay history.

 

194

---

Table of Contents

In addition, each year the Compensation Committee reviews and determines the compensation of our other executive officers, including the other Named Executive Officers, as well as any employment agreements with our executive officers. In doing so, the Compensation Committee is responsible for ensuring that the compensation of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, is consistent with our executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

Role of Executive Officers

The Compensation Committee receives support from our Human Resources Department in designing our executive compensation program and analyzing competitive market practices. Our General Counsel attends regular meetings of the Compensation Committee to provide support and assistance with respect to the legal implications of our compensation decisions. In addition, our Senior Vice President, Corporate Human Resources attends meetings of the Compensation Committee as requested. Our CEO and CFO also regularly participate in Compensation Committee meetings, providing management input on organizational structure, executive development, and financial analysis.

Our CEO evaluates the performance of each of our executive officers, including the other Named Executive Officers, against the annual objectives established by the Compensation Committee for the business or functional area for which such executive officer is responsible. Our CEO then reviews each executive officer’s target total direct compensation opportunity, and based upon his or her target total direct compensation opportunity and his or her performance, proposes compensation adjustments for him or her, subject to review and approval by the Compensation Committee. Our CEO presents the details of each executive officer’s target total direct compensation opportunity and performance to the Compensation Committee for its consideration and approval of the recommendations. Our CEO does not participate in the evaluation of his own performance.

In making executive compensation decisions, the Compensation Committee reviews a variety of information for each executive officer, including his or her current total compensation and pay history, his or her equity holdings, individual performance, and its understanding of competitive market data and practices for comparable positions. Our executive officers are not present when their specific compensation arrangements are discussed.

Role of Compensation Consultant

In fulfilling its duties and responsibilities, the Compensation Committee has the authority to engage the services of outside advisers, including compensation consultants. In Fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee engaged Compensia, Inc., a national compensation consulting firm, to assist it with compensation matters. A representative of Compensia attends meetings of the Compensation Committee as requested, responds to inquiries from members of the Compensation Committee, and provides his or her analysis with respect to these inquiries.

The nature and scope of services provided to the Compensation Committee by Compensia in Fiscal 2013 were as follows:

 

•

Assisted in the review and updating of our compensation peer group;

 

•

Analyzed the executive compensation levels and practices of the companies in our compensation peer group;

 

•

Provided advice with respect to compensation best practices and market trends for our executive officers and the members of our board of directors;

 

•

Assessed our compensation risk profile and reported on this assessment;

 

195

---

Table of Contents

•

Analyzed the director compensation levels and practices of the companies in our compensation peer group; and

 

•

Provided ad hoc advice and support following its engagement.

Compensia does not provide any services to us, other than the services provided to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has assessed the independence of Compensia taking into account, among other things, the factors set forth in Exchange Act Rule 10C-1 and the listing standards of the NASDAQ, and has concluded that no conflict of interest exists with respect to the work that Compensia performs for the Compensation Committee.

Competitive Positioning

Periodically, the Compensation Committee reviews competitive market data for comparable executive positions in the market as one factor for determining the structure of our executive compensation program and establishing target compensation levels for our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers.

For purposes of its review of the competitive market prior to November 2013, the Compensation Committee received a market analysis prepared by our Human Resources Department which was developed using relevant compensation data drawn from a select group of peer companies, as well as survey data of comparably sized companies in the national market. This compensation peer group consisted of the following companies:

 

Automatic Data Processing, Inc. Expedia, Inc. Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. Fiserv, Inc. Global Payments, Inc. Mastercard Incorporated		Orbitz Worldwide, Inc. priceline.com Incorporated Salesforce.com, Inc. The Western Union Company Total System Services, Inc. Visa, Inc.

This compensation data was size-adjusted to reflect our approximate annual revenues of $3 billion. The specific compensation surveys used in this market analysis were the Culpepper High Technology Survey, the IPAS Global Technology Survey, the Mercer Benchmark Database, and the Radford Global Technology Survey. This market analysis provided the Compensation Committee with a broad perspective on the national labor market for executive talent.

In November 2013, the Compensation Committee, with the assistance of Compensia, developed a new compensation peer group based on an evaluation of companies that it believed were comparable to us with respect to operations, industry segment, revenue level, and enterprise value as a reference source in its executive compensation deliberations. This compensation peer group, which will be used by the Compensation Committee as a reference in the course of its future executive compensation deliberations, consists of the following companies:

 

Akamai Technologies, Inc. Alliance Data Systems Corp. Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. Citrix Systems, Inc. Equinix, Inc. Fiserv, Inc. Gartner, Inc.		Global Payments, Inc. Nuance Communications, Inc. Synopsys, Inc. Total System Services, Inc. Vantiv, Inc. Verisk Analytics, Inc.

The companies in the compensation peer group are U.S.-based global companies in the technology sector, and, therefore, are representative of the companies with which we compete for executive talent. In addition, these companies have similar revenue levels (generally, 0.5x to 2.0x our revenue level), enterprise values (generally, 0.5x to 3.0x our enterprise value), and revenue and operating profitability growth rates. Compensation peer group

 

196

---

Table of Contents

comparison data will be collected from publicly-available information contained in the SEC filings of the compensation peer group companies, as well as from the Radford Global Technology Survey. The Radford survey provides market data and other information related to trends and competitive practices in executive compensation.

The competitive market data described above has not been and will not be used by the Compensation Committee in isolation but rather serves as one point of reference in its deliberations on executive compensation. The Compensation Committee uses the competitive market data as a guide when making decisions about total direct compensation, as well as individual elements of compensation; however, the Compensation Committee does not formally benchmark our executive officers’ compensation against this data. While market competitiveness is important, it is not the only factor we consider when establishing compensation opportunities of our executive officers. Actual compensation decisions also depend upon the consideration of other factors that the Compensation Committee considers relevant, such as the financial and operational performance of our businesses, individual performance, specific retention concerns, and internal equity.

Compensation-Related Risk Assessment

The Compensation Committee considers potential risks when reviewing and approving the various elements of our executive compensation program. In evaluating each element of our executive compensation program, the Compensation Committee assesses the element to ensure that it does not encourage our executive officers to take excessive or unnecessary risks or to engage in decision-making that promotes short-term results at the expense of our long-term interests. In addition, we have designed our executive compensation program, including our incentive compensation plans, with specific features to address potential risks while rewarding our executive officers for achieving financial and strategic objectives through prudent business judgment and appropriate risk taking. Further, the following policies and practices have been incorporated into our executive compensation program:

 

•

Balanced Mix of Compensation Components—The target compensation mix for our executive officers is composed of base salary, annual cash incentive compensation, and long-term incentive compensation in the form of equity awards, which provides a compensation mix that is not overly weighted toward short-term cash incentives.

 

•

Minimum Performance Measure Threshold—Our annual cash incentive compensation plan, which encourages focus on the achievement of corporate and individual performance objectives for our overall benefit, does not pay out unless pre-established target levels for one or more financial measures are met.

 

•

Long-Term Incentive Compensation Vesting—Our long-term incentives are equity-based, with four-year or five-year vesting to complement our annual cash incentive compensation plan.

 

•

Capped Incentive Awards—Awards under the annual cash incentive compensation plan are capped at 200% of the target award level.

Compensation Elements

Our executive compensation program is designed around the concept of total direct compensation, and consists of the following principal elements:

 

•

Base salary;

 

•

Annual incentive compensation in the form of cash bonuses;

 

•

Long-term incentive compensation in the form of equity awards;

 

•

Health, welfare, and other employee benefits; and

 

•

Post-employment compensation.

 

197

---

Table of Contents

In setting the appropriate level of total direct compensation, the Compensation Committee seeks to establish each compensation element at a level that is both competitive and attractive for motivating top executive talent, while also keeping the overall compensation levels aligned with stockholder interests and job responsibilities. These compensation elements are structured to motivate our executive officers and to align their financial interests with those of our stockholders.

Base Salary

We believe that a competitive base salary is essential in attracting and retaining key executive talent. Historically, the Compensation Committee has reviewed the base salaries of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, on an annual basis or as needed to address changes in job title, a promotion, assumption of additional job responsibilities, or other unique circumstances.

In evaluating the base salaries of our executive officers, the Compensation Committee considers several factors, including our financial performance, his or her contribution towards meeting our financial objectives, his or her qualifications, knowledge, experience, tenure, and scope of responsibilities, his or her past performance as against individual goals, his or her future potential, competitive market practices, our desired compensation position with respect to the competitive market, and internal equity.

Fiscal 2013 Base Salary Decisions

In May 2013, the Compensation Committee reviewed the base salaries of our executive officers and made no adjustments to the base salaries of any of the Named Executive Officers whose positions and duties were consistent with their prior positions and duties.

Mr. Klein’s annual base salary was increased from $600,000 to $900,000 in connection with his appointment as our CEO in August 2013. In addition, Messrs. Simonson and Robinson and Ms. Kerr’s base salaries were established through arms-length negotiation when they joined us in March 2013, December 2013, and March 2013, respectively.

The base salaries paid to the Named Executive Officers during Fiscal 2013 are set forth in the “Fiscal 2013 Summary Compensation Table” below.

Annual Incentive Compensation

We use annual incentive compensation to support and encourage the achievement of our specific annual corporate and business segment goals as reflected in our annual operating plan. Each year, our executive officers at the level of senior vice president or above are eligible to receive annual cash bonuses under our Executive Incentive Program (the “EIP”).

Typically, at the beginning of the fiscal year the Compensation Committee approves the terms and conditions of the EIP for the year, including the selection of one or more performance measures as the basis for determining the funding of annual cash bonuses for the year. Subject to available funding, the EIP provides cash bonuses based upon our achievement as measured against the pre-established target levels for these performance measures.

Target Annual Cash Bonus Opportunities

For purposes of the Fiscal 2013 EIP, the target annual cash bonus opportunity for each of our eligible executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, was expressed as a percentage of his or her base salary, subject to a maximum annual cash bonus opportunity as specified for each executive officer (which was

 

198

---

Table of Contents

200% of his or her target annual cash bonus opportunity). The target annual cash bonus opportunities of the current Named Executive Officers for Fiscal 2013 were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer		Fiscal 2013 Target Cash Bonus Opportunity (as a percentage of base salary)
Mr. Klein		100%/125%(1)
Mr. Simonson		80%(2)
Mr. Sparks		80%
Ms. Kerr		80%(2)
Mr. Robinson		(3)

 

(1)

Until his promotion in August 2013, Mr. Klein’s target annual cash bonus opportunity was equal to 100% of his then-current base salary. Effective as of August 15, 2013, his target annual cash bonus opportunity was increased to 125% of his adjusted annual base salary for the remainder of Fiscal 2013. As a result, on a blended basis, his target annual cash bonus opportunity for Fiscal 2013 was 110% of his actual base salary for the year.

(2)	Mr. Simonson’s and Ms. Kerr’s target annual cash bonus opportunities were established through arms-length negotiation when they joined us in March 2013.

(3)	Since Mr. Robinson did not join us until December 2013, he was not eligible to participate in the EIP in Fiscal 2013.

The target annual cash bonus opportunities were established by the Compensation Committee based on its consideration of several factors, including each eligible executive officer’s qualifications, knowledge, experience, tenure, and scope of responsibilities, his or her past performance his or her future potential, competitive market practices, our desired compensation position with respect to the competitive market, and internal equity.

Corporate Performance Measure

For purposes of the Fiscal 2013 EIP, the Compensation Committee selected EBITDA as the sole performance measure. The Compensation Committee believed that EBITDA continued to be the best measure of both corporate and business segment profitability and that, as we began to prepare for our initial public offering, overall profitability would best position us for a successful re-entry into the public marketplace.

For purposes of the Fiscal 2013 EIP, EBITDA was adjusted to exclude the following items: goodwill impairments, prior period non-cash adjustments, and one-time costs associated with specific business enhancement initiatives. Our board of directors approved these adjustments to better reflect the efforts and performance of our executive officers in relation to the current year’s business performance, as well as to encourage them to make decisions that improve the potential for future growth without being penalized for the short-term investment required to achieve that growth. In addition to these adjustments, for purposes of the Fiscal 2013 EIP, EBITDA was to be calculated before making allowance for the amounts payable pursuant to our annual incentive compensation plan for employees at the level below senior vice president, the Sabre Corporation Variable Compensation Plan (“Pre-VCP EBITDA”).

Bonus Formula

For our executive officers with company-wide responsibility, the Pre-VCP EBITDA performance measure was based entirely on corporate EBITDA. For our executive officers with business segment responsibilities, the Pre-VCP EBITDA performance measure was based in part on business segment EBITDA (weighted 50%) and in part on corporate EBITDA (weighted 50%). The Compensation Committee determined that these weightings provided an appropriate balance to foster company teamwork while at the same time providing “line-of-sight” accountability for business segment results.

 

199

---

Table of Contents

Our Pre-VCP EBITDA target level for Sabre as a whole for purposes of the Fiscal 2013 EIP was $868.6 million.

The actual cash bonus payments for the Named Executive Officers (other than Mr. Sparks) are based on our overall financial results and, in the case of Mr. Sparks, are based on our overall financial results and those of his individual business unit.

The funding of the annual bonus pool with respect to the Pre-VCP EBITDA performance measure varied according to each Named Executive Officer’s area of responsibility as follows:

 

•

Corporate—For the Named Executive Officers with company-wide responsibility, funding began upon achievement of 90% of the target performance level with maximum funding (200% of target funding) upon the achievement of 123% of the target performance level. Funding levels decreased at a more moderate rate between 100%—95% of target performance achievement and at a more severe rate between 95%—90% of target performance achievement.

 

•

Travelocity—For Mr. Sparks, the Named Executive Officer with responsibilities specific to Travelocity, funding with respect to the 50% of his EIP award that relates to the Pre-VCP EBITDA for Travelocity began upon achievement of the Travelocity Pre-VCP EBITDA target level minus $10 million, with maximum funding (200% of target funding) upon the achievement of 235% of Travelocity’s Pre-VCP EBITDA target level.

The Compensation Committee believed that these formulas provided a fair value sharing between our stockholders and the Named Executive Officers.

For purposes of the Fiscal 2013 EIP, the Compensation Committee reserved the discretion to adjust the amount of the actual cash bonus payments to be received by any Named Executive Officer.

Annual Cash Bonus Decisions

The Compensation Committee approved the cash bonus payments under the Fiscal 2013 EIP at its meeting in January 2014.

Based on our Fiscal 2013 financial performance, the Fiscal 2013 cash bonus payments for the Named Executive Officers ranged from approximately 31% to approximately 87% of their target annual cash bonus opportunities as summarized below.

 

Named Executive Officer		Fiscal 2013 Target Cash Bonus Opportunity				Fiscal 2013 Actual Cash Bonus Payment				Actual Cash Bonus Payment as Percentage of Target Cash Bonus Award
Mr. Klein		$	784,778	(1)		$	682,757				87	%
Mr. Simonson		$	387,692	(2)		$	337,292				87	%
Mr. Sparks		$	480,000			$	148,800				31	%
Ms. Kerr		$	323,077	(2)		$	281,077				87	%
Mr. Robinson(3)			—				—				—

 

(1)

Prior to his promotion in August 2013, Mr. Klein’s aggregate base salary earned was $376,154. Following his promotion, he earned an aggregate of $335,769 in base salary. The blending of his target annual cash bonus opportunity for the period before his promotion (100% of his then-current base salary) with his target annual cash bonus opportunity after his promotion (125% of his adjusted base salary for the remainder of Fiscal 2013) resulted in a blended target annual cash bonus opportunity (110% of this actual base salary) for Fiscal 2013, or $784,778.

 

200

---

Table of Contents

(2)	The target cash bonus opportunity of each of these Named Executive Officers reflects the fact that he or she worked less than a full year in Fiscal 2013.

(3)	Since Mr. Robinson did not join us until December 2013, he was not eligible to participate in the Fiscal 2013 EIP.

The cash bonuses actually paid to the Named Executive Officers for Fiscal 2013 are set forth in the “Fiscal 2013 Summary Compensation Table” below.

Additional Discretionary Bonuses

In connection with its determination of the Fiscal 2013 cash bonus payments, the Compensation Committee considered Mr. Klein’s recommendation that Mr. Simonson and Ms. Kerr each receive an additional bonus payment in recognition of their strong individual contributions to the company during Fiscal 2013. Based on his efforts in preparing the company for this initial public offering, as well as his overall performance, the Compensation Committee approved a discretionary bonus payment for Mr. Simonson in the amount of $62,708. Based on her efforts in advancing our product development and successfully completing several of our technology initiatives during Fiscal 2013, as well as her overall performance, the Compensation Committee approved a discretionary bonus payment for Ms. Kerr in the amount of $18,923.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

We use long-term incentive compensation in the form of equity awards as the principal element of our executive compensation program in order to align the financial interests of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, with those of our stockholders. Upon the Principal Stockholders’ acquisition of us in March 2007, we sought to retain top executive talent and drive long-term stockholder value creation through the use of equity-based long-term incentive compensation.

Except in the case of Mr. Sparks, from March 2007 through November 2012, we generally provided long-term incentive compensation to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers who were then our employees, in the form of options to purchase shares of our common stock. We believed that options provided an effective performance incentive because our executive officers would derive value from their options only if our stock price increased (which would benefit all stockholders) and they remained employed with us beyond the date that their options vested.

With respect to the awards of options granted during 2007, typically, half of the options were subject to a time-based vesting requirement, which vested 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter ratably on a quarterly basis over the subsequent four years. The other half of these options were subject to a performance-based vesting condition based on a threshold multiple of money (“MoM”) being realized by the Principal Stockholders for their initial shares acquired in our business upon a specified liquidity event, such as a qualified initial public offering or a change in control of us.

Starting in 2008 and continuing through November 2012, the options granted to our executive officers were subject solely to time-based vesting requirements. Pursuant to these requirements, the shares of our common stock subject to such options vest and become exercisable as to 25% of such shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and ratably as to 4.6875% of such shares on a successive three-month basis over the subsequent four years, subject to each executive officer’s continued employment through each vesting date.

In the case of Mr. Sparks, we granted him a restricted stock award covering shares of our common stock rather than options to purchase shares of our common stock, when he joined us in 2011 and a restricted stock unit award covering shares of our common stock in 2012. In addition to equity awards for shares of our common stock, Mr. Sparks, as the President and CEO of Travelocity, was also granted a tandem stock appreciation right covering the common units of Travelocity.com LLC and the shares of Travelocity Holdings, Inc., but which can

 

201

---

Table of Contents

be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, in the good faith discretion of our board of directors. Further, in 2010 Messrs. Klein and Miller were granted equity awards in the form of options to purchase 350,000 common units of Travelocity.com LLC.

Beginning in December 2012, we began delivering long-term incentive compensation to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers who were then our employees, using a mix of options to purchase shares of our common stock and restricted stock unit awards covering shares of our common stock. At that time, we determined that this equity award mix would effectively align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders and provide each individual executive officer with a significant incentive to manage us from the perspective of an owner with an equity stake in the business. We also determined that these equity awards would serve as an effective retention tool for our executive officers, as unvested awards would generally be forfeited if he or she voluntarily left our employ. Half of the value of these equity awards granted to our executive officers is delivered in the form of a time-based option and half in the form of a performance-based restricted stock unit award. For a detailed description of these awards, see the “Fiscal 2013 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” below.

In determining the value of the long-term incentive compensation opportunities for our executive officers, the Compensation Committee considers several factors, including our financial performance, the executive officer’s contribution towards meeting our financial objectives, his or her qualifications, knowledge, experience, tenure, and scope of responsibilities, his or her past performance as against individual goals, his or her future potential, his or her current equity position (including the value of any unvested equity awards), competitive market practices, our desired compensation position with respect to the competitive market, and internal equity.

Change in Award Practices Related to our Initial Public Offering

As noted above, since our 2007 acquisition by the Principal Stockholders we have sought to retain top executive talent and motivate long-term stockholder value creation primarily through the one-time grant of equity awards upon hire and subsequent periodic awards. Following this initial public offering, the Compensation Committee intends to modify our approach to the use of long-term incentive compensation by making annual long-term incentive compensation awards to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers using a “portfolio” mix of time-based and performance-based equity awards. We believe these changes to our executive compensation program will better align the interests of our executive officers and stockholders, aid in attracting and retaining talent by conforming more closely to the practices among members of our peer group, and further mitigate excessive risk incentives by ensuring that we provide incentive compensation with diversified performance measures.

Fiscal 2013 Equity Awards

During Fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee granted equity awards to Mr. Klein in connection with his promotion to serve as our CEO and to Messrs. Simonson and Robinson and Ms. Kerr in connection with their initial employment with us. The value of these equity awards was determined in arms-length negotiation between the individual executive officer and the Compensation Committee. For purposes of these negotiations, the Compensation Committee referenced, in part, competitive market data.

For a detailed description of these equity awards, see “—Employment Agreements” and the “Fiscal 2013 Summary Compensation Table” and the “Fiscal 2013 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” below.

New Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors adopted the 2014 Omnibus Plan. All equity-based awards granted on or after this offering will be granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan. For a detailed description of the 2014 Omnibus Plan, see “Employee Stock Plans” below.

 

202

---

Table of Contents

Health, Welfare, and Other Employee Benefits

We have established a tax-qualified Section 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. We currently match contributions made to the plan by our employees, including executive officers, up to 6% of their eligible compensation. We intend for the plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to the plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the plan.

In addition, we provide other benefits to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, on the same basis as all of our full-time employees. These benefits include medical, dental, and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, and basic life insurance coverage.

We design our employee benefits programs to be affordable and competitive in relation to the market, as well as compliant with applicable laws and practices. We adjust our employee benefits programs as needed based upon regular monitoring of applicable laws and practices and the competitive market.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

Currently, we do not view perquisites or other personal benefits as a significant component of our executive compensation program. Accordingly, we provide perquisites and other personal benefits to our executive officers in limited situations where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, and for recruitment and retention purposes. For example, each of our executive officers is eligible to receive financial planning benefits, subject to an annual allowance of up to $5,000 per year. In addition, our executive officers are eligible to participate in our annual physical program. This program provides for an annual executive physical up to an amount of $3,700. The Compensation Committee believes that these personal benefits are a reasonable component of our overall executive compensation program and are consistent with market practices.

In addition, historically we paid the dues for a country club membership for certain executive officers, including Messrs. Klein and Gilliland. While they received some incidental benefits from these memberships, we believe that the primary purpose has been to facilitate opportunities for conducting business with existing and prospective customers and business partners. Accordingly, although we disclose the cost to us of these memberships in the Fiscal 2013 Summary Compensation Table, we believe that they served a legitimate and important business purpose for us. In connection with his promotion to serve as our CEO and President, Mr. Klein relinquished his membership in September 2013. In connection with his retirement in September 2013, we converted Mr. Gilliland’s membership to a personal membership (at no cost to us) and ceased to pay any further dues on such membership.

In the future, we may provide perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual executive officer in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, and for recruitment, motivation, or retention purposes. All future practices with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits will be approved and subject to periodic review by the Compensation Committee.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into a written employment agreement with each of the Named Executive Officers; most recently, with Mr. Klein, our President and CEO and Mr. Robinson, our Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer. Mr. Klein’s employment agreement was negotiated on our behalf by the Chairman of the Compensation Committee and approved by our board of directors; all of the other employment agreements were negotiated on our behalf by our CEO and approved by the Compensation Committee. We believe that these employment agreements were necessary to induce these individuals to forego other employment opportunities or leave their current employer for the uncertainty of a demanding position in a new and unfamiliar organization.

 

203

---

Table of Contents

In filling these executive positions, our board of directors or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, was aware that it would be necessary to recruit candidates with the requisite experience and skills to manage a growing business in a dynamic and ever-changing industry. Accordingly, it recognized that it would need to develop competitive compensation packages to attract qualified candidates in a highly-competitive labor market. At the same time, our board of directors or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, was sensitive to the need to integrate new executive officers into the executive compensation structure that it was seeking to develop, balancing both competitive and internal equity considerations.

For a detailed description of the employment arrangements of the Named Executive Officers, see “—Employment Arrangements” below.

Post-Employment Compensation

Each of the written employment arrangements with the Named Executive Officers, as described in “—Employment Arrangements” below, provides them with the opportunity to receive various payments and benefits in the event of an involuntary termination of employment under certain specified circumstances, including an involuntary termination of employment in connection with a change in control of us.

We provide these arrangements to encourage the Named Executive Officers to work at a dynamic and rapidly growing business where their long-term compensation largely depends on future stock price appreciation. Specifically, the arrangements are intended to mitigate a potential disincentive for the Named Executive Officers when they are evaluating a potential acquisition of us, particularly when their services may not be required by the acquiring entity. In such a situation, we believe that these arrangements are necessary to encourage retention of the Named Executive Officers through the conclusion of the transaction, and to ensure a smooth management transition. These arrangements have been drafted to provide each of the Named Executive Officers with consistent treatment that is competitive with current market practices. We believe that the level of benefits provided under these various agreements is in line with market practice and help us to attract and retain key talent.

For a detailed description of the post-employment compensation arrangements of the Named Executive Officers, see “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Other Compensation Policies

In anticipation of becoming a public reporting company, we are in the process of adopting several policies that we believe are important components of a public-company executive compensation program.

Stock Ownership Policy

Currently, we do not have equity security ownership guidelines or requirements for our executive officers. Nonetheless, most of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, have significant stock ownership in us. Some of this stock was purchased by these executive officers in March 2007 in conjunction with our becoming a privately-held entity. Other executive officers have received significant equity awards in connection with joining us. The Compensation Committee believes that this stock ownership aligns the financial interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders. To further this ownership objective, we intend to adopt stock ownership policies for our executive officers and the non-employee members of our board of directors in connection with this offering.

Compensation Recovery Policy

Currently, we have not implemented a policy regarding retroactive adjustments to any cash or equity-based incentive compensation paid to our executive officers and other employees where the payments were predicated upon the achievement of financial results that were subsequently the subject of a financial restatement. We intend

 

204

---

Table of Contents

to adopt a general compensation recovery (“clawback”) policy covering our annual and long-term incentive award plans and arrangements once the SEC adopts final rules implementing the requirement of Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Act.

Derivatives Trading and Hedging Policies

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a general insider trading policy that provides that no employee, officer, or member of our board of directors may acquire, sell, or trade in any interest or position relating to the future price of our securities, such as a put option, a call option or a short sale (including a short sale “against the box”), or engage in hedging transactions (including “cashless collars”). Similarly, we intend to adopt a general policy that prohibits our executive officers and members of our board of directors from pledging any of their shares of our common stock as collateral for a loan or other financial arrangement.

Equity Award Grant Policy

We have not adopted a formal policy for the timing of equity awards. The Compensation Committee, however, follows an informal practice of granting annual equity awards in the first quarter of the calendar year. We have also granted awards in the case of new hires, promotions or special retention awards. We intend to adopt a formal policy for the timing of equity awards in connection with this offering. It is anticipated that, pursuant to this policy, the Compensation Committee will grant equity awards at approximately the same time each year, generally during the first quarter of the calendar year.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Deductibility of Compensation

Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows public companies a tax deduction for federal income tax purposes of remuneration in excess of $1 million paid to the CEO and each of the three other most highly-compensated executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) in any taxable year. Generally, remuneration in excess of $1 million may only be deducted if it is “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of the Code. In this regard, the compensation income realized upon the exercise of stock options granted under a stockholder-approved stock option plan generally will be deductible so long as the options are granted by a committee whose members are non-employee directors and certain other conditions are satisfied.

As we are not currently publicly-traded, the Compensation Committee has not in recent years taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation for our executive officers. In approving the amount and form of compensation for our executive officers in the future, however, the Compensation Committee will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). Further, as a newly public company, we intend to rely upon certain transition relief under Section 162(m).

Nonetheless, the Compensation Committee believes that, in establishing the cash and equity incentive compensation plans and arrangements for our executive officers, the potential deductibility of the compensation payable under those plans and arrangements should be only one of a number of relevant factors taken into consideration, and not the sole governing factor. For that reason, the Compensation Committee may deem it appropriate to provide one or more executive officers with the opportunity to earn incentive compensation, whether through cash incentive awards tied to our financial performance or equity incentive awards tied to the executive officer’s continued service, which may be in excess of the amount deductible by reason of Section 162(m) or other provisions of the Code. Further, the Compensation Committee reserves the discretion, in its judgment, to approve, from time to time, compensation arrangements that may not be tax deductible for us, such as base salary and equity awards with time-based vesting requirements, or which do not comply with an exemption from the deductibility limit when it believes that such arrangements are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

 

205

---

Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee believes it is important to maintain cash and equity incentive compensation at the requisite level to attract and retain the individuals essential to our financial success, even if all or part of that compensation may not be deductible by reason of the Section 162(m) limitation.

“Golden Parachute” Payments

Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code provide that executive officers and directors who hold significant equity interests and certain other service providers may be subject to an excise tax if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control of us that exceeds certain prescribed limits, and that we, or a successor, may forfeit a deduction on the amounts subject to this additional tax. We did not provide any executive officer, including any Named Executive Officer, with a “gross-up” or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability that he or she might owe as a result of the application of Sections 280G or 4999 during Fiscal 2013 and we have not agreed and are not otherwise obligated to provide any Named Executive Officer with such a “gross-up” or other reimbursement.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We follow Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, (“ASC Topic 718”), for our stock-based compensation awards. ASC Topic 718 requires companies to measure the compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, based on the grant date “fair value” of these awards. This calculation is performed for accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables below, even though our executive officers may never realize any value from their awards. ASC Topic 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their stock-based compensation awards in their income statements over the period that an executive officer is required to render service in exchange for the option or other award.

 

206

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to, received by, or earned during Fiscal 2013 by the Named Executive Officers:

 

Name and Principal Position		Fiscal Year				Salary ($)				Bonus ($)(1)				Stock Awards ($)(2)				Option Awards ($)(2)				Non- Equity Incentive Plan Compen- sation ($)(3)				All Other Compensation ($)(4)				Total ($)
Thomas Klein,			2013			$	711,923				—			$	1,968,206			$	1,729,168			$	682,757			$	27,258			$	5,119,312
President and CEO
Richard Simonson,			2013			$	484,615				$62,708			$	2,991,000			$	2,010,000			$	337,292			$	283,266			$	6,168,881
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer(5)
Carl Sparks,			2013			$	600,000				—				—				—			$	148,800			$	28,884			$	777,684
Executive Vice President and President and
CEO, Travelocity
Deborah Kerr,			2013			$	403,846			$	243,923			$	1,994,000			$	2,010,000			$	281,077			$	258,158			$	5,191,004
Executive Vice President and Chief Product and Technology Officer(6)
William G. Robinson, Jr.,			2013			$	16,154			$	50,000			$	1,383,894			$	1,389,821				—			$	1,140			$	2,841,009
Executive Vice President and Chief Human
Resources Officer(7)
Michael S. Gilliland,			2013			$	730,769				—				—				—				—			$	2,334,105			$	3,064,874
former CEO(8)
Mark Miller,			2013			$	210,000				—				—				—				—			$	374,479			$	584,479
former Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer(9)

 

(1)	The amounts reported in the “Bonus” column represent discretionary bonuses paid to Mr. Simonson ($62,708) and Ms. Kerr ($18,923) for Fiscal 2013 performance and sign-on bonuses paid to Ms. Kerr ($225,000) and Mr. Robinson ($50,000).

(2)

The amounts reported in the “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” columns represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock-based awards granted to the Named Executive Officers during Fiscal 2013, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC Topic 718”), disregarding the impact of estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 17, Options and Other Equity-Based Awards, to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in these columns reflect the accounting cost for these stock-based awards, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the Named Executive Officers from these awards.

(3)	The amounts reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column represent the amounts paid to our Named Executive Officers for Fiscal 2013 pursuant to the Fiscal 2013 EIP. For a discussion of this plan, see “—Compensation Elements—Annual Incentive Compensation” above.

(4)	The amounts reported in the “All Other Compensation” column are described in more detail in the following table. The amounts reported for perquisites and other benefits represent the actual cost incurred by us in providing these benefits to the indicated Named Executive Officer.

 

Name		Group Term Life Insurance Premiums				Country Club Membership Dues(a)				Executive Physical Examin- ation				Financial Planning Services				Relocation				Section 401(k) Plan Matching Contribution				Post-Employment Compensation Payments(b)
Mr. Klein		$	713			$	3,058			$	3,277			$	4,910							$	15,300				—
Mr. Simonson		$	579				—			$	3,697			$	5,000			$	258,690	(c)		$	15,300				—
Mr. Sparks		$	792				—			$	2,792			$	10,000	(d)						$	15,300				—
Ms. Kerr		$	508				—				—				—			$	250,000	(e)		$	7,650				—
Mr. Robinson			—				—				—				—			$	1,140	(f)			—				—
Mr. Gilliland		$	796			$	5,965			$	3,475				—							$	14,700			$	2,309,169
Mr. Miller		$	267				—			$	2,267				—							$	12,600			$	359,345

 

(a)

Historically, we paid the dues for a country club membership for certain executive officers, including, during Fiscal 2013, Messrs. Klein and Gilliland. In connection with his promotion to serve as our CEO and President, Mr. Klein relinquished his membership in

 

207

---

Table of Contents

September 2013. In connection with his retirement in September 2013, we converted Mr. Gilliland’s membership to a personal membership (at no cost to us) and ceased to pay any further dues on such membership. We did not have any of these arrangements for any other executive officer during Fiscal 2013.

(b)

The amounts reported in this column represent post-employment compensation payments and benefits provided to Messrs. Gilliland and Miller.

(c)

In connection with his joining us as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, we paid a relocation company the reported amount for the costs associated with Mr. Simonson’s relocation to Dallas, Texas. In Fiscal 2013, Mr. Simonson’s relocation benefit totaled $258,690, which includes a tax gross up by us of $62,015 for all applicable taxes relating to such benefit.

(d)

The amount reported represents the costs that Mr. Sparks’ incurred in each of Fiscal 2012 ($5,000) and Fiscal 2013 ($5,000) for financial planning services.

(e)

In connection with her joining us as our Executive Vice President and Chief Product and Technology Officer, and pursuant to the terms and conditions of her employment agreement, we paid Ms. Kerr the reported amount to reimburse her for the costs associated with her relocation to Dallas, Texas.

(f)

In connection with his joining us as our Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer, we have agreed to pay a relocation company for the costs associated with Mr. Robinson’s relocation to Dallas, Texas. The amount reported represents the amounts that we were billed for these costs during Fiscal 2013.

 

(5)	Mr. Simonson joined us as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on March 11, 2013.

(6)	Ms. Kerr joined us as our Executive Vice President and Chief Product and Technology Officer on March 11, 2013.

(7)	Mr. Robinson joined us as our Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer on December 16, 2013.

(8)	Mr. Gilliland stepped down from his position as our CEO on August 15, 2013 and retired effective September 21, 2013.

(9)	Mr. Miller stepped down from his position as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on March 11, 2013.

Fiscal 2013 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the plan-based awards granted to him or her during Fiscal 2013.

 

Name		Grant Date		Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non- Equity Incentive Plan Awards (Target) ($)(1)				Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non- Equity Incentive Plan Awards (Maximum) ($)(1)				Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards  (#)(2)				All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)(3)				Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/sh)				Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(4)
Mr. Klein				$	784,778			$	1,569,556
		08/15/2013															198,563			$	13.22			$	808,151
		08/15/2013											66,188											$	875,005
		10/25/2013															200,221			$	14.01			$	921,017
		10/25/2013											78,030											$	1,093,200
Mr. Simonson				$	387,692			$	775,384
		03/11/2013															600,000			$	9.97			$	2,010,000
		03/11/2013											300,000											$	2,991,000
Mr. Sparks				$	480,000			$	960,000
Ms. Kerr				$	323,077			$	646,154
		03/11/2013															600,000			$	9.97			$	2,010,000
		03/11/2013											200,000											$	1,994,000
Mr. Robinson					—				—
		12/16/2013															296,337			$	14.01			$	1,389,821
		12/16/2013											98,779											$	1,383,894
Mr. Gilliland				$	1,500,000	(5)			—
Mr. Miller				$	294,000	(5)			—

 

(1)	The amounts reported reflect the target and maximum annual cash bonus opportunities payable to the Named Executive Officer under the Fiscal 2013 EIP. For each of the Named Executive Officers (other than

 

208

---

Table of Contents

Mr. Sparks), funding of these non-equity incentive plan awards began upon achievement of 90% of the target performance level with maximum funding (200% of target funding) upon the achievement of 123% of the target performance level. For Mr. Sparks, funding with respect to the 50% of his EIP award that relates to the Pre-VCP EBITDA for Travelocity began upon achievement of the Travelocity Pre-VCP EBITDA target level minus $10 million, with maximum funding (200% of target funding) upon the achievement of 235% of Travelocity’s Pre-VCP EBITDA target level.

(2)

The restricted stock unit awards granted under our 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan vest as to 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to each such award on March 15 in each of calendar years 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 if, as of the end of our most recent fiscal year ending prior to each such vesting date, we have achieved at least 95% of the EBITDA target level established for such fiscal year as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the annual business plan for such fiscal year, subject to each Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each such vesting date. For purposes of these restricted stock unit awards, the EBITDA performance measure for Fiscal 2013 was adjusted to exclude the following items: goodwill impairments, prior period non-cash adjustments, and one-time costs associated with specific business enhancement initiatives.

(3)

All options to purchase shares of our common stock granted to the Named Executive Officers in Fiscal 2013 were granted under our 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan and are subject to time-based vesting conditions. Each of these options has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date of grant and a term of 10 years.

With the exception of the option granted to Mr. Klein, 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to each such option vests on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to 6.25% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each vesting date. Mr. Klein’s option vested as to 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to such option on the date of grant and as to 6.25% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date.

(4)

These amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of option and stock awards computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The fair value of each option award was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which generated a Black-Scholes-computed value of $3.35 per share on March 11, 2013, $4.07 per share on August 15, 2013, $4.37 per share on October 1, 2013, $4.60 per share on October 25, 2013, and $4.69 per share on December 16, 2013.

(5)

These amounts represent the target annual cash bonus opportunities of Messrs. Gilliland and Miller as determined by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of Fiscal 2013. As neither individual was our employee at the end of Fiscal 2013, neither Named Executive Officer received an annual cash bonus for Fiscal 2013. This target annual cash bonus opportunity, however, was used in determining their post-employment compensation payments and benefits as provided pursuant to their respective employment agreements.

 

209

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table

The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

 

Name		Date of Grant of Equity Award				Option/SAR Awards— Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options/SARs (#) Exercisable(1)				Option/SAR Awards— Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options/SARs (#) Unexercisable(1)				Option/SAR Awards— Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)(3)				Option/SAR Awards— Option/SAR Exercise Price ($)				Option/SAR Awards— Option/SAR Expiration Date				Equity Incentive Plan Awards— Number of Unearned Shares, Units, or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)(2)				Equity Incentive Plan Awards— Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units, Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)
Mr. Klein			06/11/2007												317,250			$	5.00				06/11/2017
			06/11/2007				634,500				—							$	5.00				06/11/2017
			01/31/2008												11,250			$	5.00				01/31/2018
			01/31/2008				22,500				—							$	5.00				01/31/2018
			03/31/2009				381,250				18,750	(4)						$	3.00				03/31/2019
			03/31/2009				156,550				7,700	(4)						$	3.00				03/31/2019
			03/23/2010				267,968				82,032	(4)						$	5.23				03/23/2020
			03/23/2010				—				350,000	(5)						$	0.6251	(6)			03/23/2020
			12/03/2012				10,000				30,000	(7)						$	9.97				12/03/2022
			03/15/2013				62,050				136,513	(8)						$	13.22				08/15/2023
			10/25/2013				62,569				137,652	(8)						$	14.01				10/25/2023
			12/03/2012																								20,000			$	280,200
			08/15/2013																								66,188			$	927,294
			10/25/2013																								78,030			$	1,093,200
Mr. Simonson			03/11/2013				—				600,000	(7)						$	9.97				03/11/2023
			03/11/2013																								300,000			$	4,203,000
Mr. Sparks			04/25/2011																								118,064	(10)		$	1,654,077
			05/15/2012				1,831,896				219,828	(9)						$	2.77				05/15/2022
			05/15/2012				1,831,896				219,828	(9)						$	0.13				05/15/2022
			11/1/2012																									(11)		$	1,680,000
Ms. Kerr			03/11/2013				—				600,000	(7)						$	9.97				03/11/2023
			03/11/2013																								200,000			$	2,802,000
Mr. Robinson			12/16/2013				—				296,337	(7)						$	14.01				12/16/2023
			12/16/2013																								98,779	(12)		$	1,383,894
Mr. Gilliland			06/11/2007				1,587,500				—							$	5.00				09/21/2015	(15)
			04/01/2008				62,500				—							$	5.00				09/21/2015	(15)
			04/01/2009				825,000				—							$	3.00				09/21/2015	(15)
			04/01/2009				750,000				—							$	3.00				09/21/2015	(15)
			12/03/2012				108,668				326,007	(13)						$	9.97				09/21/2015
Mr. Miller			06/11/2007				—				—				112,575	(14)		$	5.00				06/30/2015
			06/11/2007				337,725				—							$	5.00				06/30/2015
			01/31/2008				—				—				5,100	(14)		$	5.00				06/30/2015
			01/31/2008				15,300				—							$	5.00				06/30/2015
			03/31/2009				304,476				—							$	3.00				06/30/2015
			03/23/2010				235,156				—							$	5.23				06/30/2015

 

(1)

Each option to purchase shares of our common stock granted prior to 2012 was granted pursuant to our 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan (amended in 2010) or, if granted in 2012 or later, our 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan, and each option to purchase common units of Travelocity.com LLC was granted pursuant to the Travelocity.com Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement. Each stock appreciation right to acquire shares of the common stock of Travelocity Holdings, Inc. and common units of Travelocity.com LLC was granted to Mr. Sparks pursuant to our Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan for Travelocity’s CEO Stock-Settled SARs with Respect to Travelocity Equity (amended and restated May 3, 2012). Each of these options and stock appreciation rights expires ten years from the date of grant.

 

210

---

Table of Contents

(2)

Each restricted stock unit award covering shares of our common stock was granted pursuant to our 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan. These restricted stock unit awards vest as to 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to each such award on March 15 in each of calendar years 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 if, as of the end of our most recent fiscal year ending prior to each such vesting date, we have achieved at least 95% of the EBITDA target level established for such fiscal year as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the annual business plan for such fiscal year, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each vesting date. For purposes of these restricted stock unit awards, the EBITDA performance measure for Fiscal 2013 was adjusted to exclude the following items: goodwill impairments, prior period non-cash adjustments, and one-time costs associated with specific business enhancement initiatives.

(3)

These options to purchase shares of our common stock vest and become exercisable upon a liquidity event where the Principal Stockholders realize a threshold MoM for their interest in us, as determined by our board of directors, or, following the third anniversary of an initial public offering of our common stock, upon a determination by our board of directors that such MoM could be realized by our Principal Stockholders if they sold their remaining interest in us, and except for Mr. Miller, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through such date.

(4)

These options to purchase shares of our common stock vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to each such option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to 4.6875% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each vesting date.

(5)

This option to purchase common units of Travelocity.com LLC vests and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to such option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to 4.6875% of such shares at the end of each successive three month period thereafter, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each vesting date. This Travelocity.com option was granted with a companion option in respect of our common stock. The Travelocity.com option may only be exercised if the aggregate fair market value of both options is greater than the aggregate exercise price of both options, in which case the exercisable percentage (not to exceed 100%) is calculated as follows: 100 multiplied by the quotient of (A) the aggregate fair market value minus the aggregate exercise price divided by (B) the fair market value minus the exercise price, in each case at the time of determination of the exercisable percentage.

(6)	The exercise price of the option to purchase common units of Travelocity.com LLC increases quarterly at 6.00% per annum until the option has been exercised in full. The initial exercise price of the option was $0.50 per share.

(7)

These options to purchase shares of our common stock vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to each such option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to 6.25% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each vesting date.

(8)

These options to purchase shares of our common stock vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to each such option on the date of grant and as to 6.25% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each vesting date.

(9)

The stock appreciation right to acquire shares of the common stock of Travelocity Holdings, Inc. and common units of Travelocity.com LLC vests and becomes exercisable as to 25% of the shares of common stock and common units subject to such stock appreciation right on the date of grant and as to 6.25% of such shares or common units at the end of each successive three month period thereafter commencing on May 15, 2012, until 100% of the stock appreciation right is fully vested and exercisable, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each vesting date. This award may also be exercised for cash or shares of our common stock, in the good faith discretion of our board of directors.

(10)	The restricted stock award vests as to one-third of the total number of shares of our common stock subject to such award on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each vesting date.

(11)

This restricted stock unit award remains unvested as to $1,680,000 of its aggregate grant date value, and will vest as to this prescribed value as follows: $520,000 on June 15, 2014, $560,000 on December 15, 2014, and $600,000 on June 15, 2015, in each case subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through each vesting date. If settled in shares, the number of shares of our common stock to be delivered at each vesting date will be determined by dividing these prescribed amounts by the current fair market value of the shares of our common stock on each respective vesting date, with any residual value to be delivered in cash. Since the number of shares of our common stock to be settled upon the vesting of the remaining installments of this award is not currently determinable, the amount disclosed in the “Equity Incentive Plan Awards—Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units, or Other Rights That Have Not Vested” column represents the remaining unvested portion of the original aggregate grant date value of the award.

(12)

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Robinson’s employment agreement, in the event that the 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to his restricted stock unit award which are scheduled to vest on March 15, 2014, subject to the achievement of 95% of the Fiscal 2013 EBITDA target level, do not vest, he will be granted a new restricted stock unit award for the number of shares of our common stock that do not vest under the terms and conditions of our equity compensation plan in effect at the time.

 

211

---

Table of Contents

(13)

This option to purchase shares of our common stock vests and becomes exercisable as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to such option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to 10.7% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to Mr. Gilliland remaining a member of our board of directors through each vesting date other than in the event Mr. Gilliland’s service on our board of directors is terminated without cause.

(14)

Pursuant to the terms of our letter agreement with Mr. Miller, in connection with his termination of employment, any vested options to purchase shares of our common stock will remain exercisable through the earlier of their expiration date and June 30, 2015, and any unvested options to purchase shares of our common stock that are subject to performance-based vesting requirements will continue to vest and become exercisable according to the terms of our 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan (as amended in 2010) until June 30, 2015, at which time any outstanding options held by Mr. Miller will expire and be forfeited.

(15)	Pursuant to the terms of our letter agreement with Mr. Gilliland in connection with his retirement, these unvested options to purchase shares of our common stock will remain exercisable through the earlier of their expiration date and September 21, 2015.

Fiscal 2013 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table

The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the number of shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units during the year ended December 31, 2013, and the aggregate value realized upon the exercise or vesting of such awards. For purposes of the table, the value realized is based upon the fair market value of our common stock on the various exercise or vesting dates.

 

Name		Option Awards— Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#)		Option Awards— Value Realized on Exercise ($)				Stock Awards— Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#)				Stock Awards— Value Realized on Vesting ($)
Mr. Klein		—			—				—				—
Mr. Simonson		—			—				—				—
Mr. Sparks		—			—				185,606	(1)			$2,257,654	(2)
Ms. Kerr		—			—				—				—
Mr. Robinson		—			—				—				—
Mr. Gilliland		—			—				—				—
Mr. Miller		—			—				—				—

 

 

(1)

This amount represents the sum of (a) the portion of Mr. Sparks 2011 restricted stock award that vested in April 2013 (118,062 shares), (b) the portion of his November 2012 restricted stock unit award that vested and was settled on June 15, 2013 (33,283 shares), and (c) the portion of his November 2012 restricted stock unit award that vested and was settled on December 15, 2013 (34,261 shares).

(2)

This amount represents the sum of (a) the portion of Mr. Sparks 2011 restricted stock award that vested in April 2013 ($1,337,654), (b) the portion of his November 2012 restricted stock unit award that vested and was settled on June 15, 2013 ($440,000), and (c) the portion of his November 2012 restricted stock unit award that vested and was settled on December 15, 2013 ($480,000).

 

212

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 Pension Benefits Table

The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information about the pension benefits that have been earned by him or her under our Legacy Pension Plan (the “LPP”). The benefits to be received under the LPP depend, in part, upon the length of employment of each Named Executive Officer with us. The LPP was frozen to further benefit accruals as of December 31, 2005. Consequently, the information appearing in the column entitled “Number of Years of Credited Service” reflects employment only through that date.

The column entitled “Present Value of Accumulated Benefit” represents a financial calculation that estimates the cash value of the full pension benefit that has been earned by each Named Executive Officer. It is based on various assumptions, including assumptions about how long each Named Executive Officer will live and future interest rates. Additional details about the pension benefits disclosed for each Named Executive Officer follow the table.

 

Name		Plan Name		Number of Years Credited Service (#)(1)				Present Value of Accumulated Benefit ($)(2)				Payments During Last Fiscal Year ($)
Mr. Klein		The Sabre, Inc. Legacy Pension Plan			7.5			$	184,100				—
Mr. Simonson		—			—				—				—
Mr. Sparks		—			—				—				—
Ms. Kerr		—			—				—				—
Mr. Robinson		—			—				—				—
Mr. Gilliland		The Sabre, Inc. Legacy Pension Plan			8.0			$	194,400				—
Mr. Miller		The Sabre, Inc. Legacy Pension Plan			0.5			$	8,800				—

 

(1)	Effective December 31, 2005, the LPP was frozen to further benefit accruals. Accordingly, the number of years reported in the “Number of Years Credited Service” column reflects employment only through that date.

(2)	The present value of the accumulated retirement benefit for each Named Executive Officer was calculated using a 5.23% discount rate, the RP-200 White Collar mortality table, and assumed payable at the LPP’s earliest, unreduced retirement age of 62.

Summary Information

The LPP is a tax-qualified pension plan that was open to all employees who met the eligibility requirements until March 15, 2000 and that was frozen to further benefit accruals as of December 31, 2005.

Within the LPP, a variety of formulas are used to determine pension benefits. Different benefit formulas apply as a legacy of our spin-off from American Airlines, Inc. The accrued benefit payable is the greatest benefit determined by the following four formulas:

 

1.      Final Average Benefit Formula		Single Life Annuity equal to 1.667% of Final Average Compensation multiplied by Years of Credited Service
2.      Basic Benefit Formula (Career Average)		Single Life Annuity equal to Prior Plan Basic Benefit as of 12/31/96, plus for service January 1, 1997—December 31, 2005: 1.25% x each year’s average monthly pay (up to $550) plus 2% x each year’s average monthly pay (over $550) multiplied by number of months worked in each year as a participant in LPP through December 31, 2005

 

213

---

Table of Contents

3.      Social Security Offset Formula:		Single Life Annuity equal to 2% of Final Average Annualized Compensation x Years of Credited Service minus 1.5% of Annual Social Security benefit x Years of Credited Service (up to a maximum of 50% of the Social Security benefit)
4.      Minimum Benefit Formula		Single Life Annuity equal to Minimum Benefit Rate (Minimum Benefit Rate is equal to $282 if Final Average Annualized Compensation is less than $15,000; otherwise it is $288) multiplied by Years of Credited Service

For each formula listed in the chart above, compensation taken into account in calculating pension benefits includes base salary and commission, but excludes bonuses, overtime pay, premium pay, shift differentials, variable compensation, profit sharing awards, expense reimbursements, and expense allowances.

The benefit formulas set forth above describe the pension benefits in terms of a single life annuity. Participants are eligible to receive their benefits in other payment forms, however, including lump sums, joint and survivor annuities, period certain annuities, and level income payments. No matter which form of payment a participant may select, each has the same actuarially equivalent value.

In addition, the LPP provides an option for early retirement. At age 62 or greater with at least 10 years of service, a participant may commence an unreduced benefit. A participant who is between the ages of 55 and 62 with at least 15 years of service may begin a benefit reduced by 3% for each year the benefit commences prior to age 62. Finally, in the case of a participant less than age 62 with at least 10 years of service but not more than 15 years of service, he or she may begin a benefit reduced 3% for each year prior to age 65.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for the Named Executive Officers during Fiscal 2013.

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of the Named Executive Officers as described below.

Typically, these agreements provide for employment for a specified period of time (typically, two or three years; five years in the case of Mr. Sparks), subject to automatic renewal for additional one-year terms unless either party provided written notice of non-renewal in accordance with the terms and conditions of the agreement.

In addition, these agreements included the Named Executive Officer’s initial base salary or base salary at the time the agreement was executed, an annual bonus opportunity under our Executive Incentive Plan, and standard employee benefit plan and program participation. Occasionally, these agreements also provided for a recommended equity award grant to be submitted to our board of directors for approval, with an exercise price, in the case of an option to purchase shares of our common stock, equal to the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date of grant and subject to our specified vesting requirements. These offers of employment were each subject to covenants during the period of employment and for a specified period thereafter involving non-solicitation of customers, suppliers, and employees, non-competition, and non-disclosure of confidential information and trade secrets.

 

214

---

Table of Contents

Mr. Klein

On August 14, 2013, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Klein in connection with his appointment as our CEO that provides for his general employment terms, including certain compensation arrangements. Mr. Klein’s employment agreement also provides for specified payments and benefits in the event of his termination of employment under certain specified circumstances, including in connection with a change in control, which are described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Klein’s initial annual base salary in connection with his appointment as CEO was set at $900,000, less applicable withholding taxes, and is subject to annual review for a possible increase (but not decrease). Mr. Klein is also eligible to receive an annual target bonus based on his attainment of one or more pre-established performance criteria established by our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, with his initial target bonus opportunity equal to 125% of his then-current annual base salary and a maximum bonus opportunity equal to 200% of his then-current annual base salary.

Further, Mr. Klein was granted an option to purchase 198,563 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of such shares of common stock on the date of grant and a restricted stock unit award covering 66,188 shares of our common stock. The option was to vest as to 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to the option on the date of grant and thereafter as to 6.25% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date. The restricted stock unit award was to vest as to 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to such award on March 15 in each of calendar years 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 if, as of the end of our most recent fiscal year ending prior to each such vesting date, we have achieved at least 95% of the EBITDA target level established for such fiscal year as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the annual business plan for such fiscal year. The vesting of the shares of common stock subject to these equity awards is also subject to acceleration as described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Subsequently, on October 25, 2013, to give effect to its original objective of providing Mr. Klein with a long-term incentive compensation opportunity with a grant date fair value of approximately $3,500,000 which was not accomplished with the awards described above, our board of directors granted Mr. Klein an additional option to purchase 200,221 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of such shares of common stock on the date of grant and a restricted stock unit award covering 78,030 shares of our common stock. These equity awards were subject to vesting requirements similar to the vesting requirements applicable to the equity awards granted to Mr. Klein at the time that we entered into the new employment agreement with him.

Mr. Simonson

Effective March 11, 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Simonson in connection with his appointment as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer that provided for his general employment terms, including certain compensation arrangements. Mr. Simonson’s employment agreement also provides for specified payments and benefits in the event of his termination of employment under certain specified circumstances, including in connection with a change in control of us, which are described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Simonson received an initial annual base salary of $600,000, less applicable withholding taxes, which is subject to annual review for a possible increase (but not decrease). Mr. Simonson also received a one-time “sign on” bonus in the amount of $120,000, subject to repayment under certain conditions.

Mr. Simonson is also eligible to receive an annual target bonus based on his attainment of one or more pre-established performance criteria established by our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, with his initial target bonus opportunity equal to 80% of his then-current annual base salary.

 

215

---

Table of Contents

Further, Mr. Simonson was granted an option to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of such shares of common stock on the date of grant and a restricted stock unit award covering 300,000 shares of our common stock. The option to purchase shares of our common stock vests as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to such option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter as to 6.25% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date. The restricted stock unit award vests as to 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to such award on March 15 in each of calendar years 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 if, as of the end of our most recent fiscal year ending prior to each such vesting date, we have achieved at least 95% of the EBITDA target level established for such fiscal year as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the annual business plan for such fiscal year, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date. The vesting of the shares of common stock subject to such awards is also subject to acceleration as described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Mr. Sparks

Effective March 22, 2011, Mr. Sparks entered into an employment agreement with our wholly-owned subsidiary, Travelocity.com LP, in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President and President and CEO of Travelocity that provides for his general employment terms, including certain compensation arrangements. Mr. Sparks’ employment agreement also provides for specified payments and benefits in the event of his termination of employment under certain specified circumstances, including in connection with a change in control of us, which are described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Mr. Sparks’ employment agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $600,000, less applicable withholding taxes, which is subject to annual review for a possible increase (but not decrease). Mr. Sparks is also eligible to receive an annual target bonus based on his attainment of one or more pre-established performance criteria established by our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, with his initial target bonus opportunity equal to 80% of his then-current annual base salary.

Further, Mr. Sparks was granted equity awards in the form of a restricted stock award covering 354,191 shares of our common stock and a tandem stock appreciation right covering 2,931,035 shares of the stock or units of each of Travelocity Holdings, Inc. and Travelocity.com LLC, respectively, with a strike price equal to the fair market value of such shares and common units on the date of grant. The restricted stock award was to vest as to one-third of the total number of shares of our common stock subject to such award on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date. The tandem stock appreciation right was to vest as to 25% of the shares of the common stock of Travelocity Holdings, Inc. and common units of Travelocity.com LLC subject to such awards on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to 4.6875% of such shares and common units at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date. The stock appreciation right could also be exercised for cash or shares of our common stock, in the good faith discretion of our board of directors.

In May 2012, we cancelled the tandem stock appreciation right and granted Mr. Sparks a new stock appreciation right covering 2,931,035 shares of the stock or common units of each of Travelocity Holdings, Inc. and Travelocity.com LLC with a strike price equal to the fair market value of such shares and common units on the date of grant. Generally, this award was subject to the terms and conditions of the prior stock appreciation right award agreement. The vesting of the shares of common stock or common units subject to such awards is also subject to acceleration as described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

 

216

---

Table of Contents

In November 2012, we granted Mr. Sparks a restricted stock unit award with an aggregate value of $3,000,000 which vests as to certain prescribed values in six installments on December 15, 2012, June 15 and December 15 of 2013 and 2014, and on June 15, 2015, in each case, subject to his continued employment through each such vesting date. In connection with this grant of restricted stock units, Mr. Sparks agreed that, as a condition of his right to settlement of the award, he would forfeit up to 30% of the number of unvested shares and common units subject to his stock appreciation right, with the forfeiture of such shares and common units occurring in three equal installments on December 15, 2012, June 15, 2013, and December 15, 2013, respectively.

Ms. Kerr

Effective March 11, 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Kerr in connection with her appointment as our Executive Vice President and Chief Product and Technology Officer that provides for her general employment terms, including certain compensation arrangements. Ms. Kerr’s employment agreement also provides for specified payments and benefits in the event of her termination of employment under certain specified circumstances, including in connection with a change in control of us, which are described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Under the terms of her employment agreement, Ms. Kerr received an initial annual base salary of $500,000, less applicable withholding taxes, which is subject to annual review for a possible increase (but not decrease). Ms. Kerr also received a one-time “sign on” bonus in the amount of $225,000, subject to repayment under certain conditions.

Ms. Kerr is also eligible to receive an annual target bonus based on her attainment of one or more pre-established performance criteria established by our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, with her initial target bonus opportunity equal to 80% of her then-current annual base salary.

Under the terms of her employment agreement, Ms. Kerr was eligible to receive a lump-sum payment in the amount of $250,000 to assist her in defraying the costs of relocating her residence to Dallas, Texas, subject to her execution of an appropriate repayment agreement with us.

Further, Ms. Kerr was granted an option to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of such shares of common stock on the date of grant and a restricted stock unit award covering 200,000 shares of our common stock. The option to purchase shares of our common stock vests as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to such option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter as to 6.25% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to her continued employment through each vesting date. The restricted stock unit award vests as to 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to such award on March 15 in each of calendar years 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 if, as of the end of our most recent fiscal year ending prior to each such vesting date, we have achieved at least 95% of the EBITDA target level established for such fiscal year as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the annual business plan for such fiscal year, subject to her continued employment through each vesting date. The vesting of the shares of common stock subject to such awards is also subject to acceleration as described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Mr. Robinson

Effective December 16, 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Robinson in connection with his appointment as our Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer that provides for his general employment terms, including certain compensation arrangements.

Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Robinson received an initial annual base salary of $420,000, less applicable withholding taxes. Mr. Robinson also received a one-time “sign-on” bonus in the amount of $50,000, subject to repayment under certain conditions.

 

217

---

Table of Contents

Mr. Robinson is also eligible to receive an annual bonus based on his attainment of one or more pre-established performance criteria established by our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, with his initial target bonus opportunity equal to 70% of his then-current annual base salary.

Further, Mr. Robinson was granted an option to purchase 296,337 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of such shares of common stock on the date of grant and a restricted stock unit award covering 98,779 shares of our common stock. The option to purchase shares of our common stock vests as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to such option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter as to 6.25% of such shares at the end of each successive three-month period thereafter, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date. The restricted stock unit award vests as to 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to such award on March 15 in each of calendar years 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 if, as of the end of our most recent fiscal year ending prior to each such vesting date, we have achieved at least 95% of the EBITDA target level established for such fiscal year as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the annual business plan for such fiscal year, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date. The vesting of the shares of common stock subject to such awards is also subject to acceleration as described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Mr. Gilliland

On June 11, 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Gilliland that provided for his general employment terms, including certain compensation arrangements, and specified payments and benefits in the event of his termination of employment under certain specified circumstances, including in connection with a change in control of us.

Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Gilliland received an initial annual base salary of $800,000, less applicable withholding taxes, which was subject to annual review for a possible increase (but not decrease). Mr. Gilliland was also eligible to receive an annual target bonus based on his attainment of one or more pre-established performance criteria established by our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, with his initial target bonus opportunity equal to 150% of his then-current annual base salary.

Further, Mr. Gilliland was granted an option to purchase 3,175,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of such shares of common stock on the date of grant. Half of the shares of our common stock subject to the option were subject to a time-based vesting schedule, with 25% of such shares to vest on the first anniversary of the effective date of the merger transaction and as to 4.6875% of such shares at the end of each complete fiscal quarter thereafter, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date. The remaining shares of our common stock subject to the option were subject to a performance-based vesting requirement with respect to a liquidity event involving us. The vesting of the shares of the common stock subject to such option was also subject to acceleration as described in greater detail under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

The employment agreement with Mr. Gilliland was subsequently amended on December 31, 2008 to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, again on June 26, 2009 to extend its term until April 1, 2012 and make certain conforming changes, again on June 30, 2012 to further extend its term for successive one-year terms and make certain conforming changes, and on January 9, 2013 to adjust the number of shares of our common stock subject to the stock option granted to him in December 2012.

Mr. Miller

On July 31, 2009, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Miller that provided for his general employment terms, including certain compensation arrangements, and specified payments and benefits in the event of his termination of employment under certain specified circumstances, including in connection with a change in control of us.

 

218

---

Table of Contents

Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Miller received an initial annual base salary of $325,000, less applicable withholding taxes, which was subject to annual review for a possible increase (but not decrease). Mr. Miller was also eligible to receive an annual target bonus based on his attainment of one or more pre-established performance criteria established by our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, with his initial target bonus opportunity equal to 60% of his then-current annual base salary.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Each of the current Named Executive Officers is eligible to receive certain severance payments and benefits under his or her employment agreement in connection with his or her termination of employment under various circumstances, including following a change in control of us.

The estimated potential severance payments and benefits payable to each Named Executive Officer in the event of termination of employment as of December 31, 2013 are described below.

The actual amounts that would be paid or distributed to the Named Executive Officers as a result of one of the termination events occurring in the future may be different than those presented below as many factors will affect the amount of any payments and benefits upon a termination of employment. For example, some of the factors that could affect the amounts payable include the Named Executive Officer’s base salary and the market price of the shares of our common stock. Although we have entered into written arrangements to provide these payments and benefits to the Named Executive Officers in connection with a termination of employment under particular circumstances, we, or an acquirer, may mutually agree with the Named Executive Officers on post-employment compensation terms that vary from those provided in these pre-existing arrangements. Finally, in addition to the amounts presented below, each Named Executive Officer would also be able to exercise any previously-vested options to purchase shares of our common stock that he or she held. For more information about the Named Executive Officers outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2013, see “Fiscal 2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table.”

Along with the payments and benefits described in a Named Executive Officer’s individual post-employment compensation arrangement, these executive officers are eligible to receive any benefits accrued under our broad-based benefit plans, such as accrued vacation pay, in accordance with the terms of those plans and policies.

Mr. Klein

Under his employment agreement with us, Mr. Klein is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in the event of a termination of his employment by us without cause or a termination of employment by him for good reason (as each of these terms is defined in his employment agreement). For these purposes, a termination of employment by us as a result of notice of non-renewal at the end of any then-current term will be deemed for all purposes as a termination of employment without cause.

In the event of a termination of employment by us without cause or by him for “good reason”, Mr. Klein, upon execution of a binding agreement and general release of claims in our favor, will be eligible to receive:

 

•

An amount equal to 200% of his then-current annual base salary (such amount to be paid in installments over a period of 24 months following the date of termination);

 

•

An amount equal to any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the fiscal year immediately preceding the year of termination of employment;

 

•

If the termination of employment occurs more than six months following the beginning of a fiscal year and prior to the date that any bonus earned with respect to such fiscal year is paid, a pro rata bonus for the year of termination of employment based on actual performance for the relevant fiscal year; and

 

219

---

Table of Contents

•

Continued medical, dental, and vision insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for the 12-month period following the date of termination; provided, however, that if he becomes re-employed and eligible to receive health insurance benefits under another employer-provided plan, such continued insurance coverage will terminate.

In the case of Mr. Klein’s death or if his employment is terminated as a result of his disability (as well as in the event of a termination of employment by us without cause or by him for good reason), he will be eligible to receive (i) his base salary through the date of termination, (ii) reimbursement of any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred prior to the date of termination that are subject to reimbursement, and (iii) payment for any accrued but unused vacation time (the “Accrued Obligations”). In addition to the foregoing amounts, if his employment is terminated in the case of his death, Mr. Klein’s estate or beneficiaries are eligible to receive an amount equal to a pro rata portion of his annual bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance for the relevant fiscal year. The Accrued Obligations also are payable to him in the event of (A) a termination of employment by us for cause or (B) a voluntary termination of employment by him.

In addition, in the event that Mr. Klein terminates his employment with us, he agrees to resign his position as a member of our board of directors (and any other positions he holds by virtue of his employment with us), at our request.

Definitions for Mr. Klein’s Post-Employment Compensation Arrangements

Under Mr. Klein’s employment agreement, “Cause” means (i) willful misconduct or gross negligence that is materially injurious to us, any affiliated entity, or the Principal Stockholders at the time of execution of the employment agreement; (ii) any knowing or deliberate violation of any of the covenants set forth in the employment agreement; (iii) any material breach or violation of any material policy of our board of directors which is not promptly remedied following notification of such breach or violation; (iv) any deliberate and persistent failure to perform or honor an express written directive of our board of directors; or (v) the indictment for, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or other serious crime that could reasonably be expected to result in material harm to us.

Under Mr. Klein’s employment agreement, “Good Reason” means any of the following events which occur without his written consent: (i) any materially adverse change to his responsibilities, duties, authority, or status from those set forth in the employment agreement or any materially adverse change in his positions, titles, or reporting responsibility (provided, however, that becoming publicly-traded is expressly deemed not a material adverse change); (ii) a relocation of his principal business location to an area outside a 50 mile radius of its current location or a moving of him from our headquarters; (iii) a failure of any of our successors to assume in writing any obligations arising out of his employment agreement; (iv) a reduction of his annual base salary or target bonus or payments due under his employment agreement in connection with his employment (provided, however, that a reduction in base salary or target bonus of less than 5% that is proportionately applied to our employees generally will not constitute Good Reason); or (v) a material breach by us of his employment agreement or any other material agreement with him relating to his compensation.

Other Named Executive Officers

Under their employment agreements with us, Messrs. Simonson, Sparks, and Robinson and Ms. Kerr are eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in the event of a termination of their employment by us without cause or a termination of employment by the Named Executive Officer for good reason (as each of these terms is defined in the employment agreements). For these purposes, a termination of employment by us as a result of notice of non-renewal at the end of any then-current term will be deemed for all purposes as a termination of employment without cause.

 

220

---

Table of Contents

In the event of a termination of employment by us without cause or by a Named Executive Officer for good reason, the Named Executive Officer, upon execution of a binding agreement and general release of claims in our favor, will be eligible to receive:

 

•

An amount equal to 150% of the sum of his or her then-current annual base salary and target bonus opportunity (such amount to be prorated and paid in installments over a period of 18 months following the date of termination); and

 

•

Continued medical, dental, and vision insurance coverage for him or her and his or her eligible dependents for the 18-month period following the date of termination; provided, however, that if he or she becomes re-employed and eligible to receive health insurance benefits under another employer-provided plan, such continued insurance coverage will terminate.

In the case of a Named Executive Officer’s death or disability (as well as in the event of a termination of employment by us without cause or by a Named Executive Officer for good reason), he or she will be eligible to receive (i) his or her base salary through the date of termination, (ii) reimbursement of any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred prior to the date of termination that are subject to reimbursement, (iii) payment for any accrued but unused vacation time, and (iv) an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately preceding year. The same amounts, except for the amount of any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately preceding year, are payable to a Named Executive Officer in the event of (A) a termination of employment by us for cause or (B) a voluntary termination of employment by a Named Executive Officer.

Definitions for Other Named Executive Officer Post-Employment Compensation Arrangements

Under the employment agreements of Messrs. Simonson, Sparks, and Robinson and Ms. Kerr, “Cause” means any of the following events: (i) a majority of our board of directors determines that the Named Executive Officer (A) was guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duties for us; (B) materially breached or violated any agreement between him or her and us or any material policy in our code of conduct or similar employee conduct policy; or (C) committed an act of dishonesty or breach of trust with regard to us, any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or (ii) the Named Executive Officer is indicted for, or pleads guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or other crime of moral turpitude.

Under the employment agreements of Messrs. Simonson, Sparks, and Robinson and Ms. Kerr, “Good Reason” means any of the following events which occur without the Named Executive Officer’s consent: (i) any materially adverse change to his or her responsibilities, duties, authority, or status or materially adverse change in his or her positions, titles, or reporting responsibility (provided, however, that us becoming or ceasing to be publicly-traded is expressly deemed not to be a material adverse change); (ii) a relocation of his or her principal business location to an area outside a 50 mile radius of its current location or a moving of him or her from our headquarters; (iii) a failure of any of our successors to assume in writing any obligations arising out of his or her employment agreement; (iv) a reduction of his or her annual base salary or target bonus or payments due under his or her employment agreement in connection with his or her employment (provided, however, that a reduction in base salary or target bonus of less than 5% that is proportionately applied to our employees generally will not constitute Good Reason); or (v) a material breach by us of his or her employment agreement or any other material agreement with him or her relating to his or her compensation.

Equity Awards

Generally, under our 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan (as amended in 2010) and our 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan in the event of a termination of employment:

 

•

all outstanding unvested time-based options to purchase shares of our common stock and other unvested time-based equity awards (and awards where all restrictions have not lapsed) expire; and

 

221

---

Table of Contents

•

all outstanding vested and unexercised options to purchase shares of our common stock may continue to be exercised within 90 days following the termination of employment, other than a termination for cause (extended to a one-year period if the termination of employment is due to disability or death).

Further, under our 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan (as amended in 2010) and our 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan if following a change in control of us, an executive officer’s employment is terminated by us for any reason other than “cause” or he or she terminates his or her employment for “good reason”:

 

•

any outstanding and unvested time-based options to purchase shares of our common stock shall vest immediately and become exercisable or transferable in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity incentive plan, and

 

•

any shares of our common stock subject to restricted stock unit awards under our 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan that would have vested on the first vesting date following the executive officer’s termination of employment will vest if a percentage of our EBITDA target for the fiscal year immediately preceding the vesting date is met, as determined by our board of directors.

In addition, performance-based options to purchase shares of our common stock may vest and become exercisable upon a change in control of us, to the extent the transaction results in the achievement by our Principal Stockholder of certain specified MoM milestones on their initial investment in us.

The table below provides an estimate of the value of such accelerated vesting of outstanding and unvested equity awards assuming that a change in control of us and a qualifying termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2013 and assuming a stock price of $14.01 per share, the fair market value of a share of our common stock on such date, as determined by an independent third-party valuation. The table below also reflects the assumption that, as of December 31, 2013, based on this valuation, the first requisite MoM milestone would have been met and, consequently, one-third of the shares of our common stock subject to the performance-based options would have vested, while the remaining two-thirds of such shares would have been forfeited. The table further reflects the assumption that, as of December 31, 2013, the EBITDA target level for Fiscal 2013 in respect of the restricted stock unit awards granted under our 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan would have been met, and therefore, one-fourth of the shares of our common stock subject to such restricted stock unit awards would have vested, while the remaining three-fourths of such shares would have been forfeited.

We have entered into certain non-competition agreements with the Named Executive Officers that restrict their ability to compete with us during a specified post-employment period.

Summary of Estimated Payments and Benefits

The following table summarizes the estimated post-employment payments and benefits that would have been payable to the current Named Executive Officers in the event that their employment had been terminated or a change in control of us had occurred as of December 31, 2013. No post-employment compensation is payable to any Named Executive Officer who voluntarily terminates his or her employment with us (other than a voluntary resignation for good reason). The information set forth in the table is based on the assumption, in each case, that termination of employment or the change in control of us occurred on December 31, 2013. Pension benefits, which are described elsewhere in this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, are not included in the table, even though they may become payable at the times specified in the table.

 

222

---

Table of Contents

Potential Payments and Benefits

upon Termination of Employment

or Change in Control Table

 

Triggering Event(1)		Mr. Klein(2)				Mr. Simonson(3)				Mr. Sparks(4)				Ms. Kerr(5)				Mr. Robinson(6)
Involuntary Termination of Employment Not in Connection With Change in Control
Base Salary		$	1,800,000			$	900,000			$	900,000			$	750,000			$	630,000
Annual Bonus		$	784,778			$	720,000			$	720,000			$	600,000			$	441,000
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options			—				—				—				—				—
Accelerated Vesting of Restricted Stock Unit Awards			—				—				—				—				—
Health and Welfare Benefits		$	14,767			$	23,267			$	23,267			$	16,428			$	23,267
Outplacement Services(10)		$	25,000			$	25,000			$	25,000			$	25,000			$	25,000
TOTAL		$	2,624,545			$	1,668,267			$	1,668,267			$	1,391,428			$	1,119,267
Involuntary Termination of Employment in Connection With Change in Control(7)(11)
Base Salary		$	1,800,000			$	900,000			$	900,000			$	750,000			$	630,000
Annual Bonus		$	784,778			$	720,000			$	720,000			$	600,000			$	441,000
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Option(8)		$	2,227,096			$	2,424,000				—			$	2,424,000				—
Accelerated Vesting of Restricted Stock/Restricted Stock Unit Awards(9)		$	575,174			$	1,050,750			$	1,654,077			$	700,500			$	345,973
Health and Welfare Benefits		$	14,767			$	23,267			$	23,267			$	16,428			$	23,267
Outplacement Services(10)		$	25,000			$	25,000			$	25,000			$	25,000			$	25,000
TOTAL		$	5,426,815			$	5,143,017			$	3,322,344			$	4,515,928			$	1,465,240

 

(1)

The calculations presented in this table illustrate the estimated payments and benefits that would have been paid to each of the Named Executive Officers had their employment been terminated on December 31, 2013 for each of the following reasons: a termination of employment without cause or a termination of employment by a Named Executive Officer for good reason (including following a change in control of us). The calculations are based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2013 of $14.01 per share.

(2)

For purposes of this analysis, Mr. Klein’s compensation is assumed to be as follows: base salary equal to $900,000, a target annual bonus opportunity of $1,125,000, outstanding unvested options subject to time-based vesting requirements to purchase 412,647 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which all such shares would accelerate, outstanding unvested options subject to performance-based vesting requirements to purchase 328,500 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which one-third of such shares would accelerate, and outstanding unvested restricted stock unit awards subject to time-based vesting requirements covering 164,218 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which one-fourth of such shares would accelerate. In the event of his death, Mr. Klein’s heirs or estate are eligible to receive a pro rata portion of his target annual cash bonus opportunity for the year of his death, based on our actual performance for the year, which is estimated to be $784,778 as of December 31, 2013.

(3)

For purposes of this analysis, Mr. Simonson’s compensation is assumed to be as follows: base salary equal to $600,000, a target annual bonus opportunity of $480,000, outstanding unvested options to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which all such shares would accelerate, and outstanding unvested restricted stock unit awards covering 300,000 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which one-fourth of such shares would accelerate.

(4)

For purposes of this analysis, Mr. Sparks’ compensation is assumed to be as follows: base salary equal to $600,000, a target annual bonus opportunity of $480,000, and an outstanding unvested restricted stock award covering 118,064 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which all such shares would accelerate.

 

223

---

Table of Contents

(5)

For purposes of this analysis, Ms. Kerr’s compensation is assumed to be as follows: base salary equal to $500,000, a target annual bonus opportunity of $400,000, outstanding unvested options to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which all of such shares would accelerate, and outstanding unvested restricted stock unit awards covering 200,000 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which one-fourth of such shares would accelerate.

(6)

For purposes of this analysis, Mr. Robinson’s compensation is assumed to be as follows: base salary equal to $420,000, a target annual bonus opportunity of $294,000, outstanding unvested options to purchase 296,337 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which all such shares would accelerate, and outstanding unvested restricted stock unit awards covering 98,779 shares of our common stock, the vesting of which one-fourth of such shares would accelerate.

(7)

The change in control calculations assume that on December 31, 2013 (i) a change-in-control of us occurred and (ii) the employment of each of the Named Executive Officer’s was terminated without cause. No payments or benefits would have been payable solely as a result of a change in control of us other than the vesting of some of the options subject to performance-based vesting granted under our 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan (as amended in 2010), subject to achievement of the pre-determined MoM targets in connection with such change in control.

(8)	This amount represents the “intrinsic” value of outstanding and unvested options subject to time-based and performance-based vesting requirements to purchase shares of our common stock based on a stock price of $14.01 per share.

(9)

Other than for Mr. Sparks, this amount represents the fair market value of one-fourth of the shares of our common stock subject to such restricted stock units based on a stock price of $14.01 per share. For Mr. Sparks, this amount represents the fair market value of 118,064 shares of our common stock subject to an unvested restricted stock award based on a stock price of $14.01 per share.

(10)	Pursuant to our policy, we also provide the Named Executive Officers with a one-time payment for outplacement services.

(11)

The potential payments and benefits reflect the maximum amounts that may be paid. Should the actual payments and benefits trigger an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, pursuant to Mr. Klein and Ms. Kerr’s employment agreements, he and she will each either (x) have his or her payments reduced to the extent necessary to avoid the excise tax or (y) receive the full payment and be subject to the excise tax, whichever results in a better net after-tax benefit to Mr. Klein or Ms. Kerr, respectively.

Post-Employment Compensation

Mr. Gilliland’s Post-Employment Compensation

In connection with his retirement in September 2013 and pursuant to the terms and conditions of his employment agreement, upon his termination of employment Mr. Gilliland received the following payments and benefits:

 

•

A lump sum cash payment in the amount equal to the sum of his then-current annual base salary through June 2014 ($769,223) and his target annual cash bonus for Fiscal 2013 ($1,500,000), for a total of $2,269,223;

 

•

Continued medical, dental, and vision insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for the 24-month period commencing on September 21, 2013 (estimated to be $32,996); and

 

•

Continued participation in our annual physical examination program for a period of two years (estimated to be $6,950).

In addition, pursuant to the third amendment to Mr. Gilliland’s employment agreement and the terms of a letter agreement dated September 18, 2013, we agreed to extend the period for the vesting and exercise of his outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock until September 21, 2015.

 

224

---

Table of Contents

Mr. Miller’s Post-Employment Compensation

In connection with his resignation of his position as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in March 2013 and pursuant to the terms and conditions of his employment agreement, upon his termination of employment Mr. Miller became entitled to receive the following payments and benefits:

 

•

An amount equal to 150% of the sum of his then-current annual base salary and target bonus opportunity, with such amount being paid in installments over a period of 18 months following the date of his termination of employment ($1,071,000, of which $357,000 was paid during Fiscal 2013); and

 

•

Continued medical, dental, and vision insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents for the 18-month period following the date of his termination of employment (which, in view of his subsequent re-employment, resulted in a cost to us of $2,345).

In addition, pursuant to a letter agreement dated April 12, 2013, we agreed to extend the period for the exercise of his outstanding and vested options for the purchase of shares of our common stock that were subject to time-based vesting requirements until June 30, 2015 and for the vesting and exercise of his outstanding and unvested performance-based options for the purchase of shares of our common stock until June 30, 2015 as well.

Employee Stock Plans

Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On March 20, 2014, our board of directors adopted our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2014 Omnibus Plan”), which permits the grant of cash and equity and equity-based incentive awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock-based awards. Our employees and the non-employee members of our board of directors and those of our subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2014 Omnibus Plan.

The purpose of the 2014 Omnibus Plan is to provide incentives and rewards that will encourage our employees, including our executive officers, and the non-employee members of our board of directors to continue in our service by providing them with an interest in pursuing our long-term growth, profitability and financial success. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2014 Omnibus Plan, but does not include all of the provisions of such plan. For further information about the 2014 Omnibus Plan, we refer you to the complete text of the 2014 Omnibus Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

We expect to make awards under the 2014 Omnibus Plan in connection with this offering. On the effective date of this offering, we may issue a mix of time-based options, performance-based restricted stock units and time-based restricted stock units pursuant to the 2014 Omnibus Plan up to an aggregate value of $            . These awards will be granted based on the volume weighted average price of a share of common stock on the date of grant. Assuming that day’s volume weighted average trading price is within the initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the number of options granted would range from approximately              to              and the number of time-based and performance based restricted stock units granted would range from approximately              to             .

Administration

The 2014 Omnibus Plan is administered by our board of directors or the Compensation Committee of our board of directors or such other committee as designated by our board of directors (the “Committee”). Among the Committee’s powers under the 2014 Omnibus Plan is the power to determine those employees who will be granted awards and the amount, type and other terms and conditions of awards. Our board of directors may grant awards to the non-employee members of our board of directors. The Committee may also prescribe agreements evidencing or settling the terms of any awards, and any amendments thereto; grant awards alone or in addition to,

 

225

---

Table of Contents

in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other award, any award granted under another of our equity compensation plans (the “Prior Plans”) or that of any business entity we are acquiring, or any other right of the plan participant to receive payment from the Company.

The Committee may delegate its powers and responsibilities under the 2014 Omnibus Plan, in writing, to a sub-committee of our board of directors, or delegate certain administration powers (not including the grant of awards) over the plan to one or more of our officers or employees.

The Committee has discretionary authority to interpret and construe any and all provisions of the 2014 Omnibus Plan and the terms of any award (or award agreement) granted thereunder and to adopt and amend such rules and regulations for the administration of the 2014 Omnibus Plan as it deems appropriate. Decisions of the Committee will be final, binding and conclusive on all parties.

On or after the date of grant of any award, the Committee may accelerate the date on which any award becomes vested, exercisable, or transferable. The Committee may also extend the term of any such award (including the period following a termination of a participant’s employment during which any such award may remain outstanding); waive any conditions to the vesting, exercisability or transferability of any such award; grant other awards in addition to, in tandem with or in substitution or exchange for any award granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan, any Prior Plan or any equity compensation plan of any business entity we are acquiring; or provide for the payment of dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to any such award.

The Committee does not have the authority and may not take any such action described in this section to the extent that the grant of such authority or the taking of such action would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code.

The Company will not reprice any stock option without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

Available Cash Incentive Awards

The amount payable to any executive officer (within the meaning of Exchange Act Rule 3b-7) with respect to any calendar year for all cash incentive awards that are intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and for which the performance period is no longer than one year may not exceed five million dollars. The amount payable to any executive officer (within the meaning of Exchange Act Rule 3b-7) with respect to any calendar year for all cash incentive awards that are intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and for which the performance period is longer than one year may not exceed five million dollars.

Available Shares

The aggregate number of shares of our common stock which may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan may not exceed 13,500,000 shares of our common stock, which may be authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or shares of common stock held in or acquired for our treasury, or both. In addition, 2,576,029 shares that remain available for issuance under the Prior Plans that are not the subject of outstanding awards as of the date the 2014 Omnibus Plan was approved will also be available for issuance under the 2014 Omnibus Plan. In general, if awards under the 2014 Omnibus Plan or any of the Prior Plans expire or are forfeited, cancelled or terminated without the issuance of shares of common stock, or are settled for cash in lieu of shares of common stock, or are exchanged for an award not involving shares of common stock, the shares of common stock covered by such awards will again become available for the grant of awards under the 2014 Omnibus Plan. In addition, if the exercise price or tax withholding requirements related to any award under the 2014 Omnibus Plan or any Prior Plan are satisfied through our withholding of shares of common stock otherwise then deliverable in respect of an award or through actual or constructive transfer to us

 

226

---

Table of Contents

of shares of common stock already owned, a number of shares of common stock equal to such withheld or transferred shares will again become available for issuance under the 2014 Omnibus Plan.

Shares of common stock covered by awards granted pursuant to the 2014 Omnibus Plan in connection with the assumption, replacement, conversion or adjustment of outstanding equity-based awards in the context of a corporate acquisition or merger will not count as issued under the 2014 Omnibus Plan.

Additionally, the number of shares of common stock that may be covered by incentive stock options may not exceed 10,000,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate. The number of shares of common stock that may be covered by awards (other than stock options or stock appreciation rights) granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan to any one participant in a single fiscal year may not exceed 750,000 shares in the aggregate, and the number of shares of common stock that may be covered by stock options or stock appreciation rights granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan to any one participant in a single fiscal year may not exceed 1,500,000 shares in the aggregate.

Eligibility for Participation

The persons eligible to receive awards under the 2014 Omnibus Plan are our employees (including prospective employees who have been offered employment) and those of our subsidiaries as selected by the Committee and the non-employee members of our board of directors as selected by our board of directors.

Cash Incentive Awards

The Committee may grant cash incentive awards. Cash Incentive Awards may be settled in cash or in other property, including shares of our common stock. Cash incentive awards may be designed to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation,” where such compensation satisfies the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code for deductibility of remuneration paid.

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

The Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options to purchase shares of our common stock. The Committee will determine the number of shares of our common stock subject to each option, the vesting schedule (provided that no option may be exercisable after the expiration of ten years after the date of grant), the method and procedure to exercise vested options, restrictions on transfer of options and any shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an option, and the other terms of each option. The exercise price per share of common stock covered by any option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant.

Additionally, with respect to “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code), the aggregate fair market value of shares of common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year under the 2014 Omnibus Plan or any of our other stock option plans may not exceed $100,000. To the extent the fair market value of such shares exceeds $100,000, the incentive stock options granted to such participant, to the extent and in the order required by regulations, automatically will be deemed to be non-qualified stock options, but all other terms and provisions of such option will remain unchanged. No incentive stock option may be granted to a 10% stockholder unless the exercise price of the option is at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock at the time such incentive stock option is granted and such incentive stock option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such incentive stock option is granted.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Committee may grant other stock, stock-based or stock-related awards in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee. Each such other stock-based award may (i) involve

 

227

---

Table of Contents

the transfer of actual shares of common stock to the participant, either at the time of grant or thereafter, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of shares of common stock, (ii) be subject to performance-based and/or service-based conditions, (iii) be in the form of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, deferred share units, or share-denominated performance units, (iv) be designed to comply with applicable laws of jurisdictions other than the United States, and (v) be designed to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code; provided, that each award must be denominated in, or must have a value determined by reference to, a number of shares of our common stock that is specified at the time of the grant of such award.

Performance-Based Compensation, Performance Goals and Measures

The Committee may grant performance-based compensation to a participant payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals in an amount permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code. For awards intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will determine the performance measures, the level of actual achievement of performance goals and the amount payable with respect to such award in a manner that is consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code. The payment or vesting of any award intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” is based upon performance goals which are objective business criteria and otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.”

The performance goals will relate to one or more of the following performance measures (whether or not in comparison to other peer companies) as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, which may be determined pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or on a non-GAAP basis, as determined by the Committee: adjusted net earnings, appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of common stock (including, without limitation, comparisons with various stock market indices), attainment of strategic and operational initiatives, budget, cash flow (including, without limitation, free cash flow), cost of capital, cost reduction, earnings and earnings growth (including, without limitation, earnings per share, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest and taxes, and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), market share, market value added, net income, net sales, net revenue, operating profit and operating income, pretax income before allocation of corporate overhead and bonus, reductions in costs, return on assets and return on net assets, return on equity, return on invested capital, revenues, sales and sales growth, successful acquisition/divestiture, total stockholder return and improvement of stockholder return, gross margin, measures of liquidity or credit metrics, cash flow per share, improvements or attainments of expense levels, or improvements or attainment of working capital levels or debt reduction.

If the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, or the manner in which it conducts its business, or other events or circumstances, render previously established performance measures unsuitable, the Committee may in its discretion modify such performance measures or the related levels of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate and equitable, except where such action would result in the loss of qualification of the award as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

In connection with the setting of the performance goals, the Committee may provide in a manner that meets the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code for deducibility that any evaluation of performance may include or exclude certain items that may occur during any fiscal year, including, without limitation (i) asset write downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles and practices or other laws or provisions affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in FASB ASC 225-20 “Extraordinary and Unusual Items” and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; and (vii) foreign exchange gains and losses.

 

228

---

Table of Contents

Performance goals may relate to individual performance, Company performance or business unit performance.

In addition, any performance measure may be used to measure the performance of the Company or a subsidiary as a whole or any business unit of the Company or a subsidiary or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above performance measures as compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce or eliminate the amount payable (in a non-uniform manner) to any participant with respect to an award that is intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, based on such factors as the Committee may deem relevant, but the Committee may not increase any such amount above the amount established in accordance with the relevant performance schedule.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a limited period following this Offering, we may be able to rely on transitional relief under regulations issued under Section 162(m) of the Code in connection with the grant, vesting and settlement of awards issued under the 2014 Omnibus Plan.

In addition, although the 2014 Omnibus Plan permits the issuance of awards that may be structured to qualify as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, nothing in the 2014 Omnibus Plan or this Registration Statement is intended to guarantee that we will always seek to ensure that awards granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan do so qualify, and no guarantee can be given that the terms of the 2014 Omnibus Plan do, in fact, comply with the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation as they exist today or as they may change from time to time.

Stockholder Rights

No person will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of common stock covered by or relating to any award granted pursuant to the 2014 Omnibus Plan until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate with respect to such shares.

Amendment and Termination

Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2014 Omnibus Plan, our Board of Directors may at any time suspend or discontinue the plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that to the extent that any applicable law, regulation, or rule of a stock exchange requires stockholder approval for any such revision or amendment to be effective, such revision or amendment will not be effective without such approval.

Transferability

Awards granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the Committee may provide for the transferability of nonqualified stock options subject to conditions and limitations as determined by the Committee.

Change in Control

Except as otherwise set forth in a participant’s award agreement, in the event a participant has a qualifying termination of employment following a change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company in which outstanding awards are not assumed, continued, or substituted by the surviving corporation:

 

•

All deferral of settlement, forfeiture conditions and other restrictions applicable to awards granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan will lapse and such awards will be deemed fully vested as of the time of the change in control transaction without regard to deferral and vesting conditions; and

 

229

---

Table of Contents

•

Any award carrying a right to exercise that was not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested as of the time of the change in control of the Company.

For purposes of this provision, a “qualifying termination of employment” means with respect to a participant, (i) a termination of such participant’s employment by the Company (and all then-affiliated entities) without cause or by the participant for good reason, (ii) a termination of such participant’s employment, prior to the expiration of the awards in accordance with the terms of the 2014 Omnibus Plan and applicable award agreement, by all entities that were, immediately prior to the change in control, affiliated entities and cease, upon the change in control, to be affiliated entities, without cause or by the participant for good reason, or (iii) a termination of such participant’s employment in the event of a participant’s death or disability, in each case following a change in control of the Company.

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2007 Management Incentive Plan (as amended April 22, 2010)

On June 11, 2007, our board of directors adopted our 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan”), which permitted the grant of options to purchase shares of our common stock. Our employees, directors, and, in certain instances, other service providers and consultants to us and our affiliates were eligible to receive awards under the 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan. The exercise price of such stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Stock options could be granted subject to either time-based or performance-based vesting requirements and were subject to a maximum term of 10 years. Subsequently, our board of directors amended the 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan on April 22, 2010.

The purpose of the 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan was to promote our interests and those of our stockholders by providing our key employees and, in certain circumstances, directors, service providers, and consultants, and those of our affiliates with an appropriate incentive to encourage them to continue in our employ or the employ of our affiliates and to improve our growth and profitability. We discontinued use of the 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan upon the adoption of a new management equity incentive plan in September 2012. All of the shares of our common stock subject to issuance under the 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan that had not been granted subject to an outstanding equity award were transferred to the new management equity incentive plan.

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan

On September 14, 2012, our board of directors adopted our 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan”), which permits the grant of equity and equity-based incentive awards, including stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. Our employees, directors, and independent contractors and those of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan.

The purpose of the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan is to promote our interests and those of our stockholders by providing key employees, directors, and independent contractors with an appropriate incentive to continue in our service and that of our subsidiaries and affiliates and to improve our growth and profitability. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan, but does not include all of the provisions of such plan. For further information about the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan, we refer you to the complete text of the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Administration

The 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan is administered by our board of directors or such committee as designated by our board of directors (the “Committee”). Among the Committee’s powers under the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan are the power to determine those of our employees and independent

 

230

---

Table of Contents

contractors who will be granted awards and the amount, type and other terms and conditions of awards. The Committee may grant awards to the members of our board of directors. The Committee may also prescribe the form of and terms and conditions of any grant agreement evidencing any award; adopt, amend and rescind such rules and regulations as, in its opinion, may be advisable for the administration of the plan; construe and interpret the plan, such rules and regulations and the grant agreements; and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan. Any award, determination, prescription or other act of the Committee is final and conclusively binding upon all persons.

Available Shares

The aggregate number of shares of our common stock which may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards granted under the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan may not exceed 1,800,000 shares and any additional shares of our common stock authorized for issuance by our board of directors, which may be either authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or previously-issued shares of our common stock acquired by us, or both. In addition, shares of our common stock that remained available for issuance under the 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan were also available for issuance under the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan.

In general, if awards granted under the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan or the 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan expire or are forfeited, cancelled or terminated without the issuance of shares of our common stock, or are settled for cash in lieu of shares of common stock, or are exchanged for an award not involving shares of common stock, the shares covered by such awards will remain or become available for issuance under the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan.

Eligibility for Participation

The persons eligible to receive awards under the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan are our employees, directors, and independent contractors of those of our subsidiaries and affiliates as selected by the Committee and our board of directors.

Stock Options

The Committee may grant nonqualified stock options, that is, options that are not intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to purchase shares of our common stock. The Committee determines the number of shares of common stock subject to each option, the vesting schedule (provided that no option may be exercisable after the expiration of ten years after the date of grant), the method and procedure to exercise vested options, restrictions on transfer of options and any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an option, and the other terms of each option. The exercise price per share of common stock covered by any option must be at least equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

The Committee will specify in the grant agreement for an option the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, the option or any portion thereof will become vested and exercisable, provided, however, that no option may be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant. Such vesting conditions may relate to service through a specified date, or may be based on the achievement of one or more performance measures, a combination of the foregoing, or such other criteria as the Committee may establish from time to time. Each option will be subject to earlier vesting, expiration, cancellation or termination as provided in the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan or in the relevant grant agreement.

In addition, in the event of a qualifying termination of employment following a change in control (as defined in the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan) of us, all outstanding options that vest solely based on

 

231

---

Table of Contents

continued service through a specified date or dates held by a participant will immediately vest and become exercisable as of such qualifying termination of employment following a change in control.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards

The Committee may grant restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards for shares of our common stock. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will specify in the grant agreement the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, an award of restricted stock or a portion thereof will become vested and no longer be forfeitable and the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, an award of restricted stock units or portion thereof will become vested and settled. As of the applicable vesting date, each restricted stock award, or portion thereof, granted under the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan will cease to be subject to forfeiture and all restrictions will lapse and each restricted stock unit award, or portion thereof, will become subject to settlement at the time or times set forth in the relevant grant agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each restricted stock or restricted stock unit award may be subject to earlier vesting, expiration, settlement, cancellation or termination as provided in the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan or in the relevant grant agreement.

Subject to the terms of the grant agreement, a participant will be entitled, at all times on and after the date of grant, to exercise all rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of our common stock subject to a restricted stock award; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by our board of directors at or after the time of grant, the participant will grant to our board of directors a proxy to vote the shares of restricted stock owned beneficially and of record by the participant in such manner as may be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion. Subject to the terms of the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan, prior to the vesting date of each restricted stock award, or portion thereof, all cash, securities and other property paid or otherwise distributed with respect to the restricted stock award may, at the discretion of our board of directors (i) be paid out to the holders of the restricted stock awards, (ii) be held in custody by us and subject to the same vesting and forfeiture conditions to which the award is subject, as specified in the grant agreement or such other conditions as our board of directors may determine or (iii) be forfeited. For purposes of clarification, participants will not have any voting or dividend rights with respect to shares of our common stock to be issued on vesting and settlement of outstanding restricted stock unit awards unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

Performance-Based Awards

The Committee may from time to time grant awards, including, without limitation, options, restricted stock awards or restricted stock unit awards, where the award or portion thereof will become vested based on the attainment of one or more specified performance measures as established by the Committee and set forth in the participant’s grant agreement. At the time a performance award is granted, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine and set forth in the relevant grant agreement, (i) the length of the performance period, (ii) the performance measure or measures and (iii) the performance target levels to be achieved during the performance period. If the Committee determines that certain performance measures or performance target levels are unsuitable given a change in our operation or structure, or other events or circumstances, the Committee may, in its discretion, modify such performance measures or performance target levels, in whole or in part, as it deems appropriate.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Committee may grant other equity-based or equity-related awards in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. Each such other stock award may (i) involve the transfer of actual shares of our common to the participant, either at the time of grant or thereafter, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of the shares of common stock, (ii) be subject to performance-based and/or service-based conditions or (iii) be in the form of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, performance shares or share-denominated performance units, provided that each other stock-based award will be denominated in, or will have a value determined by reference to, a number of shares of our common stock that is specified at the time of the grant of such award.

 

232

---

Table of Contents

Stockholder Rights

Except as otherwise expressly specified in the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan or in a grant agreement, no participant will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of our common stock covered by or relating to any award granted pursuant to the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan until the date a participant becomes the registered owner of such shares of common stock.

Amendment and Termination

Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, terminate the plan or amend the plan or the terms of any award; provided, however, that any such amendment may not materially impair or adversely affect the participants’ existing rights under the plan or such award without such participant’s written consent.

Transferability

Awards granted under the 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution); provided, however, that a participant may assign or transfer his or her rights to exercise with respect to any or all of the options held by such participant to: (i) such participant’s beneficiaries or estate upon the death of the participant (by will, by the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise) and (ii) subject to the prior written approval by our board of directors and compliance with all applicable tax, securities and other laws, any trust or custodianship created by the participant, the beneficiaries of which may include only the participant, the participant’s spouse or the participant’s lineal descendants (by blood or adoption).

Travelocity.com LLC Stock Option Grant Agreement with Mr. Klein

On March 23, 2010, our board of directors granted Mr. Klein an option to purchase 350,000 common units of Travelocity.com LLC with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of such units on the date of grant. The exercise price of the stock option increases quarterly at 6.00% per annum until the option has been exercised in full. The initial exercise price of the option was $0.50 per common unit. This stock option expires 10 years from the date of grant.

This stock option vested and became exercisable as to 25% of the common units subject to such option on the first anniversary of the date of grant. Subsequently, this stock option vests and becomes exercisable as to 4.6875% of such units at the end of each successive three-month period, subject to Mr. Klein’s continued employment through each vesting date. This stock option was granted with a companion option in respect of shares of our common stock and may only be exercised if the aggregate fair market value of both options is greater than the aggregate exercise price of both options. In this circumstance, the exercisable percentage of the stock option (not to exceed 100%) is calculated as follows: 100 multiplied by the quotient of (A) the aggregate fair market value minus the aggregate exercise price divided by (B) the fair market value minus the exercise price, in each case at the time of determination of the exercisable percentage.

 

233

---

Table of Contents

Director Compensation

We have not had a formal compensation program for the non-employee members of our board of directors. Except as set forth in the following table, during Fiscal 2013 we did not pay any compensation to the non-employee members of our board of directors for service on our board of directors.

Fiscal 2013 Director Compensation Table

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors during Fiscal 2013. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, in Fiscal 2013 we did not pay any compensation to any person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors who is affiliated with our Principal Stockholders or any fees to, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors. Mr. Klein, who is our CEO and President, receives no compensation for his service as a director, and is not included in this table. Similarly, Mr. Gilliland received no compensation for his service as a director while he was our CEO. The compensation received by Messrs. Klein and Gilliland as employees is presented in the “Fiscal 2013 Summary Compensation Table” above.

 

Director		Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)				Stock Awards ($)(1)(2)				Option Awards ($)(1)(2)				Total ($)
Lawrence W. Kellner		$	83,333			$	2,115,200			$	758,000			$	2,956,533
Michael S. Gilliland(3)		$	68,644								—			$	68,644
Karl Peterson			—								—				—
Gary Kusin			—								—				—
Timothy Dunn			—								—				—
Greg Mondre			—								—				—
Joe Osnoss			—								—				—

 

(1)

The amounts reported in the Stock Awards and Option Awards columns represent the grant date fair value of the restricted stock unit award for shares of our common stock and the option to purchase shares of our common stock granted to Mr. Kellner during Fiscal 2013, computed in accordance with ASC 718, disregarding the impact of estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock option reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 17, Options and Other Equity-Based Awards, to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amount reported in this column reflects the accounting cost for this stock-based award, and does not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by him from this award. None of the other non-employee members of our board of directors were granted stock or option awards during Fiscal 2013.

(2)

The following table sets forth information on the restricted stock unit award for shares of our common stock and the option to purchase shares of our common stock granted to Mr. Kellner in Fiscal 2013 and the aggregate number of shares of the common stock of Sabre Corporation subject to outstanding stock and option awards held at December 31, 2013 by the non-employee members of our board of directors. Except for Messrs. Kellner and Gilliland, none of the non-employee members of our board of directors held

 

234

---

Table of Contents

restricted stock unit award for shares of our common stock or options to purchase shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2013.

 

Director Name		Grant Date				Number of Shares Subject to Stock or Option Award				Grant Date Fair Value of Stock or Option Award				Number of Shares Underlying Stock and Option Awards Held as of December 31, 2013
Lawrence W. Kellner			08/30/2013 08/30/2013				160,000 200,000			$ $	2,115,200 758,000				150,000 200,000	(a)  (b)
Michael S. Gilliland			—				—				—					(c)
Karl Peterson			—				—				—				—
Gary Kusin			—				—				—				—
Timothy Dunn			—				—				—				—
Greg Mondre			—				—				—				—
Joe Osnoss			—				—				—				—

 

(a)

As of December 31, 2013, this restricted stock unit award for shares of our common stock was unvested as to 150,000 shares of common stock

(b)

As of December 31, 2013, this option to purchase shares of our common stock was exercisable as to 12,500 shares of common stock.

(c)

Mr. Gilliland’s outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2013 are described in detail under “Fiscal 2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table” above.

 

(3)	Upon his retirement as our CEO, Mr. Gilliland agreed to continue to serve as a member of our board of directors. For this service, he is eligible to receive an annual cash retainer in the amount of $250,000 per year, with such payment commencing on September 21, 2013.

The non-employee members of our board of directors are reimbursed for their reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses in attending board of directors’ and board committee meetings.

New Director Compensation Program

In connection with this offering, our board of directors adopted a formal compensation program for the non-employee members of our board of directors who are also not employees of TPG or Silver Lake. This compensation program consists of the following elements:

 

Type of Compensation		Dollar Value of Board Compensation
Annual Retainer		$75,000, paid quarterly
Audit Committee chairman		additional $20,000 annually
Compensation Committee chairman		additional $10,000 annually
Governance & Nominating Committee chairman		additional $10,000 annually
Audit Committee member		additional $10,000 annually

In addition, the non-employee members of our board of directors are also eligible to receive a one-time restricted stock unit award with a grant date value of $400,000 in connection with their appointment to the board, which vests ratably over four years from the date of grant and, starting on the first anniversary of their service as a non-employee director, an annual restricted stock unit award with a grant date value of $150,000, which will vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The current chairman of our board of directors is also the chairman of the Governance & Nominating Committee. For so long as he serves in that capacity he will not receive the $10,000 annual retainer. Additionally, he did not receive the $400,000 one-time restricted stock unit award given to new directors. His monetary compensation will be $250,000, payable quarterly in arrears. Further, he will be eligible for the $150,000 annual restricted stock unit award.

 

235

---

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on                      shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, and             shares of common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering based on an assumed share price of $        , the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                 , 2014 for:

 

•

each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

•

each of our named executive officers;

 

•

each of our directors and each director nominee; and

 

•

all of the executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group.

Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Sabre Corporation, 3150 Sabre Drive, Southlake, TX 76092.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner		Prior to the Redemption																After this Offering
		Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned(1)								Shares of Series A Preferred Stock Beneficially Owned(1)								Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned (if Underwriters do not Exercise their Option to Purchase Additional Shares)(1)				Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned (if Underwriters Exercise their Option to Purchase Additional Shares)(1)
		Number				Percent				Number				Percent				Number		Percent		Number		Percent
5% Stockholders:
TPG Funds(2).			80,982,612				45.3	%			40,445,053				46.4	%
Silver Lake Funds(3).			49,835,474				27.9	%			24,889,264				28.5	%
Sovereign Co-Invest, LLC(4)			41,819,521				23.4	%			20,886,428				23.9	%
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
Thomas Klein(5)			1,787,604				*				82,554				*
Carl Sparks			180,691				*				—				—
Deborah Kerr			—				—				—				—
Richard Simonson			—				—				—				—
William G. Robinson			—				—				—				—
Timothy Dunn			—				—				—				—
Mark Miller(6)			908,577				*				7,951				*
Gary Kusin(7)			—				—				—				—
Greg Mondre(8)			—				—				—				—
Judy Odom			—				—				—				—
Joseph Osnoss(9)			—				—				—				—
Karl Peterson(10)			—				—				—				—
Michael S. Gilliland(11)			3,969,417				2.2	%
Lawrence W. Kellner(12)			22,500				*				—				—
All Executive Officers and Directors as a group (17 Persons)(13)			9,488,579				5.1	%			90,505				*

 

236

---

Table of Contents

 

*	Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%

(1)

Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account. If the initial public offering price is equal to $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock would be issued in the share component of the Redemption in payment of the related redemption price plus accumulated but unpaid dividends as of March 31, 2014. In all cases, the common stock delivered in the Redemption will be valued at the actual initial public offering price and will reflect shares of our common stock to be issued in satisfaction of dividends that accrue on or after April 1, 2014 and to, but excluding, the closing date of this offering.

(2)

The TPG Funds hold an aggregate of 80,982,612 shares of common stock and 40,445,053 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “TPG Shares”) consisting of: (a) 6,229,261 shares of common stock and 3,111,155 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by TPG Partners IV, a Delaware limited partnership, (b) 74,401,815 shares of common stock and 37,158,326 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by TPG Partners V, a Delaware limited partnership, (c) 194,596 shares of common stock and 97,189 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by TPG FOF V-A, a Delaware limited partnership, and (d) 156,940 shares of common stock and 78,383 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by TPG FOF V-B, a Delaware limited partnership. The general partner of TPG Partners IV is TPG GenPar IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG GenPar IV Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole member is TPG Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Holdings I”). The general partner of each of TPG Partners V, TPG FOF V-A and TPG FOF V-B is TPG GenPar V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG GenPar V Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole members is Holdings I. The general partner of Holdings I is TPG Holdings I-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole member is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Group Advisors”). David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are officers and sole shareholders of Group Advisors and may therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the TPG Shares. The address of each of Group Advisors and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

(3)

The Silver Lake Funds hold an aggregate of 49,835,474 shares of common stock and 24,889,264 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Silver Lake Shares”) consisting of: (a) 49,632,664 shares of common stock and 24,787,972 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and (b) 202,810 shares of common stock and 101,292 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. The general partner of Silver Lake Partners II, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P. is Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, whose managing member is Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company. The managing members of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. are Michael Bingle, James Davidson, Egon Durban, Kenneth Hao and Greg Mondre. The address for Messrs. Bingle and Mondre is c/o Silver Lake, 9 West 57th Street, 32nd Floor, New York, NY 10019. The address for Messrs. Davidson, Durban and Hao, the Silver Lake Funds and their direct and indirect general partners is c/o Silver Lake, 2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(4)

Sovereign Co-Invest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sovereign Co-Invest”), holds 41,819,521 shares of common stock and 20,886,428 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Co-Invest Shares”), which is managed by a Management Committee consisting of one manager designated by Silver Lake Partners II, L.P. and one manager designated by TPG GenPar V, L.P. Greg Mondre has been designated by Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., and Karl Peterson has been designated by TPG GenPar V, L.P. The managing member of Sovereign Co-Invest, LLC is Sovereign Manager Co-Invest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. The members of Sovereign Manager Co-Invest, LLC are TPG GenPar V, L.P. and Silver Lake Partners II, L.P. The address of Sovereign Co-Invest is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

(5)	Includes 1,622,311 shares of common stock underlying options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of             , 2014 for shares of common stock.

(6)	Includes 892,657 shares of common stock underlying options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of             , 2014 for shares of common stock.

(7)	Gary Kusin, who is one of our directors, is a TPG senior advisor. Mr. Kusin has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the TPG Shares. The address of Mr. Kusin is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

(8)

Greg Mondre, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Partner and Managing Director of Silver Lake. Mr. Mondre has no voting or investment power over, and disclaims beneficial ownership of, the Silver Lake Shares. The address for Mr. Mondre is c/o Silver Lake, 9 West 57th Street, 32nd Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(9)

Joseph Osnoss, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Silver Lake. Mr. Osnoss has no voting or investment power over, and disclaims beneficial ownership of, the Silver Lake Shares. The address for Mr. Osnoss is c/o Silver Lake, Broadbent House, 65 Grosvenor Street, London W1K 3JH, United Kingdom.

(10)	Karl Peterson, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Partner. Mr. Peterson has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the TPG Shares. The address of Mr. Peterson is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

(11)	Includes 3,333,668 shares of common stock underlying options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of             , 2014 for shares of common stock.

(12)	Includes 12,500 shares of common stock underlying options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of             , 2014 for shares of common stock.

(13)	Includes 8,347,292 shares of common stock underlying options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of             , 2014 for shares of common stock.

 

237

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of material provisions of various transactions we have entered into with our executive officers, board members or 5% or greater stockholders and their affiliates since January 1, 2011. We believe the terms and conditions in these agreements are reasonable and customary for transactions of these types.

Pursuant to our written related party transaction policy to be adopted in connection with this offering, the audit committee of the board of directors will be responsible for evaluating each related party transaction and determining whether the transaction is fair, reasonable and within our policy, and whether it should be ratified or approved. The audit committee, in evaluating a transaction, will consider various factors, including the benefit of the transaction to us, the terms of the transaction and whether they are at arm’s-length and in the ordinary course of our business, the direct or indirect nature of the related party’s interest in the transaction, the size and expected term of the transaction and other facts and circumstances that bear on the materiality of the related party transaction under applicable law and listing standards. If less than a majority of the members of the audit committee is qualified to ratify or approve a transaction, the audit committee will submit the transaction to the disinterested directors of the board of directors, who will apply the same factors to evaluate, ratify or approve the transaction. The audit committee will review, at least annually, a summary of our transactions with our directors and officers and with firms that employ our directors, as well as any other related party transactions.

Stockholders’ Agreement

On March 30, 2007, we entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement with the Silver Lake Funds, the TPG Funds and the Sovereign Co-Invest, which will be amended and restated in connection with the completion of this offering.

The Stockholders’ Agreement will provide that the Silver Lake Funds and the TPG Funds will have certain nomination rights to designate candidates for nomination to our board of directors and, subject to any restrictions under applicable law or the NASDAQ rules, the ability to appoint members to each board committee.

As set forth in the Stockholders’ Agreement, for so long as the Silver Lake Funds collectively own at least 22 million shares of our common stock, they will be entitled to designate for nomination two of the seats on our board of directors. Thereafter, the Silver Lake Funds will be entitled to designate for nomination one director so long as they own at least 7 million shares of our common stock. Further, for so long as the TPG Funds collectively own at least 44 million shares of our common stock, they will be entitled to designate for nomination three of the seats on our board of directors. When the TPG Funds collectively own less than 22 million shares of our common stock, but at least 7 million shares of our common stock, the TPG Funds will be entitled to designate for nomination two directors. Thereafter, the TPG Funds will be entitled to designate for nomination one director so long as they own at least 7 million shares of our common stock.

In addition, the Silver Lake Funds and the TPG Funds also jointly have the right to designate for nomination one additional director (the “Joint Designee”), who must qualify as independent under the NASDAQ rules and must meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, so long as they collectively own at least 10% of their collective share of our common stock held by them at the closing of this offering (the “Closing Date Shares”). However, if the Silver Lake Funds and the TPG Funds collectively own at least 10% of their collective Closing Date Shares and either individually owns less than 5% of its individual Closing Date Shares, then the Joint Designee shall be designated for nomination solely by the entity that owns more than 5% of its individual Closing Date Shares.

We are required, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to take all necessary action (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement) to cause the board of directors and the governance and nominating committee to include such persons designated by the Silver Lake Funds or the TPG Funds, as applicable, in the slate of director nominees recommended by the board of directors for election by the stockholders and solicit proxies and consents in favor of such director nominees. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, each Principal Stockholder agrees to vote its shares in favor of the election of the director nominees designated by the Silver Lake Funds and the TPG Funds.

 

238

---

Table of Contents

In accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement, the TPG Funds have appointed Mr. Dunn, Mr. Kusin and Mr. Peterson to our board of directors and the Silver Lake Funds has appointed Mr. Mondre and Mr. Osnoss to our board of directors.

In addition, the Stockholders’ Agreement contains agreements among the parties, including with respect to transfer restrictions, tag-along rights, drag-along rights and rights of first refusal. The Stockholders’ Agreement also will provide that, so long as the Silver Lake Funds and the TPG Funds collectively own at least 40% of their collective Closing Date Shares, approval of at least a majority of the board of directors, including at least one director nominated for designation by the Silver Lake Funds and one director nominated by the TPG Funds must be obtained before we are permitted to take any of the following actions:

 

•

any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

•

any voluntary liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the company or any of its subsidiaries or the initiation of any actions related to a voluntary bankruptcy, reorganization or recapitalization of the company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

•

acquisitions or dispositions, or a related series of acquisitions or dispositions, of assets with a value in excess of $50 million or the entering into of a joint venture requiring a capital contribution in excess of $50 million by either the company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

•

any fundamental change in the company’s or its subsidiaries’ existing lines of business or the entry by the company or any of its subsidiaries into a new significant line of business;

 

•

any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the company or Sabre Holdings;

 

•

incurrence by the company or any of its subsidiaries of any indebtedness or derivatives liability, or any series of indebtedness or derivative liabilities in an aggregate amount in excess of $150 million or amending in any material respect the terms of existing or future indebtedness or derivatives liability in excess of $150 million; and

 

•

hiring and termination of our CEO.

In the case of a vacancy on our board of directors created by the removal or resignation of a director designated by the Silver Lake Funds or the TPG Funds, as applicable, the Stockholders’ Agreement will require us to nominate an individual designated by such entity for election to fill the vacancy.

Registration Rights Agreement

On March 30, 2007, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the TPG Funds, the Silver Lake Funds and the Sovereign Co-Invest, which will be amended and restated in connection with the completion of this offering. This registration rights agreement provides the Silver Lake Funds and the TPG Funds with demand and shelf registration rights following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period and the Sovereign Co-Invest with the right to participate in such demand and shelf registrations. In addition, the registration rights agreement also provides the Principal Stockholders with piggyback registration rights on any registration statement, other than on Forms S-4, S-8 or any other successor form, to be filed by the company. These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement and our right to delay a registration statement under certain circumstances.

Under the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to pay certain expenses related to any such registration to indemnify the Principal Stockholders against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act.

 

239

---

Table of Contents

Directors

Prior to our initial public offering, our directors (other than Messrs. Kellner and Kusin and Ms. Odom) were not compensated for their services as directors. For additional information on the compensation provided to our board of directors, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Director Compensation.”

Management Services Agreement

On March 30, 2007, we entered into an MSA with affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake (the “Managers”) to provide us with management, advisory and consulting services. Pursuant to the MSA, we have been required to pay to the Managers management fees, payable quarterly in arrears, totaling to between $5 million to $7 million per year, the actual amount of which is calculated based upon 1% of Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the MSA, earned by the company in such fiscal year up to a maximum of $7 million. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the annual management fee paid to the Managers was $7 million, $7 million and $7 million, respectively. Additionally, we reimburse the Managers for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them or their affiliates in connection with services provided to us pursuant to the MSA. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 the amount reimbursed in expenses was $2 million and $1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the amount reimbursed in expenses was not material. In connection with the completion of this offering, the Managers are entitled to a fee payable pursuant to the MSA in an amount equal to, in the aggregate, $21 million plus other unpaid fees and expenses and, thereafter, the MSA will be terminated. The MSA includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake.

Management Stockholders’ Agreement

We and certain stockholders, including certain executive officers and directors, have entered into a management stockholders agreement (the “Management Stockholders’ Agreement”). The Management Stockholders’ Agreement contains certain agreements among the parties including with respect to call rights in certain specified situations for shares of common stock then-currently owned, drag along rights and tag along rights. Pursuant to the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, certain stockholders, which group of stockholders excludes our Principal Stockholders, have also agreed not to transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or encumber any of the shares of common stock then-currently owned by such stockholder, subject to certain limited exceptions, at any time prior to the termination of such Management Stockholders’ Agreement. In addition, the Management Stockholders’ Agreement provides these investors with piggyback registration rights to participate on a pro rata basis in any registered offering in which the TPG Funds or the Silver Lake Funds are registering shares of common stock. Except with respect to the piggyback registration rights described immediately prior, the Management Stockholders’ Agreement terminates if our common stock is registered and if at least 20% of our total outstanding common stock trades regularly in, on or through the facilities of a securities exchange and/or inter-dealer quotation system or any designated offshore securities market, which conditions are not expected to be met in connection with the completion of this offering.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Following our initial public offering, we expect to be able to utilize the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, which arose prior to the initial public offering and are therefore attributable to our Existing Stockholders. These Pre-IPO Tax Assets will reduce the amount of tax that we and our subsidiaries would otherwise be required to pay in the future. See “Risk Factors—We will be required to pay our Existing Stockholders 85% of certain tax benefits related to Pre-IPO Tax Assets, and could be required to make substantial cash payments in which the stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will not participate.”

Immediately prior to the completion of this offer, we will enter into the TRA, and thereby distribute to our Existing Stockholders the right to receive payment by us of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal income tax that we and our subsidiaries realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of a change of control

 

240

---

Table of Contents

or certain other transactions, as discussed below) as a result of the utilization of our and our subsidiaries’ Pre-IPO Tax Assets. In addition, we will pay interest on the payments we will make to the Existing Shareholders with respect to the amount of this cash savings from the due date (without extensions) of our tax return where we realize this savings to the payment date at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum. Different timing rules will apply to payments under the TRA to be made to Award Holders. Such payments will generally be deemed invested in a notional account rather than made on the scheduled payment dates, and the account will be distributed on the fifth anniversary of the initial public offering, together with an amount equal to the net present value of such Award Holder’s future expected payments, if any, under the TRA. Moreover, payments to holders of stock options that are unvested prior to the completion of this offering will be subject to vesting on the same schedule as such holder’s unvested stock options.

For purposes of the TRA, cash savings in income tax are computed by reference to the reduction in the liability for income taxes resulting from the utilization of the tax benefits subject to the TRA. The term of the TRA will commence upon consummation of our initial public offering in                         , 2014 and will continue until there is no potential for any future tax benefit payments.

Our counterparties under the TRA will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax benefits are subsequently disallowed (although future payments would be adjusted to the extent possible to reflect the result of such disallowance). As a result, in such circumstances we could make payments under the TRA that are greater than our actual cash tax savings.

While the actual amount and timing of any payments under the TRA will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income we and our subsidiaries generate in the future, and our and our subsidiaries’ use of Pre-IPO Tax Assets, we expect that, during the term of the TRA, the payments that we may make could be material. Based on current tax laws and assuming that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefits subject to the TRA, (i) we expect that payments under the TRA relating to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will aggregate to approximately $330 million to $380 million over the next six years (assuming no changes in current limitations on our ability to utilize our NOLs under Section 382 of the Code), which we estimate will represent approximately 85% to 95% of the total payments we will be required to make under the TRA and (ii) we do not expect material payments to occur before 2016.

Upon the effective date of the TRA, we will recognize a liability of between $310 million and $350 million (after considering the valuation allowance of approximately $72 million recorded against the Pre-IPO Tax Assets) for the payments to be made under the TRA, which will be accounted for as a reduction of additional paid-in capital on our consolidated balance sheet. Any future changes in the utility of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will impact the amount of the liability that will be paid to our Existing Stockholders. Changes in the utility of these Pre-IPO Tax Assets will be recorded in income tax expense (benefit) and any changes in the obligation under the TRA will be recorded in other income (expense). We plan to use cash flow from operations and availability under our credit facilities to fund this obligation.

If we undergo a Change of Control, the TRA will terminate and we will be required to make a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the TRA, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our and our subsidiaries’ future taxable income. Additionally, if we sell or otherwise dispose of any of our subsidiaries in a transaction that is not a Change of Control, we will be required to make a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the TRA attributable to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets of such subsidiary that is sold or disposed of, applying the assumptions described above.

The TRA provides that in the event that we breach any of our material obligations under it, whether as a result of our failure to make any payment when due (subject to a specified cure period), failure to honor any other material obligation under it or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of it in a case commenced under the United States Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all our payment and other obligations under the TRA will be accelerated and will become due and payable applying the same assumptions described above. Such payments could be substantial and could exceed our actual cash tax savings under the TRA.

 

241

---

Table of Contents

Certain transactions by the company could cause it to recognize taxable income (possibly material amounts of income) without a current receipt of cash. Payments under the TRA with respect to such taxable income would cause a net reduction in our available cash. For example, transactions giving rise to cancellation of debt income, the accrual of income from original issue discount or deferred payments, a “triggering event” requiring the recapture of dual consolidated losses, or “Subpart F” income would each produce income with no corresponding increase in cash. In these cases, we may use some of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets to offset income from these transaction and, under the TRA, would be required to make a payment to our Existing Stockholders even though we receive no cash from such income.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the TRA is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the TRA for specified reasons, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum until paid.

In the event that any determinations must be made under or any dispute arises involving the TRA, the Existing Stockholders will be represented by a shareholder representative that is an entity controlled by the TPG Funds and the Silver Lake Funds. In any such instance, should any representatives of the TPG Funds and the Silver Lake Funds then be serving on our board of directors, such directors will be excluded from decisions of the board related to the relevant determination or dispute.

The TRA is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the TRA is qualified by a reference thereto.

Abacus

In February 1998, we acquired a 35% interest in Abacus, which is a joint venture between Sabre and Abacus International Holdings, a consortium of eleven Asian airlines. Abacus distributes a GDS in Asia, using GDS technology that we license to Abacus for its exclusive use in Asia. We also operate that GDS technology, and perform associated applications maintenance and development services, on behalf of Abacus. Our related party transactions with Abacus are summarized and presented in the table below.

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Revenue earned from Abacus		$	91,998			$	71,957			$	52,073

 

		December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Receivable from Abacus		$	29,377			$	13,939
Payable to Abacus for Economic Benefit Transfer			(8,648	)			(8,452	)
Current deferred revenue related to Abacus data processing			(2,571	)			(2,571	)
Long-term deferred revenue related to Abacus data processing			(12,857	)			(15,428	)
Related party receivable (liability), net		$	5,301			$	(12,512	)

For additional information on our related party transactions with Abacus, see Note 6, Equity Method Investment’s, to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Certain Relationships

From time to time, we do business with other companies affiliated with the Principal Stockholders. We believe that all such arrangements have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and have been conducted on an arms-length basis.

 

242

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and second amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”) as they are in effect upon completion of this offering. This description may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand them fully, you should read our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant portions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (“DGCL”).

For purposes of calculating the Principal Stockholders’ share ownership thresholds described under “—Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws”, the shares of common stock owned by the Sovereign Co-Invest will be deemed to be owned by the Principal Stockholders for purposes of such calculations so long as these shares are owned directly by the Sovereign Co-Invest or the managing member of the Sovereign Co-Invest has been granted a proxy for purposes of voting such shares.

Common Stock

General. Our Certificate of Incorporation will authorize the issuance of up to 1 billion shares of common stock, par value $0.01. On March 31, 2014, there were              shares of common stock outstanding. After this offering, there will be             shares of our common stock outstanding, or             shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. None of our outstanding common stock has been designated as non-voting.

Voting Rights. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Except for the election of directors, if a quorum is present, an action on a matter is approved if the votes cast favoring the action or matter exceed the votes cast against the action or matter, unless the vote of a greater number is required by applicable law, the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws. The election of directors will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote, meaning that the nominees with the greatest number of votes cast, even if less than a majority, will be elected. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be impacted by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Dividends. Subject to preferences of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, which will be redeemed in the Redemption prior to the closing of this offering, and which may be applicable to any other then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation, Dissolution, and Winding Up. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding, including, currently, the Series A Preferred Stock, which will be redeemed in the Redemption prior to the closing of this offering.

Preemptive Rights. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to our common stock.

Assessment. All outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

243

---

Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Our Certificate of Incorporation will authorize the issuance of up to 225 million shares of preferred stock. Prior to the consummation of this offering, there were 87,184,179 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, which will be redeemed in the Redemption prior to the closing of this offering.

Under our Certificate of Incorporation, our board of directors may issue additional shares of preferred stock, without stockholder approval, in such series and with such designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, powers, including voting powers, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as the board of directors deems appropriate. While the board of directors has no current intention of doing so, it could, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, conversion and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and impact other rights of the holders of the common stock. Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock as an anti-takeover measure without any further action by the holders of common stock. This may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company by increasing the number of shares necessary to gain control of the company. Except as described below with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, our board of directors has not authorized the issuance of any shares of preferred stock, and we have no agreements or current plans for the issuance of any shares of preferred stock.

Series A Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2013, there were 87,184,179 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share outstanding. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have no voting rights except with respect to the creation of any class or series of capital stock having any preference or priority over the Series A Preferred Stock or the amendment or repeal of any provision of the constituent documents of the company that adversely changes the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock accumulates dividends at a rate of 6% per annum. Accumulated but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock amounted to $134 million and $97 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. No dividend or distribution can be declared or paid with respect of the common stock or any other series of preferred stock that does not expressly provide that it ranks senior or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock, and we cannot redeem, purchase, acquire, or retire for value the common stock or any other series of preferred stock that does not expressly provide that it ranks senior or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock, and we cannot redeem, unless and until the full amount of any unpaid dividends accrued on the Series A Preferred Stock has been paid or contemporaneously declared and paid.

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have the right to require us to repurchase each of their shares of Series A Preferred Stock for cash in an amount equal to the stated value per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends upon the occurrence of certain specified liquidation events, including the first underwritten public offering and sale of equity securities of the company for cash. For a further description of the liquidity events, see Note 15, Redeemable Preferred Stock, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In addition, following an amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation, we will have the right, at our option, at any time, to redeem all or part of the Series A Preferred Stock in cash or common stock, or any combination thereof, in an amount equal to the stated value of $        million in the aggregate or $        per share of Series A Preferred Stock, plus accrued and unpaid dividends. As of March 31, 2014, accrued and unpaid dividends are $        million in the aggregate or $        per share of Series A Preferred Stock (the stated value together with accrued and unpaid dividends, the “Redemption Value”). The actual number of shares issued in the Redemption will be based on the accumulated dividends through the redemption date. Any common stock delivered in connection with a redemption shall be valued at fair market value, as determined by our Board of Directors, except that any shares issued at the time of the closing of an initial public offering shall be presumed to be valued at the initial offering price to the public.

 

244

---

Table of Contents

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will exercise our right to redeem all of our Series A Preferred Stock. The redemption price will be paid with a mix of cash and stock, which we will deliver pro rata to the holders thereof concurrently with the closing of this offering. Assuming we sell the total number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, we will deliver an estimated aggregate of $         million in cash and            shares of our common stock in payment of the related redemption price plus accumulated but unpaid dividends as of March 31, 2014. The actual number of shares of common stock and amount of cash that will be used in the Redemption are subject to change based on the initial public offering price and the closing date of this offering.

The Redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock will simplify our capital structure by leaving only one class of capital stock—our common stock—outstanding following the closing of this offering.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

After the completion of this offering, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with the board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they may also discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor. These provisions include:

Classified Board. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our Certificate of Incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors, provided that, the board of directors shall consist of not fewer than five directors, nor more than eleven directors; provided, however, prior to the time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, collectively, less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the board of directors shall not consist of more than nine directors. Our board of directors will initially have eight directors.

Authorized but Unissued or Undesignated Capital Stock. Our authorized capital stock will consist of 1 billion shares of common stock and, following the Redemption of our Series A Preferred Stock, 225 million shares of preferred stock. A large quantity of authorized but unissued shares may deter potential takeover attempts because of the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of some or all of these shares to a friendly party, or to the public, which would make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to obtain control of us. This possibility may encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. The authorized but unissued stock may be issued by the board of directors in one or more transactions. In this regard, our Certificate of Incorporation will grant the board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock pursuant to the board of directors’ authority described above could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock and adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of such holders and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control. The preferred stock could also be used in connection with the issuance of a shareholder rights plan, sometimes referred to as a “poison pill.” Our board of directors is able to implement a shareholder rights plan without further action by our stockholders. The board of directors does not currently intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of preferred stock, unless otherwise required by law.

Action by Written Consent. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once the Principal Stockholders cease to beneficially own, collectively, more than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

245

---

Table of Contents

Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, at any time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially owns, collectively, at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, special meetings of our stockholders may also be called by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors or the board of directors or the chairman of the board at the request of either the Silver Lake Funds or the TPG Funds. Our Bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting.

Advance Notice Procedures. Our Bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not earlier than the opening of business 120 days prior, and not later than the close of business 90 days before, the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Bylaws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Under our Bylaws, the board of directors may adopt by resolution the rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings. These advance notice provisions will not apply to the Silver Lake Funds or the TPG Funds so long as the Stockholders’ Agreement remains in effect. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations adopted by the board of directors, the chairman of the meeting of stockholders shall have the right to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings, which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of us.

Super Majority Approval Requirements. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, make, alter, amend or repeal our Bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the state of Delaware. For as long as the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, collectively, at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, any adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of our Bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. At any time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, collectively, less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, any adoption, alteration, amendment, or repeal of our Bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that at any time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, collectively, less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, certain specified provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation, including those relating to actions by written consent of stockholders, calling of special meetings by stockholders, a classified board, the requirements for the number and removal of directors and amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, may be amended only by a vote of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.

The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management or of us, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are

 

246

---

Table of Contents

intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares of common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Removal of Directors. Until the point in time at which the Principal Stockholders no longer beneficially own shares representing, collectively, at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, any director may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by holders of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, after the point in time at which the Principal Stockholders no longer beneficially own shares representing, collectively, at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. This requirement of a supermajority vote to remove directors could enable a minority of our stockholders to prevent a change in the composition of our board.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders

Pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation, we will opt out of the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, which regulates business combinations with “interested stockholders,” but only until the first date on which each of the Principal Stockholders and their affiliates no longer meets the requirements to be an “interested stockholder” as defined by Section 203 of the DGCL, but excluding for purposes thereof, clause (ii) of such definition of “interested stockholder.”

Corporate Opportunities

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that we renounce, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates. In addition our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Principal Stockholders have no obligation to offer us or even communicate to us an opportunity to participate in business opportunities presented to such Principal Stockholder or its respective affiliates even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued (and therefore may be free to compete with us in the same business or similar businesses of which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage) and that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the Principal Stockholders nor their respective affiliates will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of any such activities described immediately above. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our Certificate of Incorporation.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that no director shall be personally liable to us or any of our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. Our Bylaws will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action or is involved in a proceeding by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or serves or served as a director or officer of any other enterprise at our request. Our Bylaws will also provide that, subject to applicable law, the company may, by action of its board of directors, grant rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses to persons other than its directors and officers with such scope and effect as the board of directors may then determine. We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and under Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim.

 

247

---

Table of Contents

Choice of Forum

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternate forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our shares of common stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We will enter into an agreement with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC to act as transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

Registration Rights

For a description of registration rights with respect to our common stock, see the information under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Exchange

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ under the symbol “SABR.”

 

248

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

The following descriptions of our indebtedness are qualified in their entirety by reference to their respective governing documents which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On February 19, 2013, Sabre GLBL completed a refinancing of its former senior secured credit facilities pursuant to an amended and restated credit agreement (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). As part of this refinancing, it repaid or converted all outstanding term loans totaling $2,177 million and obtained new senior secured credit facilities consisting of (i) a term loan facility (the “Term B Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1,775 million; (ii) a term loan facility (the “Term C Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $425 million; and (iii) a multi-currency revolving facility (the “Revolving Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $352 million. The Revolving Facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility in an aggregate principal amount equal to $350 million and a swingline loan sub-facility in an aggregate principal amount of $75 million.

The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also allows for the incurrence of incremental term loans and increases in the revolving commitments, subject to certain conditions and an aggregate cap of $500 million plus an additional amount to the extent that the Senior Secured First-Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) would not exceed 4.0:1.0. This ratio is calculated as senior secured first-lien debt (net of cash) to LTM Debt Covenant EBITDA (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement).

On September 30, 2013, Sabre GLBL entered into an incremental amendment to provide for incremental term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $350 million (the “Incremental Term Facility” and together with the Term B Facility, the Term C Facility and the Revolving Facility, the “Credit Facility”) under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Sabre GLBL has used a portion, and intends to use the remainder of the proceeds of the Incremental Term Facility, for general corporate purposes, including working capital and one-time costs associated with the Expedia SMA signed on August 22, 2013.

On February 20, 2014, Sabre GLBL entered into (i) an amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to, among other things, reduce the interest rate margins applicable to the Term B Facility and to reduce the Eurocurrency rate floor and base rate floor, (ii) a revolver extension amendment to extend the maturity date of $317 million of the Revolving Facility and (iii) an incremental revolving credit facility amendment to provide for an revolving commitment increase of $53 million under the extended portion of the revolving facility.

As of December 31, 2013, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” Sabre GLBL would have had $         of indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility in addition to $         of availability under the Revolving Facility, after taking into account the availability reduction of $         for letters of credit issued under the Revolving Facility. Of this indebtedness, none will be due on or before the end of 2014.

The following is a summary of the material terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as amended by the Incremental Term Facility described above (the “Credit Agreement”). The description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

Maturity. The Term B Facility and the Incremental Term Facility both mature on February 19, 2019. The Term C Facility matures on February 19, 2018, but is expected to be fully repaid through quarterly repayments ending on the last business day of December 2017. A portion of the commitments under the Revolving Facility terminate on February 19, 2018 with the remainder terminating on February 19, 2019 (subject to an accelerated maturity of November 19, 2018 if on November 19, 2018, the Term B Facility (or permitted refinancings there

 

249

---

Table of Contents

of) remains outstanding with a maturity date occurring less than one year after the maturity date of the extended portion of the Revolving Facility).

Sabre GLBL must make quarterly repayments in an amount equal to 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term B Facility as of February 19, 2013 and 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Incremental Term Facility as of September 30, 2013. The scheduled quarterly repayments are approximately $21 million annually and are due on the last business day of each March, June, September and December.

Sabre GLBL must also make quarterly repayments in an amount equal to a percentage of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term C Facility as of February 19, 2013. The applicable percentage is currently 3.75% and will increase to 4.375%, 5.625% and 7.5% on the last business day of March 2015, March 2016 and March 2017, respectively. The scheduled quarterly repayments are due on the last business day of each March, June, September and December, with the final such payment on the last business day of December 2017.

Guarantee. Sabre GLBL’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Sabre Holdings and each of Sabre GLBL’s existing and future wholly owned material domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries as set forth in the Credit Agreement (such guarantors, together with Sabre GLBL, the “Loan Parties”).

Security and Ranking. Sabre GLBL’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of each Loan Party’s tangible and intangible assets, including capital stock of Sabre GLBL and capital stock of domestic subsidiaries directly held by any Loan Party and 65% of the voting capital stock of material foreign subsidiaries directly held by a Loan Party. The first-priority security interest in these assets are shared on a pari passu basis with the first priority security interest securing the 2019 Notes. For so long as the 2016 Notes (as defined below) remain outstanding, certain properties and capital stock and debt of subsidiaries that own such properties are excluded from the collateral securing Sabre GLBL’s obligations under the Credit Agreement.

Interest. The term loans made under the Term B Facility bear interest at a rate equal to the adjusted Eurocurrency rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus 3.00% to 3.25% per annum or, at Sabre GLBL’s option, the base rate (subject to a 2.00% floor) plus 2.00% to 2.25% per annum, in each case based on the Senior Secured First-Lien Net Leverage Ratio. The Credit Agreement also provides for an increase in such rates to maintain a difference of not more than 50 bps relative to future incremental term loans.

The term loans made under the Term C Facility bear interest at a rate equal to the adjusted Eurocurrency rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus 2.50% to 3.00% per annum or, at Sabre GLBL’s option, the base rate (subject to a 2.00% floor) plus 1.50% to 2.00% per annum, in each case based on the Senior Secured First-Lien Net Leverage Ratio.

The term loans made under the Incremental Term Facility bear interest at a rate equal to the adjusted Eurocurrency rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus 3.00% to 3.50% per annum or, at Sabre GLBL’s option, the base rate (subject to a 2.00% floor) plus 2.00% to 2.50% per annum, in each case based on the Senior Secured First-Lien Net Leverage Ratio. The Credit Agreement also provides for an increase in such rates to maintain a difference of not more than 50 bps relative to future incremental term loans.

The average effective interest rates on the term loans excluding the impact of our interest rate swaps for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 6.21%, 5.65% and 2.72%, respectively. The average effective interest rate on the term loans including the impact of our interest rate swaps for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 6.86%, 6.53% and 4.31%, respectively.

 

250

---

Table of Contents

The revolving loans made under the Revolving Facility bear interest at a rate equal to the adjusted Eurocurrency rate plus (x) 3.25% to 3.75% per annum for the portion allocable to the non-extended portion of the Revolving Facility and (y) 3.00% to 2.75% per annum for the portion allocable to the extended portion of the Revolving Facility or, at Sabre GLBL’s option (in the case of U.S. dollar-denominated revolving loans only), the base rate plus (x) 2.25% to 2.75% per annum for the portion allocable to the non-extended portion of the Revolving Facility and (y) 1.75% to 2.00% per annum for the portion allocable to the extended portion of the Revolving Facility, in each case based on the Senior Secured First-Lien Net Leverage Ratio. In addition, the Revolving Facility is subject to a commitment fee payable quarterly in arrears ranging from 0.375% to 0.500% per annum, based on the Senior Secured First-Lien Net Leverage Ratio, on the daily amount of the undrawn portion of the revolving commitments.

Prepayments. Sabre GLBL may, at its option, voluntarily prepay any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement in whole or in part without premium or penalty. However, if Sabre GLBL prepays or refinances the term loans under the Term B Facility prior to August 20, 2014 with long-term bank debt financing that is marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors and is incurred for the primary purpose of reducing the effective yield, it will be required to pay a repricing premium of 1.0% of the principal amount that is refinanced.

In addition, Sabre GLBL is required to make mandatory prepayments under the Credit Agreement in certain situations, depending on the Senior Secured First-Lien Net Leverage Ratio, including but not limited to: a percentage of excess cash flow; a percentage of proceeds from certain asset dispositions; the amount of indebtedness incurred other than permitted indebtedness; and the amount of borrowings under the Revolving Facility exceeding the commitments under such facility.

Extensions, Refinancings and Incremental Credit Extension. Sabre GLBL may, without further approval from a majority of lenders, (a) extend the revolving commitments and term loans in one or more tranches, (b) refinance the revolving commitments and term loans with one or more new facilities with secured, subordinated or unsecured notes or loans, and (c) issue incremental credit in the form of incremental term loans, revolving commitment increases or additional secured, subordinated or unsecured notes or loans; in each case upon the satisfaction of certain conditions.

Covenants. The Credit Agreement contains certain affirmative covenants, including, among others, covenants to furnish the lenders with financial statements and other financial information, to provide the lenders notice of material events and information regarding collateral, to cause certain newly formed restricted subsidiaries to guarantee and pledge their assets as security for the Credit Agreement, to correct documentation with respect to the collateral, to provide the agent with mortgages to secure real property, as necessary, and to maintain title insurance policies with respect to any such mortgaged property, and to only redesignate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries and vice versa in certain situations specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement contains negative covenants that restrict the ability of Sabre GLBL and its restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens on assets, undergo fundamental changes, make investments, sell assets, make acquisitions, make restricted payments, engage in transactions with its affiliates, amend or modify certain agreements and charter documents and change its fiscal year. The Credit Agreement also contains negative covenants that restrict the ability of Sabre Holdings to engage in any business or operations other than those incidental to ownership of Sabre and other activities specifically permitted under the Credit Agreement, including the performance of its obligations with respect to its existing indebtedness, any public offering of equity interests and certain financing activities. Sabre Holdings is also restricted from creating or acquiring any material direct subsidiaries other than Sabre GLBL or any holding company for Sabre GLBL.

In addition, Sabre GLBL is required to maintain a Senior Secured First-Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of any fiscal quarter end if on such date the sum of (x) outstanding loans under the Revolving Facility, (y) letters of

 

251

---

Table of Contents

credit issued under the Revolving Facility that guarantee debt for borrowed money, capital leases or obligations evidenced by notes or other instruments and (z) other letters of credit issued under the Revolving Facility in excess of $50 million (but only to the extent of such excess), exceeds 20% of the principal amount of the Revolving Facility. The applicable Senior Secured First-Lien Net Leverage Ratio is 5.5:1.0, declining to 5.0:1.0, 4.5:1.0 and 4.0:1.0 on March 31, 2014, March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively.

If certain material travel event disruptions set forth in the Credit Agreement occur, the foregoing requirement is suspended from the last date of the quarter in which such disruption occurs until the last date of the second succeeding quarter; however, during such suspension period, Sabre may be subject to additional restrictions on its ability to make restricted payments, acquisitions or investments.

As of December 31, 2013, Sabre GLBL and Sabre Holdings were in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Agreement.

8.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

On May 9, 2012, Sabre GLBL issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes due 2019 (“Initial 2019 Notes”), bearing interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum. On September 27, 2012, Sabre GLBL issued an additional $400 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes due 2019, under the same indenture and bearing interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum, to be treated as a single series with the Initial 2019 Notes and with substantially the same terms as the Initial 2019 Notes (together with the Initial 2019 Notes, the “2019 Notes”).

The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2019 Notes. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified, in its entirety, by reference to the provisions of the indenture governing the 2019 Notes.

Maturity. The 2019 Notes mature on May 15, 2019.

Guarantee. Sabre GLBL’s obligations under the 2019 Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Sabre Holdings and each of Sabre GLBL’s existing and future wholly owned material domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Security. The 2019 Notes and related guarantees are secured, subject to permitted liens, by a first-priority security interest in substantially all the assets of Sabre GLBL and each of the guarantors.

Interest. Interest on the 2019 Notes is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing November 15, 2012.

Ranking. The 2019 Notes are general senior secured obligations of Sabre GLBL and each guarantor. They rank equally in right of payment to all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of Sabre GLBL and senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of Sabre GLBL They are effectively senior to all unsecured indebtedness of Sabre GLBL (including Sabre GLBL’s guarantee of the 2016 Notes), to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the 2019 Notes, which it shares pari passu with the Credit Facility. They are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness, claims of holders of preferred stock and other liabilities of subsidiaries of the Sabre GLBL that do not guarantee the 2019 Notes.

Optional Redemption. The 2019 Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and at Sabre GLBL’s option. Before May 15, 2015, the applicable redemption price is equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2019 Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date and a “make-whole” premium. On or after May 15, 2015, the 2019 Notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. In addition, until May 15, 2015, Sabre GLBL may, at its option, redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes at a redemption price equal to 108.5% of the principal amount of the 2019 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date to be paid from the net proceeds received from one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the indenture governing the 2019 Notes), provided that (i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the

 

252

---

Table of Contents

2019 Notes remains outstanding immediately after each such redemption and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

Covenants. The 2019 Notes include certain non-financial covenants, including restrictions on incurring certain types of indebtedness, creation of liens on certain assets, making of certain investments, and payment of dividends. These covenants are similar in nature to those existing on the Credit Facility.

As of December 31, 2013, Sabre GLBL was in compliance with all covenants under the indenture for the 2019 Notes.

8.35% Senior Notes due 2016

On March 13, 2006, Sabre Holdings issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes due 2016 (“2016 Notes”), that initially bore interest at a rate of 6.35% per annum. On March 16, 2007, the interest rate on the 2016 Notes increased to 8.35% per annum, due to a credit rating decline resulting from the increased indebtedness associated with the sale of Sabre Holdings to private investors.

The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2016 Notes. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified, in its entirety, by reference to the provisions of the indenture by and between Sabre Holdings and SunTrust Bank dated as of August 7, 2001, as supplemented by a second supplemental indenture dated as of March 13, 2006, governing the 2016 Notes.

Maturity. The 2016 Notes mature on March 15, 2016.

Guarantee. Sabre Holdings’ obligations under the 2016 Notes are guaranteed on a senior, unsecured basis by Sabre GLBL

Interest. Interest on the 2016 Notes is payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing September 15, 2006. Interest on the 2016 Notes may increase by up to two percentage points per annum to a maximum rate of 8.35% per annum in the event credit ratings of the 2016 Notes decline below certain thresholds after the occurrence of a change of control (as occurred in March 2007); however, upon subsequent improvements to the credit ratings, the interest rate on the 2016 Notes could decrease to a lower rate, with a floor of 6.35% per annum.

Ranking. The 2016 Notes are general unsecured obligations of Sabre Holdings. They rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured indebtedness of Sabre Holdings. They are effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness, including the Credit Agreement and the 2019 Notes, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. They are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of Sabre Holdings’ subsidiaries, including Sabre GLBL’s obligations under the Credit Agreement and the 2019 Notes and its subsidiaries’ guarantees of obligations under the Credit Agreement, the Mortgage Facility (as defined below) and trade payables.

Optional Redemption. The 2016 Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and at Sabre Holdings’ option. The applicable redemption price is the sum of (i) the greater of (x) 100% of the principal amount outstanding and (y) the sum of the remaining principal and interest payments, reduced to present value based on the adjusted treasury rate plus 30 bps, and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest as of the redemption date.

Covenants. The 2016 Notes include certain non-financial covenants, including restrictions on incurring certain secured indebtedness without ratably securing obligations under the 2016 Notes, subject to certain exceptions; entering into certain sale and leaseback transactions; and entering into mergers, consolidations or a transfer of substantially all its assets.

As of December 31, 2013, Sabre Holdings was in compliance with all covenants under the indentures governing the 2016 Notes.

 

253

---

Table of Contents

Mortgage Facility

On March 29, 2007, we purchased through Sabre Headquarters, LLC, our special purpose subsidiary, the buildings, land and furniture and fixtures located at our headquarters facilities in Southlake, Texas, which were previously financed under a capital lease facility. The total purchase price of the assets was $104 million. The purchase was financed through $85 million borrowed under the mortgage facility (“Mortgage Facility”) and $19 million from cash on hand. The Mortgage Facility carries an interest rate of 5.7985% per annum. The following is a summary of the material terms of the Mortgage Facility. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified, in its entirety, by reference to the provisions of the Mortgage Facility.

Maturity. The Mortgage Facility matures on March 1, 2017 and all unpaid principal will be due at that time. As of December 31, 2013, $84 million remained outstanding under the Mortgage Facility.

Interest. Payments on the Mortgage Facility are payable monthly on the first business day of each month. Payments made through April 1, 2012 were applied to accrued interest only. Subsequent to that date, a portion of payments is also applied to the principal balance of the note.

Security. The Mortgage Facility is secured by a perfected first priority security interest in the land and improvements located at our headquarters facilities in Southlake, Texas.

Covenants. Sabre Headquarters, LLC is subject to various customary affirmative covenants under the Mortgage Facility, including, but not limited to: payment of property taxes, granting of lender access to inspect the properties, cooperating in legal proceedings, obtaining insurance awards, providing financial statements, providing estoppel certificates, paying foreclosure costs, lender consent to any leases and lender consent to certain alterations and improvements. The Mortgage Facility also contains various customary negative covenants, including restrictions on incurring liens other than permitted liens, dissolving the borrower or changing its business, forgiving debt, changing its principal place of business and transferring the property.

As of December 31, 2013, Sabre Headquarters, LLC was in compliance with all covenants under the Mortgage Facility.

 

254

---

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of options, in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of such sales or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time.

Sales of Restricted Shares

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of             shares of common stock, assuming             shares are sold in the offering based on an assumed share price of $         (the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus). Of these shares, we expect all of the shares of common stock being sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining             shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, the transfer restrictions in the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, applicable to certain stockholders, described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale as set forth below.

Lock-up Agreements

We, each of our executive officers, directors, the Principal Stockholders and certain of our other stockholders have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions described immediately below, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of any of the shares of common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, or, in our case, cause a registration statement covering any common stock to be filed, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

With respect to the company, these restrictions do not apply to (i) any share of common stock to be sold in this offering; (ii) any shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock, issued by the company, in each case pursuant to the company’s equity plans as described therein; (iii) the issuance of shares of common stock prior to, or in connection with, the closing of this offering in respect of the conversion, exchange or redemption of shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Redemption; (iv) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 (or equivalent form) with the SEC in connection with an employee stock compensation plan or agreement of the company, which plan or agreement is described herein; (v) the issuance of shares of common stock or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of common stock) in connection with the acquisition by the company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, properties or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the company in connection with any such acquisition; or (vi) the issuance of shares of common stock or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of common stock) in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions; provided that, in the case of clauses (v) and (vi), the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued in all such acquisitions and transactions does not exceed     % of the issued and outstanding common stock

 

255

---

Table of Contents

of the company issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering and any recipients of such shares of commons stock shall deliver a lock-up agreement to Morgan Stanley Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. consistent in scope as described above.

With respect to each of our executive officers, directors, Principal Stockholders and certain of our other stockholders the restrictions described above do not apply to transfers (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts; (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or the immediate family of such person; (iii) by way of testate or intestate succession or by operation of law; (iv) to any members of the immediate family of such person; (v) to a corporation, partnership, or limited liability company or other entity that controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person and/or by members of the immediate family of such person, or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned; (vi) if the shares of common stock are held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to any of its stockholders, partners, members or affiliates or any of its affiliates’ directors, officers and employees; (vii) to the company in connection with the “net” or “cashless” exercise of any options outstanding as of the date of the lock-up agreement and having an expiration date during the 180-day lock-up period to acquire shares pursuant to the employee benefit plans described herein; (viii) to the company for the primary purposes of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to shares issued upon the exercise of an option or warrant (or upon the exchange of another security or securities) pursuant to a plan described in the prospectus, or issued under an employee equity or benefit plan described herein; (ix) in connection with the conversion, exchange or redemption of the outstanding preferred stock of the company into shares of common stock, cash or a combination thereof; (x) pursuant to the underwriting agreement.

Morgan Stanley Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in their sole discretion, waive these restrictions or release any of these shares from these restrictions at any time. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” Approximately             shares or     % of our outstanding common stock, or     % of outstanding shares of our common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares if fully exercised, are subject to these lock-up agreements.

The 180-day restricted period described above will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the day following the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, unless Morgan Stanley Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. provide a written waiver of such extension. Morgan Stanley Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. have no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. The release of any lock-up is considered on a case by case basis. Factors in deciding whether to release shares may include the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares involved, the reason for the requested release, market conditions, the trading price of our common stock, historical trading volumes of our common stock and whether the person seeking the release is an officer, director or affiliate of the company.

Management Stockholders’ Agreement Transfer Restrictions

Pursuant to the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, certain of our stockholders, which group of stockholders excludes our Principal Stockholders, have agreed by contract with us not to transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or encumber any of the shares of common stock then-currently owned by such stockholder, subject to certain limited exceptions, at any time prior to the termination of such Management Stockholders’ Agreement. The Management Stockholders’ Agreement terminates if our common stock is registered and if at least 20% of our total outstanding common stock trades regularly in, on or through the facilities of a securities exchange and/or inter-dealer quotation system or any designated offshore securities market, which conditions are not expected to be met in connection with the completion of this offering.

 

256

---

Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, persons who became the beneficial owner of shares of our common stock prior to the completion of this offering may not sell their shares until the earlier of (i) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale, or (ii) a one-year holding period.

At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale is entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale is entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

•

one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; and

 

•

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.

All sales under Rule 144 are subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, sales under Rule 144 by affiliates or persons who have been affiliates within the previous 90 days are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements. Upon completion of the 180-day lock-up period, subject to any extension of the lock-up period under circumstances described above, and the termination of the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, approximately             shares of our outstanding restricted securities will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 subject to limitations on sales by affiliates.

Upon the completion of the 180-day lock-up period, subject to any extension of the lock-up period under circumstances described above, and assuming that the Management Stockholders’ Agreement has not been terminated, approximately              shares of our outstanding restricted securities will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 subject to limitations on sales by affiliates.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of our initial public offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made without compliance with the holding period or current public information requirements contained in Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the amendment and restatement to our registration rights agreement, the Principal Stockholders and any other parties thereto from time to time will have certain customary demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights at any time following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described above. Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement, all shares covered by such registration statement will be freely transferable. If these registration rights are exercised and the Principal Stockholders sell a large number of shares of common stock, the market price of our common stock could decline. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for a more detailed description of these registration rights.

 

257

---

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations generally applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders. A “Non-U.S. Holder” means:

 

•

a nonresident alien individual,

 

•

a foreign corporation, or

 

•

a person that is otherwise not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of such common stock.

This discussion deals only with common stock held as capital assets by Non-U.S. Holders who purchased common stock in this offering. This discussion does not cover all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock by prospective investors in light of their specific facts and circumstances. In particular, this discussion does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to persons in special tax situations, including persons that will hold shares of our common stock in connection with a U.S. trade or business or a U.S. permanent establishment, hold more than 5% of our common stock, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, are a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or are otherwise subject to special treatment under the Code, as amended. This section does not address any other U.S. federal tax considerations (such as gift tax) or any state, local or non-U.S. tax considerations. You should consult your own tax advisors about the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock in light of your own particular circumstances, including the tax consequences under state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of any changes in applicable tax laws.

Furthermore, this summary is based on the tax laws of the United States, including the Code, existing and proposed regulations, administrative and judicial interpretations, all as currently in effect. Such authorities may be repealed, revoked, modified or subject to differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax or estate tax consequences different from those discussed below.

Dividends

As discussed in “Dividend Policy,” we expect to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock following this offering. When we make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of your investment, up to your tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we and other payers will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless:

 

•

you have furnished to us or such other payer a valid Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or other documentary evidence establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments and neither we nor our paying agent (or other payer) have actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary, and

 

258

---

Table of Contents

•

in the case of actual or constructive dividends paid on or after July 1, 2014, if required by the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act or any intergovernmental agreement enacted pursuant to that law, you or any entity through which you receive such dividends, if required, have provided the withholding agent with certain information with respect to your or the entity’s direct and indirect U.S. owners, and if you hold the common stock through a foreign financial institution, such institution has entered into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities information about its accountholders (including certain investors in such institution or entity) and you have provided any required information to such institution.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty or otherwise, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these withholding requirements on their investment in the common stock.

Dividends that are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States will be exempt from the withholding tax described above and instead will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis. We and other payers generally are not required to withhold tax from “effectively connected” dividends, provided that you have furnished to us or another payer a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or an acceptable substitute form) upon which you represent, under penalties of perjury, that you are a non-U.S. person and that the dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and are includible in your gross income. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” dividends that you receive may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

•

the gain is effectively connected with your trade or business in the United States (as discussed under “—Dividends” above),

 

•

in the case of an individual who holds the common stock as a capital asset, such holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition, and certain other conditions are met, or

 

•

we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation for federal income tax purposes and you held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition, more than 5% of our common stock.

In the case of the sale or disposition of common stock on or after January 1, 2017, you may be subject to a 30% withholding tax on the gross proceeds of the sale or disposition unless the requirements described in the last bullet point under “—Dividends” above are satisfied. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these withholding requirements on their investment in the common stock and the potential for a refund or credit in the case of any withholding tax.

We have not been, are not and do not anticipate becoming a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required.

 

259

---

Table of Contents

Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

You may be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to you unless you certify under penalty of perjury that you are a Non-U.S. holder or otherwise establish an exemption. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock held (or deemed held) by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of his or her death will be included in such Non-U.S. Holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

260

---

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as the representatives of the underwriters and as joint book-running managers. The underwriters have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name		Number of Shares
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith                       Incorporated
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Evercore Group L.L.C.
Jefferies LLC
TPG Capital BD, LLC
Cowen and Company, LP
Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
Mizuho Securities USA Inc.
Natixis Securities Americas LLC
The Williams Capital Group, L.P.
Total

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         a share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives, including in connection with sales of unsold allotments of common stock or subsequent sales of common stock purchased by the representatives in stabilizing and related transactions.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

261

---

Table of Contents

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Paid by us

 

		No Exercise				Full Exercise
Per Share		$				$
Total		$				$

The estimated offering expenses of this offering are approximately $         million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration of the common stock to be sold pursuant to this prospectus. In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses of approximately $        .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol “SABR.”

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We, each of our executive officers, directors, the Principal Stockholders and certain of our other stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

•

offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock; or

 

•

in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

With respect to the company, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs do not apply to:

 

•

any share of common stock to be sold in this offering;

 

•

any shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock, issued by the company, in each case pursuant to the company’s equity plans as described therein;

 

262

---

Table of Contents

•

the issuance of shares of common stock prior to, or in connection with, the closing of this offering in respect of the conversion, exchange or redemption of shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Redemption;

 

•

the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 (or equivalent form) with the SEC in connection with an employee stock compensation plan or agreement of the company, which plan or agreement is described herein;

 

•

the issuance of shares of common stock or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of common stock) in connection with the acquisition by the company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, properties or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the company in connection with any such acquisition; or

 

•

the issuance of shares of common stock or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of common stock) in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions;

provided that, in the case of the last two bullet points above, the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued in all such acquisitions and transactions does not exceed         % of the issued and outstanding common stock of the company issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering and any recipients of such shares of commons stock shall deliver a lock-up agreement to Morgan Stanley Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. consistent in scope and length as described in the preceding paragraphs above.

With respect to each of our executive officers, directors, the Principal Stockholders and certain of our other stockholders, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs do not apply to transfers:

 

•

as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

•

to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or the immediate family of such person;

 

•

by way of testate or intestate succession or by operation of law;

 

•

to any members of the immediate family of such person;

 

•

to a corporation, partnership, or limited liability company or other entity that controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person and/or by members of the immediate family of such person, or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned;

 

•

if the shares of common stock are held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to any of its stockholders, partners, members or affiliates or any of its affiliates’ directors, officers and employees;

 

•

to the company in connection with the “net” or “cashless” exercise of any options outstanding as of the date of the lock-up agreement and having an expiration date during the 180-day lock-up period to acquire shares pursuant to the employee benefit plans described herein;

 

•

to the company for the primary purposes of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to shares issued upon the exercise of an option or warrant (or upon the exchange of another security or securities) pursuant to a plan described in the prospectus, or issued under an employee equity or benefit plan described herein;

 

•

in connection with the conversion, exchange or redemption of the outstanding preferred stock of the company into shares of common stock, cash or a combination thereof; or

 

•

pursuant to the underwriting agreement.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be extended if:

 

•

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

263

---

Table of Contents

•

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the day following the 180-day period;

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

In order to facilitate this offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of their option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in this offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

From time to time, certain of the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates may provide investment banking services to us. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of Sabre, including the 2016 Notes and the 2019 Notes. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past engaged, currently engage and may in the future engage, in transactions with and perform services for, including commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services, us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they have received or will receive customary fees and expenses. We also have, and expect to continue to have, economic hedges, cash management relationships and/or other swaps and hedges in place with certain of the underwriters or their affiliates on customary economic terms.

 

264

---

Table of Contents

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Natixis Securities Americas LLC and Mizuho Securities USA Inc. were initial purchasers in connection with our May 2012 and September 2012 offerings of the 2019 Notes.

Affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Natixis Securities Americas LLC and Mizuho Securities USA Inc. are lenders and/or agents under our senior secured credit facilities.

We and the several underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Conflicts of Interest

Certain affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC, an underwriter of this offering, will own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock following this offering. In addition, the TPG Funds are affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC and, as holders of a portion of our Series A Preferred Stock, we estimate they will receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

As a result of the foregoing relationships, TPG Capital BD, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary in connection with this offering. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5121(c), no sales of the shares will be made to any discretionary account over which TPG Capital BD, LLC exercises discretion without the prior specific written approval of the account holder.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each referred to as a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive.

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the Issuer for any such offer; or

 

265

---

Table of Contents

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

This EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out in this prospectus.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer or the Guarantors; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers and to the company. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

 

•

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

•

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions have been and will only be made in France:

 

•

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés), other than individuals, and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), other than individuals, in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D. 411-4, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

•

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

•

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-I-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer.

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier and applicable regulations thereunder.

 

266

---

Table of Contents

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The shares offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Act”). Each underwriter has agreed that the shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland

This document as well as any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will

 

267

---

Table of Contents

not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the company from time to time.

This document as well as any other material relating to the shares is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the company. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale.

Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under

 

268

---

Table of Contents

section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

People’s Republic of China

The shares may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) (which, for such purposes, does not include the Hong Kong or Macau Special Administrative Regions or Taiwan), except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any material or information contained herein relating to the shares, which have not been and will not be submitted to or approved/verified by or registered with the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”), or other relevant governmental authorities in the PRC pursuant to relevant laws and regulations, may be supplied to the public in the PRC or used in connection with any offer for the subscription or sale of the shares in the PRC. The material or information contained herein relating to the shares does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in the PRC. The shares may only be offered or sold to the PRC investors that are authorized to engage in the purchase of securities of the type being offered or sold. PRC investors are responsible for obtaining all relevant government regulatory approvals/licenses, verification and/or registrations themselves, including, but not limited to, any which may be required from the CSRC, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange and/or the China Banking Regulatory Commission, and complying with all relevant PRC regulations, including, but not limited to, all relevant foreign exchange regulations and/or foreign investment regulations.

 

269

---

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP will pass on the legality of the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Ropes & Gray LLP.

 

270

---

Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Sabre Corporation at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined balance sheets of PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related combined statements of income, changes in stockholder’s/member’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report of REDW LLC, independent auditors, given on the authority of that firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

271

---

Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement filed as part of the registration statement. You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits to the registration statement, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. For further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits to the registration statement.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements that have been examined and reported on, with an opinion expressed by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain an Internet site at www.sabre.com. The information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website will not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

 

272

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SABRE CORPORATION

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011			F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011			F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012			F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011			F-6
Consolidated Statements of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011			F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-8
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts			F-70

PRISM GROUP, INC. AND AFFILIATE

Audited Combined Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report			F-71
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010			F-72
Combined Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010			F-73
Combined Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s/Member’s Equity for the years ended December  31, 2011 and 2010			F-74
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010			F-75
Notes to Combined Financial Statements			F-76

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Sabre Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sabre Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Sabre Corporation at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 10, 2014

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

SABRE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Revenue		$	3,049,525			$	2,974,364			$	2,855,961
Cost of revenue (1) (2)			1,904,850				1,819,235				1,736,041
Gross margin			1,144,675				1,155,129				1,119,920
Selling, general and administrative (2)			792,929				1,188,248				806,435
Impairment			138,435				573,180				185,240
Restructuring charges			36,551				—				—
Operating income (loss)			176,760				(606,299	)			128,245
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net			(274,689	)			(232,450	)			(174,390	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt			(12,181	)			—				—
Gain on sale of business			—				25,850				—
Joint venture equity income			15,554				24,487				26,701
Joint venture goodwill impairment and intangible amortization			(3,204	)			(27,000	)			(3,200	)
Other, net			(6,724	)			(1,385	)			1,156
Total other expense, net			(281,244	)			(210,498	)			(149,733	)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes			(104,484	)			(816,797	)			(21,488	)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes			(14,029	)			(195,071	)			57,806
Loss from continuing operations			(90,455	)			(621,726	)			(79,294	)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax			(7,176	)			(48,947	)			(23,461	)
Net loss			(97,631	)			(670,673	)			(102,755	)
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests			2,863				(59,317	)			(36,681	)
Net loss attributable to Sabre Corporation			(100,494	)			(611,356	)			(66,074	)
Preferred stock dividends			36,704				34,583				32,579
Net loss attributable to common shareholders		$	(137,198	)		$	(645,939	)		$	(98,653	)
Basic and diluted loss per share:
Continuing operations		$	(0.73	)		$	(3.37	)		$	(0.43	)
Discontinued operations			(0.04	)			(0.28	)			(0.13	)
Basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common shareholders			(0.77	)			(3.65	)			(0.56	)
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding			178,125				177,206				176,703
(1) Includes amortization of upfront incentive consideration		$	36,649			$	36,527			$	37,748
(2) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
Cost of revenue		$	1,702			$	1,715			$	1,454
Selling, general and administrative			7,384				8,119				5,880

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

SABRE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Net loss		$	(97,631	)		$	(670,673	)		$	(102,755	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments			13,116				(2,125	)			1,681
Change in defined benefit pension and other post retirement benefit plans			22,396				(33,521	)			(28,366	)
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on foreign contracts and interest rate swaps currency forward			11,538				19,465				(3,927	)
Change in other			(1,415	)			(2,794	)			(3,353	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)			45,635				(18,975	)			(33,965	)
Comprehensive loss			(51,996	)			(689,648	)			(136,720	)
Less: Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests			(2,863	)			59,317				36,681
Comprehensive loss attributable to Sabre Corporation		$	(54,859	)		$	(630,331	)		$	(100,039	)

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

SABRE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

		As of December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands, except share data)
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	308,236			$	126,695
Restricted cash			2,359				4,440
Accounts receivable, net			434,288				417,240
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			53,378				46,020
Current deferred income taxes			41,431				32,938
Other receivables, net			29,511				42,334
Assets of discontinued operations			13,624				87,003
Total current assets			882,827				756,670
Property and equipment, net			498,523				408,396
Investments in joint ventures			132,082				131,708
Goodwill			2,138,175				2,282,671
Trademarks and brandnames, net			323,035				343,233
Acquired customer relationships, net			221,266				286,532
Other intangible assets, net			90,257				145,489
Other assets, net			469,543				356,546
Total assets		$	4,755,708			$	4,711,245
Liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
Current liabilities
Accounts payable		$	111,386			$	124,893
Travel supplier liabilities and related deferred revenue			213,504				218,023
Accrued compensation and related benefits			117,689				89,439
Accrued incentive consideration			142,767				127,099
Deferred revenues			136,380				137,614
Litigation settlement liability and related deferred revenue			38,920				117,873
Other accrued liabilities			267,867				245,633
Current portion of debt			86,117				23,232
Liabilities of discontinued operations			41,788				101,433
Total current liabilities			1,156,418				1,185,239
Deferred income taxes			10,253				13,653
Other noncurrent liabilities			263,182				370,162
Long-term debt			3,643,548				3,420,927
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 20)
Temporary equity
Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock: $0.01 par value; 225,000,000 authorized shares; 87,229,703 shares issued; 87,184,179 outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012			634,843				598,139
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
Common Stock: $0.01 par value; 450,000,000 authorized shares; 178,633,409 and 177,911,922 shares issued, 178,491,568 and 177,789,402 outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively			1,786				1,779
Additional paid-in capital			880,619				865,144
Retained deficit			(1,785,554	)			(1,648,356	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(49,895	)			(95,530	)
Noncontrolling interest			508				88
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)			(952,536	)			(876,875	)
Total liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity (deficit)		$	4,755,708			$	4,711,245

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

SABRE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Operating Activities
Net loss		$	(97,631	)		$	(670,673	)		$	(102,755	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			307,595				315,733				293,117
Litigation related charges, net			8,156				345,048				—
Impairment			138,435				573,180				185,240
Restructuring charges			4,089				—				—
Gain on sale of business			—				(25,850	)			—
Stock-based compensation for employees			9,086				9,834				7,334
Allowance for doubtful accounts			9,439				4,328				3,467
Deferred income taxes			(64,690	)			(232,273	)			34,409
Joint venture equity income			(15,554	)			(24,487	)			(26,701	)
Joint venture goodwill impairment and intangible amortization			3,204				27,000				3,200
Distributions of income from joint venture investments			10,560				21,076				13,343
Amortization of debt issuance costs			7,104				23,265				12,539
Third-party fees expensed in connection with the debt modification			14,003				7,600				—
Loss on extinguishment of debt			12,181				—				—
Other			(5,619	)			(9,866	)			(22,173	)
Loss from discontinued operations			7,176				48,947				23,461
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts and other receivables			(29,150	)			(2,691	)			(49,220	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			(4,480	)			(3,374	)			8,680
Capitalized implementation costs			(58,814	)			(78,543	)			(59,109	)
Other assets			(64,259	)			(8,704	)			(52,817	)
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities			(31,064	)			13,022				93,735
Pensions and other postretirement benefits			(2,579	)			(20,236	)			(9,306	)
Cash provided by operating activities			157,188				312,336				356,444
Investing Activities
Additions to property and equipment			(226,026	)			(193,262	)			(164,638	)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired			(30,200	)			(72,441	)			(11,338	)
Proceeds from sale of assets and businesses			10,000				27,915				—
Proceeds from sale of equity securities			—				6,355				—
Other investing activities			(276	)			(4,601	)			(284	)
Cash used in investing activities			(246,502	)			(236,034	)			(176,260	)
Financing Activities
Proceeds of borrowings from lenders			2,540,063				2,225,082				—
Payments on borrowings from lenders			(2,261,061	)			(2,924,745	)			(30,150	)
Proceeds from borrowings on revolving credit facility			—				518,200				1,007,100
Payments on borrowings under revolving credit facility			—				(600,200	)			(925,100	)
Proceeds of borrowings under secured notes			—				801,500				—
Payments on borrowings under unsecured notes			—				—				(324,188	)
Debt issuance costs			(19,116	)			(43,275	)			—
Proceeds from exercise of stock options			3,073				2,696				1,202
Dividends paid			(2,443	)			(2,214	)			(1,843	)
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash			2,081				4,346				(5,342	)
Other financing activities			(425	)			(6,510	)			6,781
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities			262,172				(25,120	)			(271,540	)
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities			(14,096	)			(6,582	)			(25,241	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities			(6	)			270				(4,550	)
Proceeds from sale, net of cash sold			20,502				19,157				—
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations			6,400				12,845				(29,791	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			2,283				4,318				2,976
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			181,541				68,345				(118,171	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period			126,695				58,350				176,521
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		$	308,236			$	126,695			$	58,350
Cash payments for income taxes		$	4,224			$	20,177			$	32,491
Cash payments for interest		$	255,620			$	264,990			$	184,449
Capitalized interest		$	10,966			$	8,705			$	6,899
Preferred shares dividend		$	36,704			$	34,583			$	32,579

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

SABRE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF TEMPORARY EQUITY AND

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

		Temporary Equity								Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
		Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock								Common Stock								Additional Paid in Capital				Retained Earnings (Deficit)				Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)				Noncontrolling Interest				Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
		Shares				Amount				Shares				Amount
										(Amounts in thousands, except share data)
Balance at December 31, 2010			87,229,703			$	530,977				176,633,134			$	1,766			$	890,016			$	(903,764	)		$	(42,590	)		$	19,831			$	(34,741	)
Comprehensive loss			—				—				—				—				—				(66,074	)			(33,965	)			(36,681	)			(136,720	)
Issuances pursuant to:
Accrued preferred shares dividend			—				32,579				—				—				—				(32,579	)			—				—				(32,579	)
Amortization of stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				7,334				—				—				—				7,334
Settlement of stock-based awards			—				—				255,686				3				1,199				—				—				—				1,202
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest on subsidiary common stock			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(1,843	)			(1,843	)
Other			—				—				—				—				428				—				—				—				428
Balance at December 31, 2011			87,229,703			$	563,556				176,888,820			$	1,769			$	898,977			$	(1,002,417	)		$	(76,555	)		$	(18,693	)		$	(196,919	)
Comprehensive loss			—				—				—				—				—				(611,356	)			(18,975	)			(59,317	)			(689,648	)
Issuances pursuant to:
Accrued preferred shares dividend			—				34,583				—				—				—				(34,583	)			—				—				(34,583	)
Amortization of stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				6,859				—				—				—				6,859
Settlement of stock-based awards			—				—				828,311				8				2,688				—				—				—				2,696
Re-acquisition of non- controlling interest			—				—				194,791				2				(41,941	)			—				—				40,203				(1,736	)
Other			—				—				—				—				(1,439	)			—				—				—				(1,439	)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest on subsidiary common stock			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(2,214	)			(2,214	)
Sale of controlling interest in Sabre Pacific			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				40,109				40,109
Balance at December 31, 2012			87,229,703			$	598,139				177,911,922			$	1,779			$	865,144			$	(1,648,356	)		$	(95,530	)		$	88			$	(876,875	)
Comprehensive loss			—				—				—				—				—				(100,494	)			45,635				2,863				(51,996	)
Issuances pursuant to:
Accrued preferred shares dividend			—				36,704				—				—				—				(36,704	)			—				—				(36,704	)
Amortization of stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				7,564				—				—				—				7,564
Settlement of stock-based awards			—				—				721,487				7				7,911				—				—				—				7,918
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest on subsidiary common stock			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(2,443	)			(2,443	)
Balance at December 31, 2013			87,229,703			$	634,843				178,633,409			$	1,786			$	880,619			$	(1,785,554	)		$	(49,895	)		$	508			$	(952,536	)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

SABRE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. General Information

Sabre Corporation is a Delaware corporation formed in December 2006. On March 30, 2007, Sabre Corporation acquired Sabre Holdings Corporation (“Sabre Holdings”). Sabre Holdings is the sole subsidiary of Sabre Corporation. Sabre GLBL Inc. is the principal operating subsidiary and sole direct subsidiary of Sabre Holdings. Sabre GLBL Inc. or its direct or indirect subsidiaries conduct all of our businesses. In these consolidated financial statements, references to the “Company”, “we”, “our”, “ours” and “us” refer to Sabre Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires.

We are a leading technology solutions provider to the global travel and tourism industry. We operate through three business segments: (i) Travel Network, our global travel marketplace for travel suppliers and travel buyers, (ii) Airline and Hospitality Solutions, an extensive suite of travel industry leading software solutions primarily for airlines and hotel properties, and (iii) Travelocity, our portfolio of online consumer travel e-commerce businesses through which we provide travel content and booking functionality primarily for leisure travelers.

Travel Network

Travel Network is our global business-to-business travel marketplace and consists primarily of our global distribution system (“GDS”), which serves the role of a transaction processor for the travel industry, and a broad set of solutions that integrate with our GDS to add value for travel supplies and travel buyers. Our GDS facilitates travel by efficiently bringing together travel content such as inventory, prices, and availability from a broad array of travel suppliers, including airlines, hotels, car rental brands, rail carriers, cruise lines and tour operators, with a large network of travel buyers, including online and offline travel agencies, travel management companies, and corporate travel departments. Travel Network primarily generates revenue through transaction-based fees.

Airline and Hospitality Solutions

Our Airline and Hospitality Solutions business offers a broad portfolio of software technology products and solutions, through the software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) and hosted delivery model. Our Airline Solutions business provides comprehensive software solutions that help our airline customers better market, sell, serve and operate. We offer customizable reservations software that supports the essentials of a passenger service system. Our other airline software solutions help airline customers make decisions around marketing and planning, merchandising offering and managing network operations. Our Hospitality Solutions business provides distribution, operations and marketing solutions to hotel suppliers. Our offerings include reservations systems, property management systems, marketing services through our customers’ various distribution channels and consulting services. Our Airline and Hospitality Solutions primarily generates transaction-based fees for the usage of our software pursuant to contracts with terms that typically range between three and ten years and generally include minimum annual volume requirements.

Travelocity

Travelocity is our family of online consumer travel e-commerce businesses that serves primarily leisure travelers. We connect these travelers with travel products and services across well-known and trusted global brands. Through our websites, travelers can research, shop and book airlines, hotels, car rental companies, cruise lines, vacation and last-minute travel packages Travelocity is comprised primarily of (i) Travelocity.com, an online travel agency focusing on the United States and Canada, (ii) lastminute.com, an OTA focusing on Europe,

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

and (iii) Travel Partner Network (“TPN”), our business-to-business offering that provides travel content and booking functionality to, as well as market and sell products and services through, private label websites for suppliers and distribution partners. In the third quarter of 2013, we initiated plans to shift our Travelocity businesses in the United States and Canada away from a high fixed-cost model to a lower-cost, performance-based revenue structure. See Note 5, Restructuring Charges. In February 2014, we sold the assets associated with TPN. See Note 22, Subsequent Events.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation—The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). We consolidate all of our majority-owned subsidiaries and companies over which we exercise control through majority voting rights. Other than as discussed in the following paragraphs, no other entities are currently consolidated due to control through operating agreements, financing agreements, or as the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The consolidated financial statements include our accounts after elimination of all significant intercompany balances and transactions. All dollar amounts in the financial statements and the tables in the notes, except per-share amounts, are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated. All amounts in the notes reference results from continuing operations unless otherwise indicated.

In December 2009, our wholly-owned subsidiary Travelocity.com Inc. was converted into Travelocity.com LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, pursuant to Delaware law, and the capital structure of Travelocity.com LLC was split into common and preferred units. On December 31, 2009, 95% of the common units of Travelocity.com LLC were distributed as a dividend to a newly-formed Delaware corporation, TVL Common, Inc., which is owned by the holders of record of Sabre Corporation’s preferred stock. We retained the remaining 5% of the common units and 100% of the preferred units. On December 31, 2012, we implemented a series of transactions which resulted in the merger of TVL Common, Inc. back into our capital structure. The owners of 95% of the common units of TVL Common, Inc. received shares of Sabre Corporation in exchange. For so long as any preferred units remained outstanding, the holder(s) of the preferred units had full voting rights and control of Travelocity.com LLC and the holder(s) of common units had no voting rights or control. As such, we, as the holder of all of the preferred units, consolidated the results of Travelocity.com LLC and presented a noncontrolling interest for the portion of the common units distributed through the dividend. Profits and losses were allocated in accordance with the limited liability company agreement and securities held by each party. This merger was a reacquisition of a noncontrolling interest from an entity under common control and has been recorded as an equity transaction.

Equity Method Investments—We utilize the equity method to account for our interests in joint ventures and investments in stock of other companies that we do not control but over which we exert significant influence. Investments in the common stock of other companies over which we do not exert significant influence are accounted for at cost. We periodically evaluate equity and debt investments in entities accounted for at cost or under the equity method for impairment by reviewing updated financial information provided by the investee, including valuation information from new financing transactions by the investee and information relating to competitors of investees when available. If we determine that a cost method investment is other than temporarily impaired, the carrying value of the investment is reduced to its estimated fair value through earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2012, joint venture equity income included a $24 million impairment of goodwill recorded by one of our investees. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, impairments of investments carried at cost were not material to our results of operations.

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

The following table displays the name of each of those investees that we do not control but over which we exert significant influence, and our voting interest in their stock held at December 31, 2013:

 

Joint Venture		Voting Interest
Auto Holidays (Pty) Limited (South Africa)			50	%
ESS Elektroniczne Systemy Spzedazy Sp. zo.o			40	%
ABACUS International PTE Ltd			35	%
Sabre Bulgaria AD			20	%

Our investments in joint ventures on the consolidated balance sheets includes $93 million and $97 million, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of excess basis over our underlying equity in joint ventures. This differential represents goodwill in addition to identifiable intangible assets which are being amortized to joint venture intangible amortization over their estimated lives.

Reclassifications—Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2013 presentation. These reclassifications are not material, either individually or in the aggregate, to our consolidated financial statements.

In addition, certain amounts previously reported in our December 31, 2012 and 2011 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to December 31, 2013 presentation, as a result of discontinued operations. See Note 4, Discontinued Operations and Dispositions.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires that certain amounts be recorded based on estimates and assumptions made by management. Actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions. Our accounting policies, which include significant estimates and assumptions, include, among other things, estimation of the collectability of accounts receivable, amounts for future cancellations of bookings processed through the Sabre global distribution system (“GDS”), revenue recognition for software development, determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination, determination of the fair value of derivatives, the evaluation of the recoverability of the carrying value of intangible assets and goodwill, assumptions utilized in the determination of pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities, determination of the fair value of our litigation settlement payable, assumptions made in the calculation of restructuring liabilities and the evaluation of uncertainties surrounding the calculation of our tax assets and liabilities. These policies are discussed in greater detail below.

Revenue Recognition—We employ a number of revenue models across our businesses, depending on the dynamics of the industry segment and the technology on which the revenue is based. Some revenue models are used in multiple businesses. Travel Network primarily employs the transaction revenue model. Airline and Hospitality Solutions primarily employs the SaaS and hosted and consulting revenue models, as well as the software licensing fee model to a lesser extent. Travelocity has primarily employed two revenue models: the merchant model, which we refer to as our “Net Rate Program,” under which we recognize a majority of our hotel revenues, and the agency model, under which we recognize most of our airline, car and cruise revenues and a small portion of hotel revenues. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2013, Travelocity in the U.S. and Canada began shifting to the marketing fee revenue model while Travelocity—Europe continues to primarily employ the merchant model and agency model. Both Travel Network and Travelocity derive some of their revenues from the media model, earning advertising revenues from travel suppliers and other entities that advertise their products to travelers and travel agencies using our networks. We report revenue net of any revenue-based taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue-producing transactions.

Transaction Revenue Model—This model accounts for substantially all of Travel Network’s revenues. We define a direct billable booking as any booking that generates a fee directly to Travel Network. Transaction fees include, but are not limited to, transaction fees paid by travel suppliers for selling their inventory through the Sabre GDS and transaction fees paid by travel agency subscribers related to their use of the Sabre GDS.

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

Pursuant to this model, a transaction occurs when a travel agency or corporate travel department books, or reserves, a travel supplier’s product on the Sabre GDS. We receive revenue from a travel supplier, travel agency, or corporate travel department depending upon the commercial arrangement represented in each of their contracts.

Transaction revenue for airline travel reservations is recognized at the time of the booking of the reservation, net of estimated future cancellations. Our transaction fee cancellation reserve was $8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Transaction revenue for car rental, hotel bookings and other travel providers is recognized at the time the reservation is used by the customer.

Software-as-a-Service and Hosted Revenue Model—SaaS and hosted is the primary revenue model employed by Airline and Hospitality Solutions. In this revenue model, we host software solutions on our own secure platforms, or deploy it through our SaaS solutions and we maintain the software as well as the infrastructure it employs. Our customers, which include airlines, airports and hotel companies, pay us an implementation fee and a recurring usage-based fee for the use of the software pursuant to contracts with terms that typically range between three and ten years and generally include minimum annual volume requirements. This usage-based fee arrangement allows our customers to pay for software normally on a monthly basis, to the extent that it is used. Similar contracts with the same customer which are entered into at or around the same period are analyzed for revenue recognition purposes on a combined basis. Revenue from implementation fees is generally recognized over the term of the agreement. The amount of periodic usage fees is typically based on a metric relevant to the software’s purpose. We recognize revenue from recurring usage-based fees in the period earned, which typically fluctuates based on a real-time metric, such as the actual number of passengers boarded or the actual number of hotel bookings made in a given month.

Consulting Revenue Model—Our SaaS and hosted offerings can be sold as part of multiple-element agreements for which we also provide consulting services. Our consulting services are primarily focused on helping customers achieve better utilization of and return on their software investment. Often we provide consulting services during the implementation phase of our SaaS solutions. In such cases, we account for consulting service revenue separately from implementation and recurring usage-based fees, with value assigned to each element based on its relative selling price to the total selling price. We perform a market analysis on a periodic basis to determine the range of selling prices for each product and service. Estimated selling prices are set for each product and service delivered to customers. The revenue for consulting services is generally recognized over the period the services are performed.

Software Licensing Fee Revenue Model—The software licensing fee revenue model is utilized by Airline and Hospitality Solutions. Under this model, we generate revenue by charging customers for the installation and use of our software products. Some contracts under this model generate additional revenue for the maintenance of the software product. When software is sold without associated customization or implementation services, revenue from software licensing fees is recognized when all of the following are met: (i) the software is delivered, (ii) fees are fixed or determinable, (iii) no undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of delivered software, and (iv) collection is probable. When software is sold with customization or implementation services, revenue from software licensing fees is recognized based on the percentage of completion of the customization and implementation services. Fees for software maintenance are recognized ratably over the life of the contract. We are unable to determine vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for software maintenance fees. Therefore, when fees for software maintenance are included in software license agreements, revenue from the software license, customization, implementation and the maintenance are recognized ratably over the related contract term.

Marketing Fee Revenue Model—In the third quarter of 2013, we initiated plans to shift Travelocity in the U.S. and Canada away from a fixed-cost model to a lower-cost, performance based shared revenue structure. We entered into an exclusive, long-term strategic marketing agreement with Expedia Inc., in which Expedia will power the technology for Travelocity’s existing U.S. and Canadian websites, as well as provide Travelocity with access to Expedia’s supply and customer service platforms. As part of the agreement, Expedia is required to pay

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

us a performance-based marketing fee that will vary based on the amount of travel booked through Travelocity-branded websites powered by Expedia. The marketing fee we receive is recorded as revenue and the costs we incur for marketing and that are to promote the Travelocity brand are recorded as selling, general and administrative expense in our results of operations. The revenue recognized under this model was not material to our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. See Note 5, Restructuring Charges.

Merchant Revenue Model—Pursuant to this Travelocity model, which we refer to as our “Net Rate Program,” we are the merchant of record for credit card processing for travel accommodations. We primarily use this model for revenue from hotel reservations and dynamically packaged combinations. We are the merchant of record for these transactions, but we do not purchase and resell travel accommodations and do not have any obligations with respect to travel accommodations offered online that we do not sell. Instead, we act as an intermediary by entering into agreements with travel suppliers for the right to market their products, services and other content offerings at pre-determined net rates. We market net rate offerings to travelers at prices that include an amount sufficient to pay the travel supplier for providing the travel accommodations and any occupancy and other local taxes, as well as additional amounts representing our service fees. Under this revenue model, we require pre-payment by the traveler at the time of booking.

Travelocity recognizes net rate revenue for stand-alone air travel at the time the travel is booked with a reserve for estimated future canceled bookings. Vacation packages, car rentals and hotel net rate revenues are recognized at the date of consumption.

For Travelocity’s net rate and dynamically packaged combinations, we record net rate revenues based on the total amount paid by the customer for products and services, minus our payment to the travel supplier. At the time a customer makes and prepays a reservation, we accrue a supplier liability based on the amount we expect to be billed by our travel suppliers. In some cases, a portion of Travelocity’s prepaid net rate and travel package transactions goes unused by the traveler. In those circumstances, Travelocity may not be billed the full amount of the accrued supplier liability. We reduce the accrued supplier liability for amounts aged more than six months and record it as revenue if certain conditions are met. Our process for determining when aged amounts may be recognized as revenue includes consideration of key factors such as the age of the supplier liability, historical billing and payment information, among others.

Agency Revenue Model—This model is employed by Travelocity only and generates revenues via transaction fees and commissions from travel suppliers for reservations made by travelers through our websites. Under this model, we act as an agent in the transaction by passing reservations booked by travelers to the relevant airline, hotel, car rental company, cruise line or other travel supplier, while the travel supplier serves as merchant of record and processes the payment from the traveler.

Under the agency revenue model, Travelocity recognizes commission revenue for stand-alone air travel at the time the travel is booked with a reserve for estimated future canceled bookings. Commissions from car and hotel travel suppliers are recognized upon the scheduled date of travel consumption. We record car and hotel commission revenue net of an estimated reserve for cancellations, no-shows, and uncollectable commissions. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, our reserve was approximately $2 million and $3 million, respectively.

Travelocity also generates revenues from fees for offline bookings for air and packages, which are generally booked through call center agents. These fees, net of tax recovery charges collected, are recognized as revenue at the time the related travel is booked or when the travel is canceled or changed. Travelocity also charges service fees to its customers for certain types of transactions booked through its consumer-facing websites, including processing service fees on Travelocity.com hotel bookings, as well as miscellaneous service fees including cancellation fees, credit card fees, change fees and delivery fees. These fees, net of tax recovery charges collected, are recognized as revenue at the time the related travel is booked or when the travel is canceled or changed.

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

Travelocity also generates insurance-related revenue from third party insurance providers whose air, total trip and cruise insurance is made available on our websites. Insurance revenue is recognized at the time the travel is booked.

Media Revenue Model—The media revenue model is used to record advertising revenue from travel suppliers and other entities that advertise their products to travelers on Travelocity’s sites and to a lesser extent, on our GDS. Advertisers use two types of advertising metrics: display advertising and action advertising. In display advertising, advertisers usually pay based on the number of customers who view the advertisement, and are charged based on cost per thousand impressions. In action advertising, advertisers usually pay based on the number of customers who perform a specific action, such as click on the advertisement, or other meaningful variable, and are charged based on the cost per action. Advertising revenues are recognized in the period that the advertising impressions are delivered or the click-through or other specific action occurs.

Advertising Costs—Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs expensed in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled approximately $153 million, $163 million and $191 million, respectively. From time to time, we enter into advertising barter transactions which are recorded based on the fair value of the advertising surrendered. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recognized revenue associated with advertising barter transactions of $2 million, $9 million and $16 million, respectively, and expense of $2 million, $9 million and $16 million, respectively.

Research and Development—We define research and development costs as costs incurred up to the point of technological feasibility for software developed to be sold, leased, or marketed to others. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We expensed approximated $6 million, $4 million and $3 million of research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Foreign Currency Risk—We are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as we remeasure foreign currency transactions in the financial statements into the relevant functional currency. If there is a change in foreign currency exchange rates, the conversion of the foreign currency transactions into its functional currency will lead to transaction gains or losses, which are recorded in our consolidated statements of operations as a component of other, net.

We are also exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as we translate the financial statements of our non-U.S. dollar functional currency foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars in consolidation. If there is a change in foreign currency exchange rates, the conversion of the foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars will lead to translation gains or losses, which are recorded net as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).

Statements of Cash Flows—We use the “cumulative earnings” approach for determining the cash flow presentation of distributions from our joint ventures. Distributions received on the investments are included in our consolidated statements of cash flows in operating activities, unless the cumulative distributions exceed our portion of cumulative equity in earnings of the joint venture, in which case the excess distributions are deemed to be returns of the investment and are included in our consolidated statements of cash flows in investing activities. During the periods presented, there were no distributions from joint ventures classified as investing cash flows.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—We classify all highly liquid instruments, including money market funds and money market securities with original maturities of three months or less, as cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash—Restricted cash balances relate to security provided for certain bank guarantees and banking services for specific subsidiaries in Europe within the Travelocity segment.

Financial Instruments—The carrying value of our financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable approximate their fair values. Our derivative financial instruments are carried at their estimated fair values. Our debt instruments are recorded at carrying value; the fair value of our

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

senior unsecured notes issued in March 2006 (“2016 Notes”), our senior unsecured notes issued in May 2012 (“2019 Notes”), and term loan were determined based on quoted market prices for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market.

Derivatives—We recognize all derivatives, including embedded derivatives, on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are offset against the change in fair value of the hedged item through earnings (a “fair value hedge”) or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings (a “cash flow hedge”). The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of a derivative designated as a hedge is immediately recognized in earnings. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss resulting from the change in fair value is recognized in current earnings during the period of change. No hedging ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings during the periods presented.

Income Taxes—Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates and laws in effect at the time of such determination. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and a valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we make estimates and assumptions regarding projected future taxable income, our ability to carry back operating losses to prior periods, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and implementation of tax planning strategies. We reassess these assumptions regularly which could cause an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance resulting in an increase or decrease in the effective tax rate, and could materially impact our results of operations.

We recognize liabilities when we believe that an uncertain tax position may not be fully sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Liabilities are recognized for uncertain tax positions that do not pass a two-step approach for recognition and measurement. First, we evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if based solely on its technical merits, it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Secondly, for positions that pass the first step, we measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is our policy to recognize penalties and interest accrued related to income taxes as a component of the provision (benefit) for income taxes. See Note 10, Income Taxes.

Operating Leases—We lease certain facilities under long-term, non-cancelable operating leases. Certain of our lease agreements contain renewal options and/or payment escalations based on fixed annual increases, local consumer price index changes or market rental reviews. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Property and Equipment—Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is calculated on the straight-line basis. Our depreciation and amortization policies are as follows:

 

Buildings		Lesser of lease term or 35 years
Leasehold improvements		Lesser of lease term or useful life
Furniture and fixtures		5 to 15 years
Equipment, general office and computer		3 to 5 years
Software developed for internal use		3 to 7 years

We also capitalize certain costs related to applications, infrastructure and graphics development for the Sabre System and our websites under authoritative guidance on internal-use software intangibles. Capitalizable costs consist of (a) certain external direct costs of materials and services incurred in developing or obtaining internal-use computer software and (b) payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the Sabre System and web-related development projects. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for data conversion activities and training, maintenance and general and administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Costs that cannot be separated between

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

maintenance of, and relatively minor upgrades and enhancements to, internal-use software are also expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization for property and equipment totaled $131 million, $136 million and $123 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Property and equipment is evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets used in combination to generate cash flows largely independent of other assets may not be recoverable.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Upon the acquisition of a business, we record goodwill and intangible assets at fair value. Additionally, we capitalize the costs incurred to renew or extend the term of our patents. Goodwill and intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis and assigned useful economic lives of four to thirty years, depending on classification. The useful economic lives are evaluated on an annual basis.

We evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or if impairment indicators exist. We begin with the qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value before applying the two-step goodwill impairment model described below. If it is determined through the qualitative assessment that a reporting unit’s fair value is more likely than not greater than its carrying value, the remaining impairment steps are unnecessary. Otherwise, we perform a comparison of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill has been assigned to the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of that unit. If the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of a reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value of that reporting unit, the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is reduced to its implied fair value through an adjustment to the goodwill balance, resulting in an impairment charge. We have identified six reporting units, including Travelocity—North America, Travelocity—Europe, Travelocity—Asia Pacific, Sabre Travel Network, Sabre Airline Solutions and Sabre Hospitality Solutions. The Travelocity—Asia Pacific reporting unit was held for sale as of December 31, 2012 and was sold in March 2013 (see Note 4, Discontinued Operations and Dispositions).

The fair values used in our evaluation are estimated using a combined approach based upon discounted future cash flow projections and observed market multiples for comparable businesses. The cash flow projections are based upon a number of assumptions, including risk-adjusted discount rates, future booking and transaction volume levels, future price levels, rates of growth in our consumer and corporate direct booking businesses, rates of increase in operating expenses, cost of revenue and taxes. Additionally, in accordance with authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, we made a number of assumptions including market participants, the principal markets and highest and best use of the reporting units.

Definite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of definite-lived intangible assets used in combination to generate cash flows largely independent of other assets may not be recoverable. If impairment indicators exist for definite-lived intangible assets, the undiscounted future cash flows associated with the expected service potential of the assets are compared to the carrying value of the assets. If our projection of undiscounted future cash flows is in excess of the carrying value of the intangible assets, no impairment charge is recorded. If our projection of undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the intangible assets, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the intangible assets to fair value. We also evaluate the need for additional impairment disclosures based on our Level 3 inputs. For fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we disclose the valuation processes used.

Capitalized Implementation Costs—We incur up-front costs to implement new customer contracts under our software-as-a-service revenue model. We capitalize these costs, including (a) certain external direct costs of materials and services incurred to implement a customer contract and (b) payroll and payroll related costs for employees who are directly associated with and devote time to implementation activities.

 

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the related contract term, ranging from three to ten years, as they are recoverable through deferred or future revenues associated with the relevant contract.

Deferred Customer Discounts—Deferred advances to customers and customer discounts are amortized in future periods as the related revenue is earned. The assets are reviewed for recoverability based on future contracted revenues. Contracts are priced to generate total revenues over the life of the contract that exceed any discounts or advances provided and any upfront costs incurred to implement the customer contract.

Travel Supplier Liabilities and Related Deferred Revenue—Our travel suppliers provide content, including air travel, hotel stays, car rentals and dynamically packaged combinations of these components, on either a fee-based or a net-rate basis. Under our fee-based arrangements, we collect the full price of the travel from the consumer and remit the payment to the travel supplier, after withholding our service fee. Under our net-rate agreements, suppliers provide content to us at pre-determined net rates. We market net-rate offerings to travelers at a price that includes an amount sufficient to pay the travel supplier for providing the travel accommodations and any occupancy and other local taxes, as well as additional amounts representing our service fees. We record amounts due to travel suppliers and our service fees in Travel supplier liabilities and related deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets until these amounts are paid to the suppliers or recognized as revenue upon consumption of the travel.

Incentive Consideration—Certain service contracts with significant travel agency customers contain booking productivity clauses and other provisions that allow travel agency customers to receive cash payments or other consideration. We establish liabilities for these commitments and recognize the related expense as these travel agencies earn incentive consideration based on the applicable contractual terms. Periodically, we make cash payments to these travel agencies at inception or modification of a service contract which are capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over the expected life of the service contract, which is generally three to five years. Deferred charges related to such contracts are recorded in Other assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets. The service contracts are priced so that the additional airline and other booking fees generated over the life of the contract will exceed the cost of the incentive consideration provided. Incentive consideration paid to the travel agency represents a commission paid to the travel agency for booking travel on our GDS and the amounts paid to travel agencies represent fair value for the services provided.

Equity-Based Compensation—We account for our stock awards and options by recognizing compensation expense, measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award, on a straight-line basis over the award vesting period, giving consideration as to whether the amount of compensation cost recognized at any date is equal to the portion of grant-date value that is vested at that date. We account for our liability awards by remeasuring the fair value of our awards at each reporting date. Changes in fair value of our liability awards are recognized in earnings. Stock-based compensation expense, including liability awards, totaled $9 million, $10 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk—Our customers are primarily located in the United States, Canada, Europe, Latin America and Asia, and are concentrated in the travel industry. We generate a significant portion of our revenues and corresponding accounts receivable from services provided to the commercial air travel industry. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately $178 million or 58% and $189 million or 58%, respectively, of our trade accounts receivable was attributable to these customers. Our other accounts receivable are generally due from other participants in the travel and transportation industry. Substantially all of our accounts receivable, net represents trade balances. We generally do not require security or collateral from our customers as a condition of sale.

We regularly monitor the financial condition of the air transportation industry and have noted the financial difficulties faced by several air carriers. We believe the credit risk related to the air carriers’ difficulties is mitigated by the fact that we collect a significant portion of the receivables from these carriers through the Airline Clearing House (“ACH”) and other similar clearing houses. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 57% of our air customers make payments through the ACH which accounts for approximately 94% of our air revenue. For these carriers, we believe the use of ACH mitigates our credit risk with respect to airline

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

bankruptcies. For those carriers from which we do not collect payments through the ACH or other similar clearing houses, our credit risk is higher. However, we monitor these carriers and account for the related credit risk through our normal reserve policies.

We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us (e.g., bankruptcy filings, failure to pay amounts due to us or others), we record a specific reserve for bad debts against amounts due to reduce the recorded receivable to the amount we reasonably believe will be collected. For all other customers, we record reserves for bad debts based on past write-off history (average percentage of receivables written off historically) and the length of time the receivables are past due. We maintained an allowance for losses of approximately $22 million and $28 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, based upon the amount of accounts receivable expected to prove uncollectible.

3. Acquisitions

Pro forma information related to acquisitions occurring during 2013, 2012 and 2011 has not been included, as the effect would not be material to our consolidated financial statements.

2012

Acquisition of PRISM—On August 1, 2012, we acquired all of the outstanding stock and ownership interests of PRISM Group Inc. and PRISM Technologies LLC (collectively “PRISM”), a leading provider of end-to-end airline contract business intelligence and decision support software. The acquisition added to our portfolio of products within Airline and Hospitality Solutions, allows for new relationships with airlines and added to our existing business intelligence capabilities. The purchase price was $116 million, $66 million of which was paid on August 1, 2012. Contingent consideration totaled $54 million on an undiscounted basis and is to be paid in two installments of $27 million each, due 12 and 24 months following the acquisition date. The first $27 million installment represented a holdback payment primarily for indemnification purposes and the second $27 million payment represents contingent consideration which is based on contractually determined performance measures, which have been met. Additionally, $6 million is also due in two installments of $3 million each at 12 and 24 months, which is contingent upon employment of key employees and is being expensed over the relevant periods of employment and therefore is not considered a part of the purchase price consideration. We made the first holdback and contingent employment payments totaling $30 million in August 2013.

The results of operations of PRISM are included in our consolidated statements of operations and the results of operations of Airline and Hospitality Solutions from the date of acquisition. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values using management’s best estimates, based in part on an independent valuation of the net assets acquired. The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price and the amounts allocated to goodwill (in thousands):

 

Patents (10 year useful life)		$	59,400
Customer and contractual relationships (10 year useful life)			10,700
Trademarks (5 year useful life)			800
Goodwill			35,737
Accounts receivable, net			8,059
Other net assets acquired			1,458
Total purchase price		$	116,154

Other Acquisitions—During 2012, we completed one additional acquisition which was not individually material to our financial statements for a total purchase price of $6 million.

 

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

During 2011, we completed two acquisitions which individually were not material to our consolidated financial statements. In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the acquisition of Zenon N.D.C., Limited, a provider of GDS services to travel agents in Cyprus. In the second quarter of 2011, we completed the acquisition of SoftHotel, Inc., a provider of web-based property management solutions for the hospitality industry. The results of operations of these 2011 acquisitions have been included in our consolidated statements of operations from the dates of the acquisitions. The total purchase price for these acquisitions was $11 million.

4. Discontinued Operations and Dispositions

During the periods presented, we disposed of or discontinued certain businesses or operations in order to further align Travelocity with its core strategies of focusing on product and customer experiences in profitable locations, and displaying and promoting highly relevant content. We believe these decisions will allow us to reduce our technological complexity by reducing the number of supported business platforms and operations.

Discontinued Operations

The results for the following Travelocity operations are presented in income (loss) from discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations:

Holiday Autos—On June 25, 2013, we sold certain assets of our Holiday Autos operations to a third party and, in November 2013, completed the closing of the remainder of the Holiday Autos operations such that it represented a discontinued operation. Holiday Autos was a leisure car hire broker that offered pre-paid, low-cost car rental in various markets, largely in Europe. We recognized an $11 million loss, net of tax, on the sale of Holiday Autos. The loss includes the write-off of $39 million of goodwill and intangible assets attributed to Holiday Autos, with the goodwill portion determined based on Holiday Autos’ relative fair value to the Travelocity Europe reporting unit. The sale provides for us to receive two earn-out payments measured 12 and 24 months following the date of the sale, totaling up to $12 million, based upon the purchaser exceeding certain booking thresholds as defined in the sale agreement. We recognized $6 million relative to these earn-out provisions and the resulting receivable is reviewed for recovery on a periodic basis. Any earn-out payments received in excess of the $6 million recognized will be recorded as a gain in the period received.

Travelocity—Asia Pacific—In July 2012, we completed the sale of two of our subsidiaries in India (collectively “TravelGuru”). These businesses offered a wide array of travel related services and operated a hotel reservations system. We recorded a gain on the sale of approximately $11 million, net of taxes, in the third quarter of 2012.

Further, in December 2012, we entered into an agreement to sell our shares of Zuji Properties A.V.V. and Zuji Pte Ltd along with its operating subsidiaries (collectively “Zuji”), a Travelocity Asia Pacific-based Online Travel Agency (“OTA”). At that time, the assets were recorded at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. We recorded an estimated loss on the sale of approximately $14 million, net of tax during 2012. We sold Zuji on March 21, 2013 and recorded an additional $11 million loss on sale, net of tax during the year ended December 31, 2013. We have continuing cash flows from Zuji due to reciprocal agreements between us and Zuji to provide hotel reservations services over a three year period. The agreements include commissions to be paid to the respective party based on qualifying bookings. The continuing cash flows associated with Zuji were not material to our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The operations of Zuji and TravelGuru represented our Travelocity—Asia Pacific reporting unit; Travelocity no longer has operations in the Asia Pacific region.

Travelocity Nordics—In December 2012, we sold certain assets of Travelocity’s Nordics business to a third party. The Nordics business is comprised of an online travel agency and event and ticket sales in Sweden, Norway and Denmark. Travelocity no longer has operations in this region.

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

Results of Discontinued Operations—The results of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 include $33 million of gains associated with the reversals of allowances for uncollectable value-added tax (“VAT”) receivables related to Holiday Autos (see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies) and $4 million of other income related to the resolution of a legal contingency that existed at the close of the sale of TravelGuru. The reversals of the VAT receivable allowances were a result of payments received in 2013 and are reflected as a reduction to selling, general and administrative expenses in the table below. The results of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes $17 million of accrued expenses in cost of revenue for VAT assessments and related penalties and interest associated with our Secret Hotels 2 Limited (formerly Med Hotels Limited) entity which was discontinued in 2008. The $17 million accrued liability was reversed during the year ended December 31, 2013 and is reflected as a reduction to cost of revenue in the below table (see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies).

The following table summarizes the results of our discontinued operations:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Revenue		$	49,124			$	107,189			$	124,763
Cost of revenue			(2,176	)			26,694				36,502
Selling, general and administrative			23,542				107,808				101,873
Impairment expense			516				11,250				—
Depreciation and amortization			2,599				4,412				5,440
Operating income (loss)			24,643				(42,975	)			(19,052	)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net			(1,217	)			(8,898	)			(6,368	)
Loss on sale of businesses, net			(27,709	)			(8,266	)			—
Other, net			1,988				(2,607	)			(2,161	)
Total other expense, net			(26,938	)			(19,771	)			(8,529	)
Loss from discontinuing operations before income taxes			(2,295	)			(62,746	)			(27,581	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes			4,881				(13,799	)			(4,120	)
Net loss from discontinued operations		$	(7,176	)		$	(48,947	)		$	(23,461	)

Dispositions

Certain Assets of Travelocity—On June 18, 2013, we completed the sale of certain assets of Travelocity (“TBiz”) operations to a third party. TBiz provides managed corporate travel services for corporate customers. We recorded proceeds of $10 million and a loss on the sale of $3 million, net of tax, including the write-off of $9 million of goodwill attributed to TBiz based on the relative fair value to the Travelocity North America reporting unit, in our consolidated statement of operations.

Sabre Pacific—On February 24, 2012, we completed the sale of our 51% stake in Sabre Australia Technologies I Pty Ltd (“Sabre Pacific”), an entity jointly owned by a subsidiary of Sabre (51%) and ABACUS International PTE Ltd (“Abacus”) (49%), to Abacus for $46 million of proceeds. Of the proceeds received, $9 million was for the sale of stock, $18 million represented the repayment of an intercompany note receivable from Sabre Pacific, which was entered into when the joint venture was originally established, and the remaining $19 million represented the settlement of operational intercompany receivable balances with Sabre Pacific and associated amounts we owed to Abacus. We recorded $25 million as gain on sale of business in our consolidated statements of operations. We have also entered into a license and distribution agreement with Sabre Pacific under which it will market, sub-license, distribute, provide access to and support for the Sabre GDS in Australia, New Zealand and surrounding territories. Sabre Pacific will pay us an ongoing transaction fee based on booking volumes under this agreement.

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

5. Restructuring Charges

Travelocity Restructuring—In the third quarter of 2013, we initiated plans to restructure Travelocity, shifting Travelocity in the United States and Canada away from a fixed-cost model to a lower-cost, performance-based shared revenue structure. On August 22, 2013 we entered into an exclusive, long-term strategic marketing agreement with Expedia (“Expedia SMA”), in which Expedia will power the technology platforms for Travelocity’s existing U.S. and Canadian websites, as well as provide Travelocity with access to Expedia’s supply and customer service platforms. The Expedia SMA represents a strategic decision to reduce direct costs associated with Travelocity and provide our customers with the benefit of Expedia’s long term investment in its technology platform as well as its supply and customer service platforms, which we expect to increase conversion and operational efficiency and allows us to shift our focus to Travelocity’s marketing strengths. Both parties began development and implementation after signing the Expedia SMA. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of the online hotel and air offering has been migrated to the Expedia platform, and a launch of the majority of the remainder is expected in early 2014. Based on the terms of the agreement, Expedia has earned an incentive payment of $8 million in January 2014, which could increase to $11 million depending on the timing of the full launch in 2014. We plan to amortize this payment over the non-cancellable term of the marketing agreement as a reduction to revenue.

Under the terms of the agreement, Expedia will pay us a performance-based marketing fee that will vary based on the amount of travel booked through Travelocity-branded websites powered by Expedia under this collaborative arrangement. The marketing fee we receive is recorded as marketing fee revenue and the cost we incur to promote the Travelocity brand and for marketing is recorded as selling, general and administrative expense in our results of operations. Correspondingly, we are winding down certain internal processes, including back office functions, as transactions move from our technology platforms to those of Expedia.

We also agreed to a put/call arrangement (“Expedia Put/Call”) whereby Expedia may acquire, or we may sell to Expedia, certain assets relating to the Travelocity business. Our put right may be exercised during the first 24 months of the Expedia SMA only upon the occurrence of certain triggering events primarily relating to implementation, which are outside of our control. The occurrence of such events is not considered probable. During this period, the exercise price of the put right is fixed. After the 24 month period, the put right is only exercisable for a limited period of time in 2016 at a discount to fair market value. The call right held by Expedia is exercisable at any time during the term of the Expedia SMA. If the call right is exercised, it provides for a floor for a limited time that may be higher than fair value and a ceiling for the duration of the agreement that may be lower than fair value.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we initiated a plan to restructure the European portion of the Travelocity business. This plan involves establishing Travelocity Europe as a stand-alone operational entity, separating processes from the North America operations, while adding efficiencies to streamline the European operations. Travelocity will continue to be managed as one reportable segment.

As a result of the Travelocity restructuring actions, we recorded charges totaling $28 million which included $4 million of asset impairments, $18 million of employee termination benefits, and $6 million of other related costs. We estimate that we will incur additional charges of approximately $11 million in 2014 consisting of $6 million in contract termination costs, $2 million in employee termination benefits, and $3 million of other related costs.

Technology Restructuring—Our corporate expenses include a technology organization that provides development and support activities to our business segments. Costs associated with our technology organization are charged to the business segments primarily based on its usage of development resources. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the majority of costs associated with the technology organization were incurred by Travel Network and Airline and Hospitality Solutions. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we initiated a restructuring plan to simplify our technology organization, better align costs with our current business, reduce our spend on third-party resources, and to increase focus on product development. The majority of this plan will be completed in

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

2014. As a part of this restructuring plan, we will reduce our employee base by approximately 350 employees. We recorded a charge of $8 million associated with employee termination benefits in the fourth quarter of 2013 and do not expect to record material charges in 2014 related to this action.

The roll forward of our restructuring accruals, included in other current liabilities, is as follows:

 

		Employee Termination Benefits
		Travelocity				Technology Organization				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Charges		$	17,956			$	8,163			$	26,119
Payments			225				—				225
Restructuring liability at December 31, 2013		$	17,731			$	8,163			$	25,894

The charges recognized in the roll forward of our reserve for restructuring charges do not include items charged directly to expense (e.g. asset impairments) and other periodic costs recognized as incurred, as those items are not reflected in our restructuring reserve in our consolidated balance sheet. Restructuring charges are not allocated to the segments for segment reporting purposes (see Note 21, Segment Information).

6. Equity Method Investments

We have an investment in Abacus and have entered into a service agreement with them relative to data processing services, development labor and other services as requested. The primary revenue generated from Abacus is data processing fees associated with bookings on the Sabre GDS. In accordance with a data processing agreement signed in late 2012, Abacus prepaid for data processing fees which will be amortized over the term of the agreement. Development labor and ancillary services are provided upon request. Additionally, in accordance with an agreement with Abacus, we collect booking fees on behalf of Abacus and record a payable, or economic benefit transfer, to them for amounts collected but unremitted at any period end, net of any associated costs we incur.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Abacus recorded an impairment of goodwill associated with its acquisition of Sabre Pacific, of which our share was $24 million.

Prior to 2012, we held an equity interest in Axess jointly with Abacus. We recorded an amount due to Abacus for its economic share of the equity interest. Our interest in Axess was sold in 2012.

The condensed consolidated financial information below has been presented in conformity with GAAP.

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

Abacus’ Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income are as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Net income (loss)		$	42,368			$	(20,366	)		$	79,452
Other comprehensive loss			(4,043	)			(9,379	)			(3,588	)
Comprehensive loss			38,325				(29,745	)			75,864
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests			88				(76	)			(81	)
Comprehensive loss attributable to Abacus		$	38,413			$	(29,821	)		$	75,783

Abacus’ Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations are as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Revenue		$	335,255			$	320,069			$	261,952
Cost of sales			205,505				200,212				123,227
General and administrative costs			43,157				42,219				25,382
Other expenses			37,306				32,367				19,497
Operating income			49,287				45,271				93,846
Impairment losses, net			—				—				(3,057	)
Gain on disposal of an associate			—				5,656				—
Impairment of goodwill			(100	)			(65,809	)			—
Other non-operating costs			3,127				6,174				7,214
Income before taxes			52,314				(8,708	)			98,003
Income tax expense			9,946				11,658				18,551
Net income (loss)		$	42,368			$	(20,366	)		$	79,452
Noncontrolling interest			(75	)			130				103
Net income (loss) attributable to Abacus		$	42,443			$	(20,496	)		$	79,349

Abacus’ Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows:

 

		December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	107,729			$	96,194
Accounts receivable, net			43,679				51,746
Other receivables, net			61,481				53,219
Total current assets			212,889				201,159
Property and equipment, net			32,167				28,130
Goodwill and intangible assets, net			2,505				2,505
Other assets, net			41,647				46,788
Total assets		$	289,208			$	278,582

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

		December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable		$	19,820			$	30,463
Other accrued liabilities			103,887				91,270
Provision for taxation			47,073				48,277
Total current liabilities			170,780				170,010
Deferred income taxes			7,474				5,733
Stockholders’ equity
Share capital			56,580				56,580
Retained earnings			54,159				45,746
Noncontrolling interest			215				513
Total stockholders’ equity			110,954				102,839
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	289,208			$	278,582

Abacus’ Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities		$	57,899			$	9,214			$	48,833
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities			(16,154	)			(29,183	)			(8,560	)
Financing Activities
Dividends paid			(30,000	)			(60,486	)			(35,000	)
Other financing activities			(210	)			(156	)			(109	)
Cash used in financing activities			(30,210	)			(60,642	)			(35,109	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			11,535				(80,611	)			5,164
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period			96,194				176,805				171,641
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		$	107,729			$	96,194			$	176,805

Our related party transactions with Abacus are summarized and presented in the table below.

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Revenue earned from Abacus		$	91,998			$	71,957			$	52,073

 

		December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Receivable from Abacus		$	29,377			$	13,939
Payable to Abacus for Economic Benefit Transfer			(8,648	)			(8,452	)
Current deferred revenue related to Abacus data processing			(2,571	)			(2,571	)
Long-term deferred revenue related to Abacus data processing			(12,857	)			(15,428	)
Related party receivable (liability), net		$	5,301			$	(12,512	)

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Impairment Assessments—We perform our annual assessment of possible impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred.

2013—In conjunction with the disposal of TBiz (part of our Travelocity North America reporting unit) and Holidays Autos (part of our Travelocity Europe reporting unit) in the second quarter of 2013, we were required to allocate goodwill to these businesses. We allocated $9 million and $36 million in goodwill to TBiz and Holiday Autos, respectively. In connection with the dispositions, we initiated an impairment analysis as of June 30, 2013 on the remainder of the goodwill and long-lived assets associated with these reporting units. Further declines in our projections of the discounted future cash flows of these reporting units and current market participant considerations led to a $96 million impairment in Travelocity—North America and a $40 million impairment in Travelocity—Europe goodwill, which has been recorded in our results of operations. As a result of these impairments, the Travelocity segment had no remaining goodwill as of June 30, 2013.

We also recorded a $2 million impairment of Travelocity—Europe software developed for internal use and $1 million impairment of other definite lived intangible assets related to Holiday Autos which is included in our net loss on the sale of that business in discontinued operations.

Based on our annual assessment of possible impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1, 2013, we concluded that no additional impairment was necessary.

2012—In the third quarter of 2012, certain competitors of Travelocity announced plans to move towards offering hotel customers a choice of payment options which could adversely affect hotel margins over time. Travelocity’s move to this new revenue model could have additionally impacted its working capital as it would collect less cash up front, reducing the existing supplier liability over time. We therefore initiated an impairment analysis as of September 30, 2012. The expected change in the competitive business environment and the resulting impact on our projections of the discounted future cash flows led to a $58 million goodwill impairment in Travelocity—North America and a $5 million goodwill impairment in Travelocity—Europe.

In the fourth quarter of 2012, we continued to see further weakness in Travelocity’s business performance resulting in lower projected revenues and declining margins for Travelocity—North America and Europe thus requiring further impairment assessment as of December 31, 2012 of goodwill and long-lived intangible assets. We recorded an additional goodwill impairment charge for Travelocity Europe for $65 million and identified long-lived intangible assets were not deemed recoverable in both North America and Europe. As a result, we recorded impairments on long lived assets of $281 million for Travelocity—North America, of which $30 million pertained to software developed for internal use, $7 million pertained to computer equipment, $6 million related to capitalized implementation costs (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and the remainder related to definite-lived intangible assets. We also recorded impairments of $154 million for Travelocity—Europe, of which $11 million pertained to software developed for internal use, $4 million pertained to computer equipment and the remainder related to definite lived intangible assets. The total impairment for Travelocity in 2012 was $564 million.

2011—During 2011, Travelocity was impacted by weakness in the macroeconomic environment and experienced a decline in margins due to pressure in the industry driven by competitive pricing and reduced bookings which negatively impacted our projections of the discounted future cash flows. These factors led to impairment charges of $173 million for Travelocity North America and $12 million for Travelocity Europe, respectively.

For the purposes of performing the impairment assessment in all periods, we determined that the lowest level of identifiable cash flows is at the reporting unit level for the primary asset in the asset group being the trade name Travelocity.com and lastminute.com related to Travelocity North America and Travelocity Europe,

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

respectively. We used an income based valuation approach at the reporting unit level to fair value the asset group and compared those estimates to the respective carrying values. The key assumptions used in determining the estimated fair value of our long lived assets were the terminal growth rates, forecasted revenues, assumed royalty rates and discount rates. Significant judgment was required to select these inputs based on observed market data. Impairments related to continuing operations are recorded in “Impairment” in the consolidated statements of operations. We believe the assumptions used to project future cash flows for the evaluations described above were reasonable. However, if future actual results do not meet our expectations, we may be required to record an additional impairment charge, the amount of which could be material to our results of operations.

There was no impairment charge on definitive-lived intangible assets in 2011.

Goodwill—Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

		Continuing Operations																Discontinued Operations
		Travel Network				Airline and Hospitality Solutions				Travelocity				Total				Gross				Accumulated Impairment				Total				Total Goodwill
		(Amounts in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2011		$	1,813,215			$	285,754			$	273,406			$	2,372,375			$	94,555			$	(39,573	)		$	54,982			$	2,427,357
Acquired			—				39,713				—				39,713				—				—				—				39,713
Adjustments (1)			(153	)			22				—				(131	)			595				—				595				464
Impairment			—				—				(128,708	)			(128,708	)			—				—				—				(128,708	)
Held for Sale			(578	)			—				—				(578	)			—				(7,420	)			(7,420	)			(7,998	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012			1,812,484				325,489				144,698				2,282,671				95,150				(46,993	)			48,157				2,330,828
Acquired			399				—				—				399				—				—				—				399
Adjustments (1)			(197	)			—				—				(197	)			—				—				—				(197	)
Impairment			—				—				(135,598	)			(135,598	)			—				—				—				(135,598	)
Disposals			—				—				(9,100	)			(9,100	)			(48,157	)			—				(48,157	)			(57,257	)
Balance as of December 31, 2013		$	1,812,686			$	325,489			$	—			$	2,138,175			$	46,993			$	(46,993	)		$	—			$	2,138,175

 

(1)	Includes net foreign currency effects during the year.

Accumulated goodwill impairment charges totaled $1,383 million and $1,247 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. All accumulated goodwill impairment charges are associated with Travelocity.

Intangible Assets—The following table presents our intangible assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The impairments discussed above are reflected in accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

		December 31, 2013												December 31, 2012
		Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Carrying Amount				Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Carrying Amount
		(Amounts in thousands)
Trademarks and brandnames		$	868,632			$	(545,597	)		$	323,035			$	868,591			$	(525,358	)		$	343,233
Acquired customer relationships			692,863				(471,597	)			221,266				693,863				(407,331	)			286,532
Purchased technology			468,639				(392,013	)			76,626				468,389				(338,635	)			129,754
Non-compete agreements			13,325				(12,894	)			431				13,325				(12,390	)			935
Acquired contracts, supplier and distributor agreements			26,600				(13,400	)			13,200				25,600				(10,800	)			14,800
Total intangible assets		$	2,070,059			$	(1,435,501	)		$	634,558			$	2,069,768			$	(1,294,514	)		$	775,254

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

Amortization expense relating to intangible assets subject to amortization totaled $140 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $159 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization for each of the five succeeding years and beyond is as follows (in thousands):

 

2014		$	104,399
2015			92,452
2016			92,474
2017			47,111
2018			31,310
2019 and thereafter			266,812
Total		$	634,558

8. Balance Sheet Components

Other Receivables, Net

Other receivables consisted of the following:

 

		December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Value added tax receivable, net		$	23,237			$	18,795
Federal income tax receivable			2,024				16,634
Other			4,250				6,905
Other receivables, net		$	29,511			$	42,334

Property and Equipment, Net

Our property and equipment consists of the following items:

 

		December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Buildings & leasehold improvements		$	156,086			$	150,424
Furniture, fixtures & equipment			25,749				24,558
Computer equipment			275,378				253,336
Software developed for internal use			764,226				583,051
			1,221,439				1,011,369
Accumulated depreciation and amortization			(722,916	)			(602,973	)
Property and equipment, net		$	498,523			$	408,396

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

Other Assets, Net

Other assets consisted of the following:

 

		December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Capitalized implementation costs, net		$	175,886			$	152,837
Long-term deferred income taxes			34,794				3,360
Deferred customer discounts			90,476				47,711
Deferred upfront incentive consideration			81,581				69,660
Other			86,806				82,978
Other assets, net		$	469,543			$	356,546

Other Noncurrent Liabilities

Other noncurrent liabilities consisted of the following:

 

		December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Litigation settlement liability and related deferred revenue		$	98,311			$	127,176
Deferred revenue			50,576				60,041
Pension and other postretirement benefits			55,032				109,170
Other			59,263				73,775
Other noncurrent liabilities		$	263,182			$	370,162

9. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

We sponsor the Sabre Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (“401(k) Plan”), which is a tax-qualified defined contribution plan that allows tax-deferred savings by eligible employees to provide funds for their retirement. We make a matching contribution equal to 100% of each pre-tax dollar contributed by the participant on the first 6% of eligible compensation. We have recorded expenses related to the 401(k) Plan of approximately $21 million, $20 million and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We also sponsor personal pension plans for eligible staff at lastminute.com, a Travelocity entity. lastminute.com contributed 5% of eligible pay on behalf of these employees to the plan. We contributed and expensed approximately $1 million for each of the years December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Additionally, we sponsor the Sabre Inc. Legacy Pension Plan (“LPP”), which is a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan for employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. The LPP was amended to freeze pension benefit accruals as of December 31, 2005, so that no additional pension benefits are accrued after that date. In April 2008, we amended the LPP to add a lump sum optional form of payment which participants may elect when their plan benefits commence. The effect of the amendment was to decrease the projected benefit obligation by $34 million, which is being amortized over 23.5 years, representing the weighted average of the lump sum benefit period and the life expectancy of all plan participants. We also sponsor a defined benefit pension plan for certain employees in Canada.

We provide retiree life insurance benefits to certain employees who retired prior to January 1, 2001, and we subsidize a portion of the cost of retiree medical benefits for certain retirees and eligible employees hired prior to

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

October 1, 2000. In February 2009, we amended our retiree medical plan to reduce the subsidies received by participants by 20% per year over the next 5 years, with no further subsidies beginning January 1, 2014. This amendment resulted in $57 million of negative prior service cost recorded in other comprehensive income that was amortized to operating expense over the remaining term which concluded in December 2013.

Pursuant to a Travel Privileges Agreement with American Airlines Group (“AAG”), formerly AMR Corporation, we are entitled to purchase personal travel for certain retirees. Eligible employees were required to retire from the Company on or before June 30, 2008 to receive this benefit, unless they met the requirements to dual-retire from AAG and Sabre Holdings. These dual-retirees will receive these benefits upon retiring from Sabre Holdings. To pay for the provision of flight privileges for eligible retired employees, we make a lump-sum payment to AAG in the year the employees retire.

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations, fair value of assets and the funded status as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

		Pension Benefits								Other Benefits
		2013				2012				2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at January 1		$	(440,752	)		$	(381,506	)		$	(3,045	)		$	(5,723	)
Service cost			—				—				—				—
Interest cost			(17,930	)			(19,744	)			(41	)			(91	)
Actuarial gains (losses), net			37,416				(59,434	)			607				(100	)
Benefits paid			24,805				19,932				1,665				2,869
Benefit obligation at December 31		$	(396,461	)		$	(440,752	)		$	(814	)		$	(3,045	)
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of assets at January 1		$	334,701			$	293,255			$	—			$	—
Actual return on plan assets			30,007				41,143				—				—
Employer contributions			2,579				20,235				1,665				2,869
Benefits paid			(24,805	)			(19,932	)			(1,665	)			(2,869	)
Fair value of assets at December 31		$	342,482			$	334,701			$	—			$	—
Funded status at December 31		$	(53,979	)		$	(106,051	)		$	(814	)		$	(3,045	)

The cumulative amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, consist of:

 

		Pension Benefits								Other Benefits								Total
		December 31,								December 31,								December 31,
		2013				2012				2013				2012				2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Current liabilities		$	—			$	—			$	(743	)		$	(1,913	)		$	(743	)		$	(1,913	)
Noncurrent liabilities			(53,979	)			(106,051	)			(71	)			(1,132	)			(54,050	)			(107,183	)
Total		$	(53,979	)		$	(106,051	)		$	(814	)		$	(3,045	)		$	(54,793	)		$	(109,096	)

The current and noncurrent liabilities are presented in other accrued liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

The amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred taxes, as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 consists of:

 

		Pension Benefits								Other Benefits								Total
		December 31,								December 31,								December 31,
		2013				2012				2013				2012				2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Net actuarial gain (loss)		$	(79,959	)		$	(113,697	)		$	50			$	2,589			$	(79,909	)		$	(111,108	)
Prior service credit			16,092				17,009				55				7,941				16,147				24,950
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		$	(63,867	)		$	(96,688	)		$	105			$	10,530			$	(63,762	)		$	(86,158	)

The discount rate used in the measurement of our benefit obligations as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

		Pension Benefits December 31,								Other Benefits December 31,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
Weighted-average discount rate			5.10	%			4.19	%			0.55	%			2.07	%

Due to the freeze of pension benefit accruals under the LPP as of December 31, 2005, no assumption for future rate of compensation increase is necessary.

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit costs associated with our pension and other postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
Pension Benefits		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Interest cost		$	17,930			$	19,744			$	20,447
Expected return on plan assets			(23,635	)			(24,323	)			(23,820	)
Amortization of prior service credit			(1,432	)			(1,432	)			(1,432	)
Amortization of actuarial loss			7,383				4,269				2,195
Net benefit		$	246			$	(1,742	)		$	(2,610	)

 

		Year Ended December 31,
Other Benefits		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Service cost		$	—			$	—			$	1
Interest cost			42				91				176
Amortization of prior service credit			(12,348	)			(11,397	)			(11,397	)
Amortization of actuarial gain			(3,932	)			(1,929	)			(745	)
Net benefit		$	(16,238	)		$	(13,235	)		$	(11,965	)

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

Obligations Recognized in		Pension Benefits								Other Benefits
Other Comprehensive Income		Year Ended December 31,								Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Net actuarial (gain) loss		$	(43,787	)		$	42,614			$	(42	)		$	187
Amortization of actuarial gain (loss)			(7,383	)			(4,269	)			3,932				1,929
Amortization of prior service credit			1,432				1,432				12,348				11,397
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		$	(49,738	)		$	39,777			$	16,238			$	13,513
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income		$	(49,492	)		$	38,035			$	—			$	278

We estimate that $3 million of prior service credit and actuarial loss for the defined benefit pension plans will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2014.

Income related to pensions and other postretirement benefits totaled approximately $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and $15 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The principal assumptions used in the measurement of our net benefit costs for the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

		Pension Benefits												Other Benefits
		2013				2012				2011				2013				2012				2011
Discount rate			4.19	%			5.32	%			5.88	%			1.16	%			2.32	%			2.69	%
Expected return on plan assets			7.75	%			7.75	%			7.75	%			—				—				—

Due to a cap on our retiree medical plan cost, a one-percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would not have a significant impact on service and interest cost or on our postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Our overall investment strategy for the LPP is to provide and maintain sufficient assets to meet pension obligations both as an ongoing business, as well as in the event of termination, at the lowest cost consistent with prudent investment management, actuarial circumstances, and economic risk, while minimizing the earnings impact. Diversification is provided by using an asset allocation primarily between equity and debt securities in proportions expected to provide opportunities for reasonable long-term returns with acceptable levels of investment risk. Fair values of the applicable assets are determined as follows:

Mutual Fund—The fair value of our mutual funds are estimated by using market quotes as of the last day of the period.

Common Collective Trusts—The fair value of our common collective trusts are estimated by using market quotes as of the last day of the period, quoted prices for similar securities and quoted prices in non-active markets.

Real Estate—The fair value of our real estate funds are derived from the fair value of the underlying real estate assets held by the funds. These assets are initially valued at cost and are reviewed periodically utilizing available market data to determine if the assets held should be adjusted.

The basis for the selected target asset allocation included consideration of the demographic profile of plan participants, expected future benefit obligations and payments, projected funded status of the plan and other factors. The target allocations for LPP assets are 25% U.S. equities, 25% non-U.S. equities, 43% long duration

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

fixed income, 5% real estate and 2% cash equivalents. It is recognized that the investment management of the LPP assets has a direct effect on the achievement of its goal. As defined in Note 13, Fair Value Measurements, the following tables present the fair value of the LPP assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

		Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013
		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)				Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)				Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Mutual funds:
Foreign large value		$	42,635			$	—			$	—			$	42,635
Large blend			43,222				—				—				43,222
Large growth			21,433				—				—				21,433
Money market			6,437				—				—				6,437
Common collective trusts:
Fixed income securities			—				142,289				—				142,289
Foreign equity securities			—				43,107				—				43,107
U.S. equity securities			—				21,645				—				21,645
Real estate			—				—				21,714				21,714
Total assets at fair value		$	113,727			$	207,041			$	21,714			$	342,482

 

		Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012
		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)				Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)				Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Mutual funds:
Foreign large value		$	43,183			$	—			$	—			$	43,183
Large blend			40,944				—				—				40,944
Large growth			20,790				—				—				20,790
Money market			4,474				—				—				4,474
Common collective trusts:
Fixed income securities			—				142,186				—				142,186
Foreign equity securities			—				43,429				—				43,429
U.S. equity securities			—				20,207				—				20,207
Real estate			—				—				19,488				19,488
Total assets at fair value		$	109,391			$	205,822			$	19,488			$	334,701

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

The following table provides a rollforward of plan assets valued using significant unobservable inputs (level 3), in thousands:

 

		Real Estate
Beginning balance at December 31, 2011		$	17,755
Contributions			265
Net distributions			(265	)
Advisory fee			(200	)
Net investment income			961
Change in unrealized gain (loss)			936
Net realized gain (loss)			36
Ending balance at December 31, 2012			19,488
Contributions			282
Net distributions			(282	)
Advisory fee			(220	)
Net investment income			1,045
Change in unrealized gain (loss)			1,382
Net realized gain (loss)			19
Ending balance at December 31, 2013		$	21,714

We contributed $3 million, $20 million and $9 million to fund the LPP during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Annual contributions to our defined benefit pension plans in the United States and Canada are based on several factors that may vary from year to year. Our funding practice with respect to the LPP is to contribute the minimum required contribution as defined by law while also maintaining an 80% funded status as defined by the Pension Protection Act of 2006. Thus, past contributions are not always indicative of future contributions. Based on current assumptions, we expect to make $11 million in contributions to our defined benefit pension plans in 2014.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for each measurement date was selected after giving consideration to historical returns on plan assets, assessments of expected long-term inflation and market returns for each asset class and the target asset allocation strategy. We do not anticipate the return of any plan assets to us in 2014.

We expect to make the following estimated future benefit payments under the plans as follows (in thousands):

 

		Pension				Other Benefits
2014		$	25,000			$	1,000
2015			26,000				—
2016			27,000				—
2017			27,000				—
2018			28,000				—
2019-2023			147,000				—

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

10. Income Taxes

The components of pre-tax income, generally based on the jurisdiction of the legal entity, were as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Components of pre-tax income
Domestic		$	(185,391	)		$	(1,077,917	)		$	(42,530	)
Foreign			80,907				261,120				21,042
		$	(104,484	)		$	(816,797	)		$	(21,488	)

The Company’s domestic pre-tax loss of $1,078 million in 2012 was due to the pre-tax impact of the litigation settlement with AMR (see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies), impairment charges (see Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets) and the write-off of intercompany debt. The Company’s foreign pre-tax income of $261 million in 2012 was driven by the pre-tax impact of cancellation of intercompany debt income, partially offset by impairment charges.

The provision for income taxes relating to continuing operations consists of the following:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Current portion:
Federal		$	19,822			$	7,383			$	1,812
State and Local			10,902				6,757				2,772
Non U.S.			19,937				23,062				18,813
Total current			50,661				37,202				23,397
Deferred portion:
Federal			(62,557	)			(224,424	)			30,780
State and Local			(2,772	)			(10,364	)			889
Non U.S.			639				2,515				2,740
Total deferred			(64,690	)			(232,273	)			34,409
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes		$	(14,029	)		$	(195,071	)		$	57,806

The provision for income taxes relating to continuing operations differs from amounts computed at the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Income tax provision at statutory federal income tax rate		$	(36,569	)		$	(285,879	)		$	(7,521	)
State income taxes, net of federal benefit			5,340				(246	)			2,445
Impact of non U.S. taxing jurisdictions, net			5,565				(119	)			(2,690	)
Goodwill impairment			33,454				28,630				64,203
Impact of sale of business			(11,798	)			(15,209	)			—
Write off of Intercompany Debt			—				(16,315	)			—
Tax loss attributable to non controlling interest			—				19,694				2,570
Excise tax penalties			4,333				—				—
Valuation allowance			(16,010	)			72,261				—
Other, net			1,656				2,112				(1,201	)
Total (benefit) provision for income taxes		$	(14,029	)		$	(195,071	)		$	57,806

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

The components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented in the table below. Certain deferred tax balances as of December 31, 2012 have been revised to reflect actual amounts included in our return; such revisions were not material.

 

		As of December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued expenses		$	34,686			$	97,743
Employee benefits other than pension			23,932				10,496
Deferred revenue			67,601				69,991
Pension obligations			18,613				39,720
Tax loss carryforwards			376,427				714,175
Non U.S. operations			33,315				10,236
Unrealized gains and losses			(6,794	)			8,408
Incentive consideration			(1,101	)			(791	)
Tax credit carryforwards			29,312				8,341
TVL Common suspended loss			24,718				24,400
Other			14,531				15,277
Total deferred tax assets			615,240				997,996
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization			(7,844	)			(4,901	)
Software developed for internal use			(190,362	)			(149,242	)
Intangible assets			(89,895	)			(119,585	)
Write off of Intercompany Debt			—				(410,289	)
Currency translation adjustment			(8,085	)			(9,243	)
Total deferred tax liabilities			(296,186	)			(693,260	)
Valuation allowance			(253,082	)			(282,091	)
Net deferred tax asset		$	65,972			$	22,645

We pay United States (“U.S.”) income taxes on the earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries unless the subsidiaries’ earnings are considered permanently reinvested outside the United States. To the extent that the non-U.S. earnings previously treated as permanently reinvested are repatriated, the related U.S. tax liability may be reduced by any non-U.S. income taxes paid on these earnings. As of December 31, 2013, no provision has been made for the United States federal and state income taxes on certain outside basis differences, which primarily relate to accumulated un-repatriated foreign earnings of approximately $157 million. It is not practical to estimate the unrecognized deferred tax liability for these earnings, as this liability is dependent upon future tax planning strategies.

As of December 31, 2013, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $632 million, which will expire between 2021 and 2032 and research tax credit carryforwards of approximately $15 million, which will expire between 2019 and 2032. Additionally, we have a $20 million Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) credit carryforward that does not expire. Approximately $17 million of NOLs and $1 million of research tax credit carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation on their ability to be utilized under Section 382 of the Code. We fully expect that Section 382 will not limit our ability to fully realize the benefit. We had $167 million of deferred tax assets for NOL carryforwards related to certain non-U.S. taxing jurisdictions that are primarily from countries with indefinite carryforward periods.

We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and a valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets, we considered all available positive and negative evidence, including our ability to carry back operating losses to prior periods, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies and projected future taxable income. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets, we also gave specific consideration to goodwill and intangible impairment charges recorded in the last three years (see Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets) and the charges for the settlement of the litigation with AMR (see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies). Considering these factors, we established a valuation allowance of approximately $86 million against our U.S. deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013. In addition, we have an allowance on the U.S. deferred tax assets of TVL Common, Inc. that was merged into our capital structure on December 31, 2012 of $5 million at December 31, 2013 on the non-U.S. deferred tax assets of our lastminute.com subsidiaries of $163 million and $177 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We reassess these assumptions regularly which could cause an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance resulting in an increase or decrease in the effective tax rate, and could materially impact our results of operations.

It is our policy to recognize penalties and interest accrued related to income taxes as a component of the provision (benefit) for income taxes. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2011, we recognized an expense of $1 million and a benefit of $1 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2012, amounts recognized for penalties and interest were not material to our results of operations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had cumulative accrued interest and penalties of approximately $5 million and $1 million, respectively.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year		$	54,016			$	39,080			$	38,072
Additions for tax positions taken in the current year			10,874				16,367				3,016
Additons for tax positions of prior years			5,572				3,584				1,050
Reductions for tax positions of prior years			(196	)			(3,113	)			(1,691	)
Reductions for tax positions of expired statute of limitations			(3,573	)			(1,902	)			(1,367	)
Settlements			(5,452	)			—				—
Balance at end of year		$	61,241			$	54,016			$	39,080

As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate was $58 million, $54 million and $39 million, respectively.

We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state, local, and non-U.S. jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. In February of 2014, the Internal Revenue Service notified us that they would soon begin examination of our federal income tax returns for the 2011 and 2012 tax years. We do not expect that the results of this examination will have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. The U.S. federal statute of limitations is closed for years prior to 2007. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to state, local, or non-U.S. tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2008.

The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that $9 million in unrecognized tax benefits may be resolved in the next twelve months.

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

11. Debt

The following table sets forth our outstanding debt:

 

								December 31,
		Rate				Maturity		2013				2012
								(Amounts in thousands)
Senior secured credit facilities:
Term Loan B			L+4.00	%		February 2019		$	1,747,378			$	—
Incremental term loan facility			L+3.50	%		February 2019			349,125				—
Term Loan C			L+3.00	%		December 2017			360,477				—
Revolving credit facility			L+3.75	%		February 2018			—				—
Initial term loan facility			L+2.00	%		September 2014			—				238,335
First extended term loan facility			L+5.75	%		September 2017			—				1,162,622
Second extended term loan facility			L+5.75	%		December 2017			—				401,515
Incremental term loan facility			L+6.00	%		December 2017			—				370,536
Senior unsecured notes due 2016			8.350	%		March 2016			389,321				385,099
Senior secured notes due 2019			8.500	%		May 2019			799,823				801,712
Mortgage facility			5.800	%		March 2017			83,541				84,340
Total debt								$	3,729,665			$	3,444,159
Current portion of debt									86,117				23,232
Long-term debt									3,643,548				3,420,927
Total debt								$	3,729,665			$	3,444,159

Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On February 19, 2013, Sabre GLBL Inc. amended and restated the previous credit agreement with a new agreement (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). The new agreement replaced (i) the existing initial term loans with new classes of term loans of $1,775 million (the “Term Loan B”) and $425 million (the “Term Loan C”) and (ii) the existing revolver with a new revolver of $352 million (the “Revolver”). We used $14 million of term loan proceeds and $2 million of cash on hand to pay debt issuance and third-party debt modification costs resulting from this transaction.

The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement includes provisions that require us to pay a 1% fee (the “Repricing Premium”) to the respective lenders if we pay off or refinance all or a portion of the Term Loan B within one year –and the Term Loan C within six months– of February 19, 2013. This Repricing Premium is applicable only to the portion paid off or refinanced and does not apply to the scheduled quarterly amortization payments.

On September 30, 2013, we entered into an agreement for an incremental term loan facility to Term Loan B (the “Incremental Term Loan Facility”), having a face value of $350 million and providing total net proceeds of $350 million. We have used a portion, and intend to use the remainder of the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loan Facility, for working capital, general corporate purposes and ongoing and future strategic actions related to Travelocity. The Incremental Term Loan Facility matures on February 19, 2019 and includes a 1% Repricing Premium if we pay off or refinance all or a portion of the loan with incurrence of long term bank debt before February 19, 2014. This loan currently bears interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate, subject to a 1.00% floor, plus 3.50% per annum. It includes a provision for increases in interest rates to maintain a difference of not more than 50 basis points relative to future term loan extensions or refinancing of amounts under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Sabre GLBL Inc.’s obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Sabre Holdings and each of Sabre GLBL Inc.’s wholly-owned material domestic subsidiaries, except unrestricted

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

subsidiaries. We refer to these guarantors together with Sabre GLBL Inc., as the Loan Parties. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is secured by (i) a first priority security interest on the equity interests in Sabre GLBL Inc. and each other Loan Party that is a direct subsidiary of Sabre GLBL Inc. or another Loan Party, (ii) 65% of the issued and outstanding voting (and 100% of the non-voting) equity interests of each wholly-owned material foreign subsidiary of Sabre GLBL Inc. that is a direct subsidiary of Sabre GLBL Inc. or another Loan Party, and (iii) a blanket lien on substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Loan Parties.

Under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the loan parties are subject to certain customary non-financial covenants, as well as a maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, which applies if our Revolver utilization exceeds certain thresholds and is calculated as Senior Secured Debt (net of cash) to EBITDA, as defined by the agreement. This ratio was 5.5 to 1.0 for 2013 and is 5.0 to 1.0 for 2014. The definition of EBITDA is based on a trailing twelve months EBITDA adjusted for certain items including non-recurring expenses and the pro forma impact of cost saving initiatives. As of December 31, 2013, we are in compliance with all covenants under the Amended and Restated Agreement.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had no outstanding balance on the revolving credit facilities. As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $67 million, of which $66 million reduces our overall credit capacity under the Revolver and $1 million is collateralized with restricted cash. As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $114 million of which $112 million reduces our overall credit capacity under the revolver and $2 million is collateralized with restricted cash.

Principal Payments

Term Loan B and the Incremental Term Loan Facility mature on February 19, 2019, and require principal payments in equal quarterly installments of 0.25%. Term Loan C matures on December 31, 2017 and requires principal payments in equal quarterly installments of 3.75% in 2014, increasing to 4.375%, 5.625% and 7.5% in 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Revolver matures on February 19, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we made $82 million of scheduled quarterly principal payments. We are scheduled to make $85 million in principal payments over the next twelve months.

We are also required to pay down the term loans by an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow, as determined by leverage ratios in our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, each fiscal year end after our annual consolidated financial statements are delivered. This percentage requirement may decrease or be eliminated if certain leverage ratios are achieved. As a result of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, no excess cash flow payment was required in 2013 with respect to our results for the year ended December 31, 2012. Additionally, based on our results for the year ended December 31, 2013, we are not required to make an excess cash flow payment in 2014. In the event of certain asset sales or borrowings, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement requires that we pay down the term loan with the resulting proceeds. Subject to the Repricing Premium discussed above, we may repay the indebtedness at any time prior to the maturity dates without penalty.

Interest

Through February 27, 2012 our initial term loan facility bore interest at London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin of 2%. After this date and until February 18, 2013, the applicable margin on the first extended portion of our initial term loan facility increased to 5.75% in connection with an amendment and restatement of our previous credit agreement completed on February 28, 2012. On May 9, 2012, we amended and restated the previous credit agreement for a second extended portion of our initial term loan facility to increase the applicable margin on those borrowings to 5.75% which we retained until February 18, 2013. The $371 million of our incremental term loan entered into on August 15, 2012 bore interest at a rate equal to LIBOR, subject to a 1.25% floor, plus 6.00% per annum. The remaining $238 million of our initial term loan facility outstanding at December 31, 2012 continued with a 2.00% applicable margin until February 18, 2013. We elected the one-month LIBOR as the floating interest rate on all $2,173 million of our initial term loan

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

facility outstanding at December 31, 2012, and interest payments were due on the last day of each month. Interest on the outstanding loan was subject to interest rate swaps in a cash flow hedging relationship (see Note 12, Derivatives).

Beginning February 19, 2013, borrowings under the term loan agreement bear interest at a rate equal to either, at our option: (i) the Eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin for Eurocurrency borrowings as set forth below, or (ii) a base rate determined by the highest of (1) the prime rate of Bank of America, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2% or (3) a LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin for base rate borrowings as set forth below. The Eurocurrency rate is based on LIBOR for all U.S. dollar borrowings and has a floor.

 

		Eurocurrency borrowings								Base rate borrowings
		Applicable Margin				Floor				Applicable Margin				Floor
Term Loan B			4.00	%			1.25	%			3.00	%			2.25	%
Incremental term loan facility			3.50	%			1.00	%			2.50	%			2.00	%
Term Loan C			3.00	%			1.00	%			2.00	%			2.00	%
Revolving credit facility			3.75	%			N/A				2.75	%			N/A

Applicable margins step down by 50 basis points for any quarter if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0. Applicable margins increase to maintain a difference of not more than 50 basis points relative to future term loan extensions or refinancings. In addition, we are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.375% per annum for unused revolving commitments. The commitment fee may increase to 0.500% per annum if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is greater than 4.0 to 1.0.

We have elected the three-month LIBOR as the floating interest rate on all $2,457 million of our outstanding term loans. As of December 31, 2013, the interest rate on these borrowings is 5.25% including an applicable margin of 4.00% for $1,747 million; 4.50% including an applicable margin of 3.50% for $349 million; and 4.00% including an applicable margin of 3.00% for $360 million of our outstanding term loans. Interest payments are due on the last day of each quarter. Interest on a portion of the outstanding loan is hedged with interest rate swaps (see Note 12, Derivatives).

In 2013, we incurred costs totaling $19 million associated with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the Incremental Term Loan Facility of which $14 million was charged to interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2013 and $5 million was capitalized as debt issuance costs. We also recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $12 million as a result of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. In 2012, we incurred costs totaling $38 million associated with the amendment and extension of certain facilities under our previous credit agreement of which $8 million was charged to interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2012 and $30 million was capitalized as debt issuance costs. In addition, as a result of prepayments under our previous credit agreement, we recognized a charge of $10 million to interest expense related to accelerated amortization of debt issuance costs during the year ended December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013, we had $31 million of unamortized debt issuance costs included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheet associated with all debt transactions under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the previous credit agreement. These costs are being amortized to interest expense over the maturity period of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

Our effective interest rates for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, inclusive of the accelerated amortization described above, are as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
Including the impact of interest rate swaps			6.86	%			6.53	%			4.31	%
Excluding the impact of interest rate swaps			6.21	%			5.65	%			2.72	%

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

On February 20, 2014, we modified our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to reduce Term Loan B’s applicable margin for both Eurocurrency and Base rate borrowings, including the related floors. The modification also provides for an incremental revolving commitment of $53 million due February 19, 2019 and extends the maturity date of $317 million of the Revolver to the same date with a provision for earlier maturity on November 19, 2018 if certain conditions are met. See Note 22, Subsequent Events.

Publicly Issued Senior Unsecured Notes

In March 2006, Sabre Holdings issued $400 million in 2016 Notes, bearing interest at a rate of 6.35% and maturing March 15, 2016, in an underwritten public offering resulting in net cash proceeds after expenses of approximately $397 million. The 2016 Notes include certain non-financial covenants, including restrictions on incurring certain types of debt or entering into certain sale and leaseback transactions. We used all of the net proceeds plus available cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities to prepay $400 million of a bridge facility used to finance the acquisition of our subsidiary lastminute.com. Under the terms of the 2016 Notes, we paid $29 million in interest charges in 2007 and are obligated to pay $34 million per year afterwards until 2016. Interest payments are due in March and September each year. The interest rate payable on the 2016 Notes increased to 8.35% effective March 16, 2007 due to a credit rating decline resulting from the acquisition of Sabre Holdings. As of December 31, 2013, we are in compliance with all covenants under the indenture for the 2016 Notes.

In August 2001, Sabre Holdings issued $400 million in 2011 Notes, bearing interest at a rate of 7.35% and maturing August 1, 2011, in an underwritten public offering resulting in net cash proceeds to us of approximately $397 million. The interest payments were due in February and August each year. The 2011 Notes included certain non-financial covenants, including restrictions on incurring certain types of debt or entering into certain sale and leaseback transactions. In April 2009, we reduced our debt obligations by $76 million for the 2011 Notes. During the quarter ended September 30, 2011, we paid down the remaining $324 million of principal and $12 million of accrued interest on our unsecured notes which matured on August 1, 2011.

On March 30, 2007, in connection with the acquisition of Sabre Holdings by Sabre Corporation, Sabre Holdings filed Form 15 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and terminated its reporting obligations with respect to its common stock, the 2011 Notes and the 2016 Notes under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In connection with the acquisition of Sabre Holdings, we also amended and restated the guarantee by Sabre GLBL of the 2011 Notes and the 2016 Notes in response to a request from the rating agencies so that the 2011 Notes and the 2016 Notes would not be structurally subordinated to Sabre GLBL’s obligations under its senior secured credit facilities. Sabre Corporation has not assumed this guarantee and is not otherwise guaranteeing the 2011 Notes, which have since been repaid, or the 2016 Notes.

Senior Secured Notes

On May 9 and September 20, 2012, Sabre GLBL Inc. issued a total of $800 million in senior secured notes ($400 million each) bearing interest at a rate of 8.50% and maturing on May 15, 2019, pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Securities Act”), resulting in net proceeds of approximately $796 million after capitalized expenses of $5 million. The May 9 and September 20, 2012 offerings (collectively “2019 Notes”) include certain non-financial covenants, including restrictions on incurring certain types of indebtedness, creation of liens on certain assets, making of certain investments, and payment of dividends. These covenants are similar in nature to those existing on the senior secured credit facilities. The 2019 Notes have not and will not be registered under the Securities Act. We used $679 million of the net proceeds to pay off certain lenders under our previous senior secured credit facilities, and retained the remainder for general corporate purposes. A portion of the retained funds was subsequently used for funding the acquisition of PRISM (See Note 3, Acquisitions).

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

Interest is calculated from the date of the original issuance, or May 9, 2012, on the 2019 Notes. We are obligated to pay $68 million in interest per year until 2019. Payments are due in May and November each year. Additionally, capitalized costs related to these transactions are being amortized to interest expense over the 2019 Notes maturity period.

The indenture to the senior secured notes allows the Company, at its option, to redeem up to 40% of the principal amount of the notes outstanding in the event of an equity offering, such as an initial public offering, until May 15, 2015. The contingent call option is at a price of 108.50%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In order to exercise the contingent call option, at least 50% of the aggregate principal originally issued must remain outstanding after the option is exercised, and the redemption must occur within 120 days of the equity offering closing date. The fair value of the contingent call option that met the definition of an embedded derivative was a gain of $2 million at December 31, 2013, and was not material as of December 31, 2012. The call option is recorded as a component of long term debt, with an offsetting unrealized gain in other, net. See Note 12, Derivatives and Note 13, Fair Value Measurements.

Mortgage Facility

On March 29, 2007, we purchased the buildings, land and furniture and fixtures located at our headquarter facilities in Southlake, Texas, which were previously financed under a capital lease facility. The total purchase price of the assets was $104 million. The purchase was financed through $85 million raised by a mortgage facility that we entered into and $19 million from cash on hand. The $85 million mortgage facility carries an interest rate of 5.8% and is secured by the headquarters building which had a net book value of $83 million as of December 31, 2013. Payments made through March 1, 2012 were applied to accrued interest only. Subsequent to that date, payments are also applied to the principal balance of the facility. Payments are due on the first business day of each month. The facility matures on March 1, 2017 and all unpaid principal will be due at that time. As of December 31, 2013 we are in compliance with all covenants set forth in the facility agreement.

Note Payable to a Joint Venture Partner

On March 31, 2002 we entered into a promissory note with one of our joint venture partners. The note carried an interest rate of 8.0% and matured on March 31, 2012, having a zero balance as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

12. Derivatives

Hedging Objectives—We are exposed to certain risks relating to ongoing business operations. The primary risks managed by using derivative instruments are foreign currency exchange rate risk and interest rate risk. Forward contracts on various foreign currencies are entered into to manage the foreign currency exchange rate risk on operational exposure denominated in foreign currencies. Interest rate swaps are entered into to manage interest rate risk associated with our floating-rate borrowings. In accordance with authoritative guidance on accounting for derivatives and hedging, we designate foreign currency forward contracts as cash flow hedges on operational exposure and interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of floating-rate borrowings.

Cash Flow Hedging Strategy—For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction and in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any (ineffective portion) or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations during the current period.

 

F-40

---

Table of Contents

To protect against the reduction in value of forecasted foreign currency cash flows resulting from export sales over the next year, we have instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. We hedge portions of our expenses denominated in foreign currencies with forward contracts. When the dollar strengthens significantly against the foreign currencies, the decline in present value of future foreign currency revenue is offset by gains in the fair value of the forward contracts designated as hedges. Conversely, when the dollar weakens, the increase in the present value of future foreign currency cash flows is offset by losses in the fair value of the forward contracts.

We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate risk exposure. The interest rate swap agreements utilized effectively modify our exposure to interest rate risk by converting floating-rate debt to a fixed rate basis, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense and net earnings. These agreements involve the receipt of floating rate amounts in exchange for fixed rate interest payments over the life of the agreements without an exchange of the underlying principal amount.

Our interest rate swaps are not designated in a cash flow hedging relationship because we no longer qualified for hedge accounting treatment following the amendment and restatement of our Senior Secured Credit Facility in February of 2013 (see Note 11, Debt). Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in the consolidated statement of operations.

Forward Contracts—In order to hedge our operational exposure to foreign currency movements, we are a party to certain foreign currency forward contracts that extend until December 1, 2014. We have designated these instruments as cash flow hedges. No hedging ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings relating to the forwards during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, or 2011. As the outstanding contracts settle, it is estimated that $5 million in gains will be reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) to earnings. We have also entered into short-term forward contracts to hedge a portion of our foreign currency exposure related to travel supplier liability payments. As part of our risk management strategy, these derivatives were not designated for hedge accounting at inception; therefore, the change in fair value of these contracts is recorded in our consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had the following unsettled purchased foreign currency forward contracts that were entered into to hedge our operational exposure to foreign currency movements:

 

December 31, 2013 Outstanding Notional Amount
Buy Currency		Sell Currency		Foreign Amount				USD Amount				Average Contract Rate
(Amounts in thousands, excluding average contract rates)
US Dollar		Australian Dollar			5,625			$	5,041				0.8962
Australian Dollar		US Dollar			975				996				1.0215
Euro		US Dollar			12,800				16,624				1.2988
British Pound Sterling		US Dollar			18,450				28,908				1.5668
Indian Rupee		US Dollar			1,174,000				18,593				0.0158
Polish Zloty		US Dollar			170,400				52,748				0.3096
December 31, 2012 Outstanding Notional Amount
Buy Currency		Sell Currency		Foreign Amount				USD Amount				Average Contract Rate
(Amounts in thousands, excluding average contract rates)
Australian Dollar		US Dollar			4,400			$	4,433				1.0074
Euro		US Dollar			20,005				26,168				1.3081
British Pound Sterling		US Dollar			15,850				25,418				1.6036
Indian Rupee		US Dollar			1,236,000				21,899				0.0177
Polish Zloty		US Dollar			158,450				48,503				0.3061

 

F-41

---

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Swap Contracts—During April 2007, in connection with our senior secured credit facilities (see Note 11, Debt) with a three-month LIBOR as the floating interest rate, we entered into six interest rate swaps. Under the terms of the swaps, the interest rate payments and receipts are quarterly on the last day of January, April, July and October. The reset dates on the swaps are also the last day of January, April, July and October each year until maturity.

The table below includes the outstanding and matured interest rate swaps relevant to the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

Notional Amount

Interest Rate Received

Interest Rate Paid

Effective Date

Maturity Date

Outstanding:

$

400 million

1 month LIBOR

2.03

%

July 29, 2011

September 30, 2014

$

350 million

1 month LIBOR

2.51

%

April 30, 2012

September 30, 2014

$

750 million

Matured:

$

800 million

3 month LIBOR

5.04

%

April 30, 2007

April 30, 2012

$

350 million

3 month LIBOR

4.99

%

April 30, 2007

April 30, 2011

$

125 million

3 month LIBOR

5.04

%

April 30, 2007

April 28, 2011

$

125 million

3 month LIBOR

5.03

%

April 30, 2007

April 28, 2011

$

1,400 million

The objective of the swaps is to hedge the interest payments associated with floating-rate liabilities on the notional amounts of our Senior Secured Debt as summarized above. The effectiveness of the swaps is periodically assessed throughout the life of the swaps using the “hypothetical derivative method.” The hypothetical swap has terms that identically match the terms of the floating rate liability, and is therefore presumed to perfectly offset the hedged cash flows. We review the critical terms of the swaps and the hedged instrument quarterly to validate that the terms continue to match and that there has been no deterioration in the creditworthiness of the counterparties. Hedge ineffectiveness is calculated quarterly based upon the excess of the cumulative change in the fair value of the actual swap over the cumulative change in the fair value of the “perfect” hypothetical swap. The amount of ineffectiveness, if any, is recorded in earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, no hedge ineffectiveness has been incurred.

The estimated fair values of our derivatives designated as hedging instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are provided below:

 

		Derivative Assets (Liabilities)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value as of December 31,
				2013				2012
				(Amounts in thousands)
Foreign exchange contracts		Prepaid expenses		$	5,374			$	2,568
Interest rate swaps		Other accrued liabilities			—				(15,111	)
		Other noncurrent liabilities			—				(10,461	)
Total				$	5,374			$	(23,004	)

 

F-42

---

Table of Contents

The effects of derivative instruments, net of taxes, on other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are provided below:

 

				Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion)
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships				Year Ended December 31,
				2013				2012				2011
				(Amounts in thousands)
Foreign exchange contracts				$	2,999			$	4,593			$	(577	)
Interest rate swaps					—				(3,924	)			(24,092	)
Total				$	2,999			$	669			$	(24,669	)
				Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion)
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships		Location		Year Ended December 31,
				2013				2012				2011
				(Amounts in thousands)
Foreign exchange contracts		Cost of revenue		$	915			$	(2,890	)		$	8,508
Interest rate swaps		Interest expense			—				(15,906	)			(29,250	)
Total				$	915			$	(18,796	)		$	(20,742	)

As described in Note 11, Debt, on February 19, 2013 we entered into an agreement that amended and restated our existing senior secured credit facilities. As a result, a critical term of the interest rate swap agreements no longer matched the senior secured debt, and we no longer qualified for hedge accounting as of January 1, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we reclassified $15 million, or $9 million, net of tax, from OCI to interest expense related to the derivatives that no longer qualify for hedge accounting. As of December 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of interest rate swaps not designated as hedging instruments was a $12 million liability and included in other accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. The accumulated unrealized loss related to these derivatives was $11 million at December 31, 2013 and will be amortized from other comprehensive income (loss) into interest expense through the maturity date of the respective swap agreements. The adjustment to fair value of these interest rate swap agreements for the year ended December 31, 2013 was not material to our results of operations. We had no other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. See “—Forward Contracts” for additional information on our purpose for entering into derivatives not designated as hedging instruments and our overall risk management strategies.

Embedded Derivative Related to Senior Secured Notes—On May 9, 2012 Sabre GLBL Inc. issued $400 million in senior secured notes which included a contingent call option to redeem up to 40% of the notes in the event of an equity offering at a rate of 108.50%, until May 15, 2015. This contingent call option is not clearly and closely related to the hybrid indenture and therefore requires separate accounting. We recognized a change in the fair value of the option as a gain of $2 million in other, net in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in fair value of the option was not material for the year ended December 31, 2012.

13. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date in the principal or most advantageous

 

F-43

---

Table of Contents

market for that asset or liability. Guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures establishes a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of inputs used in measuring fair value defined as follows:

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and quoted prices in non-active markets, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, and inputs that are not directly observable, but are corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Inputs that are unobservable and are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant management judgment.

A financial asset’s or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the least reliable level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. In determining fair value, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. We also consider the counterparty and our own non-performance risk in our assessment of fair value.

Fair values of applicable assets and liabilities are estimated as follows:

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts—The fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts were estimated based upon pricing models that use inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data such as currency spot and forward rates.

Interest Rate Swaps—The fair value of our interest rate swaps were estimated using a combined income and market-based valuation methodology based upon credit ratings and forward interest rate yield curves obtained from independent pricing services reflecting broker market quotes.

Contingent Consideration—On August 1, 2012, we acquired all of the outstanding stock and ownership interest of PRISM (see Note 3, Acquisitions). Included in the purchase price is contingent consideration, based on management’s best estimate of fair value and future performance results on the acquisition date and is to be paid in 24 months following the acquisition date. Fair value of this payment was estimated considering the timing of the payments and discounted at 4.75%, representing our short-term borrowing rate based on our revolving credit facility at the time of the acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $1 million in expense related to the change in fair value of the contingent consideration. The expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the change in fair value was not material. A 1% increase or decrease in our discount rate will result in a 1.4% change in fair value.

Embedded Derivative—On May 15, 2012, we acquired a contingent call option to redeem a portion of our senior secured notes in the event of an equity offering (see Note 11, Debt). We modeled the fair value of this call option by evaluating the difference in fair value of the hybrid instrument with and without the call option requiring separate accounting. We calculated the fair value using Level 3 unobservable inputs such as management’s estimate of the probability of an equity offering, credit spreads and the expected future volatility of interest rates based on historical trends. When other inputs are held constant, the higher our expectation of future interest rate volatility, the lower the fair value of the call option. Changes to the unobservable inputs could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement.

 

F-44

---

Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis—The following tables present the fair value of our assets (liabilities) that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

						Fair Value at Reporting Date Using
		December 31, 2013				Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
		(Amounts in thousands)
Contingent consideration		$	(26,303	)		$	—			$	—			$	(26,303	)
Derivatives
Foreign currency forward contracts (see Note 12)			5,374				—				5,374				—
Interest rate swap contracts (see Note 12)			(11,533	)			—				(11,533	)			—
Contingent call option, 2019 Notes (see Note 11)			1,657				—				—				1,657
Total derivatives			(4,502	)			—				(6,159	)			1,657
Total		$	(30,805	)		$	—			$	(6,159	)		$	(24,646	)
						Fair Value at Reporting Date Using
		December 31, 2012				Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
		(Amounts in thousands)
Contingent consideration		$	(25,193	)		$	—			$	—				(25,193	)
Derivatives
Foreign currency forward contracts (see Note 12)			2,568				—				2,568				—
Interest rate swap contracts (see Note 12)			(25,572	)			—				(25,572	)			—
Total derivatives			(23,004	)			—				(23,004	)			—
Total		$	(48,197	)		$	—			$	(23,004	)		$	(25,193	)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis—Fair values of applicable assets and liabilities which are re-measured on a nonrecurring basis are estimated as follows:

Goodwill and Intangible Assets—As described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, our assessment of non-financial assets that are required to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis is performed annually, as of October 1, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. As of June 2013, we initiated an impairment analysis on the Travelocity North America and Europe reporting units following the allocation of goodwill to TBiz and Holiday Autos. The fair values of these reporting units’ goodwill and intangible assets were estimated using discounted future cash flow projections in 2013, a Level 3 input. Based on the results of the analysis, the goodwill for Travelocity—North America was written down by $96 million and the goodwill for Travelocity—Europe was written down by $40 million. As of June 30, 2013, Travelocity had no goodwill remaining. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, we impaired software developed for internal use for Travelocity—Europe by $2 million. Certain other definite lived intangible assets were impaired by $1 million to a fair value of zero. Our Travelocity—Europe trade name was not impaired as a result of this assessment. Additionally, we measured the goodwill associated with our remaining operating units: Travel Network, Airline Solutions and Hospitality Solutions, as of October 1, 2013 in connection with the annual impairment tests, which did not lead to an impairment charge in 2013.

In 2012, certain competitors of Travelocity announced plans to move towards offering hotel customers a choice of payment options which could adversely affect margins earned on hotel room sales over time. Travelocity’s move to this new revenue model could additionally impact its working capital as it would collect less cash up front, reducing the size of existing supplier liability over time. We also saw continued weakness in

 

F-45

---

Table of Contents

the business performance of Travelocity in the fourth quarter of 2012. We therefore completed multiple impairment analyses of goodwill and long-lived assets in 2012. The fair value of our Travelocity reporting units’ goodwill and long lived assets were estimated using discounted future cash flow projections, a Level 3 input. The goodwill for Travelocity—North America was written down by $58 million to its implied fair value of $105 million, and long-lived assets, including definite lived intangible assets, software developed for internal use, computer equipment and capitalized implementation costs, were written down by $281 million to $87 million. In 2012, the goodwill for Travelocity—Europe was written down by $70 million to its implied fair value of $76 million and long lived assets, including definite lived intangible assets, software developed for internal use and computer equipment, were written down by $154 million to their fair value of $16 million.

In 2011, goodwill for Travelocity—North America was written down by $173 million to its implied fair value of $163 million based on an analysis performed in June 30, 2011 as a result of triggering events that led to an interim assessment. Additionally, we measured the goodwill associated with Travelocity—North America and Europe as of October 1, 2011 in connection with the annual impairment tests we performed on our goodwill. As a result of the annual testing performed, goodwill for our Travelocity—Europe reporting unit was written down by $12 million to its implied fair value of $151 million. The fair values of the reporting units’ goodwill and long-lived assets were estimated using discounted future cash flow projections in 2011, a Level 3 input.

Litigation Settlement Payable—On October 30, 2012, we reached a settlement agreement with AMR with respect to breach of contract and antitrust claims brought against us in 2011. We denied AMR’s allegations and aggressively defended against these claims and pursued our own legal rights as warranted. The settlement liability is considered a multiple-element arrangement and the components included in the settlement have been recorded at fair value. The net charge recorded in 2012 consists of several elements, including cash and future cash to be paid directly to AMR, payment credits to pay for future technology services that we provide (as defined in the agreements), and an estimate of the fair value of other agreements entered into concurrently with the settlement agreement, Level 3 inputs. See Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings for additional information on the litigation charges. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the remaining obligations were $39 million and $118 million, in litigation settlement liability and related deferred revenue and $98 million and $127 million in other noncurrent liabilities, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheets.

Notes Payable—The fair value of our 2016 Notes, 2019 Notes and term loan are determined based on quoted market prices for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market, a Level 1 input. The outstanding principal balance of our mortgage facility approximated its fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The fair values of the mortgage facility were determined based on estimates of current interest rates for similar debt, a Level 2 input.

The following table presents the fair value and carrying value of our 2016 Notes, 2019 Notes and term loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

Financial Instrument		Fair Value at December 31, 2013		Carrying Value at December 31, 2013
$400 million 2016 notes		$448 million		$389 million
$800 million 2019 notes		$886 million		$800 million
$1,775 million Term Loan B		$1,777 million		$1,747 million
$350 million Incremental Term Facility		$349 million		$349 million
$425 million Term Loan C		$363 million		$360 million

 

F-46

---

Table of Contents

Financial Instrument		Fair Value at December 31, 2012				Carrying Value at December 31, 2012
$400 million 2016 notes		$	429 million			$	385 million
$800 million 2019 notes		$	854 million			$	802 million
$1,802 million Term Loan B		$	1,812 million			$	1,802 million
$375 million incremental term loan Facility		$	380 million			$	371 million

14. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of related deferred income taxes were as follows:

 

		December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Defined benefit pension & other post retirement benefit plans		$	(63,762	)		$	(86,158	)
Unrealized loss on foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps			(2,684	)			(14,222	)
Unrealized foreign currency translation gain			15,050				1,934
Other (1)			1,501				2,916
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		$	(49,895	)		$	(95,530	)

 

(1)	Primarily relates to our share of Abacus’ accumulated other comprehensive income. See Note 6, Equity Method Investments.

The change in defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans is net of deferred tax effects of approximately $12 million, $19 million, and $16 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 respectively.

The change in unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps is net of deferred tax effects of approximately $6 million, $9 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The change in unrealized foreign currency translation gain (loss) is net of deferred tax effects of approximately $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The tax effects allocated to the other components of accumulated other comprehensive income during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were not material.

Reclassification adjustments, net of tax, for (gains) losses included in net income were as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Foreign currency translation (1)		$	8,162			$	888			$	—
Foreign exchange contracts			(915	)			2,890				(8,508	)
Interest rate swaps			9,453				15,906				29,250
Prior service costs and actuarial gains			(5,409	)			(6,716	)			(7,285	)
Total		$	11,291			$	12,968			$	13,457

 

(1)	Relates to the dispositions of Zuji in 2013 and TravelGuru and Sabre Pacific in 2012. See Note 4, Discontinued Operations and Dispositions.

 

F-47

---

Table of Contents

15. Redeemable Preferred Stock

Our authorized preferred stock consists of 225 million shares with a par value of $0.01 per share of which 87.5 million shares of preferred stock have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock with a stated value of $5.7468681218772 per share. As of December 31, 2013, and 2012, there were 87,229,703 preferred shares issued and 87,184,178 preferred shares outstanding, all of which were Series A Preferred Stock.

Voting

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have no voting rights except with respect to the creation of any class or series of capital stock having any preference or priority over Series A Preferred Stock or the amendment or repeal of any provision of the constituent documents of the Company that adversely changes the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Dividends

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock accumulates dividends at an annual rate of 6%. Accumulated but unpaid dividends totaled $134 million and $97 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Series A Preferred Shares were recorded at fair value at the date of issuance and have been adjusted each period to the current redemption value which includes accumulated but unpaid dividends. On December 31, 2009, we declared and paid a $90 million in-kind dividend through the conversion of our wholly-owned subsidiary Travelocity.com Inc. into Travelocity.com LLC (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). No cash dividends have been paid since the inception of the Series A Preferred Shares.

Liquidation

The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have the right to require us to repurchase their shares in the form of cash in the amount of the stated value per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends upon the occurrence of a liquidation event as described in the Certificate of Correction of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Sabre Corporation (“Liquidation Events”). Liquidation Events are: (a) a consolidation or merger in which the Company is not the surviving entity to the extent that holders of common stock of the Company receive cash, indebtedness, or preferred stock of the surviving entity and holders of Series A Preferred Stock do not receive preferred stock of the surviving entity with rights, powers, and preferences equal to or more favorable than those of the Series A Preferred Stock; (b) a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (c) any person or group of persons acquiring beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power or equity interest in the Company; (d) the first underwritten public offering and sale of the equity securities of the Company for cash; or (e) the 30th anniversary of the date of issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock. At the time of repurchase, the Series A Preferred Stock must be presented in units, each of which is to consist of two restricted shares of currently outstanding common stock and five shares of Series A Preferred Stock. For each unit presented for repurchase, the holders will receive back two unrestricted shares of common stock in addition to the cash in the amount of the stated value per share of Series A Preferred Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

Redemption

The Series A Preferred Stock are redeemable for cash in the amount of the stated value per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. At our option, we may redeem all or part of the Series A Preferred Stock at any time. The majority holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are TPG and Silver Lake which have the right to elect the board of directors in their capacity as owners. Therefore, the Series A Preferred Shares are also redeemable at the option of the holders of the Preferred Stock. As such, the Series A Preferred Stock is presented outside of permanent equity as temporary equity in our consolidated balance sheet. At the time of redemption, the Series A Preferred Stock must be presented in units, each of which is to consist of two restricted shares of currently

 

F-48

---

Table of Contents

outstanding common stock and five shares of Series A Preferred Stock. For each unit presented for redemption, the holders will receive back two unrestricted shares of common stock in addition to the cash in the amount of the stated value per share of Series A Preferred Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

16. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock—Our authorized common stock consists of 450 million shares with a par value of $0.01 per share. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were 178,633,408 and 177,911,922 shares issued, respectively, and 178,491,568 and 177,789,402 shares outstanding, respectively. No dividend or distribution can be declared or paid with respect of the common stock, and we cannot redeem, purchase, acquire, or retire for value the common stock, unless and until the full amount of unpaid dividends accrued on the Series A Preferred Stock has been paid.

17. Options and Other Equity-Based Awards

As of December 31, 2013, our outstanding equity based compensation plans and agreements include:

 

•

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan

 

•

TVL Common, Inc. Restricted Stock Grant Agreement

 

•

Travelocity.com LLC Stock Option Grant Agreement

 

•

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Grant Agreement

 

•

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan Stock Settled SARs with Respect to Travelocity Equity

 

•

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan for Travelocity’s CEO Stock Settled SARs with Respect to Travelocity Equity

 

•

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement

 

•

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan

Under these plans, the Company has granted stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units. Sabre Corporation was formerly Sovereign Holdings, Inc.

Our Plans

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan—Under the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan (“Sovereign MEIP”), adopted June 11, 2007, as amended in April 22, 2010, key employees and, in certain circumstances, the directors, service providers and consultants, of the Company and its affiliates may be granted stock options. Under the Sovereign MEIP:

 

•

the total number of shares of common stock of Sabre Corporation reserved and available for issuance is limited to an aggregate of 22,318,298;

 

•

the exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock of Sabre Corporation;

 

•

time-based and performance-based stock options may be granted; time-based stock options generally vest over five years (25% vests after the first anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 75% vests ratably on a quarterly basis thereafter); performance-based options will vest upon a liquidity event, as determined by the Board, subject to achievement of certain performance measures and events as defined in the Sovereign MEIP; and

 

•

generally, a liquidity event is defined as the occurrence of (i) a transaction or series of transactions that results, directly or indirectly, in the sale, transfer or other disposition of (a) the shares of common stock

 

F-49

---

Table of Contents

of Sabre Corporation or TVL Common, Inc. held by TPG or Silver Lake (the “the Majority Stockholder”), or (b) the assets of Sabre Corporation or TVL Common, Inc. or (ii) any other transaction or series of transactions determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, to constitute a liquidity event.

Effective September 14, 2012, all shares available for future grants were transferred to the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan. Additionally, shares that were covered by prior awards of stock options granted under the Sovereign MEIP that were forfeited or otherwise expire unexercised or without the issuance of shares of Sabre Corporation common stock are also transferred to the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan. Therefore, as of December 31, 2013, no shares remained available for future grants under the Sovereign MEIP.

TVL Common, Inc. Restricted Stock Grant Agreement—In 2010, we adopted the TVL Common, Inc. Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (“TVL Common RSA”). Under the TVL Common RSA, any employee who had an outstanding grant of stock options under the Sovereign MEIP as of December 31, 2009 received a grant of restricted shares under the TVL Common RSA. Under the TVL Common RSA:

 

•

the total number of restricted shares of TVL Common, Inc. reserved and available for issuance under the TVL Common RSA is limited to 17,828,085;

 

•

the restricted shares vest on the same terms and conditions as the corresponding grant of stock options under the Sovereign MEIP, subject to the occurrence of a liquidity event (as defined above), or earlier termination of employment and achievement of certain performance measures.

In connection with the dividend of the noncontrolling interest in Travelocity.com LLC (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in December 2009, each holder of outstanding time-based and performance-based options under the Sovereign MEIP was granted restricted shares in TVL Common, Inc. in 2010.

Effective December 31, 2012, our majority shareholders approved a merger transaction in which all available and outstanding shares under the TVL Common RSA were cancelled. Therefore, as of December 31, 2012, no shares were outstanding or remained available for future grants under the TVL Common RSA.

Travelocity.com LLC Stock Option Grant Agreement—In 2010, pursuant to the terms of the Travelocity.com LLC limited liability company agreement (“TVL.com LLC Agreement”), we issued stock options using the Travelocity.com LLC Stock Option Grant Agreement (“TVL.com SOA”). Pursuant to the TVL.com LLC Agreement, key employees and, in certain circumstances, the directors, service providers and consultants, of the Company and its affiliates could be granted stock options to purchase common units of Travelocity.com LLC. Under the terms of the TVL.com LLC Agreement, as set forth in the TVL.com SOA:

 

•

the total number of common units of Travelocity.com LLC reserved and available for issuance is limited to an aggregate of 4,286,418;

 

•

the exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of a common unit of Travelocity.com LLC on the grant date;

 

•

the exercise price will increase quarterly at 6.0% per annum until the date of exercise; and

 

•

the options vest over five years (25% vests after the first anniversary of the grant date, the remaining 75% vests ratably on a quarterly basis thereafter).

At December 31, 2013, 2,801,888 options remained available for future grants pursuant to the TVL.com LLC Agreement, using the TVL.com SOA.

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Grant Agreement—In 2011, we granted 354,191 shares of Sabre Corporation restricted common stock as an employment inducement award, and not under any equity incentive

 

F-50

---

Table of Contents

plan adopted by the Company. The shares of Sabre Corporation restricted common stock vest ratably over three years from the date of grant, one-third on each anniversary of the grant date.

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan for Travelocity’s CEO Stock Settled SARs With Respect to Travelocity Equity; and Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan—Stock Settled SARs with Respect to Travelocity Equity—In 2011, we adopted the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan for Travelocity’s CEO Stock Settled SARs With Respect to Travelocity Equity (“Travelocity Equity 2011”) and in 2012, we adopted the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan—Stock-Settled SARs with Respect to Travelocity Equity (“Travelocity Equity 2012”). Under the Travelocity Equity 2011 plan, Travelocity’s CEO was granted stock-settled SARs relating to Travelocity Holdings, Inc. (“THI”) common stock and Travelocity.com LLC common units. Under the Travelocity Equity 2012 plan, key employees and, in certain circumstances, directors, service providers and consultants, of the Company and its affiliates may be granted stock-settled SARs relating to THI common stock and Travelocity.com LLC common units. Under the terms of these plans:

 

•

SARs with respect to THI common stock and Travelocity.com LLC common units (collectively “Tandem SARs”) must be exercised in tandem in the same proportion of SARs granted, and may be settled, at our option, in shares of the underlying common stock and common units, interests in Sabre Corporation or any successor to Sabre Corporation, THI or Travelocity.com LLC, or in cash.

 

•

The SARs vest over four years (25% vests after the first anniversary of the grant date, the remaining 75% vests on a quarterly basis thereafter).

 

•

Generally, vested Tandem SARs are only exercisable in connection with a liquidity event and at any time thereafter prior to their expiration.

 

•

Generally, a liquidity event is defined as the occurrence of (i) a transaction or series of transactions that results, directly or indirectly, in the sale, transfer or other disposition of substantially all of the economic interest in Sabre Corporation or THI or any of its subsidiaries held by the Majority Stockholder, (ii) a change in control (as defined in the Travelocity Equity 2011 or Travelocity Equity 2012 plan, respectively), (iii) any other transaction or series of transactions determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, to constitute a liquidity event or (iv) an initial public offering of equity interests in Sabre Corporation or THI or any of its subsidiaries.

In 2012, the Travelocity Equity 2011 plan was amended and any outstanding Tandem SARs were cancelled and a new award of Tandem SARs was issued under the amended plan with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of THI common stock and THI common units on the date of grant. The terms of this amended plan and the vesting schedule of the new award of Tandem SARs were consistent with the original plan and the initial grant of Tandem SARs. The new award of Tandem SARs vests 25% after the first anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vests quarterly thereafter. The grant of tandem SARs is accounted for as a modification and resulted in $1 million of additional expense for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The total number of SARs reserved and available for issuance under the Travelocity Equity 2012 plan is limited to an aggregate of 16,565,408 shares of THI common stock and 16,565,408 Travelocity.com LLC common units.

At December 31, 2013, a total of 7,505,466 shares of THI common stock and 7,505,466 Travelocity.com LLC common units remained available for future grants under both plans.

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement—In 2012, we granted an award of time-based RSUs to the Chief Executive Officer of Travelocity that, due to the nature of these RSUs, are accounted for as liability awards and have an aggregate fixed value of $3 million using the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement (the Sovereign RSU Agreement”) and not under any equity incentive plan adopted by the Company. The Sovereign RSU Agreement vests as to certain fixed dollar amounts ratably each six months starting on December 15, 2012 through June 15, 2015 and is settled in shares of Sabre Corporation common stock or the prescribed cash amount. The number of shares of Sabre Corporation common stock to be delivered at

 

F-51

---

Table of Contents

each vesting date is determined by dividing these prescribed amounts by the current fair market value of Sabre Corporation common stock on each vesting date, with any residual value to be delivered in cash. As a condition to settlement of the Sovereign RSU Agreement, the Chief Executive Officer of Travelocity would forfeit up to 30% of the shares of THI and common units of Travelocity.com LLC underlying his Tandem SAR award under the Travelocity Equity 2011 plan on certain specified dates.

Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan—Under the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan (“Sovereign 2012 MEIP”), adopted September 14, 2012, key employees and, in certain circumstances, the directors, service providers and consultants, of the Company and its affiliates may be granted stock options, restricted shares, RSUs, performance-based awards and other stock-based awards. Under the Sovereign 2012 MEIP:

 

•

the total number of shares of common stock of Sabre Corporation reserved and available for issuance is currently limited to the aggregate of 1,800,000 shares of Sabre Corporation common stock, 2,568,561 shares of Sabre Corporation common stock that were available for issuance under the Sovereign MEIP as of the effective date of the Sovereign 2012 MEIP, 2,160,000 shares were added per the Compensation Committee resolution, and, as of December 31, 2013, 4,150,967 shares that were covered by prior awards of stock options granted under the Sovereign MEIP that were forfeited or otherwise expire unexercised or without the issuance of shares of Sabre Corporation common stock;

 

•

the exercise price of any stock options granted under the Sovereign 2012 MEIP must be at least equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock of Sabre Corporation on the grant date; and

 

•

time-based options typically vest over four or five years (25% vests after the first anniversary of the grant date, the remaining 75% vests ratably on a quarterly basis thereafter); performance-based awards will vest based on achievement of certain performance measures and events as defined in the Sovereign 2012 MEIP and the grant agreement.

At December 31, 2013, 2,384,558 shares remained available for future grants of equity awards under the Sovereign 2012 MEIP.

Grants of Equity-Based Awards

All grants of stock options have an exercise price equal to the estimated fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Because we are privately held and there is no public market for our common stock, the fair market value of our common stock is determined utilizing factors such as our actual and projected financial results, valuations of the Company performed by third parties and other information obtained from public, financial and industry sources.

Performance-Based Stock Options—In 2008, we issued performance-based stock options under the Sovereign MEIP. The granted options shall vest and become exercisable upon the occurrence of a liquidity event which triggers certain performance measures. Because the performance condition is contingent on a liquidity event, no expense will be recognized in connection with these options until such an event is probable.

The fair value of the performance-based stock options granted was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2008
Exercise price		$	5.00
Average risk-free interest rate			4.15	%
Expected life (in years)			6.85
Implied volatility			36.40	%
Weighted-average fair value		$	1.81

 

F-52

---

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, there was approximately $2 million unrecognized compensation expense that will be recognized at the time the criteria for recognition are met. Performance-based share activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

Sovereign MEIP Performance-based Stock Options		Options				Weighted-Average Exercise Price
Outstanding and Nonvested at December 31, 2012			776,037			$	5.00
Granted			—				—
Cancelled			—				—
Outstanding and Nonvested at December 31, 2013			776,037			$	5.00

Time-Based Equity Awards—We issue, or have issued, time-based equity awards in the form of SARs and stock options under the Sovereign MEIP, TVL.com SOA, Travelocity Equity 2011, Travelocity Equity 2012, and the Sovereign 2012 MEIP. Generally, these awards vest over five years, or immediately upon a liquidity event, and are not exercisable more than ten years after the date of grant.

The fair value of the stock options granted was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2013
		Sovereign 2012 MEIP
Exercise price		$	11.91
Average risk-free interest rate			1.53	%
Expected life (in years)			6.11
Implied volatility			30.75	%
Weighted-average estimated fair value		$	3.89

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2012
		Sovereign 2012 MEIP				TVL.com SOA				Tandem SARs (1)				Sovereign MEIP
Exercise price		$	9.96			$	0.12			$	1.45			$	8.41
Average risk-free interest rate			0.93	%			1.53	%			1.02	%			1.41	%
Expected life (in years)			6.44				6.44				6.11				6.44
Implied volatility			31.42	%			45.00	%			45.02	%			35.45	%
Weighted-average estimated fair value		$	3.29			$	0.04			$	0.64			$	3.17

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2011
		TVL.com SOA				Tandem SARs (1)				Sovereign MEIP
Exercise price		$	0.16			$	1.74			$	8.59
Average risk-free interest rate			2.07	%			2.57	%			1.88	%
Expected life (in years)			6.44				6.44				6.44
Implied volatility			42.82	%			42.50	%			35.90	%
Weighted-average estimated fair value		$	0.06			$	0.61			$	3.36

 

(1)	Represents the weighted average of Tandem SARs granted under the Travelocity Equity 2011 and Travelocity Equity 2012 plans.

We expensed $4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 and $7 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 related to time-based stock options. As of December 31, 2013, we have

 

F-53

---

Table of Contents

approximately $21 million in unrecognized compensation expense that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. Time-based share activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

		Sovereign MEIP Stock Options												Sovereign 2012 MEIP Stock Options
						Weighted-Average												Weighted-Average
		Quantity				Exercise Price				Remaining Contractual Term (years)				Quantity				Exercise Price				Remaining Contractual Term (years)
Outstanding at December 31, 2012			17,235,250			$	4.84				5.68				1,505,225			$	9.96				8.92
Granted			—				—				—				2,910,621				11.91				—
Exercised			(596,285	)			4.92				—				—				—				—
Cancelled			(987,896	)			5.14				—				(153,500	)			10.18				—
Outstanding at December 31, 2013			15,651,069				4.81				4.66				4,262,346				11.29				8.18
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013			14,170,926			$	4.59				4.63				485,546			$	10.98				9.14

 

		TVL.com SOA Time-based Stock Options												Travelocity Equity 2012 Tandem SARs
						Weighted-Average												Weighted-Average
		Quantity				Exercise Price				Remaining Contractual Term (years)				Quantity				Exercise Price				Remaining Contractual Term (years)
Outstanding at December 31, 2012			1,960,231			$	0.43				7.59				21,607,122			$	1.45				7.38
Cancelled			(475,701	)			0.48				—				(3,487,238	)			1.45				—
Outstanding at December 31, 2013			1,484,530				0.41				6.66				18,119,884				1.45				6.38
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013			1,009,904			$	0.52				6.56				—			$	—				—

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $5 million, $4 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value for outstanding options under the Sovereign MEIP and Sovereign 2012 MEIP plans totaled $232 million and $34 million, respectively; and the aggregate intrinsic value for vested and exercisable options under the Sovereign MEIP and Sovereign 2012 MEIP plans totaled $213 million and $4 million, respectively.

In 2013 and in 2012, the Board of Directors approved modifications of Sovereign MEIP stock options held by six employees by extending the exercise period following their termination. This change was accounted for as a modification and resulted in less than $1 million of stock compensation expense in each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. There were no modifications during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Restricted Stock—In 2011, we granted restricted shares of Sabre Corporation’s common stock which vest ratably over three years. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of Sabre Corporation, sale of all or substantially all of Sabre Corporation’s assets, or merger of Sabre Corporation, the Board may exchange the restricted shares of Sabre Corporation’s common stock for restricted shares of common stock in the new or surviving entity or settle in cash.

Restricted stock is measured based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of the grant. Shares of Sabre Corporation common stock are delivered on the vesting dates with the applicable statutory tax withholding requirements to be satisfied per the terms of the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Grant Agreement.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded approximately $1 million in compensation expense related to the grant of restricted stock. As of December 31, 2013, we have a negligible amount in unrecognized compensation expense that will be recognized over the associated vesting periods.

 

F-54

---

Table of Contents

Restricted stock activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

Sabre Corporation Restricted Stock		Quantity				Weighted-Average Fair Value Per Award
Restricted stock, beginning of year			236,127			$	8.47
Granted			—				—
Vested			(118,063	)			8.47
Restricted stock, end of year			118,064			$	8.47

Restricted Stock Units—In November 2012, the Board approved a grant of time-based RSUs with an aggregate fixed value of $3 million. The RSUs are able to be settled at the Board’s discretion in shares of our common stock or cash and are accounted for as liability awards. Expense associated with this grant of RSUs is being recognized over the associated vesting period as stock compensation expense. As of December 31, 2013, we have a negligible amount recorded in other noncurrent liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets related to these RSUs.

Our performance-based RSUs vest evenly over a four year period dependent upon certain company-based performance measures being achieved. On the date of grant, we determine the fair value of the performance-based awards, taking into account the probability of achieving the performance measures. Each reporting period, we re-assess the probability assumption and, if there is an adjustment, record the cumulative effect of the adjustment in the current reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2013 we expensed $4 million in stock compensation expense related to 1,304,063 performance-based RSUs.

18. Earnings Per Share

The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators used in the computations of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Net loss from continuing operations		$	(90,455	)		$	(621,726	)		$	(79,294	)
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests			2,863				(59,317	)			(36,681	)
Preferred stock dividends			36,704				34,583				32,579
Net loss from continuing operations available to common shareholders		$	(130,022	)		$	(596,992	)		$	(75,192	)
Basic and diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding			178,125				177,206				176,703
Basic and diluted loss per share available to common shareholders		$	(0.73	)		$	(3.37	)		$	(0.43	)

Basic earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and the effect of all dilutive common stock equivalents during each period. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we had 22 million, 20 million and 21 million common stock equivalents, respectively, primarily associated with our stock-options. As we recorded net losses for each period presented, all common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as its inclusion would have been antidilutive. As a result, basic and diluted earnings per share are equal for each period.

 

F-55

---

Table of Contents

Tandem SARs issued with respect to the Travelocity Equity 2012 plan may be settled in shares of the underlying stock and units, interests in Sabre Corporation or any successor to Sabre Corporation, THI or Travelocity.com LLC, or in cash. If we elect to settle in shares of Sabre Corporation, the quantity issued is based on the intrinsic value of the Tandem SARs at the time of settlement and the fair value of Sabre Corporation shares at the time of settlement. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, no shares were issuable under this calculation and therefore there were no common stock equivalents associated with the Tandem SARs.

19. Related Party Transactions

On March 30, 2007, we entered into a Management Services Agreement (the “MSA”) with affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake to provide us with management services. Pursuant to the agreement, we are required to pay monitoring fees of $5 million to $7 million each year which are dependent on consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for these services. We recognized $7 million in expense related to the annual monitoring fee for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, in our consolidated statements of income. Additionally, we reimburse affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them or their affiliates in connection with services provided pursuant to the MSA. For the year ended December 31, 2013, these expenses were $1 million. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, these expenses were not material. In connection with the completion of an offering or sale of the company, we will be required to pay to TPG and Silver Lake, in the aggregate, a $21 million fee pursuant to the MSA and the MSA will be terminated.

For related party transactions with Abacus, an equity method investment, refer to Note 6, Equity Method Investments.

20. Commitments and Contingencies

Future Minimum Payments under Contractual Obligations

At December 31, 2013, future minimum payments required under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, 2016 Notes and 2019 Notes, the mortgage facility, operating lease agreements with terms in excess of one year for facilities, equipment and software licenses and other significant contractual cash obligations were as follows:

 

		Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations		2014				2015				2016				2017				2018				Thereafter				Total
		(Amounts in thousands)
Total debt (1)		$	320,662			$	315,929			$	726,845			$	360,459			$	244,391			$	2,855,934			$	4,824,220
Headquarters mortgage (2)			5,984				5,984				5,984				80,895				—				—				98,847
Operating lease obligations (3)			31,450				27,217				23,363				15,435				9,668				25,789				132,922
IT outsourcing agreement (4)			165,983				156,492				135,307				99,305				—				—				557,087
Purchase orders (5)			137,456				2,146				1,565				—				—				—				141,167
Letters of credit (6)			65,238				128				1,621				—				—				151				67,138
WNS agreement (7)			23,777				24,910				—				—				—				—				48,687
Other purchase obligations (8)			39,175				—				—				—				—				—				39,175
Unrecognized tax benefits (9)			—				—				—				—				—				—				66,620
Total contractual cash obligations (10)		$	789,725			$	532,806			$	894,685			$	556,094			$	254,059			$	2,881,874			$	5,975,863

 

(1)

Includes all interest and principal related to the 2016 Notes and 2019 Notes. Also includes all interest and principal related to borrowings under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which will mature in 2017 and 2019 and the Incremental Term Facility, which will mature in 2017. We are required to pay a percentage of the excess cash flow generated each year to our lenders which is not reflected in the table above. Interest on the term loan is based on the LIBOR rate plus a base margin and includes the effect of

 

F-56

---

Table of Contents

interest rate swaps. For purposes of this table, we have used projected LIBOR rates for all future periods (see Note 11, Debt).

(2)	Includes all interest and principal related to $85 million mortgage facility, which matures on March 1, 2017 (see Note 11, Debt).

(3)

We lease approximately two million square feet of office space in 97 locations in 48 countries. Lease payment escalations are based on fixed annual increases, local consumer price index changes or market rental reviews. We have renewal options of various term lengths at 65 locations, and we have no purchase options and no restrictions imposed by our leases concerning dividends or additional debt.

(4)	Represents minimum amounts due to Hewlett-Packard under the terms of an outsourcing agreement through which HP manages a significant portion of our information technology systems.

(5)

Purchase obligations represent an estimate of all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business for which we have not received the goods or services as of December 31, 2013. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services.

(6)

Our letters of credit consist of stand-by letters of credit, underwritten by a group of lenders, which we primarily issue for certain regulatory purposes as well as to certain hotel properties to secure our payment for hotel room transactions. The contractual expiration dates of these letters of credit are shown in the table above. There were no claims made against any stand-by letters of credit during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

(7)	Represents expected payments to WNS Global Services, an entity to which we outsource a portion of our Travelocity contact center operations and back-office fulfillment though 2015. The expected payments are based upon current and historical transactions.

(8)	Consists primarily of minimum payments due under various marketing agreements, management services monitoring fees and media strategy, planning and placement agreements.

(9)	Unrecognized tax benefits include associated interest and penalties. The timing of related cash payments for substantially all of these liabilities is inherently uncertain because the ultimate amount and timing of such liabilities is affected by factors which are variable and outside our control.

(10)	Excludes pension obligations; see Note 9, Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans.

The following table presents rent expense for continuing operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Rent expense		$	40,474			$	36,385			$	39,846
Less:
Sublease rent			—				—				(3,574	)
Total rent expense		$	40,474			$	36,385			$	36,272

Value Added Tax Receivables—We generate Value Added Tax (“VAT”) refund claims, recorded as receivables, in multiple jurisdictions through the normal course of our business. Audits related to these claims are in various stages of investigation. If the results of certain audits or litigation were to become unfavorable or if some of the countries owing a VAT refund default on their obligation due to deterioration in their credit, the uncollectible amounts could be material to our results of operations. In previous years, the right to recover certain VAT receivables associated with our European businesses has been questioned by tax authorities. We believe that our claims are valid under applicable law and as such we will continue to pursue collection, possibly through litigation. Other receivables in our consolidated balance sheets include net VAT receivables totaling $23 million and $19 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Although we believe these amounts are collectable, several European countries have recently experienced significantly weakening credit

 

F-57

---

Table of Contents

which could impact our future collections from these countries. We continue to assess VAT receivables for collectability and may be required to record reserves in the future.

In addition to the normal course of business receivables, substantial sums of VAT are due in respect of cross border supplies of rental cars by Holiday Autos, a discontinued operation (see Note 4, Discontinued Operations and Dispositions), from the period 2004 to 2009. A number of European Community countries challenged these claims and litigation has been ongoing for several years. Due to significant delays and other factors impacting our settlement of these claims, we have recorded an allowance for losses relating to such events in assets of discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets. The allowances recorded as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $4 million and $37 million, respectively. In December 2013, we received payment of approximately $12 million in respect to claims from Italy related to Holiday Autos VAT, enabling an equivalent amount of the allowance to be reversed at that time. The Central Economic Administrative Tribunal in Spain ruled in our favor in January 2013 on claims for 2008 and 2009 of $6 million and in September 2013 on claims for 2004 through 2007 of $15 million. The funds were received and an equivalent amount of allowance was reversed to net loss from discontinued operations in our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. Separately, on June 18, 2013, the Court of Appeal in France ruled against us in respect of outstanding VAT refund claims of $4 million made for the periods 2007 through 2009. We believe the merits of our VAT claims are valid and have appealed the decision to the Supreme Court. These amounts are included in the allowance for VAT receivables above.

Legal Proceedings—

While certain legal proceedings and related indemnification obligations to which we are a party specify the amounts claimed, such claims may not represent reasonably possible losses. Given the inherent uncertainties of litigation, the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be predicted at this time, nor can the amount of possible loss or range of loss, if any, be reasonably estimated, except in circumstances where an aggregate litigation accrual has been recorded for probable and reasonably estimable loss contingencies. A determination of the amount of accrual required, if any, for these contingencies is made after careful analysis of each matter. The required accrual may change in the future due to new information or developments in each matter or changes in approach such as a change in settlement strategy in dealing with these matters.

Litigation and Administrative Audit Proceedings Relating to Hotel Occupancy Taxes

Over the past nine years, various state and local governments in the United States have filed approximately 70 lawsuits against us and other OTAs pertaining primarily to whether Travelocity and other OTAs owe sales or occupancy taxes on some or all of the revenues they earn from facilitating hotel reservations using the merchant revenue model. In the merchant revenue model, the customer pays us an amount at the time of booking that includes (i) service fees, which we collect, and (ii) the price of the hotel room and amounts for occupancy or other local taxes, which we pass along to the hotel supplier. The complaints generally allege, among other things, that the defendants failed to pay to the relevant taxing authority hotel accommodations taxes on the service fees. Courts have dismissed approximately 30 of these lawsuits, some for failure to exhaust administrative remedies and some on the basis that we are not subject to the sales or occupancy tax at issue based on the construction of the language in the ordinance. The Fourth, Sixth and Eleventh Circuits of the United States Courts of Appeals each have ruled in our favor on the merits, as have state appellate courts in Missouri, Alabama, Texas, California, Kentucky, Florida and Pennsylvania, and a number of state and federal trial courts. The remaining lawsuits are in various stages of litigation. We have also settled some cases individually for nuisance value and, with respect to such settlements, have reserved our rights to challenge any effort by the applicable tax authority to impose occupancy taxes in the future.

Among the recent favorable decisions, on January 23, 2013, the California Supreme Court declined to hear the appeals of the City of Anaheim and the City of Santa Monica from lower court decisions in favor of Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether local occupancy taxes apply to the merchant revenue model.

 

F-58

---

Table of Contents

We and other OTAs have also prevailed on summary judgment motions in San Francisco and Los Angeles. We believe these decisions should be helpful in resolving any other California cases, which are either currently pending or subsequently brought, in our favor.

Similarly, on January 23, 2013, the Missouri Court of Appeals upheld a lower court decision in favor of Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether local occupancy taxes in the City of Branson apply to the merchant revenue model. On February 28, 2013, the First District Court of Appeals in Florida affirmed a summary judgment ruling in favor of Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether local accommodation taxes levied by Leon County and 18 other counties in Florida apply to the merchant revenue model. The Florida Supreme Court is currently reviewing this decision. Likewise, on March 29, 2013, a federal district court in New Mexico granted summary judgment, ruling that OTAs are not vendors subject to hotel occupancy tax in New Mexico. On December 13, 2013, the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed summary judgment in our favor in a case that had been pending in Rome, Georgia, finding there was no evidence that we collected but failed to remit tax that the counties could not recover on their common law claims, and that there is no basis in Georgia law (statutory or otherwise) for an award of back taxes. On March 5, 2014, the California Court of Appeals affirmed the trial court’s grant of summary judgment in our favor in the hotel occupancy tax litigation brought against us by the City of San Diego. On March 7, 2014, the trial court in our lawsuit with the Montana Department of Revenue granted our (and the other OTA defendants’) motion for summary judgment.

Although we have prevailed in the majority of these lawsuits and proceedings, there have been several adverse judgments or decisions on the merits some of which are subject to appeal.

Among the recent adverse decisions, on June 21, 2013, a state trial court in Cook County, Illinois granted summary judgment in favor of the City of Chicago and against Travelocity and other OTAs, ruling that the City’s hotel tax applies to the fees retained by the OTAs because, according to the trial court, OTAs act as hotel “managers” when facilitating hotel reservations. The court did not address damages. After final judgment is entered, Travelocity intends to appeal the court’s decision on the basis that we do not believe that we manage hotels.

On November 21, 2013, the New York State Court of Appeals ruled against Travelocity and other OTAs, holding that New York City’s hotel occupancy tax, which was amended in 2009 to capture revenue from fees charged to customers by third-party travel companies, is constitutional because such fees constitute rent as they are a condition of occupancy. We have been collecting and remitting taxes under the statute, so the ruling does not have any impact on our financial results in that regard.

On April 4, 2013, the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas (“W.D.T.”) entered a final judgment against Travelocity and other OTAs in a class action lawsuit filed by the City of San Antonio. The final judgment was based on a jury verdict from October 30, 2009 that the OTAs “control” hotels for purposes of city hotel occupancy taxes. Following that jury verdict, on July 1, 2011, the W.D.T. concluded that fees charged by the OTAs are subject to city hotel occupancy taxes and that the OTAs have a duty to assess, collect and remit these taxes. We disagree with the jury’s finding that we “control” hotels, and with the W.D.T.’s conclusions based on the jury finding, and intend to appeal the final judgment to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.

We believe the Fifth Circuit’s resolution of the San Antonio appeal may be affected by a separate Texas state appellate court decision in our favor. On October 26, 2011, the Fourteenth Court of Appeals of Texas affirmed a trial court’s summary judgment ruling in favor of the OTAs in a case brought by the City of Houston and the Harris County-Houston Sports Authority on a similarly worded tax ordinance as the one at issue in the San Antonio case. The Texas Supreme Court denied the City of Houston’s petition to review the case. We believe this decision should provide persuasive authority to the Fifth Circuit in its review of the San Antonio case.

 

F-59

---

Table of Contents

On September 24, 2012, a trial court in Washington D.C. granted summary judgment in favor of the District of Columbia on its claim that the OTAs are subject to hotel occupancy tax. The court has not yet addressed any questions related to damages, but is expected to do so during the first quarter of 2014. After final judgment is entered, Travelocity intends to appeal the court’s decision.

In late 2012, the Tax Appeal Court of the State of Hawaii granted summary judgment in favor of Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether Hawaii’s hotel occupancy tax applies to the merchant revenue model. However, in January 2013, the same court granted summary judgment in favor of the State of Hawaii and against Travelocity and other OTAs on the issue of whether the state’s general excise tax, which is assessed on all business activity in the state, applies to the merchant revenue model for the period from 2002 to 2011.

We expensed $19 million and $25 million in cost of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which represents the amount we would owe to the State of Hawaii, prior to appealing the Tax Appeal Court’s ruling, in back excise taxes, penalties and interest based on the court’s interpretation of the statute. In 2013, we made payments totaling $35 million and maintained an accrued liability of $9 million as of December 31, 2013. Payment of such amount is not an admission that we believe we are subject to the taxes in question.

Travelocity has appealed the Tax Appeal Court’s determination that we are subject to general excise tax, as we believe the decision is incorrect and inconsistent with the same court’s prior rulings. If any such taxes are in fact owed (which we dispute), we believe the correct amount would be under $10 million. The ultimate resolution of these contingencies may differ from the liabilities recorded. To the extent our appeal is successful in reducing or eliminating the assessed amounts, the State of Hawaii would be required to refund such amounts, plus interest. On May 20, 2013, the State of Hawaii issued an additional general excise tax assessment for the calendar year 2012. Travelocity has appealed this recent assessment to the Tax Appeal Court, and this assessment has been stayed pending a final appellate decision on the original assessment.

On December 9, 2013, the State of Hawaii also issued assessments of general excise tax for merchant rental car bookings facilitated by Travelocity and other OTAs for the period 2001 to 2012 for which we recorded a $2 million reserve in the fourth quarter of 2013. Travelocity intends to appeal the assessment to the Tax Appeal Court and does not believe the excise tax is applicable.

The aggregate impact to our results of operations for all litigation and administrative proceedings relating to hotel sales, occupancy or excise taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $27 million, $25 million, and $2 million, respectively, which include all amounts expensed related to the State of Hawaii during those periods. As of December 31, 2013, we have a remaining reserve of $18 million, included in other accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, for the potential resolution of issues identified related to litigation involving hotel sales, occupancy or excise taxes, which includes the $9 million liability for the remaining payments to the State of Hawaii. As of December 31, 2012, the reserve for litigation involving hotel sales, occupancy or excise taxes was $28 million. Our estimated liability is based on our current best estimate but the ultimate resolution of these issues may be greater or less than the amount recorded and, if greater, could adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition to the actions by the tax authorities, four consumer class action lawsuits have been filed against us and other OTAs in which the plaintiffs allege that we made misrepresentations concerning the description of the fees received in relation to facilitating hotel reservations. Generally, the consumer claims relate to whether Travelocity and the other OTAs provided adequate notice to consumers regarding the nature of our fees and the amount of taxes charged or collected. One of these lawsuits was dismissed by the Texas Supreme Court and such dismissal was subsequently affirmed; one was voluntarily dismissed by the plaintiffs; one is pending in Texas state court, where the court is currently considering the plaintiffs’ motion to certify a class action; and the last is pending in federal court, but has been stayed pending the outcome of the Texas state court action. We believe the notice we provided was appropriate.

 

F-60

---

Table of Contents

In addition to the lawsuits, a number of state and local governments have initiated inquiries, audits and other administrative proceedings that could result in an assessment of sales or occupancy taxes on fees. If we do not to prevail at the administrative level, those cases could lead to formal litigation proceedings.

Pursuant to our Expedia SMA, we will continue to be liable for fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation arising from hotels booked on the Travelocity platform prior to the Expedia SMA. However, fees, charges, costs and settlements relating to litigation from hotels booked subsequent to the Expedia SMA will be shared with Expedia according to the terms of the Expedia SMA. Under the Expedia SMA, we are also required to guarantee Travelocity’s indemnification obligations to Expedia for any liabilities arising out of historical claims with respect to this type of litigation.

Airline Antitrust Litigation, US Airways Antitrust Litigation, and DoJ Investigation

American Airlines Litigation (state and federal court claims)—In October 2012 we settled two outstanding state and federal lawsuits with American Airlines (“American”) relating to American’s participation in the Sabre GDS. The litigation, primarily involving breach of contract and antitrust claims, arose in January 2011 after American undertook certain marketing activities relating to its “Direct Connect” program (a method of providing its information and booking services directly to travel agents without using a GDS), and we de-preferenced American’s flight information on the GDS and modified certain fees for booking American flights in a manner we believe was permitted under the terms of our distribution and services agreement with American.

American alleged that we had taken anticompetitive actions and claimed over $1 billion in actual damages and injunctive relief against us. We denied American’s allegations and aggressively defended against these claims and pursued our own legal rights as warranted.

On October 30, 2012, we agreed to settlement terms in the state and federal lawsuits with American and, as a result of the terms of the settlement, renewed our distribution agreement with American for several years. We also entered into renewal agreements with American for Travelocity. Terms of the settlement and distribution agreements were approved by the court presiding over the restructuring procedures for AMR, American’s parent company, pursuant to an order made final on December 20, 2012. The settlement agreement contains mutual releases of all claims by each party and neither party admits any wrong doing on their part. In January 2014, we reached a long-term agreement with American to be the provider of the reservation system for the post-merged American and US Airways.

We determined that the settlement agreement constitutes a multiple-element arrangement and recognized a settlement charge of $222 million, net of tax, into our results of operations, representing the estimate of the fair value of the settlement components. This included $64 million on an after tax basis for a $100 million payment made to AMR on December 21, 2012, and a $60 million on an after tax basis that represented the fair value of a second $100 million payment made to AMR in December 2013. The current portion of the settlement liability is reflected in litigation settlement payable and the non-current portion is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Fair value of these fixed payment settlement components were estimated using our best estimates of the timing with the resulting values discounted using a discount rate ranging from 6% to 11.5%, depending on the timing of the payment and considering an adjustment for nonperformance risk that represents our own credit risk. The fair value of the settlement amounts associated with the new commercial agreements entered into with American was estimated using the differential cash flow method, by comparing the pricing under the new contracts with American to similar contracts with other customers to determine a differential. This pricing differential was applied to future estimated volumes and discounted using a discount rate of 11.5%. We believe that the timing, discount rates and probabilities used in these estimates reflect appropriate market participant assumptions.

Because the settlement liability is considered a multiple-element arrangement and recorded at fair value, the net charge recorded in 2012 consisted of several elements, including cash and future cash to be paid directly to

 

F-61

---

Table of Contents

American, payment credits to pay for future technology services that we provided as defined in the agreements and an estimate of the fair value of other agreements entered into concurrently with the settlement agreement.

Amounts shown are net of tax utilizing our combined federal and state marginal tax rate of approximately 36%. The associated tax benefits are expected to be realized over the next one to four years and payment credits are expected to be used by American from 2014 through 2017, depending on the level of services we provide.

US Airways Antitrust Litigation

In April 2011, US Airways sued us in federal court in the Southern District of New York, alleging violations of the Sherman Act Section 1(anticompetitive agreements) and Section 2 (monopolization). The complaint was filed two months after we entered into a new distribution agreement with US Airways. In September 2011, the court dismissed all claims relating to Section 2. The claims that were not dismissed are claims brought under Section 1 of the Sherman Act that relate to our contracts with airlines, especially US Airways itself, which US Airways says contain anticompetitive content-related provisions, and an alleged conspiracy with the other GDSs, allegedly to maintain the industry structure and not to implement US Airways’ preferred system of distributing its Choice Seats product. We strongly deny all of the allegations made by US Airways. In September 2013, US Airways issued a report in which it purported to quantify its damages at either $281 million or $425 million (before trebling), depending on certain assumptions. We believe both estimates are based on faulty assumptions and analysis and therefore are highly overstated. In the event US Airways were to prevail on the merits of its claim, we believe any monetary damages awarded (before trebling) would be significantly less than either of US Airways’ proposed damage amounts.

Document discovery and fact witness discovery are complete. We are now in the process of completing expert witness discovery. We expect to complete expert depositions in March 2014. Summary judgment motions are scheduled to be filed in April 2014, with full briefing of those motions expected to be completed in May 2014. All court settings are subject to change. No trial date has been set and we anticipate the most likely trial date would be in September or October 2014, assuming no delays with the court’s schedule and that we do not prevail completely with our summary judgment motions.

We have and will incur significant fees, costs and expenses for as long as the litigation is ongoing. In addition, litigation by its nature is highly uncertain and fraught with risk, and it is therefore difficult to predict the outcome of any particular matter. If favorable resolution of the matter is not reached, any monetary damages are subject to trebling under the antitrust laws and US Airways would be eligible to be reimbursed by us for its costs and attorneys’ fees. Depending on the amount of any such judgment, if we do not have sufficient cash on hand, we may be required to seek financing through the issuance of additional equity or from private or public financing. Additionally, US Airways can and has sought injunctive relief, though we believe injunctive relief for US Airways is precluded by the settlement agreement we reached with American Airlines in 2012, which covers affiliates, including through merger, of American Airlines. If injunctive relief were granted, depending on its scope, it could affect the manner in which our airline distribution business is operated and potentially force changes to the existing airline distribution business model. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Department of Justice Investigation

On May 19, 2011, we received a civil investigative demand (“CID”) from the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) investigating alleged anticompetitive acts related to the airline distribution component of our business. We are fully cooperating with the DOJ investigation and are unable to make any prediction regarding its outcome. The DOJ is also investigating other companies that own GDSs, and has sent CIDs to other companies in the travel industry. Based on its findings in the investigation, the DOJ may (i) close the file, (ii) seek a consent decree to remedy issues it believes violate the antitrust laws, or (iii) file suit against us for violating the antitrust laws, seeking injunctive relief. If injunctive relief were granted, depending on its scope, it could affect the

 

F-62

---

Table of Contents

manner in which our airline distribution business is operated and potentially force changes to the existing airline distribution business model. Any of these consequences would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Insurance Carriers

We have disputes against two of our insurance carriers for failing to reimburse defense costs incurred in the American Airlines antitrust litigation, which we settled in October 2012. Both carriers admitted there is coverage, but reserved their rights not to pay should we be found liable for certain of American Airlines’ allegations. Despite their admission of coverage, the insurers have only reimbursed us for a small portion of our significant defense costs. We filed suit against the entities in New York state court alleging breach of contract and a statutory cause of action for failure to promptly pay claims. If we prevail, we may recover some or all amounts already tendered to the insurance companies for payment within the limits of the policies and would be entitled to 18% interest on such amounts. To date, settlement discussions have been unsuccessful. The court has not scheduled a trial date though we anticipate trial to begin in the latter part of 2014.

Hotel Related Antitrust Proceedings

On August 20, 2012, two individuals alleging to represent a putative class of bookers of online hotel reservations filed a complaint against Sabre Holdings, Travelocity.com LP, and several other online travel companies and hotel chains in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, alleging federal and state antitrust and related claims. The complaint alleges generally that the defendants conspired to enter into illegal agreements relating to the price of hotel rooms. Over 30 copycat suits were filed in various courts in the United States. In December 2012, the Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation centralized these cases in the U.S. District Court in the Northern District of Texas, which subsequently consolidated them. The proposed class period is January 1, 2003 through May 1, 2013. On June 15, 2013, the court granted Travelocity’s motion to compel arbitration of claims involving Travelocity bookings made on or after February 4, 2010. While all claims from February 4, 2010 through May 1, 2013 are now excluded from the lawsuit and must be arbitrated if pursued at all, the lawsuit still covers claims from January 1, 2003 through February 3, 2010. Together with the other defendants, Travelocity and Sabre filed a motion to dismiss. On February 18, 2014, the court granted the motion and dismissed the plaintiff’s claims without prejudice. The court gave the plaintiffs 30 days from the date of its February 18, 2014 order to seek leave to file an amended complaint. We deny any conspiracy or any anti-competitive actions and we intend to aggressively defend against the claims.

Even if we are ultimately successful in defending ourselves in this matter, we are likely to incur significant fees, costs and expenses for as long as it is ongoing. In addition, litigation by its nature is highly uncertain and fraught with risk, and it is difficult to predict the outcome of any particular matter. If favorable resolution of the matter is not reached, we could be subject to monetary damages, including treble damages under the antitrust laws, as well as injunctive relief. If injunctive relief were granted, depending on its scope, it could affect the manner in which our Travelocity business is operated and potentially force changes to the existing business model. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Litigation Relating to Value Added Tax Receivables

In the United Kingdom, the Commissioners for Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) have asserted that our subsidiary, Secret Hotels2 Limited (formerly Med Hotels Limited), failed to account for United Kingdom Value Added Tax (“VAT”) on margins earned from hotels located within the European Union (“EU”). This business was sold in February 2009 to a third-party and we account for it as a discontinued operation. Because the sale was structured as an asset sale and we retained the company (Secret Hotels2 Limited) with all potential tax liabilities in respect of the same. HMRC issued assessments of tax totaling approximately $11 million for the period October 1, 2004 to September 30, 2007. We appealed the assessments and in March

 

F-63

---

Table of Contents

2010 the VAT and Duties Tribunal (“First Tribunal”) denied the appeal. We then appealed to the Upper Tribunal (Finance and Tax Chamber) and in July 2011 were successful overturning HMRC’s original assessment. HMRC appealed this decision to the Court of Appeal who on December 3, 2012 found against Secret Hotels2 Limited upholding the decision of the First Tribunal in favor of HMRC. Based upon this Court of Appeal judgment and the limited ability to obtain leave to appeal, we accrued $17 million of expense in discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2012, included in liabilities of discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. Secret Hotels2 Limited successfully obtained leave to appeal the Court of Appeal decision to the Supreme Court in 2013, which is the final court of appeal in the United Kingdom, and on March 5, 2014 judgment was given in favor of Secret Hotels2 Limited. We therefore reversed our reserve in 2013 in discontinued operations. Any further opportunities to appeal this decision through the European courts are considered remote.

Additionally, HMRC has begun a review of other parts of our lastminute.com business in the United Kingdom. We believe that we have paid the correct amount of VAT on all relevant transactions as now reinforced by the outcome of Secret Hotels 2 case with the Supreme Court and will vigorously defend our position with HMRC or through the courts if necessary.

Litigation Relating to Patent Infringement

In April 2010, CEATS, Inc. (“CEATS”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against several ticketing companies and airlines, including JetBlue, in the Eastern District of Texas. CEATS alleged that the mouse-over seat map that appears on the defendants’ websites infringes certain of its patents. JetBlue’s website is provided by our Airline Solutions business under the SabreSonic Web service. On June 11, 2010, JetBlue requested that we indemnify and defend it for and against the CEATS lawsuit based on the indemnification provision in our agreement with JetBlue, and we agreed to a conditional indemnification. CEATS claimed damages of $0.30 per segment sold on JetBlue’s website during the relevant time period totaling $10 million. A jury trial began on March 12, 2012, which resulted in a jury verdict invalidating the plaintiff’s patents. Final judgment was entered and the plaintiff appealed. The Federal Circuit affirmed the jury’s decision in our favor on April 26, 2013. CEATS did not appeal the Federal Circuit’s decision, and its deadline to do so has passed. On June 28, 2013, the Eastern District denied CEATS’ previously filed motion to vacate the judgment based on an alleged conflict of interest with a mediator. CEATS has appealed that decision.

Indian Income Tax Litigation

We are currently a defendant in income tax litigation brought by the Indian Director of Income Tax (“DIT”) in the Supreme Court of India. The dispute arose in 1999 when the DIT asserted that we have a permanent establishment within the meaning of the Income Tax Treaty between the United States and the Republic of India and accordingly issued tax assessments for assessment years ending March 1998 and March 1999, and later issued further tax assessments for assessment years ending March 2000 through March 2006. We appealed the tax assessments and the Indian Commissioner of Income Tax Appeals returned a mixed verdict. We filed further appeals with the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, or the ITAT. The ITAT ruled in our favor on June 19, 2009 and July 10, 2009, stating that no income would be chargeable to tax for assessment years ending March 1998 and March 1999, and from March 2000 through March 2006. The DIT appealed those decisions to the Delhi High Court, which found in our favor on July 19, 2010. The DIT has appealed the decision to the Supreme Court of India and no trial date has been set.

We intend to continue to aggressively defend against these claims. Although we do not believe that the outcome of the proceedings will result in a material impact on our business or financial condition, litigation is by its nature uncertain. If the DIT were to fully prevail on every claim, we could be subject to taxes, interest and penalties of approximately $25 million, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not believe this outcome is probable and therefore have not made any provisions or recorded any liability for the potential resolution of this matter.

 

F-64

---

Table of Contents

Litigation Relating to Routine Proceedings

We are also engaged from time to time in other routine legal and tax proceedings incidental to our business. We do not believe that any of these routine proceedings will have a material impact on the business or our financial condition.

21. Segment Information

Our reportable segments are based upon: our internal organizational structure; the manner in which our operations are managed; the criteria used by our Chief Executive Officer, who is our Chief Operating Decision

Maker (“CODM”), to evaluate segment performance; the availability of separate financial information; and overall materiality considerations.

Our business has three reportable segments: Travel Network, Airline and Hospitality Solutions, and Travelocity. Airline and Hospitality Solutions aggregates the Airline Solutions and Hospitality Solutions operating segments as these operating segments have similar economic characteristics, generate revenues on transaction-based fees, incur the same types of expenses and use our SaaS based and hosted applications and platforms to market to the travel industry.

Our CODM utilizes Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA as the measures of profitability to evaluate performance of our segments and allocate resources. Segment results do not include unallocated expenses or interest expenses which are centrally managed costs. Benefits expense, including pension expense, postretirement benefits, medical insurance and workers’ compensation are allocated to the segments based on headcount. Depreciation expense on the corporate headquarters building and related facilities costs are allocated to the segments through a facility fee based on headcount. Corporate includes certain shared expenses such as accounting, human resources, legal, corporate systems, and other shared technology costs. Corporate also includes all amortization of intangible assets and any related impairments that originate from purchase accounting, as well as stock based compensation expense, restructuring charges, legal reserves, occupancy taxes and other items not identifiable with one of our segments.

We account for significant intersegment transactions as if the transactions were with third parties, that is, at estimated current market prices. The majority of the intersegment revenues and cost of revenues are between Travelocity and Travel Network, consisting mainly of incentive consideration provided, net of data processing fees incurred, by Travel Network to Travelocity for transactions processed through the Sabre GDS, transaction fees paid by Travelocity to Travel Network for transactions facilitated through the Sabre GDS in which the travel supplier pays Travelocity directly, and fees paid by Travel Network to Travelocity for corporate trips booked through the Travelocity online booking technology. In addition, Airline and Hospitality Solutions pay fees to Travelocity for airline trips booked through the Travelocity online booking technology.

Our CODM does not review total assets by segment as operating evaluations and resource allocation decisions are not made on the basis of total assets by segment.

The performance of our segments is evaluated primarily on Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA which are not recognized terms under GAAP. Our uses of Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. We define Adjusted Gross Margin as gross margin adjusted for amortization of upfront incentive consideration and depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as income (loss) from continuing operations adjusted for impairment, acquisition related amortization expense, gain (loss) on sale of business and assets, gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt, other, net, restructuring and other costs, litigation and taxes including penalties, stock-based compensation, management fees, depreciation of fixed assets, non-acquisition related amortization, amortization of upfront incentive consideration, interest expense, and income taxes.

 

F-65

---

Table of Contents

Segment information for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Revenue
Travel Network		$	1,821,498			$	1,795,127			$	1,740,007
Airline and Hospitality Solutions			711,745				597,649				522,692
Travelocity			585,989				659,472				699,604
Total segments			3,119,232				3,052,248				2,962,303
Eliminations			(69,707	)			(77,884	)			(106,342	)
Total revenue		$	3,049,525			$	2,974,364			$	2,855,961
Adjusted gross margin
Travel Network		$	860,793			$	843,863			$	772,753
Airline and Hospitality Solutions			262,386				218,421				185,147
Travelocity			353,489				413,802				447,790
Eliminations			(717	)			(1,010	)			(1,083	)
Corporate			(92,142	)			(85,214	)			(74,093	)
Total adjusted gross margin			1,383,809				1,389,862				1,330,514
Depreciation and amortization (included in cost of revenue)			(202,485	)			(198,206	)			(172,846	)
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration			(36,649	)			(36,527	)			(37,748	)
Total gross margin		$	1,144,675			$	1,155,129			$	1,119,920
Adjusted EBITDA (a)
Travel Network		$	772,208			$	768,452			$	692,571
Airline and Hospitality Solutions			213,075				166,282				135,184
Travelocity			22,852				61,119				76,469
Total segments			1,008,135				995,853				904,224
Corporate			(216,812	)			(209,224	)			(184,061	)
Total		$	791,323			$	786,629			$	720,163
Depreciation and amortization
Travel Network		$	52,507			$	36,659			$	33,705
Airline and Hospitality Solutions			77,320				52,010				31,930
Travelocity			8,712				39,892				43,498
Total segments			138,539				128,561				109,133
Corporate			169,056				187,172				183,984
Total		$	307,595			$	315,733			$	293,117
Adjusted capital expenditures (b)
Travel Network		$	69,357			$	45,262			$	54,451
Airline and Hospitality Solutions			170,860				163,754				96,751
Travelocity			16,861				26,085				44,026
Total segments			257,078				235,101				195,228
Corporate			27,762				36,704				28,519
Total		$	284,840			$	271,805			$	223,747

 

F-66

---

Table of Contents

 

(a)	The following tables set forth the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to loss from continuing operations in our statement of operations:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Adjusted EBITDA		$	791,323			$	786,629			$	720,163
Less Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment (1a)			131,483				135,561				122,640
Amortization of capitalized implementation costs (1b)			35,551				20,855				11,365
Amortization of upfront incentive consideration (2)			36,649				36,527				37,748
Interest expense, net			274,689				232,450				174,390
Impairment (3)			138,435				596,980				185,240
Acquisition related amortization (1c)			143,765				162,517				162,312
Gain on sale of business and assets			—				(25,850	)			—
Loss on extinguishment of debt			12,181				—				—
Other, net (4)			6,724				1,385				(1,156	)
Restructuring and other costs (5)			59,052				6,776				12,986
Litigation and taxes, including penalties (6)			39,431				418,622				21,601
Stock-based compensation			9,086				9,834				7,334
Management fees (7)			8,761				7,769				7,191
(Benefit) provision for income taxes			(14,029	)			(195,071	)			57,806
Loss from continuing operations		$	(90,455	)		$	(621,726	)		$	(79,294	)

 

(1)

Depreciation and amortization expenses (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for associated asset lives):

a.

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment represents depreciation of property and equipment, including software developed for internal use.

b.

Amortization of capitalized implementation costs represents amortization of up-front costs to implement new customer contracts under our SaaS and hosted revenue model.

c.

Acquisition related amortization represents amortization of intangible assets from the take-private transaction in 2007 as well as intangibles associated with acquisitions since that date and amortization of the excess basis in our underlying equity in joint ventures.

(2)

Our Travel Network business at times provides upfront incentive consideration to travel agency subscribers at the inception or modification of a service contract, which are capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over an average expected life of the service contract, generally over three to five years. Such consideration is made with the objective of increasing the number of clients or to ensure or improve customer loyalty. Such service contract terms are established such that the supplier and other fees generated over the life of the contract will exceed the cost of the incentive consideration provided up front. Such service contracts with travel agency subscribers require that the customer commit to achieving certain economic objectives and generally have terms requiring repayment of the upfront incentive consideration if those objectives are not met.

(3)

Represents impairment charges to assets (see Note 8, Goodwill and Intangible Assets) as well as $24 million in 2012, representing our share of impairment charges recorded by one of our equity method investments, Abacus.

(4)

Other, net primarily represents foreign exchange gains and losses related to the remeasurement of foreign currency denominated balances included in our consolidated balance sheets into the relevant functional currency.

(5)

Restructuring and other costs represents charges associated with business restructuring and associated changes implemented which resulted in severance benefits related to employee terminations, integration and facility opening or closing costs and other business reorganization costs.

 

F-67

---

Table of Contents

(6)

Litigation and taxes, including penalties represents charges or settlements associated with airline antitrust litigation as well as payments or reserves taken in relation to certain retroactive hotel occupancy and excise tax disputes (see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies).

(7)

We have been paying an annual management fee to TPG and Silver Lake in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of our Adjusted EBITDA and (ii) $7 million. This also includes reimbursement of certain costs incurred by TPG and Silver Lake.

 

(b)	Includes capital expenditures and capitalized implementation costs as summarized below:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Additions to property and equipment		$	226,026			$	193,262			$	164,638
Capitalized implementation costs			58,814				78,543				59,109
Adjusted capital expenditures		$	284,840			$	271,805			$	223,747

Transaction-based revenue accounted for approximately 89%, 90% and 93% of our Travel Network revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Transaction-based revenue accounted for approximately 70%, 67% and 66% of our Airline and Hospitality Solutions revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Transaction-based revenue accounted for approximately 87%, 88% and 87% of our Travelocity revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

All joint venture equity income and expenses relate to Travel Network.

We have operations with foreign revenue and long-lived assets in approximately 128 countries. Our revenues and long-lived assets, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, by geographic region are summarized below. Revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of the customer.

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2012				2011
		(Amounts in thousands)
Revenue
United States		$	1,765,699			$	1,857,771			$	1,754,830
Europe			501,953				470,112				451,734
All other			781,873				646,481				649,397
Total		$	3,049,525			$	2,974,364			$	2,855,961

 

		As of December 31,
		2013				2012
		(Amounts in thousands)
Long-lived assets
United States		$	472,517			$	394,625
Europe			10,269				7,909
All other			15,737				5,862
Total		$	498,523			$	408,396

22. Subsequent Events

We have evaluated subsequent events through March 10, 2014, the issuance date of our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-68

---

Table of Contents

Modification to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement—On February 20, 2014, we entered into an agreement to modify our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. The modification reduces the Term Loan B’s applicable margin for Eurocurrency and Base rate borrowings to 3.25% and 2.25%, respectively, with a step down to 3.00% and 2.00%, respectively, if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00. It also reduces the Eurocurrency rate floor to 1.00% and the Base rate floor to 2.00%. The repriced Term Loan B includes a 1% Repricing Premium if we pay off or refinance all or a portion of the Term Loan B within six months of February 20, 2014.

In addition to repricing Term Loan B, the agreement provides for an incremental revolving commitment due February 19, 2019 of $53 million, increasing the Revolver from $352 million to $405 million. In addition, we extended the maturity date of $317 million of the Revolver to February 19, 2019. The commitments maturing February 19, 2019 include an accelerated maturity date of November 19, 2018 if, as of that date, borrowings under the Term Loan B (or permitted refinancings) remain outstanding and mature before February 18, 2020.

Disposition of Certain Assets of Travelocity—In February 2014, as a further step in our restructuring plans for Travelocity, we completed a sale of assets associated with TPN, a business-to-business private white label website offering. Under the agreement, certain portions of the sales proceeds received and to be received through earn-out provisions are contingent upon certain events occurring, and therefore will not be recognized in our results of operations until those contingencies have been realized. In addition, Travelocity has entered into a Transition Services Agreement with the acquirer and will be providing services to maintain the websites and certain technical and administrative functions for the acquirer until a complete transition occurs. The proceeds to be received under the sale agreement and the transition services agreement will be allocated across these multiple agreements based on a relative fair value allocation. We currently do not estimate the amount of proceeds to be recognized at the time of sale to be significant. Assets held and no longer used or assets sold to the buyer as a result of the disposition will be written off against the sales proceeds, recognized as a part of operating income, the amounts of which are not expected to be material.

Expedia SMA—On March 6, 2014, we amended and restated the Expedia SMA to reflect changes in certain commercial terms. As part of our negotiations to amend and restate the Expedia SMA, we also agreed to a separate Expedia Put/Call agreement that supersedes the previous put/call arrangement, whereby Expedia may acquire, or we may sell to Expedia, certain assets relating to the Travelocity business. Our put right may be exercised during the first 24 months of the Expedia Put/Call only upon the occurrence of certain triggering events primarily relating to implementation, which are outside of our control. The occurrence of such events is not considered probable. During this period, the amount of the put right is fixed. After the 24 month period, the put right is only exercisable for a limited period of time in 2016 and 2017 at a discount to fair market value. The call right held by Expedia is exercisable at any time during the term of the Expedia Put/Call. If the call right is exercised, although we expect the amount paid will be fair value, the call right provides for a floor for a limited time that may be higher than fair value and a ceiling for the duration of the Expedia Put/Call that may be lower than fair value.

The term of the amended and restated Expedia SMA is nine years and automatically renews under certain conditions.

 

F-69

---

Table of Contents

SABRE CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

(In Millions)

 

		Balance at Beginning of Period				Charged to Expense or Other Accounts				Write-offs and Other Adjustments				Balance at End of Period
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Year ended December 31, 2013		$	31.4			$	7.1			$	(12.6	)		$	25.9
Year ended December 31, 2012		$	36.5			$	4.8			$	(9.9	)		$	31.4
Year ended December 31, 2011		$	37.1			$	8.7			$	(9.3	)		$	36.5
Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets
Year ended December 31, 2013		$	282.1			$	(32.6	)		$	3.6			$	253.1
Year ended December 31, 2012		$	227.4			$	65.1			$	(10.4	)		$	282.1
Year ended December 31, 2011		$	236.4			$	(6.5	)		$	(2.5	)		$	227.4
Reserve for Value-Added Tax Receivables
Year ended December 31, 2013		$	36.7			$	(32.6	)		$	(0.2	)		$	3.9
Year ended December 31, 2012		$	40.4			$	(3.3	)		$	(0.4	)		$	36.7
Year ended December 31, 2011		$	43.2			$	(1.3	)		$	(1.5	)		$	40.4

 

F-70

---

Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

Board of Director and Stockholder/Member

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of PRISM Group, Inc. (a Maryland Corporation) and Affiliate (collectively the “Company”), as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related combined statements of income, changes in stockholder’s/member’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall combined financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PRISM Group, Inc. and its Affiliate as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 7 to the combined financial statements, certain errors resulting in an overstatement of previously reported revenues, compensation expense and compensation accrual with a corresponding understatement of deferred revenue as of December 31, 2010, were discovered by management of the Company during the current year. Accordingly, the 2010 combined financial statements have been restated to correct the error.

As discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, on August 1, 2012, the Company entered into an equity purchase agreement whereby Sabre, Inc., a Delaware corporation, acquired all of the outstanding stock and ownership interests of the Company.

/s/ REDW LLC

Albuquerque, New Mexico

February 28, 2014

 

F-71

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Combined Balance Sheets

December 31,

 

		2011				2010
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	5,392,368			$	2,816,908
Trade accounts receivable, net			10,586,246				7,989,552
Prepaid expenses			258,385				337,663
Total current assets			16,236,999				11,144,123
Property and equipment, net			1,831,409				1,715,835
Other assets, net			17,223				17,223
Total assets		$	18,085,631			$	12,877,181
Liabilities and Stockholder’s/Member’s Equity
Current liabilities
Trade accounts payable		$	31,586			$	21,074
Compensation accrual, as restated			615,434				611,275
Sales tax payable			210,800				9,182
Deferred revenue, as restated			1,017,023				1,295,314
Total current liabilities			1,874,843				1,936,845
Stockholder’s/Member’s Equity
Common stock, $1 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding			1,000				1,000
Affiliated member’s equity, as restated			340,888				988,029
Retained earnings, as restated			15,868,900				9,951,307
Total stockholder’s/member’s equity, as restated			16,210,788				10,940,336
Total liabilities and stockholder’s/member’s equity, as restated		$	18,085,631			$	12,877,181

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-72

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Combined Statements of Income

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

		2011				2010
Revenue
System software-airlines, as restated		$	26,007,806			$	22,451,033
System software-global corporations			1,495,546				1,355,902
System installation and programming			143,450				63,450
Co-location fees			64,845				57,683
Total revenue, as restated			27,711,647				23,928,068
Operating Expenses
Compensation, as restated			7,767,961				7,450,364
Depreciation and amortization			825,180				1,305,168
Equipment, repairs and maintenance			503,899				323,995
Operating, other			301,413				312,980
Selling, general and administrative			546,079				233,685
Taxes			88,162				156,757
Legal and professional			236,234				108,699
Total operating expenses, as restated			10,268,928				9,891,648
Operating income, as restated			17,442,719				14,036,420
Other Income (Expense)
Interest income			—				6,040
Loss on sale of assets, net			(184	)			(303,584	)
Other income			—				1,701
Total other expense			(184	)			(295,843	)
Net Income, as Restated		$	17,442,535			$	13,740,577

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-73

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Combined Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s/Member’s Equity

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

		Common Stock				Affiliate Member’s Equity				Retained Earnings				Stockholder’s/ Member’s Equity
Balance at December 31, 2009, as restated		$	1,000			$	1,823,234			$	8,992,706			$	10,816,940
Net (loss) income, as restated			—				(2,635,205	)			16,375,782				13,740,577
Capital contribution (distributions)			—				1,800,000				(15,417,181	)			(13,617,181	)
Balance at December 31, 2010, as restated			1,000				988,029				9,951,307				10,940,336
Net (loss) income			—				(2,026,708	)			19,469,243				17,442,535
Capital contribution (distributions)			—				1,379,567				(13,551,650	)			(12,172,083	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		$	1,000			$	340,888			$	15,868,900			$	16,210,788

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-74

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

		2011				2010
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income, as restated		$	17,442,535			$	13,740,577
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization			825,180				1,305,168
Allowance for doubtful accounts			335,003				—
Loss on sale of assets, net			184				303,584
Changes in assets and liabilities
Trade accounts receivable			(2,931,697	)			(1,858,821	)
Prepaid expenses			79,278				(337,663	)
Trade accounts payable			10,512				6,668
Compensation accrual, as restated			4,159				51,236
Sales tax payable			201,618				(204,580	)
Deferred revenue, as restated			(278,291	)			922,725
Total adjustments, as restated			(1,754,054	)			188,317
Net cash provided by operating activities			15,688,481				13,928,894
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment			(948,426	)			(1,318,395	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment			7,488				1,220
Net cash used in investing activities			(940,938	)			(1,317,175	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Capital contributions			1,379,567				1,800,000
Capital distributions			(13,551,650	)			(15,417,181	)
Net cash used in financing activities			(12,172,083	)			(13,617,181	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			2,575,460				(1,005,462	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year			2,816,908				3,822,370
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year		$	5,392,368			$	2,816,908
Noncash investing activity
Computers and equipment trade-in value		$	—			$	150,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-75

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

1)	Organization and Nature of Operations

PRISM Group, Inc. and affiliate (collectively the “Company”) are located in Albuquerque, New Mexico. PRISM Group, Inc. (PRISM Group), a Maryland close corporation, specializes in the development of travel information systems for airlines and global corporations and provides initial custom configuration, consulting, training and technical support to its customers. PRISM Technologies, LLC (PRISM Technologies), a New Mexico Limited Liability Company (LLC), offers equipment storage space (co-location) to its customers, the largest of which is PRISM Group. PRISM Technologies is solely owned by PRISM Group’s sole stockholder. Accordingly, the accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared to reflect the combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of PRISM Group and PRISM Technologies.

 

2)	Summary of Significant Accounting

Combined Financial Statements

The combined financial statements include the accounts of PRISM Group and PRISM Technologies. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of deposits with financial institutions, all available on demand, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash balances.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the combined financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates include determination of revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts and impairment of long-lived assets. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash, receivables, and payables represent financial instruments whose recorded amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity periods of these instruments.

Trade Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are non-interest bearing. Management reviews the collectability of its receivables and, when appropriate, records an allowance for its estimate of uncollectible accounts. Accounts receivables are stated at amounts due from customers net of allowance for doubtful accounts based on the Company’s review of current status of existing receivables, subsequent collections and ongoing dialog with customers. At December 31, 2011, the allowance for doubtful accounts

 

F-76

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

was $335,003. There was no allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2010. Management believes the allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate to cover any uncollectible accounts at December 31, 2011 and 2010; however, the actual collections may ultimately differ from such estimates. Bad debt expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $335,003 and $3,056, respectively.

The Company bills customers on a quarterly basis. Prior to 2011, the Company mailed the invoices on the following fiscal year. As a result, at December 31, 2010, included in trade accounts receivable was $7,868,438, of unbilled receivables representing revenues recognized in 2010 but not billed until 2011.

Starting in 2011, the Company mailed the quarter invoices on the last day of each quarter. As a result, there were no unbilled receivables at December 31, 2011.

Prepaid Expenses

Prepaid expenses consist of prepaid support and maintenance related to the purchase of equipment and software, which is expensed over the life of the contract using the straight-line method. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $467,035 and $270,399, respectively, and is included in equipment, repairs and maintenance in the accompanying combined statements of income.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of items purchased at a cost of $1,000 or more. Depreciation is recorded over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method. The useful lives of computers and equipment, software, furniture and fixtures and vehicles range from three to seven years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is recorded over the shorter of the term of the lease or estimated useful lives of five years using the straight-line method.

Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment in 2011 and 2010 was $825,180 and $1,301,771, respectively.

Management reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances have indicated that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. No impairments have occurred in 2011 nor 2010.

Research and Development

Development costs incurred before technological feasibility is established are expensed. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established are capitalized and amortized at the greater of the amount computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the product. Development expenses are primarily included in compensation expense in the accompanying combined statements of income. No amounts were capitalized or amortized in 2011 nor 2010.

Patents and Trademarks

The Company uses intellectual property owned by its stockholder, royalty free. The Company expenses legal and other costs incurred to maintain the intellectual property. Expenses related to intellectual property for 2011 and 2010 were $68,703 and $13,008, respectively, and are included in legal and professional expense in the accompanying combined statements of income.

 

F-77

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

Revenue and Deferred Revenue

The Company licenses software and provides data analysis to airlines and global corporations for a specified period with automatic or optional renewals at specified dollar amounts and provides equipment storage space to other corporations. The total consideration stated in the contract is for the system software license pass-through data and installation and programming costs together with special analyses, maintenance, support, and data updates delivered over the term of the license. Customer acceptance of software and related initial deliverables is deemed to occur upon delivery unless the agreement specifies an acceptance process or requires the passage of a specified period of time before acceptance is deemed to occur. Revenue from data analysis is recognized provided that all of the following conditions are met: an agreement has been signed; services have been performed; collection of the resulting receivable is deemed probable; and no other significant vendor obligations exist.

Revenues from equipment storage space, maintenance, support, and training are recognized as the respective services are performed.

Included in revenue are refunds and credits issued to various customers. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the total amount of refunds and credits was $96,823 and $68,000, respectively.

The Company also has an agreement with one of its major customers where the billable data will not exceed a set amount in any contract year, which is defined as October 1 through September 30. This agreement results in deferral of revenue on a fiscal year basis. The amount of deferred revenue was $1,017,023 and $1,295,314 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Advertising and Marketing

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. In 2011 and 2010, advertising and marketing expense, included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying combined statements of income, was $15,483 and $8,882, respectively.

Income Taxes

PRISM Group, with the consent of its stockholder, has elected to be an “S” corporation under the Internal Revenue Code and similar state law. Similarly, PRISM Technologies is a tax pass through entity. Instead of paying income taxes, the stockholder/member reports the impact of the Company’s operating results on a personal tax return. Therefore, there is no provision or liability for federal or state income taxes in the accompanying combined financial statements.

The accounting standard on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the combined financial statements. Under that guidance, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Tax positions include the tax-exempt status of the Company. The Company believes that it has appropriate support for any tax positions taken, and as such, does not have any uncertain tax positions that are material to the accompanying combined financial statements.

As of December 31, 2011, for federal tax purposes, the Company’s 2009 through 2011 tax years remain open for examination by the tax authorities under the normal three-year statute of limitations.

 

F-78

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

Sales Tax Payable

Taxes, if any, assessed by various governmental authorities on sales or licensing transactions are recorded as a liability, and reported on the accompanying combined balance sheets, until remitted to the applicable authorities. Such taxes are not included in revenues or expenses. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, sales tax payable was $210,800 and $9,182, respectively.

Major Customers

The Company derived approximately 67% of its revenues from five customers in 2011 and 68% from four customers in 2010. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, three customers constituted approximately 62% and 59% of trade accounts receivables, respectively.

Sale of Company

On August 1, 2012, the Company entered into an equity purchase agreement, whereby Sabre Inc., a Delaware corporation, acquired all of the outstanding stock and ownership interests of the Company. The total purchase price was approximately $120 million.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through February 28, 2014, the date which the combined financial statements were available to be issued. Any subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure as of December 31, 2011, have been incorporated into the combined financial statements herein.

 

3)	Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

 

		2011				2010
Computers and equipment		$	3,328,129			$	2,997,295
Software			2,495,640				1,879,632
Leasehold improvements			153,550				153,550
Furniture and fixtures			34,451				34,451
Vehicles			—				37,310
			6,011,770				5,102,238
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization			4,180,361				3,386,403
Total property and equipment, net		$	1,831,409			$	1,715,835

During 2011, the Company sold equipment with an original cost basis of $38,894 and a net book value of $7,672 for $7,488. During 2010, the Company sold fully depreciated equipment for $1,220. Also, in 2010, computers and equipment with an original cost basis of $4,093,241 and a net book value of $454,804 were traded-in for similar equipment. The trade-in value was $150,000, which resulted in a loss of $304,804.

 

F-79

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

4)	Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases its server facility under an operating lease, amended in December 2010 to expire in November 2015, with monthly minimum rental payments of $4,664. The Company may extend the lease for an additional five years. Future minimum lease commitments are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,
2012		$	55,968
2013			55,968
2014			55,968
2015			51,304
Total minimum payments		$	219,208

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, including common area maintenance and additional rent for space in 2010 no longer leased, was $55,968 and $85,056, respectively.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to various claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Commercial insurance coverage is purchased to mitigate exposure to certain claims arising from such matters. In the opinion of management, the amount of the ultimate uninsured liability with respect to these actions will not materially affect the financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of the Company.

 

5)	Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan. Full-time employees are eligible to participate and the Company, at their discretion, may match a percentage of the participant’s contribution. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s matching contribution to the plan was $155,000 and $156,611, respectively.

 

6)	Member’s Equity

PRISM Technologies is a single member LLC. Under the terms of the Operating Agreement, the term of PRISM Technologies is indefinite. Member’s equity includes the sole member’s original investment and contributions, distributions to the sole member, and as well as PRISM Technologies’ accumulated loss.

 

F-80

---

Table of Contents

PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

7)	Restatements

The accompanying combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 have been restated to reflect adjustments made to the Company’s previously issued 2010 combined financial statements. The following tables summarize the impact of the restatements on balances previously reported:

 

As of and for year ended December 31, 2010:
		As Reported				Increase (Decrease)				As Restated
Balance sheet
Current liabilities:
Deferred revenue (a)		$	—			$	1,295,314			$	1,295,314
Compensation accrual (b)			954,873				(343,598	)			611,275
Total current liabilities			985,129				951,716				1,936,845
Stockholder’s/member’s equity:
Affiliated member’s equity			924,995				63,034				988,029
Retained earnings			10,966,057				(1,014,750	)			9,951,307
Total stockholder’s/member’s equity			11,892,052				(951,716	)			10,940,336
Statement of income
Revenue:
System software-airlines (a)			23,373,758				(922,725	)			22,451,033
Expenses:
Compensation (b)			7,493,786				(43,422	)			7,450,364
Net income			14,619,880				(879,303	)			13,740,577
Statement of cash flows
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income			14,619,880				(879,303	)			13,740,577
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Deferred revenue (a)			—				922,725				922,725
Compensation accrual (b)			94,658				(43,422	)			51,236

An explanation of the adjustments is as follows:

(a)	Adjustment to reduce previously reported revenue

(b)	Adjustment to adjust over accrual of compensation and related compensation expense

 

As of and for year ended December 31, 2009:
		As Reported				Increase (Decrease)				As Restated
Balance sheet
Stockholder’s/member’s equity:
Affiliated member’s equity			1,792,703				30,531				1,823,234
Retained earnings			9,095,650				(102,944	)			8,992,706
Total stockholder’s/member’s equity			10,889,353				(72,413	)			10,816,940

 

F-81

---

Table of Contents

 

Sabre Corporation

 

 

Until                     , 2014 (25 days after the date of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

---

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Estimated expenses (except for the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and NASDAQ listing fee) payable in connection with the sale of the common stock in this offering are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee		$	12,880
FINRA filing fee			15,500
NASDAQ listing fee			*
Printing and engraving expenses			*
Legal fees and expenses			*
Accounting fees and expenses			*
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses			*
Blue Sky fees and expenses			*
Miscellaneous			*
Total		$	*

 

*	To be completed by amendment.

We will bear all of the expenses shown above.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (“DGCL”) allows a corporation to eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors to a corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or engaged in a transaction from which the director obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies if (i) such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful or, (ii) to the extent that such person is a present or former director or officer of a corporation, such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense expenses (including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event such person is adjusted to be liable to the corporation, unless a court determines that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully and negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable

 

II-1

---

Table of Contents

for such actions to the full amount of the dividend unlawfully paid or the purchase or redemption of the corporation’s stock, with interest from the time such liability accrued. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered on the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time the action occurred or immediately after the absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that no director shall be personally liable to us or any of our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL.

Our Bylaws will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action or is involved in a proceeding by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or serves or served as a director or officer of any other enterprise at our request. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending against such legal proceedings are payable before the final disposition of the action, provided that the director or officer undertakes to repay us if it is later determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. Our Bylaws will also provide that, subject to applicable law, the company may, by action of its board of directors, grant rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses to persons other than its directors and officers with such scope and effect as the board of directors may then determine.

We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and under our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law, our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

We maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to us with respect to payments which we may make to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law for a privately held company. We will be modifying our coverage to address public company specific exposures in connection with the completion of this offering.

The underwriting agreement, to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will provide for indemnification, under certain circumstances, by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2011, the company has issued and sold the following securities without registration under the Securities Act.

2019 Notes Issuance

On May 9, 2012, Sabre GLBL issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of the Initial 2019 Notes, bearing interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Natixis Securities Americas LLC and Mizuho Securities USA Inc. (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”) for aggregate consideration of $393 million representing an aggregate underwriting discount of $7 million from the aggregate

 

II-2

---

Table of Contents

offering price of $400 million at which the Initial Purchasers subsequently resold the Initial 2019 Notes to investors.

On September 27, 2012, Sabre GLBL issued an additional $400 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes due 2019, bearing interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum to the Initial Purchasers at an issue price of 103.5%, plus accrued and unpaid interest from May 9, 2012 (the “Add-On 2019 Notes”), for aggregate consideration of $408.5 million with respect to such $400 million of senior secured notes due 2019 representing an aggregate underwriting discount of $5.5 million from the aggregate offering price of $414 million at which the Initial Purchasers subsequently resold the Add-On 2019 Notes to investors.

For each of the offerings, the sale to the Initial Purchasers was made in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The Initial Purchasers resold the notes (i) to qualified institutional buyers in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act and (ii) outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Option, Restricted Stock and RSU Issuances

Since January 1, 2011, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 6,500,846 shares of our common stock under our equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from approximately $8.18 to $14.01 per share.

Since January 1, 2011, we granted 354,191 shares of restricted stock and 1,520,938 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of our common stock under our equity compensation plans. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we issued 67,543 and 40,120 restricted stock units, respectively, pursuant to a restricted stock unit agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we issued 255,686 shares of our common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $1,200,620 under our equity compensation plans.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we issued 718,006 shares of our common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $2,696,019 under our equity compensation plans.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we issued 596,285 shares of our common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $2,933,089 under our equity compensation plans.

We deemed the grants of stock options, restricted stock and RSUs and the issuances of shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options described above as exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701. Each of the recipients of securities in any transaction exempt from registration either received or had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us. For each of the transactions listed above, stock certificates were not issued, but appropriate legends were included at each issuance under the Management Stockholders’ Agreement. There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth above.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits: The list of exhibits is set forth beginning on page II-7 of this Registration Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules: The following Financial Statement Schedule is included herein: Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, starting on page F-70.

 

II-3

---

Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

* (f) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

* (h) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

* (i) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

•

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the undersigned registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

•

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

*	Paragraph references correspond to those of Regulation S-K, Item 512.

 

II-4

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Southlake, State of Texas on March 26, 2014.

 

 

II-5

---

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name		Title		Date
/s/ Thomas Klein Thomas Klein		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)		March 26, 2014
/s/ Richard A. Simonson Richard A. Simonson		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)		March 26, 2014
* Lawrence W. Kellner		Chairman and Director		March 26, 2014
Timothy Dunn		Director
/s/ Judy Odom Judy Odom		Director		March 26, 2014
* Gary Kusin		Director		March 26, 2014
* Greg Mondre		Director		March 26, 2014
* Joseph Osnoss		Director		March 26, 2014
* Karl Peterson		Director		March 26, 2014

*By:		/s/ Richard A. Simonson
		Richard A. Simonson as Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-6

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
1.1*		Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1†**		Put-Call Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2014 by and among Expedia, Inc., and Travelocity.com LP and Sabre GLBL Inc.
3.1**		Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Sabre Corporation.
3.2**		Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Sabre Corporation.
4.1		[Reserved]
4.2**		Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2001, between Sabre Holdings Corporation and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee.
4.3**		Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 13, 2006, between Sabre Holdings Corporation and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee.
4.4**		Form of Senior Note due 2016 of Sabre Holdings Corporation (included in Exhibit 4.3).
4.5**		Indenture, dated as of May 9, 2012, among Sabre Inc., Sabre Holdings Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent with respect to the 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2019.
4.6**		Form of 8.500% Senior Secured Note due 2019 of Sabre Inc. (included in Exhibit 4.5).
4.7**		First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 31, 2012, among Sabre Inc., TVL Common, Inc., as subsidiary guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.
4.8*		Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among Sabre Corporation and certain stockholders.
5.1*		Opinion of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP.
10.1**		Loan Agreement, dated March 29, 2007, between Sabre Headquarters, LLC, as borrower, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender.
10.2**		Amendment and Restatement Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2013, among Sabre Inc., Sabre Holdings Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent and Bank of America, N.A. as successor administrative agent.
10.3**		Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated as of February 19, 2013, among Sabre Holdings Corporation, certain subsidiaries of Sabre Inc. from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.
10.4**		Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2013, among Sabre Holdings Corporation, Sabre Inc., certain subsidiaries of Sabre Inc. from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the secured parties.
10.5**		First-Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2012, among Sabre Inc., Sabre Holdings Corporation, the other grantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent and authorized representative for the Credit Agreement secured parties, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Initial First-Lien Collateral Agent and initial additional authorized representative, each Additional First-Lien Collateral Agent and each additional Authorized Representative.
10.6**		Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2012, among Sabre Inc., Sabre Holdings Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent.

 

II-7

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.7**		First Incremental Term Facility Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2013, among Sabre Inc., Sabre Holdings Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as incremental term lender and administrative agent.
10.8+**		Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan adopted June 11, 2007, as amended April 22, 2010.
10.9+**		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement under Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Management Equity Incentive Plan adopted June 11, 2007, as amended April 22, 2010.
10.10+**		Form of Travelocity.com LLC Stock Option Grant Agreement.
10.11+**		Restricted Stock Grant Agreement dated April 25, 2011, between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Carl Sparks.
10.12+**		Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan Stock-Settled SARs with Respect to Travelocity Equity, adopted April 5, 2012.
10.13+**		Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Grant Agreement under the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan Stock-Settled SARs with Respect to Travelocity Equity.
10.14+**		Amended and Restated Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan for Travelocity’s CEO Stock-Settled SARs with Respect to Travelocity Equity, adopted March 15, 2011, as amended and restated May 3, 2012.
10.15+**		Amended and Restated Stock Appreciation Rights Grant Agreement dated May 15, 2012 between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Carl Sparks under the Amended and Restated Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan for Travelocity’s CEO Stock-Settled SARs with Respect to Travelocity Equity.
10.16+**		Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan adopted September 14, 2012.
10.17+**		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement under the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan.
10.18+**		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement under the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan.
10.19+**		Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement dated November 1, 2012, between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Carl Sparks.
10.20+**		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan.
10.21+**		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan.
10.22+**		Employment Agreement by and among Sabre Holdings Corporation, Sabre Inc., Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Thomas Klein dated August 14, 2013.
10.23+**		Employment Agreement by and among Sovereign Holdings, Inc., Travelocity.com, L.P. and Carl Sparks dated March 22, 2011.
10.24+**		Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and William Robinson dated December 5, 2013.
10.25+**		Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Michael S. Gilliland dated June 11, 2007.
10.26+**		Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Michael S. Gilliland dated December 31, 2008.

 

II-8

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.27+**		Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Michael S. Gilliland dated June 26, 2009.
10.28+**		Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Michael S. Gilliland dated June 30, 2012.
10.29+**		Revision to Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Michael S. Gilliland dated January 9, 2013.
10.30+**		Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Mark Miller dated July 31, 2009.
10.31+**		Letter Agreement by and among Sovereign Holdings, Inc., TVL Common, Inc. and Mark Miller, dated April 12, 2013.
10.32+**		Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Deborah Kerr dated March 7, 2013.
10.33+**		Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Rick Simonson dated March 5, 2013.
10.34+**		Letter Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc., and Michael Gilliland, dated September 18, 2013.
10.35+**		Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Sterling Miller dated July 31, 2009.
10.36+**		Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Hugh Jones dated July 29, 2009.
10.37+**		Employment Agreement by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc. and Greg Webb dated February 2, 2011.
10.38**		Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2014, among Sabre GLBL Inc., Sabre Holdings Corporation, each of the other Loan Parties, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the Lenders thereto.
10.39**		First Revolver Extension Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2014, among Sabre GLBL Inc., Sabre Holdings Corporation, each of the other Loan Parties, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the Revolving Credit Lenders thereto.
10.40**		First Incremental Revolving Credit Facility Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2014, among Sabre GLBL Inc., Sabre Holdings Corporation, each of the other Loan Parties, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the Revolving Credit Lenders thereto.
10.41†**		Second Amended and Restated Information Technology Services Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2012, between HP Enterprise Services, LLC, as provider, and Sabre Inc.
10.42†**		Amendment Number One to Second Amended and Restated Information Technology Services Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2012, between HP Enterprise Services, LLC, as provider, and Sabre Inc.
10.43†**		Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Information Technology Services Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2013, between HP Enterprise Services, LLC, as provider, and Sabre Inc.
10.44**		Form of Income Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.45**		Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement by and among Sabre Corporation and the stockholders party thereto.

 

II-9

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.46+*		Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.47+		Letter by and between Sovereign Holdings, Inc., Sabre Holdings Corporation and Sabre Inc. and Lawrence W. Kellner dated August 30, 2013.
10.48+		Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.49+		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement under the Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.50+		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement under the Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.51+		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Annual Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.52+		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Initial Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.
21.1**		List of Subsidiaries.
23.1*		Consent of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.3		Consent of REDW LLC.
24.1**		Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
24.2		Power of Attorney for Ms. Judy Odom.

 

+	Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

*	To be filed by amendment.

**	Previously filed.

†	Confidential treatment requested for certain portions of this Exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act, which portions are omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-10

Exhibit 10.47

August 30, 2013

Dear Larry:

We would like to set forth certain terms of your service as Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of each of Sovereign Holdings, Inc. (“Sovereign”), Sabre Holdings Corporation, and Sabre Inc. (together, the “Company”).

 

I.

Compensation

You will receive a cash retainer of $250,000 per year, payable quarterly in arrears for so long as you remain on the Board.

You will also receive a one-time grant of options to purchase Sovereign’s common stock (the “Options”). You will be granted Options to purchase 200,000 shares of the Sovereign’s common stock as part of this letter agreement. The Options will be granted pursuant, and shall be subject, to the terms and conditions of the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), have an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant of the underlying shares as determined by the Sovereign, and vest ratably (quarterly) over four years following the date of grant, subject to your continuing to serve on the Board through each such date.

In addition, you will receive a one-time grant of restricted stock units with respect to the Sovereign’s common stock (“RSUs”). You will be granted 160,000 RSUs as part of this letter agreement. The RSUs shall be granted pursuant, and shall be subject, to the terms and conditions of the Plan. The RSUs shall vest ratably (quarterly) over four years following the grant, subject to your continuing to serve on the Board through each such date.

 

II.

Duties and Responsibilities

We anticipate that, as a non-executive chairman member of the Board, your responsibilities will include attendance at meetings of the Board and, in addition, regular participation in oversight and strategy discussions related to the Company outside the context of meetings of the Board. We also anticipate that you will be asked to serve on the Governance, Nominating, and Compensation Committee. Further detail is attached as Exhibit A.

You will be expected to use your reasonable best efforts to attend all Board meetings and meetings of each committee on which you are asked to serve. Reasonable expenses actually incurred by you in traveling to the Board, committee meetings, and other Company-related business shall be reimbursed by the Company upon presentation of such documentation as the Company may reasonably request.

---

III.

Reelection to the Board

Your continued service on the Board will be subject in all respects to the provisions of the By-laws and other governing documents of the Company.

 

IV.

D&O Insurance; Indemnification

During your service as a member of the Board and for six years thereafter, you will be entitled to the same directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage that the Company provides generally to its other directors and officers, as it may be amended from time to time. You will also be entitled to the same contractual indemnification rights as the Company provides to its other directors and officers, as they may be amended from time to time.

We very much look forward to your advice and service.

 

 

2

---

Exhibit A

 

3

Exhibit 10.48

SABRE CORPORATION

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

						Page
1.		PURPOSE OF THE PLAN					1
2.		DEFINITIONS					1
3.		STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN, SHARE COUNTING RULES, AND INDIVIDUAL AWARD LIMITS					7
4.		ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN					9
		(a)		The Committee			9
		(b)		Grant of Awards			10
		(c)		Delegation of Authority			11
		(d)		Payments by the Company and Registration of Common Stock			11
		(e)		Limitation on Liability			13
5.		ELIGIBILITY					13
6.		OPTIONS					14
		(a)		Exercise Price			14
		(b)		Term and Exercise of Options			14
		(c)		Special Rules for Incentive Stock Options			15
7.		OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS					15
8.		CASH INCENTIVE AWARDS					16
9.		PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION					16
		(a)		Calculation, Written Determinations, and Right of Recapture			16
		(b)		Discretionary Reduction			17
		(c)		Performance Measures			17
10.		EFFECT OF SEPARATION FROM SERVICE					19
11.		ADJUSTMENT UPON CERTAIN CHANGES					20
		(a)		Shares Available for Grants			20
		(b)		Increase or Decrease in Issued Shares Without Consideration			20
		(c)		Certain Mergers			20
		(d)		Certain Other Transactions			20
		(e)		Other Changes			21
		(f)		Cash Incentive Awards			21
		(g)		No Other Rights			22
		(h)		Savings Clause			22
12.		CHANGE IN CONTROL					22

 

-i-

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

				Page
13.		RIGHTS UNDER THE PLAN			22
14.		NO SPECIAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS; NO RIGHT TO AWARD			23
15.		TAX PROVISIONS & WITHHOLDING			23
16.		AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN			25
17.		NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE			25
18.		TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS			25
19.		RETIREMENT AND WELFARE PLANS			26
20.		COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 162(M) OF THE CODE			26
21.		CERTAIN LIMITATIONS ON AWARDS TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE			27
22.		PARTICIPANTS BASED OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES			27
23.		LEGEND			28
24.		SEVERABILITY; ENTIRE AGREEMENT			28
25.		DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS			28
26.		GOVERNING LAW			28
27.		EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN			28

 

-ii-

---

1.	Purpose of the Plan.

This Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing the employees of the Company and the non-employee directors of Sabre Corporation, who are largely responsible for the management, growth, and protection of the business of the Company, with incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue in the service of the Company. The Plan is designed to meet this intent by providing such employees and eligible non-employee directors with a proprietary interest in pursuing the long-term growth, profitability, and financial success of the Company.

 

2.	Definitions.

As used in the Plan or in any instrument governing the terms of any Award, the following definitions apply to the terms indicated below:

 

(a)

“Affiliate” means the Company and any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

 

(b)

“Affiliated Entity” means any entity related to the Company as a member of a controlled group of corporations in accordance with Section 414(b) of the Code or as a trade or business under common control in accordance with Section 414(c) of the Code, for so long as such entity is so related, including without limitation any Affiliate.

 

(c)

“Awards” mean all awards granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan including, but not limited to, Cash Incentive Awards, Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards.

 

(d)

“Award Agreement” means the written agreement, in a form determined by the Committee from time to time, between the Company and a Participant that evidences the grant of an Award and sets out the terms and conditions of an Award.

 

(e)

“Board” means the Board of Directors of Sabre Corporation.

 

(f)

“Cash Incentive Award” means an award granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.

 

(g)

“Cause” shall mean, when used in connection with the termination of a Participant’s Employment, (i) if the Participant has an effective employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliated Entity as of the Grant Date, the definition used in such employment agreement as of the Grant Date, or (ii) if the Participant does not have an effective employment agreement, unless otherwise provided in the Participant’s Award Agreement, the termination of the

---

Participant’s Employment on account of (i) a failure of the Participant to substantially perform his or her duties (other than as a result of physical or mental illness or injury); (ii) the Participant’s willful misconduct or gross negligence which is injurious to the Company, any Affiliated Entity, the Majority Stockholder or any of its affiliates (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise); (iii) a breach by a Participant of the Participant’s fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty to the Company or any Affiliated Entity; (iv) the Participant’s unauthorized removal from the premises of the Company or any Affiliated Entity of any document (in any medium or form) relating to the Company, any Affiliated Entity, the Majority Stockholder, or the customers of the Company or any Affiliated Entity other than in the good faith performance of the Participant’s duties; or (v) the indictment or a plea of nolo contendere by the Participant of any felony or other serious crime involving moral turpitude. Any rights the Company or any Affiliated Entity may have hereunder in respect of the events giving rise to Cause shall be in addition to the rights the Company or Affiliated Entity may have under any other agreement with the Employee or at law or in equity. If, subsequent to the termination of Employment of a Participant without an effective employment agreement as of the Grant Date, it is discovered that such Participant’s Employment could have been terminated for Cause, as such term is defined above (unless otherwise defined in a Grant Agreement), the Participant’s Employment shall, at the election of the Board, in its sole discretion, be deemed to have been terminated for Cause retroactively to the date the events giving rise to Cause occurred. Once an entity ceases to be an Affiliated Entity, even if an effective employment agreement as of the Grant Date was with such entity, such agreement shall continue to apply with regard to defining Cause (and for such purpose references to such entity shall be deemed to be references to the Company and any entity that continues to be an Affiliated Entity).

 

(h)

“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to any Person or group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof, other than the Majority Stockholder; (ii) the approval by the holders of the outstanding voting power of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (iii) (A) any Person or Group (other than the Majority Stockholder) or any employee benefit plan sponsored by Sabre Corporation) shall become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Common Stock representing more than 40% of the aggregate outstanding voting power of the Company and such Person or Group actually has the power to vote such Common Stock in any such election and (B) the Majority Stockholder beneficially owns (within the

 

2

---

meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the voting power of the Company than such other Person or Group; (iv) the replacement of a majority of the Board over a two-year period from the directors who constituted the Board at the beginning of such period, and such replacement shall not have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Board then still in office who either were members of such Board at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such Board was previously so approved or who were nominated by, or designees of, a Majority Stockholder or (v) consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity in which (A) the holders of the Common Stock of the Company immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction hold, directly or indirectly, immediately following the consummation of the transaction, less than 50% of the common equity interests in the surviving corporation in such transaction and (B) the Majority Stockholder holds less than 35% of the common equity interests in the surviving corporation in such transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is characterized as “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, an event shall not be considered to be a Change in Control under the Plan for purposes of any payment in respect of such Award unless such event is also a “ “change in ownership,” “change in effective control” or “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(i)

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and all regulations, interpretations, and administrative guidance issued thereunder.

 

(j)

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee as the Board shall appoint from time to time to administer the Plan and to otherwise exercise and perform the authority and functions assigned to the Committee under the terms of the Plan.

 

(k)

“Common Stock” means Sabre Corporation Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, or any other security into which the common stock shall be changed pursuant to the adjustment provisions of Section 11 of the Plan.

 

(l)

“Company” means Sabre Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries, collectively.

 

(m)

“Covered Employee” means a Participant who at the time of reference is an executive officer (within the meaning of Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act).

 

(n)

“Deferred Compensation Plan” means any plan, agreement or arrangement maintained by the Company from time to time that is established or maintained under this Plan and that provides opportunities for deferral of compensation.

 

3

---

(o)

“Disability” shall mean a permanent disability as defined in the Company’s or an Affiliate’s disability plans, or as determined from time to time by the Company, in its sole discretion, or as specified in the Participant’s Award Agreement, provided that in the event the Participant is party to an effective employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliated Entity as of the Grant Date, and such agreement contains or operates under a different definition of Disability (or any derivative of such term), the definition of Disability used in such agreement at the time of grant shall be substituted for the definition set forth above for all purposes hereunder.

 

(p)

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not at the time of reference an employee of Sabre Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(q)

“Effective Date” means the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s shareholders.

 

(r)

“Employment” shall mean, except as otherwise required by Section 409A of the Code, employment with the Company or any Affiliated Entity, and shall include the provision of services as a Non-Employee Director or consultant for the Company or any Affiliated Entity. A Participant’s Employment shall terminate on the date the Participant is no longer employed by an entity that is at least one of (i) the Company, (ii) an Affiliate, or (iii) an entity that is an Affiliated Entity as of such date. “Employed” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

(s)

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(t)

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to a share of Common Stock, as of the applicable date of determination (i) the volume weighted average price of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant as reported on the principal securities exchange on which shares of Common Stock are then listed or admitted to trading or (ii) if not so reported, the average of the closing bid and ask prices on the date of grant as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market. In the event that the price of a share of Common Stock shall not be so reported, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(u)

“Good Reason” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in a Participant’s Award Agreement (i) a material diminution in a Participant’s duties and responsibilities other than a change in such Participant’s duties and responsibilities that results from becoming part of a larger organization following a Change in Control, (ii) a decrease in a Participant’s base salary or bonus opportunity other than a proportionate decrease in bonus opportunity of less than 10% that applies to employees generally of the Company or its Affiliates otherwise eligible to

 

4

---

participate in the affected plan, or (iii) a relocation of a Participant’s primary work location more than 50 miles from the Participant’s work location immediately prior to the Participant’s commencement of participation in the Plan, without the Participant’s prior written consent; provided, that, within twenty days following the occurrence of any of the events set forth herein, the Participant shall have delivered written notice to the Company of his or her intention to terminate his or her Employment for Good Reason, which notice specifies in reasonable detail the circumstances claimed to give rise to the Participant’s right to terminate Employment for Good Reason, and the Company shall not have cured such circumstances within thirty days following the Company’s receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, as of the Grant Date, the Participant is a party to an effective employment with the Company or any Affiliated Entity that contains a different definition of the term “Good Reason” (or any derivation of such term), the definition in such employment agreement shall control. Once an entity ceases to be an Affiliated Entity, even if an effective employment agreement as of the Grant Date was with such entity, such agreement shall continue to apply with regard to defining Good Reason (and for such purpose references to such entity shall be deemed to be references to the Company and any entity that continues to be an Affiliated Entity).

 

(v)

“Grant Date” means the date designated by the Committee and specified in the Award Agreement as the date the Award is granted.

 

(w)

“Incentive Pool” means an amount available to be paid to one or more Participants as Performance-Based Compensation, which amount is determined in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(x)

“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option qualified under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(y)

“Majority Stockholder” means, collectively or individually, as the context requires, TPG Partners IV, L.P., TPG Partners V, L.P, Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P. and/or their respective affiliates.

 

(z)

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(aa)

“Option” means a stock option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.

 

(bb)

“Other Stock-Based Award” means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.

 

5

---

(cc)

“Participant” means a Non-Employee Director or employee of the Company who is eligible to participate in the Plan and to whom one or more Awards have been granted and, following the death of any such Person, his successors, heirs, executors, and administrators, as the case may be.

 

(dd)

“Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation that satisfies the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code for deductibility of “qualified performance-based compensation”.

 

(ee)

“Performance Measures” means such measures as are described in Section 9 on which performance goals are based in order to qualify certain awards granted hereunder as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

(ff)

“Performance Percentage” means the factor determined pursuant to a Performance Schedule that is to be applied to a Target Award and that reflects actual performance compared to the Performance Target.

 

(gg)

“Performance Period” means the period of time during which the Performance Targets must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. Performance Periods may be overlapping.

 

(hh)

“Performance Target” means performance goals and objectives with respect to a Performance Period.

 

(ii)

“Performance Schedule” means a schedule or other objective method for determining the applicable Performance Percentage to be applied to each Target Award.

 

(jj)

“Person” means a “person” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, including any “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

(kk)

“Plan” means this Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(ll)

“Prior Plans” means the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Incentive Plan, the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. 2007 Management Equity Incentive Plan (as amended in 2010), and the Sovereign Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.

 

(mm)

“Qualifying Termination” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, (i) a termination of such Participant’s Employment by the Company (and all then-Affiliated Entities) without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason, (ii) a

 

6

---

termination of such Participant’s employment, prior to the expiration of the Awards in accordance with the terms of the Plan and applicable Award Agreement, by all entities that were, immediately prior to the Change in Control, Affiliated Entities and cease, upon the Change in Control, to be Affiliated Entities, without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason, or (iii) a termination of such Participant’s Employment in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability, in each of (i), (ii) or (iii) following a Change in Control of the Company. It is understood that a Participant shall not have a Qualifying Termination by virtue of ceasing to be Employed by an entity or its subsidiaries undergoing a Change in Control where, following such Change in Control, the Participant remains employed by an entity that was an Affiliated Entity of the entity or its subsidiaries undergoing a Change in Control immediately prior to such Change in Control.

 

(nn)

“Sabre Corporation” means Sabre Corporation, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

(oo)

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(pp)

“Subsidiary” means any “subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

(qq)

“Target Award” means a Cash Incentive Award of a specific dollar amount or portion of an Incentive Pool, determined by the Committee, pursuant to Performance Measures as described in Section 9 of the Plan.

 

3.	Stock Subject to the Plan, Share Counting Rules, and Individual Award Limits.

 

(a)

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 and the provisions of this Section 3, the number of shares of Common Stock that may be covered by Awards granted under the Plan shall be the sum of: (i) 13,500,000 shares of Common Stock approved for issuance on January 30, 2014, (ii) the number of shares remaining available for issuance under the Prior Plans that are not the subject of outstanding Awards as of the Effective Date, and (iii) any shares subject to outstanding Awards under any Prior Plan as of the Effective Date that become available for issuance in accordance with the share counting provisions of Section 3(b) after the Effective Date. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares, or both, in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

(b)

For purposes of the preceding paragraph, shares of Common Stock covered by Awards shall only be counted as used or issued to the extent they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant (or such Participant’s permitted transferees

 

7

---

as described in the Plan) pursuant to the Plan and, for purposes of clarification, if all or any portion of an Award issued pursuant to the Plan or any Prior Plan expires, or is forfeited, terminated or cancelled, without the issuance of shares of Common Stock, or is settled in cash in lieu of shares of Common Stock, or is exchanged with the Committee’s permission, prior to the issuance of shares of Common Stock, for an Award not involving shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards that have been so forfeited, terminated, cancelled, settled or exchanged or have expired, as the case may be, will again be available for issuance or transfer under the Plan. In addition, if the exercise price or tax withholding requirements related to any Award granted under the Plan or under any Prior Plan is satisfied through the withholding by the Company of shares of Common Stock that are otherwise then deliverable in respect of such Award or through actual or constructive transfer to the Company of shares of Common Stock already owned, a number of shares equal to such withheld or transferred shares will again be available for issuance or transfer under the Plan. Because shares of Common Stock will count against the number reserved in Section 3(a) upon delivery, and subject to the share counting rules under this Section 3(b), the Committee may determine that Awards may be outstanding that relate to a greater number of shares of Common Stock than the aggregate remaining available under the Plan, so long as Awards will not result in delivery and vesting of shares of Common Stock in excess of the number then available under the Plan.

 

(c)

Shares of Common Stock covered by Awards granted pursuant to the Plan in connection with the assumption, replacement, conversion, or adjustment of outstanding equity-based awards in the context of a corporate acquisition or merger (within the meaning of NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635) as provided in Section 11 of the Plan shall not count as used under the Plan for purposes of Section 3.

 

(d)

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11:

 

(i)

the number of shares of Common Stock that may be covered by Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate;

 

(ii)

the number of shares of Common Stock that may be covered by Awards (other than Options or stock appreciation rights) granted under the Plan to any Participant in a single fiscal year of the Company may not exceed 750,000 shares and the number of shares of Common Stock that may be covered by Options or stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan to any Participant in a single fiscal year of the Company may not exceed 1,500,000 shares; and

 

8

---

(iii)

the amount payable to any Covered Employee with respect to any calendar year for all Cash Incentive Awards that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation for which the Performance Period is not longer than one year shall not exceed $5,000,000. The amount payable to any Covered Employee with respect to any calendar year for all Cash Incentive Awards that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation for which the Performance Period is longer than one year shall not exceed $5,000,000. For purposes of the preceding sentences, the phrase “amount payable with respect to any calendar year” means the amount of cash, or value of other property, required to be paid based on the achievement of applicable Performance Measures during a Performance Period that ends in a calendar year, disregarding any deferral pursuant to the terms of a Deferred Compensation Plan unless the terms of the deferral are intended to comply with the requirements for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. If an Award is cancelled, the cancelled Award shall not continue to be counted toward the applicable limitation in this Section.

 

4.	Administration of the Plan.

 

(a)

The Committee

The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee of the Board consisting of two or more persons, each of whom may, from time to time, qualify as a “non-employee director” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act), an “outside director” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(3), and as “independent” within the meaning of any applicable stock exchange or similar regulatory authority on which the Common Stock is then listed, in each case if and to the extent required by applicable law.

 

(b)

Grant of Awards

The Committee shall, consistent with the terms of the Plan, from time to time designate those individuals who shall be granted Awards under the Plan and the amount, type, and other terms and conditions of such Awards, which need not be identical for each Participant. The Committee shall have full discretionary authority to administer the Plan, including discretionary authority to interpret and construe any and all provisions of the Plan and the terms of any Award (and any Award Agreement) granted thereunder and to adopt, amend and rescind from time to time such rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate. Decisions of the Committee shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

 

9

---

Awards granted under the Plan may, in the Committee’s discretion, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award, any award granted under another plan of the Company or any business entity to be acquired by the Company, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Company. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards may be granted either as of the same time as, or a different time from, the grant of such other Awards or awards.

On or after the Grant Date of an Award under the Plan, the Committee may (i) accelerate the date on which any such Award becomes vested, exercisable or transferable, as the case may be, (ii) extend the term of any such Award, including, without limitation, extending the period following a termination of a Participant’s Employment during which any such Award may remain outstanding, (iii) waive any conditions to the vesting, exercisability, or transferability, as the case may be, of any such Award, (iv) grant other Awards in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any Award, any award granted under another plan of the Company or any business entity to be acquired by the Company, or (v) provide for the payment of dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to any such Award; provided, in each of (i) through (v) that the Committee shall not have any such authority and shall not take any such action to the extent that the grant of such authority or the taking of such action would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not reprice any stock option (within the meaning of NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) and any other formal or informal guidance issued by the NASDAQ) without the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

The Committee may grant dividend equivalents to any Participant based on the dividends declared on shares of Common Stock that are subject to any Award during the period between the Grant Date and the date the Award is exercised, vests, pays out, or expires. Such dividend equivalents may be awarded or paid in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, restricted stock, or restricted stock units, or a combination, and shall be determined by such formula and at such time and subject to such accrual, forfeiture, or payout restrictions or limitations as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

In addition, the Committee may permit (including, without limitation, for purposes of deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code) a Participant to defer such Participant’s receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be due to such Participant in connection with any Award. If any such deferral is required or permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures, in accordance with Section 409A of the Code (to the extent applicable), for such payment or Common Stock delivery deferrals and any notional earnings to be credited on such deferred amounts, provided that in the case of any Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such earnings shall be in compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(c)

Delegation of Authority

All of the powers and responsibilities of the Committee under the Plan may be delegated by the Committee, in writing, to any subcommittee thereof, in which case the acts of such subcommittee shall be deemed to be acts of the Committee hereunder. The Committee may also

 

10

---

from time to time authorize a subcommittee consisting of one or more members of the Board of Directors (including members who are employees of the Company) or employees of the Company to grant Awards to persons who are not “executive officers” of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act), subject to such restrictions and limitations as the Committee may specify and to the requirements of Section 157 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, the Committee may delegate the administration of the Plan to one or more officers or employees of the Company, and such administrator(s) may have the authority to execute and distribute Award Agreements or other documents evidencing or relating to Awards granted by the Committee under this Plan, to maintain records relating to Awards, to process or oversee the issuance of Common Stock under Awards, to interpret and administer the terms of Awards, and to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan and of Awards under the Plan, provided that in no case shall any such administrator be authorized (i) to grant Awards under the Plan, (ii) to take any action that would cause Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to fail to so qualify, (iii) to take any action inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code or (iv) to take any action inconsistent with Section 157 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and other applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any action by any such administrator within the scope of its delegation shall be deemed for all purposes to have been taken by the Committee and, except as otherwise specifically provided, references in this Plan to the Committee shall include any such administrator. The Committee and, to the extent it so provides, any subcommittee, shall have sole authority to determine whether to review any actions and/or interpretations of any such administrator, and if the Committee shall decide to conduct such a review, any such actions and/or interpretations of any such administrator shall be subject to approval, disapproval, or modification by the Committee.

 

(d)

Payments by the Company and Registration of Common Stock

The Company shall pay any amount payable with respect to an Award in accordance with the terms of such Award, provided that the Committee may, in its discretion, defer the payment of amounts payable with respect to an Award subject to and in accordance with the terms of any Deferred Compensation Plan, to the extent such Deferred Compensation Plan permits deferral of Awards granted hereunder. Payments to be made by the Company upon the exercise or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Common Stock, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. The settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Common Stock in connection with such settlement, in the Committee’s discretion or upon occurrence of one or more specified events; provided that, with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, such acceleration or payment shall comply with Section 409A of the Code.

The Company may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and permissible under Section 409A of the Code, deduct from and set off against any amounts the Company may owe to the Participant from time to time (including amounts payable in connection with any Award, owed as wages, fringe benefits, or other compensation owed to the Participant), such amounts as

 

11

---

may be owed by the Participant to the Company, although the Participant shall remain liable for any part of the Participant’s payment obligation not satisfied through such deduction and setoff. By accepting any Award granted hereunder, the Participant agrees to any deduction or setoff under this Section 4.

Sabre Corporation shall be under no obligation to effect the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of any shares of Common Stock to be issued hereunder or to effect similar compliance under any state laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Sabre Corporation shall not be obligated to cause to be issued or delivered any certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan unless and until Sabre Corporation is advised by its counsel that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of any securities exchange on which shares of Common Stock are traded.

Furthermore, the Company may, to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee, postpone the issuance or delivery of Common Stock or payment of other benefits under any Award until completion of such registration or qualification of such Common Stock or other required action under any federal or state law, rule or regulation, listing or other required action with respect to any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Common Stock or other securities of the Company are listed or quoted, or compliance with any other obligation of the Company, as the Committee may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations, furnish such information and comply with or be subject to such other conditions (including that the certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock bear such legends) as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Common Stock or payment of other benefits in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, listing requirements, or other obligations; provided that the Committee shall take no action to the extent that the taking of such action would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code. The foregoing notwithstanding, in connection with a Change in Control, the Company shall take or cause to be taken no action, and shall undertake or permit to arise no legal or contractual obligation, that results or would result in any postponement of the issuance or delivery of Common Stock or payment of benefits under any Award or the imposition of any other conditions on such issuance, delivery, or payment, to the extent that such postponement or other condition would represent a greater burden on a Participant than existed on the 90^th day preceding the Change in Control.

 

(e)

Limitation on Liability

The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, agents, and other persons, and the Committee, the Company, and its officers, directors, and employees shall be entitled, in good faith, to rely or act upon any advice, opinions, or valuations of any such persons. In addition, the Committee and each member thereof, and any person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the Committee, shall be entitled, in good faith, to rely or act upon any report or other information furnished by any officer, director, or employee of the Company, the Company’s independent auditors, consultants, or any other agents assisting in the administration of the Plan.

 

12

---

No member of the Committee, nor any person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the Committee, nor any officer, director, or employee of the Company acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee, shall be liable for any action, omission, or determination relating to the Plan, and Sabre Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee, each person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the Committee, and each other officer, director, or employee of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been delegated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee) arising out of any action, omission or determination relating to the Plan, unless, in either case, such action, omission, or determination was taken or made by such member, director, employee, or other person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the Committee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in the best interests of the Company.

 

5.	Eligibility.

The Persons who shall be eligible to receive Awards pursuant to the Plan shall be (a) those employees of the Company whom the Committee shall select from time to time and (b) Non-Employee Directors of the Company whom the Board of Directors shall select from time to time. Eligible persons shall include any Person who has been offered Employment by the Company, provided that such prospective employee may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such person has commenced Employment. Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing in form and substance approved by the Committee.

 

13

---

6.

Options.

The Committee may from time to time grant Options, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)

Exercise Price.

The exercise price per share of Common Stock covered by any Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date. The Award Agreement of each Option shall fix the exercise price and clearly identify such Option as either an Incentive Stock Option or as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(b)

Term and Exercise of Options.

 

(i)

Each Option shall become vested and exercisable on such date or dates, during such period, and for such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be determined by the Committee on or after the date such Option is granted; provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option is granted; and, provided, further, that each Option shall be subject to earlier termination, expiration, or cancellation as provided in the Plan or in the relevant Award Agreement.

 

(ii)

Each Option may be exercised in whole or in part. The partial exercise of an Option shall not cause the expiration, termination, or cancellation of the remaining portion thereof.

 

(iii)

An Option shall be exercised by such methods and procedures as the Committee determines from time to time, including, without limitation, through net physical settlement;

 

(iv)

Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of a Participant, only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Committee may permit Non-Qualified Stock Options to be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of, on a general or specific basis, subject to such conditions and limitations as the Committee may determine. In addition, the Committee may impose such restrictions on any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such shares are then listed and/or traded, or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such shares.

 

(v)

Options granted under the Plan are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code.

 

14

---

(c)

Special Rules for Incentive Stock Options

 

(i)

The aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and any other stock option plan of the Company shall not exceed $100,000. Such Fair Market Value shall be determined as of the Grant Date of such Incentive Stock Option. In the event that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock with respect to such Incentive Stock Options exceeds $100,000, then Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder to such Participant shall, to the extent and in the order required by regulations promulgated under the Code (or any other authority having the force of regulations), automatically be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options, but all other terms and provisions of such Incentive Stock Options shall remain unchanged. In the absence of such regulations (and authority), or in the event such regulations (or authority) require or permit a designation of the Options which shall cease to constitute Incentive Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder shall, to the extent of such excess and in the order in which they were granted, automatically be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options, but all other terms and provisions of such Incentive Stock Options shall remain unchanged.

 

(ii)

Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to individuals who are employees of the Company. No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to an individual if, at the time of the proposed grant, such individual owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of Sabre Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, unless (i) the exercise price of such Incentive Stock Option is at least one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted and (ii) such Incentive Stock Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

7.	Other Stock-Based Awards.

The Committee may from time to time grant equity, equity-based or equity-related Awards not otherwise described herein in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, each such Other Stock-Based Award may (i) involve the transfer of actual shares of Common Stock to Participants, either at the time of grant or thereafter, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of shares of Common Stock, (ii) be subject to performance-based and/or service-based conditions, (iii) be in the form of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, deferred share units, or share-denominated

 

15

---

performance units, (iv) be designed to comply with applicable laws of jurisdictions other than the United States, and (v) be designed to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation; provided, that each Other Stock-Based Award shall be denominated in, or shall have a value determined by reference to, a number of shares of Common Stock that is specified at the time of the grant of such award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any such Other Stock-Based Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement of such Other Stock-Based Award shall contain terms and conditions (including, without limitation and to the extent applicable, deferral and payment provisions) that comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

8.	Cash Incentive Awards.

The Committee may grant Cash Incentive Awards with respect to any Performance Period, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Cash Incentive Awards may be settled in cash or in other property, including shares of Common Stock, provided that the term “Cash Incentive Award” shall exclude any Option or Other Stock-Based Award. Cash Incentive Awards may be designed to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Cash Incentive Award may provide for Target Awards based on allocation among Participants of an Incentive Pool.

 

9.	Performance-Based Compensation.

 

(a)

Calculation, Written Determinations, and Right of Recapture.

 

(i)

The amount payable with respect to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be determined in a manner permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(ii)

Determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of Performance Measures, the level of actual achievement of Performance Targets, and the amount payable with respect to an Award intended to qualify as Performance- Based Compensation shall be recorded in writing. Specifically, to the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code in respect of any Award, the Committee shall certify in writing, in a manner conforming to applicable regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code, prior to settlement of each such Award granted to a Covered Employee, that the Performance Targets and other material terms upon which settlement of the Award was conditioned have been satisfied.

 

(iii)

If at any time after the date on which a Participant has been granted or becomes vested in an Award pursuant to the achievement of a performance goal under this Section 9, the Committee determines that the earlier determination as to the achievement of the performance goal was based on incorrect data and that in fact the performance goal had not been achieved or had been achieved to a lesser extent than originally determined and a portion of an Award would not have been granted,

 

16

---

vested or paid given the correct data, then (i) such portion of the Award that was granted shall be forfeited and any related shares of Common Stock (or, if such shares were disposed of, the cash equivalent) shall be returned to the Company as provided by the Committee, (ii) such portion of the Award that became vested shall be deemed to be not vested and any related shares of Common Stock (or, if such shares were disposed of, the cash equivalent) shall be returned to the Company as provided by the Committee, and (iii) such portion of the Award paid to the Participant shall be paid by the Participant to the Company upon notice from the Company as provided by the Committee.

 

(b)

Discretionary Reduction

The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce or eliminate the amount payable to any Participant with respect to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, based on such factors as the Committee may deem relevant, but the Committee may not increase any such amount above the amount established in accordance with the relevant Performance Schedule. For purposes of clarity, the Committee may exercise the discretion provided for by the foregoing sentence in a non-uniform manner among Participants.

 

(c)

Performance Measures

 

(i)

The performance goals upon which the payment or vesting of any Award (other than Options and stock appreciation rights) to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation depends shall (a) be objective business criteria and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain,” and (b) relate to one or more of the following Performance Measures, which may be determined pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or on a non-GAAP basis, as determined by the Committee: adjusted net earnings, appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of Common Stock (including, without limitation, comparisons with various stock market indices), attainment of strategic and operational initiatives, budget, cash flow (including, without limitation, free cash flow), cost of capital, cost reduction, earnings and earnings growth (including, without limitation, earnings per share, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest and taxes, and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), market share, market value added, net income, net sales, net revenue, operating profit and operating income, pretax income before allocation of corporate overhead and bonus, reductions in costs, return on

 

17

---

assets and return on net assets, return on equity, return on invested capital, revenues, sales and sales growth, successful acquisition/divestiture, total stockholder return and improvement of stockholder return, gross margin, measures of liquidity or credit metrics, cash flow per share, improvements or attainments of expense levels, or improvements or attainment of working capital levels or debt reduction.

 

(ii)

A Performance Measure (i) may relate to the performance of the Participant, Sabre Corporation, a Subsidiary, any business group, business unit or other subdivision of the Company, or any combination of the foregoing, as the Committee deems appropriate and (ii) may be expressed as an amount, as an increase or decrease over a specified period, as a relative comparison to the performance of a group of comparator companies or a published or special index, or any other measure of the selected performance criteria, as the Committee deems appropriate. Performance goals may differ for Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants. If the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, or the manner in which it conducts its business, or other events or circumstances, render previously established Performance Measures unsuitable, the Committee may in its discretion modify such Performance Measures or the related levels of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate and equitable, except in the case where such action would result in the loss of qualification of an Award to a Covered Employee as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(iii)

The Committee may provide, in connection with the setting of the performance goals, that any evaluation of performance may include or exclude certain items that may occur during any fiscal year of the Company, including, without limitation, the following: (i) asset write downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles and practices or other laws or provisions affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 225-20 “Extraordinary and Unusual Items” and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; and (vii) foreign exchange gains and losses. To the extent such inclusions or exclusions affect Awards to Covered Employees, they shall be prescribed in a form that meets the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code for deductibility.

 

18

---

(iv)

The Committee shall determine the length of the Performance Period with respect to each Award that is intended to be Performance-Based Compensation; provided that in no event shall such Performance Period be shorter than one fiscal year of the Company. Performance Periods may be overlapping. Within ninety (90) days of the commencement of a Performance Period, the Committee shall establish the Performance Targets, Performance Schedules and Target Awards for each Participant for such Performance Period.

 

(v)

Nothing in this Section 9 is intended to limit the Committee’s discretion to adopt conditions with respect to any Award that is not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation that relate to performance other than the Performance Measures. Furthermore, nothing in this Plan shall be construed to require the Committee to grant any Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. The Committee may, subject to the terms of the Plan, amend previously granted Awards in a way that disqualifies them as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

(vi)

In the event that the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder change to permit Committee discretion to alter the Performance Measures without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

 

10.	Effect of Separation from Service.

Each Award Agreement shall set forth the effect of the Participant’s termination of Employment on any outstanding Awards. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Awards issued, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for the termination of Employment.

Except as to any awards constituting stock rights exempt from Section 409A of the Code, termination of Employment shall mean a ‘separation from service’ within the meaning of Section 409A, unless the Participant is retained as a consultant pursuant to a written agreement and such agreement provides otherwise. The Employment of a Participant with the Company shall be deemed to have terminated for all purposes of the Plan if such person is employed by or provides services to a Person that is a Subsidiary of the Company and such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company, unless the Committee determines otherwise. Subject to Section 409A and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, (i) a Participant who ceases to be an employee of the Company but continues, or simultaneously commences, services as a director on the Board shall not be deemed to have had a termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan and (ii) a Participant who ceases to be an employee of the Company but continues, or simultaneously commences, services as an independent contractor or consultant to the Company shall be deemed to have had a termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall determine whether an authorized leave of absence, or absence in military or government service, shall constitute termination of

 

19

---

Employment. Furthermore, no payment shall be made with respect to any Awards under the Plan that are subject to Section 409A of the Code as a result of any such authorized leave of absence or absence in military or government service unless such authorized leave or absence constitutes a separation from service for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

11.	Adjustment Upon Certain Changes.

 

(a)

Shares Available for Grants

In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares, or similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Awards in any year, and the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Awards to any individual Participant in any year, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reason of any other similar event or transaction, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted.

 

(b)

Increase or Decrease in Issued Shares Without Consideration

In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Common Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, appropriately adjust the number of shares of Common Stock subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price per share of Common Stock of each such Award.

 

(c)

Certain Mergers

In the event that any merger, consolidation or similar transaction as a result of which the holders of shares of Common Stock receive consideration consisting exclusively of securities of the surviving corporation in such transaction, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, adjust each Award outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation so that it pertains and applies to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award would have received in such merger or consolidation.

 

20

---

(d)

Certain Other Transactions

In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of Sabre Corporation, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (on a consolidated basis), (iii) a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction involving Sabre Corporation in which Sabre Corporation is not the surviving corporation, or (iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving Sabre Corporation in the holders of shares of Common Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, other than shares of the surviving corporation in such transaction, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, but subject to Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable, have the power to:

 

(i)

cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Award (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Award was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Common Stock subject to such Award, equal to the value, as determined by the Committee in its reasonable discretion, of such Award, provided that with respect to any outstanding Option such value shall be equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee in its reasonable discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Common Stock as a result of such event over (B) the exercise price of such Option;

 

(ii)

provide for the exchange of each Award (whether or not then exercisable or vested) for an Award with respect to (A) some or all of the property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award would have received in such transaction or (B) securities of the acquiror or surviving entity and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in the exercise price of the Award, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the Award or provide for a payment (in cash or other property) to the Participant to whom such Award was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Award.

 

(e)

Other Changes

In the event of any change in the capitalization of Sabre Corporation or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in paragraphs (b), (c), or (d), including, without limitation, an extraordinary cash dividend, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in such other terms of such Awards as the Committee may consider appropriate.

 

(f)

Cash Incentive Awards

In the event of any transaction or event described in this Section 11, including without limitation any corporate change referred to in paragraph (e) hereof, the Committee may, as the Committee may consider appropriate in respect of such

 

21

---

transaction or event, make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of any Cash Incentive Awards, provided that such adjustment is consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, if applicable.

 

(g)

No Other Rights

Except as expressly provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend or dividend equivalents, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class, or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of Sabre Corporation or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by Sabre Corporation of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares or amount of other property subject to, or the terms related to, any Award.

 

(h)

Savings Clause

No provision of this Section 11 shall be given effect to the extent that such provision (i) would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code or (ii) would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

12.	Change in Control

Except as otherwise set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement, in the event (a) a Participant has a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control of the Company or (b) of a Change in Control in which outstanding Awards are not assumed, continued, or substituted by the surviving corporation:

 

(i)

All deferral of settlement, forfeiture conditions and other restrictions applicable to Awards granted under the Plan shall lapse and such Awards shall be deemed fully vested as of the time of the Change in Control without regard to deferral and vesting conditions; and

 

(ii)

Any Award carrying a right to exercise that was not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested as of the time of the Change in Control.

 

13.	Rights under the Plan.

No person shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by or relating to any Award granted pursuant to the Plan until the date of the issuance of such shares on the books and records of Sabre Corporation. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 11 hereof, no adjustment of any Award shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date such stock certificate is issued. Nothing in this Section 13 is intended, or should be construed, to limit authority of the

 

22

---

Committee to cause the Company to make payments based on the dividends that would be payable with respect to any share of Common Stock if it were issued or outstanding, or to grant rights related to such dividends.

Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or, (b) limit the right or power of the Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the grant of any Award shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board of Directors or Committee to adopt such other compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable for any Participant.

The Company shall not have any obligation to establish any separate fund or trust or other segregation of assets to provide for payments under the Plan. To the extent any person acquires any rights to receive payments hereunder from the Company, such rights shall be no greater than those of an unsecured creditor. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative, or any other person. The Plan is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

14.	No Special Employment Rights; No Right to Award.

 

(a)

Nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his employment by or service to the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to terminate such employment or service or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Award.

 

(b)

No person shall have any claim or right to receive an Award hereunder. The Committee’s granting of an Award to a Participant at any time shall neither require the Committee to grant an Award to such Participant or any other Participant or other person at anytime nor preclude the Committee from making subsequent grants to such Participant or any other Participant or other person.

 

15.	Tax Provisions & Withholding.

 

(a)

Cash Remittance

Whenever shares of Common Stock are to be issued upon the exercise of an Option or the grant or vesting of an Award, and whenever any amount shall become payable in respect of any Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such exercise, grant, vesting, or payment prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such shares

 

23

---

or the effectiveness of the lapse of such restrictions or making of such payment. In addition, upon the exercise or settlement of any Award in cash, or any payment with respect to any Award, the Company shall have the right to withhold from any payment required to be made pursuant thereto an amount sufficient to satisfy the federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such exercise, settlement, or payment. The Company can delay the delivery to a Participant of any Common Stock or cash payable to such Participant to determine the amount of withholding to be collected and to collect and process such withholding.

 

(b)

Stock Remittance

At the election of the Participant, subject to the approval of the Committee, when shares of Common Stock are to be issued upon the exercise, grant, or vesting of an Award, the Participant may tender to Sabre Corporation a number of shares of Common Stock that have been owned by the Participant for at least six months (or such other period as the Committee may determine) having a Fair Market Value at the tender date determined by the Committee to be sufficient to satisfy the federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such exercise, grant, or vesting but not greater than such withholding obligations. Such election (i) shall be irrevocable, made in writing, and signed by the Participant, (ii) shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, and (iii) shall satisfy the Participant’s obligations under this Section 15, if any. The Company can delay the delivery to a Participant of any Common Stock or cash payable to such Participant to determine the amount of withholding to be collected and to collect and process such withholding.

 

(c)

Stock Withholding

At the election of the Participant, subject to the approval of the Committee, when shares of Common Stock are to be issued upon the exercise, grant, or vesting of an Award, the Company shall withhold a number of such shares having a Fair Market Value at the exercise date determined by the Committee to be sufficient to satisfy the federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such exercise, grant, or vesting but not greater than such withholding obligations. Such election (i) shall be irrevocable, made in writing, and signed by the Participant, (ii) shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, and (iii) shall satisfy the Participant’s obligations under this Section 15, if any. The Company can delay the delivery to a Participant of any Common Stock or cash payable to such Participant to determine the amount of withholding to be collected and to collect and process such withholding.

 

(d)

Consent to and Notification of Section 83(b) Election

No election under Section 83(b) of the Code (to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b) of the Code) or under a similar provision of the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States may be made unless

 

24

---

expressly permitted by the terms of the Award Agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election. In any case in which a Participant is permitted to make such an election in connection with an Award, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

 

(e)

Notification Upon Disqualifying Disposition Under Section 421(b)

If any Participant shall make any disposition of shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in Section 421(b) of the Code (i.e., a disqualifying disposition), such Participant shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten days thereof.

 

16.	Amendment or Termination of the Plan.

The Board may at any time suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that to the extent that any applicable law, regulation, or rule of a stock exchange requires stockholder approval in order for any such revision or amendment to be effective, such revision or amendment shall not be effective without such approval. The preceding sentence shall not restrict the Committee’s ability to exercise its discretionary authority hereunder pursuant to Section 4 hereof, which discretion may be exercised without amendment to the Plan; provided that no provision of this Section 16 shall be given effect to the extent that such provision would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code.

Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no action hereunder may, without the consent of a Participant, materially adversely affect the Participant’s rights under any previously granted and outstanding Award. Nothing herein shall cause a Performance-Based Award to cease to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Nothing in the Plan shall limit the right of the Company to pay compensation of any kind outside the terms of the Plan.

 

17.	No Obligation to Exercise.

The grant to a Participant of an Award shall impose no obligation upon such Participant to exercise such Award.

 

18.	Transfer Restrictions.

Upon the death of a Participant, outstanding Awards granted to such Participant may be exercised only by the executors or administrators of the Participant’s estate or by any person or persons who shall have acquired such right to exercise by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution of any Award, or the right to exercise any Award, shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall

 

25

---

have been furnished with (a) written notice thereof and with a copy of the will and/or such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and (b) an agreement by the transferee to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Award that are or would have been applicable to the Participant and to be bound by the acknowledgements made by the Participant in connection with the grant of the Award.

Except as provided in the preceding paragraph (regarding transfers upon the death of a Participant) and Section 6 (regarding the transfer of certain Non-Qualified Stock Options), no Award or other right or interest of a Participant under the Plan shall be pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any party (other than the Company), or assigned or transferred by such Participant, and such Awards or rights that may be exercisable shall be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative, except that Awards and other rights (other than Incentive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem therewith) may be transferred to one or more transferees during the lifetime of the Participant, and may be exercised by such transferees in accordance with the terms of such Award, but only if and to the extent such transfers are permitted by the Committee, subject to any terms and conditions which the Committee may impose thereon (which may include limitations the Committee may deem appropriate in order that offers and sales under the Plan will meet applicable requirements of registration forms under the Securities Act specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission). A beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award document applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

 

19.	Retirement and Welfare Plans.

Neither Awards made under the Plan nor shares of Common Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards will be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under the Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a Participant’s benefit or except as the Committee may otherwise determine in its discretion.

 

20.	Compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

It is the intent of the Company that Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted to Covered Employees and other Awards designated as Awards to Covered Employees subject to Section 9 shall constitute qualified “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of allocation of an Award. If any provision of the Plan or any Award document relating to an Award that is designated as intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements, and no provision shall be deemed to confer upon the Committee or any other person discretion to increase the amount of compensation otherwise payable in connection with any such Award upon attainment of the applicable Performance Targets.

 

26

---

21.	Certain Limitations on Awards to Ensure Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

The Company intends that the Plan and each Award granted hereunder that is subject to Section 409A of the Code shall comply with Section 409A of the Code and that the Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered accordingly. In the event any term and/or condition of an Award granted hereunder would cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such term and/or condition shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Committee, which does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. Any reservation of rights by the Company hereunder affecting the timing of payment of any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code will only be as broad as is permitted by Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Company be liable for the payment of or gross up in connection with any taxes and or penalties owed by the Participant pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

 

22.	Participants Based Outside of the United States.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company operates or has employees or Non-Employee Directors, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to:

 

(a)

Determine which Affiliates and Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan;

 

(b)

Determine which employees and/or Non-Employee Directors outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan;

 

(c)

Modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to employees and/or Non-Employee Directors outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws;

 

(d)

Establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable. Any subplans and modifications to Plan terms and procedures established under this Section 22 by the Committee shall be attached to the Plan document as appendices; and

 

(e)

Take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local government regulatory exemptions or approvals.

Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate applicable law.

 

27

---

23.

Legend.

The certificates or book entry for shares of Common Stock may include any legend or coding, as applicable, which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer of such shares.

 

24.	Severability; Entire Agreement.

If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is finally held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby; provided, that, if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder. The Plan and any Award Agreement or other agreements or documents designated by the Committee as setting forth the terms of an Award contain the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations, and warranties between them, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

25.	Descriptive Headings.

The headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of the terms contained herein.

 

26.	Governing Law.

The Plan and the rights of all persons under the Plan shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law principles.

 

27.	Effective Date and Term of Plan.

The Plan was initially adopted and shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The Plan shall terminate automatically on the ten (10) year anniversary of the Effective Date and may be terminated on any earlier date as provided in Section 16, but all Awards made on or prior to such date will continue in effect thereafter subject to the terms thereof and of the Plan.

 

28

Exhibit 10.49

SABRE CORPORATION

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of this     day of              20     between Sabre Corporation (the “Company”) and                      (the “Participant”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing the employees and non-employee directors of the Company, who are largely responsible for the management, growth, and protection of the business of the Company, with incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue in the service of the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 7 of the Plan provides for the Grant to Participants of Other Stock-Based Awards, including restricted stock units (“RSUs”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Grant of RSUs. Pursuant to, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant                      RSUs. Each RSU granted hereunder represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s Common Stock on the Settlement Date (as defined herein), upon the terms and subject to the conditions (including the vesting conditions) set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

 

2.	Grant Date. The Grant Date of the RSUs is                     .

 

3.	Vesting of RSUs.

 

(a)

The RSUs shall vest in full as follows: The RSUs shall vest in [        ] approximately equal installments on each [        ] of the Grant Date (each such date, a “Vesting Date”); provided that the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company through the applicable Vesting Date.1

 

(b)

In the event the Participant’s employment terminates prior to the applicable Vesting Date for any RSUs for any reason other than as set forth below in respect of a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control, such unvested RSUs will be immediately forfeited as of such termination of employment.

 

(c)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Participant has a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control the unvested RSUs will [        ].2

 

1	Vesting may be time-based or performance-based.

2	Consequences of Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control to be specified.

---

4.

Settlement. Settlement of any RSUs granted hereunder will be made in the form of shares of Common Stock no later than the fifteenth day of the third month following the last day of the year in which the applicable Vesting Date occurs (each such date, a “Settlement Date”). For purposes of clarification, if a Participant’s employment terminates after the applicable Vesting Date of any RSUs but prior to the Settlement Date of such RSUs (including as a result of a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control), such RSUs will remain vested and be subject to settlement by the Company.

 

5.

Rights as a Shareholder. The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by or relating to the RSUs until the date of issuance to the Participant of a certificate or other evidence of ownership representing such shares of Common Stock in settlement thereof. For purposes of clarification, the Participant shall not have any voting or dividend rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs prior to the applicable Settlement Date.

 

6.

Transferability. Subject to any exceptions set forth in the Plan, until such time as the RSUs are settled in accordance with Section 4, the RSUs or the rights represented thereby may not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of the Participant to any party (other than the Company), or assigned or transferred by such Participant, but immediately upon such purported sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposal of the RSUs will be forfeited by the Participant and all of the Participant’s rights to such RSUs shall immediately terminate without any payment or consideration from the Company.

 

7.

Incorporation of Plan. All terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan are incorporated herein and made part hereof as if stated herein. If there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall govern. All capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Plan.

 

8.

Taxes. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, the Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arises in connection with the RSUs in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan. The Company shall not be required to deliver shares of Common Stock to the Participant until the Company determines such obligations are satisfied.

 

9.

Construction of Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this section, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions thereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable. No waiver of any

---

provision or violation of this Agreement by the Company shall be implied by the Company’s forbearance or failure to take action. No provision of this Agreement shall be given effect to the extent that such provision would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code.

 

10.

Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereto upon any breach or default of any party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party or any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, shall be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

11.

No Special Employment Rights; No Right to Award. Nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his employment by or service to the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to terminate such employment or service or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of the RSUs. The rights or opportunity granted to the Participant on the making of an Award shall not give the Participant any rights or additional rights to compensation or damages in consequence of either: (i) the Participant giving or receiving notice of termination of his or her office or employment; (i) the loss or termination of his or her office or Employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever; or (c) whether or not the termination (and/or giving of notice) is ultimately held to be wrongful or unfair.

 

12.

Data Privacy. By participating in the Plan each Participant consents to the collection, holding, processing and transfer of data relating to the Participant and, in particular, to the processing of any sensitive personal data by the Company and its Affiliates for all purposes connected with the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to: (i) holding and maintaining details of the Participant and his participation in the Plan; (ii) transferring data relating to the Participant and his participation in the Plan to the Company’s registrars or brokers, the plan administrator or any other relevant professional advisers or service providers to the Company or its Affiliates; (iii) disclosing details of the Participant and his participation in the Plan to a bona fide prospective purchaser of the Company or any of its Affiliates (or the prospective purchaser’s advisers), and (iv) with respect to Participants employed in the European Economic Area, transferring data relating to the Participant and his participation in the Plan under (a) to (c) above to a person who is resident in a country or territory outside the European Economic Area that may not provide the same statutory protection for the data as countries within the European Economic Area.

 

13.	Integration. This Agreement, and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties

---

with respect to its subject matter. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein and in the Plan. This Agreement, including without limitation the Plan, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter.

 

14.

Clawback Policies. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Company will be entitled, to the extent permitted or required by applicable law, Company policy and/or the requirements of an exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock are listed for trading, in each case, as in effect from time to time, to recoup compensation of whatever kind paid by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time to a Participant under the Plan and the Participant, by accepting this award of RSUs pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement, agrees to comply with any Company request or demand for such recoupment.

 

15.	Policy Against Insider Trading. By accepting this award of RSUs, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant is bound by all the terms and conditions of the Company’s insider trading policy as may be in effect from time to time.

 

16.	Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17.	Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the provisions governing conflict of laws.

 

18.	Participant Acknowledgment. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges that all decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee in respect of the Plan and this Agreement shall be final and conclusive.

*            *             *            *            *

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer and said Participant has hereunto signed this Agreement on his own behalf, thereby representing that he has carefully read and understands this Agreement and the Plan as of the day and year first written above.

 

Exhibit 10.50

SABRE CORPORATION

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

(Non-Qualified Stock Options)

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of this      day of              20     between Sabre Corporation (the “Company”) and                      (the “Participant”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing the employees and non-employee directors of the Company, who are largely responsible for the management, growth, and protection of the business of the Company, with incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue in the service of the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 6 of the Plan provides for the grant to Participants of Non-Qualified Stock Options to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Options. Pursuant to, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant a NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION (the “Option”) with respect to                  shares of Common Stock of the Company.

2. Grant Date. The grant date of the Option hereby granted is                      (“Grant Date”).

3. Exercise Price; Exercisability. The exercise price of each share of Common Stock underlying the Option hereby granted is $        .

4. Vesting of Options. The Option shall become vested and exercisable as follows: the Option shall become vested and exercisable in [        ] equal installments on [        ] of the Grant Date (each such date a “Vesting Date”); provided that the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company through each applicable Vesting Date. [Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control, the Option shall immediately vest in full and become exercisable as of the date of such Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control.]¹

5. Manner of Exercise. The Option shall be exercised by delivery of an electronic or physical written notice to the Secretary of the Company, or such other form as permitted by the Committee from time to time and communicated to the Participant (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, specify the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The

 

1	May be included in individual grant agreements.

---

Exercise Notice shall include payment in cash for an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock specified in such Exercise Notice. Such payment may be made in (i) cash; (ii) shares of Common Stock (that the Participant has owned for at least one (1) year) having a Fair Market Value equal to the Exercise Price; (iii) a combination of cash and shares provided that such shares have been held by the Participant for at least one (1) year prior to such exercise; or (iv) in the Committee’s sole discretion, through a broker assisted exercise, but only to the extent such right or the utilization of such right would not cause the Option to be subject to Section 409A of the Code and to the extent the use of net-physical settlement is permitted by, and is in compliance with applicable law. The partial exercise of the Option, alone, shall not cause the expiration, termination or cancellation of the remaining portion of the Option.

6. Expiration of Options. The Participant’s Option, or portion thereof, which has not become exercisable shall expire on the date the Participant’s Employment is terminated for any reason. The Participant’s Option(s), or any portion thereof, which have become exercisable on or before the date the Participant’s Employment is terminated (or that become exercisable as a result of such termination) shall expire on the earlier of (i) the commencement of business on the date the Participant’s Employment is terminated for Cause; (ii) 90 days after the date the Participant’s Employment is terminated for any reason other than Cause, death or Disability; (iii) one year after the date the Participant’s Employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability; or (iv) the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date for such Option(s). All Options, whether vested or unvested, that have not sooner expired shall expire no later than the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

7. Transferability. The Option is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative, and may not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of the Participant to any party (other than the Company), or assigned or transferred by such Participant, but immediately upon such purported sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposal of the Option will be forfeited by the Participant and all of the Participant’s rights to such Option shall immediately terminate without any payment or consideration from the Company. Upon the death of a Participant, outstanding Options granted to such Participant may be exercised only by the executors or administrators of the Participant’s estate or by any person or persons who shall have acquired such right to exercise by will or by the laws of descent and distribution pursuant to Section 18 of the Plan.

8. Incorporation of Plan. All terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan are incorporated herein and made part hereof as if stated herein. If there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall govern. All capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Plan.

9. Taxes. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, the Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise with respect to the exercise of the Option in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan. The Company shall not be required to deliver shares of Common Stock to the Participant until the Company determines such obligations are satisfied.

---

10. Construction of Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this section, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions thereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable. No waiver of any provision or violation of this Agreement by the Company shall be implied by the Company’s forbearance or failure to take action. No provision of this Agreement shall be given effect to the extent that such provision would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code.

11. Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereto upon any breach or default of any party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party or any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, shall be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

12. No Special Employment Rights; No Right to Award. Nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his employment by or service to the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to terminate such employment or service or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of the Option. The rights or opportunity granted to the Participant on the making of an Award shall not give the Participant any rights or additional rights to compensation or damages in consequence of either: (i) the Participant giving or receiving notice of termination of his or her office or employment; (i) the loss or termination of his or her office or Employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever; or (c) whether or not the termination (and/or giving of notice) is ultimately held to be wrongful or unfair.

13. Data Privacy. By participating in the Plan each Participant consents to the collection, holding, processing and transfer of data relating to the Participant and, in particular, to the processing of any sensitive personal data by the Company and its Affiliates for all purposes connected with the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to: (i) holding and maintaining details of the Participant and his or her participation in the Plan; (ii) transferring data relating to the Participant and his or her participation in the Plan to the Company’s registrars or brokers, the plan administrator or any other relevant professional advisers or service providers to the Company or its Affiliates; (iii) disclosing details of the Participant and his or her participation in the Plan to a bona fide prospective purchaser of the Company or any of its Affiliates (or the prospective purchaser’s advisers), and (iv) with respect to Participants employed in the European Economic Area, transferring data relating to the Participant and his or

---

her participation in the Plan under (a) to (c) above to a person who is resident in a country or territory outside the European Economic Area that may not provide the same statutory protection for the data as countries within the European Economic Area.

14. Integration. This Agreement, and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein and in the Plan. This Agreement, including without limitation the Plan, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter.

15. Clawback Policies. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Company will be entitled, to the extent permitted or required by applicable law, Company policy and/or the requirements of an exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock are listed for trading, in each case, as in effect from time to time, to recoup compensation of whatever kind paid by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time to a Participant under the Plan and the Participant, by accepting this award of an Option pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement, agrees to comply with any Company request or demand for such recoupment.

16. Policy Against Insider Trading. By accepting the Option, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant is bound by all the terms and conditions of the Company’s insider trading policy as may be in effect from time to time.

17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the provisions governing conflict of laws.

19. Participant Acknowledgment. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges that all decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee in respect of the Plan and this Agreement shall be final and conclusive. The Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the underlying shares of Common Stock and that the Participant should consult a tax advisor prior to such exercise or disposition.

*            *             *            *            *

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer and said Participant has hereunto signed this Agreement on his own behalf, thereby representing that he has carefully read and understands this Agreement and the Plan as of the day and year first written above.

 

Exhibit 10.51

SABRE CORPORATION

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of this      day of              20     between Sabre Corporation (the “Company”) and                      (the “Participant”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing the employees and non-employee directors of the Company with incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue in the service of the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 7 of the Plan provides for the Grant to Participants of Other Stock-Based Awards, including restricted stock units (“RSUs”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Grant of RSUs. Pursuant to, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant                      RSUs. Each RSU granted hereunder represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s Common Stock on the Settlement Date (as defined herein), upon the terms and subject to the conditions (including the vesting conditions) set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

 

2.	Grant Date. The Grant Date of the RSUs is                     .

 

3.	Vesting of RSUs.

 

(a)

The RSUs shall vest in full on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, subject in all cases to the Participant’s continued Employment (which, as defined in the Plan, includes provision of services as a director) through such date (the “Vesting Date”).

 

(b)

[In the event the Participant has a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control, the RSUs will vest in full on the Vesting Date.]1

 

(c)

In addition, in the event the Participant’s Employment terminates prior to the applicable Vesting Date for any RSUs for any reason other than as set forth above in respect of a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control, including, without limitation, a termination of Employment for Cause, such unvested RSUs will be immediately forfeited as of such termination of Employment.

 

4.	Settlement. Settlement of any RSUs granted hereunder will be made in the form of shares of Common Stock no later than the fifteenth day of the third month following the last day of the year in which the applicable Vesting Date occurs (each such date, a “Settlement Date”).

 

1	May be included in individual grant agreements.

---

5.

Rights as a Shareholder. The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by or relating to the RSUs until the date of issuance to the Participant of a certificate or other evidence of ownership representing such shares of Common Stock in settlement thereof. For purposes of clarification, the Participant shall not have any voting or dividend rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs prior to the applicable Settlement Date.

 

6.

Transferability. Subject to any exceptions set forth in the Plan, until such time as the RSUs are settled in accordance with Section 4, the RSUs or the rights represented thereby may not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of the Participant to any party (other than the Company), or assigned or transferred by such Participant, but immediately upon such purported sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposal of the RSUs will be forfeited by the Participant and all of the Participant’s rights to such RSUs shall immediately terminate without any payment or consideration from the Company.

 

7.

Incorporation of Plan. All terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan are incorporated herein and made part hereof as if stated herein. If there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall govern. All capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Plan.

 

8.

Taxes. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, the Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arises in connection with the RSUs in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan. The Company shall not be required to deliver shares of Common Stock to the Participant until the Company determines such obligations are satisfied.

 

9.

Construction of Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this section, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions thereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable. No waiver of any provision or violation of this Agreement by the Company shall be implied by the Company’s forbearance or failure to take action. No provision of this Agreement shall be given effect to the extent that such provision would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code.

 

10.	Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereto upon any breach or default of any party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party nor shall it be

---

construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party or any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, shall be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

11.

Integration. This Agreement, and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein and in the Plan. This Agreement, including without limitation the Plan, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter.

 

12.

Clawback Policies. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Company will be entitled, to the extent permitted or required by applicable law, Company policy and/or the requirements of an exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock are listed for trading, in each case, as in effect from time to time, to recoup compensation of whatever kind paid by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time to a Participant under the Plan and the Participant, by accepting this award of RSUs pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement, agrees to comply with any Company request or demand for such recoupment.

 

13.	Policy Against Insider Trading. By accepting this award of RSUs, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant is bound by all the terms and conditions of the Company’s insider trading policy as may be in effect from time to time.

 

14.	Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15.	Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the provisions governing conflict of laws.

 

16.	Participant Acknowledgment. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges that all decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee in respect of the Plan and this Agreement shall be final and conclusive.

*            *             *            *            *

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer and said Participant has hereunto signed this Agreement on his own behalf, thereby representing that he has carefully read and understands this Agreement and the Plan as of the day and year first written above.

 

Exhibit 10.52

SABRE CORPORATION

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of this      day of              20     between Sabre Corporation (the “Company”) and                      (the “Participant”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Sabre Corporation 2014 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing the employees and non-employee directors of the Company with incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue in the service of the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 7 of the Plan provides for the Grant to Participants of Other Stock-Based Awards, including restricted stock units (“RSUs”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Grant of RSUs. Pursuant to, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant                      RSUs. Each RSU granted hereunder represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s Common Stock on the Settlement Date (as defined herein), upon the terms and subject to the conditions (including the vesting conditions) set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

 

2.	Grant Date. The Grant Date of the RSUs is                     .

 

3.	Vesting of RSUs.

 

(a)

The RSUs shall vest in equal installments of 6.25% at the end of each successive three month period following the Grant Date, until 100% of the RSUs are fully vested, subject in all cases to the Participant’s continued Employment (which, as defined in the Plan, includes provision of services as a director) through each such date (each such date, a “Vesting Date”).

 

(b)

[In the event the Participant has a Qualifying Termination, any RSUs which would have vested before the first anniversary of the Qualifying Termination will vest on their scheduled Vesting Date and all other unvested RSUs will be immediately forfeited as of such Qualifying Termination.]1

 

(c)

In addition, in the event the Participant’s Employment terminates prior to the applicable Vesting Date for any RSUs for any reason other than as set forth above in respect of a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control, including, without limitation, a termination of Employment for Cause, such unvested RSUs will be immediately forfeited as of such termination of Employment.

 

1	May be included in individual grant agreements.

---

4.	Settlement. Settlement of any RSUs granted hereunder will be made in the form of shares of Common Stock no later than the fifteenth day of the third month following the last day of the year in which the applicable Vesting Date occurs (each such date, a “Settlement Date”).

 

5.

Rights as a Shareholder. The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by or relating to the RSUs until the date of issuance to the Participant of a certificate or other evidence of ownership representing such shares of Common Stock in settlement thereof. For purposes of clarification, the Participant shall not have any voting or dividend rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs prior to the applicable Settlement Date.

 

6.

Transferability. Subject to any exceptions set forth in the Plan, until such time as the RSUs are settled in accordance with Section 4, the RSUs or the rights represented thereby may not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of the Participant to any party (other than the Company), or assigned or transferred by such Participant, but immediately upon such purported sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposal of the RSUs will be forfeited by the Participant and all of the Participant’s rights to such RSUs shall immediately terminate without any payment or consideration from the Company.

 

7.

Incorporation of Plan. All terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan are incorporated herein and made part hereof as if stated herein. If there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall govern. All capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Plan.

 

8.

Taxes. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, the Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arises in connection with the RSUs in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan. The Company shall not be required to deliver shares of Common Stock to the Participant until the Company determines such obligations are satisfied.

 

9.

Construction of Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this section, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions thereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable. No waiver of any provision or violation of this Agreement by the Company shall be implied by the Company’s forbearance or failure to take action. No provision of this Agreement shall be given effect to the extent that such provision would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code.

---

10.

Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereto upon any breach or default of any party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party or any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, shall be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

11.

Integration. This Agreement, and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein and in the Plan. This Agreement, including without limitation the Plan, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter.

 

12.

Clawback Policies. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Company will be entitled, to the extent permitted or required by applicable law, Company policy and/or the requirements of an exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock are listed for trading, in each case, as in effect from time to time, to recoup compensation of whatever kind paid by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time to a Participant under the Plan and the Participant, by accepting this award of RSUs pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement, agrees to comply with any Company request or demand for such recoupment.

 

13.	Policy Against Insider Trading. By accepting this award of RSUs, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant is bound by all the terms and conditions of the Company’s insider trading policy as may be in effect from time to time.

 

14.	Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15.	Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the provisions governing conflict of laws.

 

16.	Participant Acknowledgment. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges that all decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee in respect of the Plan and this Agreement shall be final and conclusive.

*            *             *            *            *

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer and said Participant has hereunto signed this Agreement on his own behalf, thereby representing that he has carefully read and understands this Agreement and the Plan as of the day and year first written above.

 

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 10, 2014, in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-193438) and related Prospectus of Sabre Corporation dated March 26, 2014.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 26, 2014

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Auditors

Sabre Corporation

Dallas, Texas

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 28, 2014 with respect to the combined financial statements and schedules of PRISM Group, Inc. and Affiliate included in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-193438) and related Prospectus of Sabre Corporation dated March 26, 2014.

/s/ REDW LLC

Albuquerque, New Mexico

March 26, 2014

Exhibit 24.2

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each officer and director of Sabre Corporation whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Sterling L. Miller, Richard A. Simonson and Richard L. Wessels, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and any additional Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Name		Title		Date
/s/ Judy Odom Judy Odom		Director		March 26, 2014

March 26, 2014

VIA EDGAR CORRESPONDENCE

Mr. Mark P. Shuman

Securities and Exchange Commission

Division of Corporation Finance

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Re:

Sabre Corporation

Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1

Filed March 10, 2014

Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1

Filed March 14, 2014

File No. 333-193438

Dear Mr. Shuman:

On behalf of our client, Sabre Corporation (the “Company”), set forth below are responses to the comments of the staff (the “Staff”) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in its letter dated March 25, 2014, with respect to the above referenced Amendment No. 1, filed on March 10, 2014, and Amendment No. 2, filed on March 14, 2014, to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on January 21, 2014 (the “Registration Statement”).

The Company has filed today Amendment No. 3 (“Amendment No. 3”) to the Registration Statement, together with this letter via EDGAR correspondence. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this letter are used as defined in Amendment No. 3.

 

---

Mr. Mark P. Shuman

Securities and Exchange Commission

Page 2 of 8

 

For your convenience, the text of the Staff’s comments is set forth in bold below, followed in each case by the Company’s response. Unless otherwise indicated, all page references in the responses set forth below are to the pages of Amendment No. 3.

General

 

1.

We are in receipt of your requests for confidential treatment dated March 10, 2014 in connection with Exhibits 2.1, 10.41, 10.42 and 10.43. Comments, if any, will be issued in a separate letter. Any comments must be resolved and your application must be complete before we may accelerate the effective date of your registration statement.

The Company acknowledges the Staff’s comment and confirms that it will address any comments to its request for confidential treatment that it may receive via separate letter. The Company also acknowledges that the Staff will need a reasonable period of time to review responses to such separate letter prior to effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

2.	We note your response to prior comment 5. Please also relocate the information provided on pages ii and iii so that it appears after the risk factor section.

In response to the Staff’s comment, the Company has relocated the information referenced in the Staff’s comment to pages 58-59.

Cover Page

 

3.

We note the cover page has been amended to include the names of 13 underwriters. Please tell us if each of the named underwriters is a “lead or managing underwriter” within the meaning of Item 501(a)(8) of Regulation S-K and, if so, the facts on which such determinations were based. Advise also why the names of certain underwriters are disclosed more prominently on the cover page. We may have further comment.

The Company advises the Staff that Morgan Stanley, Goldman, Sachs & Co., BofA Merrill Lynch and Deutsche Bank Securities are lead underwriters and the representatives of the underwriters to be listed on the cover page of the prospectus. In addition, the Company advises the Staff that the underwriters included below Morgan Stanley, Goldman, Sachs & Co., BofA Merrill Lynch and Deutsche Bank Securities on the prospectus cover page are “managing underwriters” for purposes of the rules and regulations of the Commission. Under Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the term “managing underwriter” includes “an underwriter (or underwriters) who, by contract or otherwise, deals with the registrant; organizes the selling effort; receives some benefit directly or indirectly in which all other underwriters similarly situated do not share in proportion to their respective interests in the underwriting; or represents any other underwriters in such matters as maintaining the

---

Mr. Mark P. Shuman

Securities and Exchange Commission

Page 3 of 8

 

records of the distribution, arranging the allotments of securities offered or arranging for appropriate stabilization activities, if any.” “Managing underwriters” perform responsibilities in connection with the offering, including, among other things, due diligence, participation in drafting and/or reviewing the prospectus and the registration statement, responding to the Staff’s comments thereon, negotiating the terms of the underwriting agreement, reviewing and analyzing the registrant’s financial model, analyzing and discussing with the registrant the valuation of the registrant for purposes of determining the initial offering price range to be included in the preliminary prospectus and marketing the offering to potential accounts. Each of the firms listed on the cover page of the prospectus has performed one or more of these functions. In addition, as compensation for performing these responsibilities, each of these managing underwriters will participate in the management fee. The Company respectfully submits that each of the firms listed on the cover page of the prospectus is a “lead or managing underwriter” for the offering in accordance with Item 501(b)(8) of Regulation S-K and, consistent with common practice in initial public offerings, as the representatives of the underwriters, Morgan Stanley, Goldman, Sachs & Co., BofA Merrill Lynch and Deutsche Bank Securities are disclosed more prominently on the prospectus cover page.

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data, page 65

 

4.	It appears that certain historical amounts have been restated. Revise to describe the nature and impact of the changes on the historical financial data for all periods presented.

In response to the Staff’s comment, the Company has amended its disclosure on pages 17-18, 70-71 and 91 of the Registration Statement to describe the nature and the impact of the changes on the historical financial data for the periods presented.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, page 71

 

5.

Please ensure that your discussion is properly updated for the changes in your results of operations and liquidity. For example, in your discussion on page 89, revise your explanation of the changes in depreciation and amortization to explain why the expense increased in 2013. Your current disclosure indicates that this expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2013. Also, in your discussion on page 101 of the comparison between working capital as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, revise to explain that the deficit increased. Your current disclosure indicates that your working capital increased between the periods.

In response to the Staff’s comment, the Company has amended its disclosure on pages 94 and 107 of the Registration Statement to update for the changes in results of operations and liquidity, including an explanation of the changes in depreciation and amortization and the increased deficit in working capital. The Company also advises the Staff that the discussion properly reflects all changes in its results of operations and liquidity.

---

Mr. Mark P. Shuman

Securities and Exchange Commission

Page 4 of 8

 

Quarterly Results of Operations, page 96

 

6.	In your reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA, please ensure that the positive and negative amounts within each line item are clearly represented by the captions. In this regard, indicate whether parenthetical amounts represent losses or income.

In response to the Staff’s comment, the Company has amended its disclosure on pages 19, 71 and 102 of the Registration Statement to clearly represent in the captions the positive and negative amounts within each line item, as appropriate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Undistributed Earnings from Foreign Subsidiaries, page 106

 

7.	Revise to disclose the total amount of cash held overseas in order to provide an understanding of your sources of cash and the portion of total cash and cash equivalents that are not currently available to fund domestic operations without incurring taxes upon repatriation.

In response to the Staff’s comment, the Company has amended its disclosure on pages 41 and 110 to disclose the total amount of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities held overseas for which the Company would be required to accrue and pay taxes to repatriate.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Reclassifications, page F-10

 

8.

You indicate that you made certain reclassifications to the prior years’ consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2013 presentation. Provide us with the basis for your conclusion that these reclassifications are not material, either individually or in the aggregate, to your consolidated financial statements. Explain what consideration was given to the disclosure requirements of ASC 250-10-50-7 to 50-9.

The Company respectfully submits that it considered the reclassifications that were made to be immaterial to our financial statements. Excluding the discontinuation of Holiday Autos, the reclassifications were as follows:

2012

Statement of Operations

 

•

Reclassified $420 thousand of advertising costs from cost of revenue to selling, general and administrative expenses.

---

Mr. Mark P. Shuman

Securities and Exchange Commission

Page 5 of 8

 

Statement of Comprehensive Loss

 

•

Reclassified $3 million of comprehensive loss from the change in foreign currency translation adjustments to change in other. The purpose of this reclassification is to present our share of comprehensive income of an equity method investee, Abacus, in a single line item.

Balance Sheet

 

•

Reclassified $4 million of deferred tax liability from other noncurrent liabilities to deferred income taxes in the noncurrent liability portion of our balance sheet. This reclassification was made in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2013-11 regarding liabilities for uncertain tax positions which increase or create tax loss or tax credit carryforwards be presented as a reduction to the related deferred tax asset on the face of the balance sheet. This guidance is effective for 2014 for calendar year companies, but early and retrospective adoption is permitted. The Company elected to adopt this guidance retrospectively. Since this adoption was not material to 2012 or 2013 and is not expected to be material to future periods, no disclosure was considered necessary.

Note 14, Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

•

Reclassified $1 million of accumulated other comprehensive income from unrealized foreign currency translation gain to other for 2012. The purpose of this reclassification is to present our share of accumulated comprehensive income of an equity method investee, Abacus, in a single line item.

2011

Statement of Operations

 

•

Reclassified $1 million of advertising and other costs from cost of revenue to selling, general and administrative expenses.

Statement of Comprehensive Loss

 

•

Reclassified $277 thousand of comprehensive loss from the change in foreign currency translation adjustments to change in other. The purpose of this reclassification is to present our share of comprehensive income of an equity method investee, Abacus, in a single line item.

The Company respectfully submits that it does not believe that the reclassifications presented above are material to the 2011, 2012 or 2013 financial statements, nor are they expected to be material to future periods such that further disclosure in the footnotes to the Company’s financial statements is required.

---

Mr. Mark P. Shuman

Securities and Exchange Commission

Page 6 of 8

 

Incentive Consideration, page F-16

 

9.

We note your change in terminology in response to prior comment 20 to reflect subscriber incentive expenses as incentive compensation. You also indicate that incentive compensation represents cash payments or other consideration received by travel agency customers. Revise your disclosure to further explain why these payments to customers are not characterized as a reduction to revenue.

The Company respectfully advises the Staff that the substantial majority of transaction revenue received by the Travel Network segment is collected from airline and other travel suppliers. In circumstances where the Company both pays incentive consideration to a travel agency and collects revenue from a travel agency, the amounts the Company pays to travel agencies as incentive consideration significantly exceeds any revenue collected from such travel agencies. Fees paid to the Company by such travel agencies represent elective services for software and hardware products and approximated $33 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. These amounts were recorded to revenue at the fair value of the services provided. The amount of incentive consideration paid to a travel agency is not dependent upon the election of these services by the travel agent, and is consistent with incentive consideration paid to travel agencies that do not purchase services or products from the Company. In response to the Staff’s comment, the Company has amended its disclosure on page F-16 to further explain why payments to customers are not characterized as a reduction to revenue by adding the following language:

Incentive consideration paid to the travel agency represents a commission paid to the travel agency for booking travel on the GDS and the amounts paid to travel agencies represent fair value for the services provided.

Note 3. Acquisitions

Acquisition of PRISM, page F-17

 

10.	Tell us how you considered the disclosure requirements of ASC 805-10-50-2(h)(1) to disclose the amounts of revenue and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition for each of the periods presented.

The Company acknowledges the Staff’s comment and submits that ASC 805-10-50-1 requires that the acquirer disclose information that enables users of its financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effect of a business combination that occurs either:

 

1.

During the current reporting period; or

---

Mr. Mark P. Shuman

Securities and Exchange Commission

Page 7 of 8

 

2.

After the reporting date but before the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued.

PRISM was acquired on August 1, 2012 and therefore the relevant “current reporting period” for this acquisition is 2012 under ASC 805-10-50 and the applicable period for disclosure purposes.

The Company respectfully submits that it has determined that PRISM is immaterial for disclosure purposes under ASC 805-10-50-2(h) as, since the date of acquisition on August 1, 2012, it represented an estimated 1% of our revenue for the period from August 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and represented less than 2% of our net loss for the same period.

Note 17. Options and Other Equity-Based Awards, page F-49

 

11.

Revise to ensure that all information required by ASC 718-10-50-2 is disclosed. For example, you should disclose information about the significant modifications during each of the periods presented. You should also disclose the weighted-average period over which the unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized.

In response to the Staff’s comment, the Company has amended its disclosure on pages F-51 and F-54 of the Registration Statement to include the information called for by ASC 718-10-50-2, including information about significant modifications during each period presented and the weighted average period over which the unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized.

Exhibit Index, page II-7

 

12.	Please file as an exhibit the Management’s Stockholders’ Agreement discussed on page 229 or advise why you believe the agreement is not required to be filed.

The Company respectfully submits that it does not believe the Management Stockholders’ Agreement (the “MSA”) is required to be filed pursuant to Item 610(b)(10) of Regulation S-K because it is immaterial to the Company. The MSA grants certain rights to common stockholders of the Company who, in the aggregate, hold less than 3% of the total amount of common shares of the Company as of February 28, 2014. As a result, the Company respectfully submits that the registration obligations in the MSA do not constitute material obligations to the Company.

The Company also respectfully submits that it does not believe the MSA is required to be filed pursuant to Item 601(b)(4) of Regulation S-K. The MSA does not define the rights of holders of the common stock of the Company being registered such as inherent rights applicable to equity pursuant to a company’s articles of incorporation or bylaws as would be required to be filed pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(i) of Regulation S-K. Instead, the MSA grants contractual rights to certain stockholders. As described above, these rights have

---

Mr. Mark P. Shuman

Securities and Exchange Commission

Page 8 of 8

 

been individually granted to holders of less than 3% of the total amount of common shares of the Company and therefore do not apply to the Company’s principal stockholders, who hold approximately 97% of the shares as of February 28, 2014, or to any other shares of common stock of the Company.

*         *        *

Please direct any comments or questions regarding this filing to the undersigned at (212) 225-2556 or David Lopez at (212) 225-2632.

 

 

cc:		Melissa Walsh
		Stephen Krikorian
		Matthew Crispino
		Securities and Exchange Commission
		Sterling L. Miller
		Sabre Corporation
		David Lopez
		Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
		Craig E. Marcus
		Ropes & Gray LLP